[Title 32 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - July 1, 2005 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Printing Office]



[[Page i]]



          32


          Parts 630 to 699

                         Revised as of July 1, 2005


          National Defense
          
          


________________________

          Containing a codification of documents of general 
          applicability and future effect

          As of July 1, 2005
          With Ancillaries
                    Published by
                    Office of the Federal Register
                    National Archives and Records
                    Administration
                    A Special Edition of the Federal Register

[[Page ii]]

          U.S. GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL EDITION NOTICE

          Legal Status and Use of Seals and Logos
          
          
          The seal of the National Archives and Records Administration 
              (NARA) authenticates the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) as 
              the official codification of Federal regulations established 
              under the Federal Register Act. Under the provisions of 44 
              U.S.C. 1507, the contents of the CFR, a special edition of the 
              Federal Register, shall be judicially noticed. The CFR is 
              prima facie evidence of the original documents published in 
              the Federal Register (44 U.S.C. 1510).

          It is prohibited to use NARA's official seal and the stylized Code 
              of Federal Regulations logo on any republication of this 
              material without the express, written permission of the 
              Archivist of the United States or the Archivist's designee. 
              Any person using NARA's official seals and logos in a manner 
              inconsistent with the provisions of 36 CFR part 1200 is 
              subject to the penalties specified in 18 U.S.C. 506, 701, and 
              1017.

          Use of ISBN Prefix

          This is the Official U.S. Government edition of this publication 
              and is herein identified to certify its authenticity. Use of 
              the 0-16 ISBN prefix is for U.S. Government Printing Office 
              Official Editions only. The Superintendent of Documents of the 
              U.S. Government Printing Office requests that any reprinted 
              edition clearly be labeled as a copy of the authentic work 
              with a new ISBN.

              
              
          U . S . G O V E R N M E N T P R I N T I N G O F F I C E

          ------------------------------------------------------------------

          U.S. Superintendent of Documents  Washington, DC 
              20402-0001

          http://bookstore.gpo.gov

          Phone: toll-free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800

[[Page iii]]




                            Table of Contents



                                                                    Page
  Explanation.................................................       v

  Title 32:
    Subtitle A--Department of Defense (Continued)
          Chapter V--Department of the Army (Continued)              5
  Finding Aids:
      Table of CFR Titles and Chapters........................     463
      Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR......     481
      List of CFR Sections Affected...........................     491

[[Page iv]]





                     ----------------------------

                     Cite this Code: CFR
                     To cite the regulations in 
                       this volume use title, 
                       part and section number. 
                       Thus, 32 CFR 631.1 refers 
                       to title 32, part 631, 
                       section 1.

                     ----------------------------

[[Page v]]



                               EXPLANATION

    The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and 
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive 
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided 
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal 
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the 
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into 
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
    Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year 
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:

Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1

    The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each 
volume.

LEGAL STATUS

    The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially 
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie 
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).

HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS

    The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual 
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used 
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
    To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its 
revision date (in this case, July 1, 2005), consult the ``List of CFR 
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative 
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of 
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal 
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES

    Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal 
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source 
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page 
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication 
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be 
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In 
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the 
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In 
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register 
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be 
inserted following the text.

OMB CONTROL NUMBERS

    The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires 
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information 
collection request.

[[Page vi]]

Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as 
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are 
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting 
requirements.

OBSOLETE PROVISIONS

    Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on 
the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text 
of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the 
appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before 
January 1, 2001, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-
1963, 1964-1972, 1973-1985, or 1986-2000, published in 11 separate 
volumes. For the period beginning January 1, 2001, a ``List of CFR 
Sections Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume.

CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES

    A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a 
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index 
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory 
Authorities and Agency Rules (Table I). A list of CFR titles, chapters, 
and parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are 
also included in this volume.
    An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within 
that volume.
    The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. 
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in 
the daily Federal Register.
    A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to 
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.

REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL

    There are no restrictions on the republication of textual material 
appearing in the Code of Federal Regulations.

INQUIRIES

    For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this 
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at 
the top of odd-numbered pages.
    For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-741-6000 
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National 
Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC 20408 or e-mail 
fedreg.info@nara.gov.

SALES

    The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and 
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call toll-free, 
866-512-1800, or DC area, 202-512-1800, M-F 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or 
fax your order to 202-512-2250, 24 hours a day. For payment by check, 
write to the Superintendent of Documents, Attn: New Orders, P.O. Box 
371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954. For GPO Customer Service call 202-
512-1803.

ELECTRONIC SERVICES

    The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, the LSA (List of 
CFR Sections Affected), The United States Government Manual, the Federal 
Register, Public Laws, Public Papers, Weekly Compilation of Presidential 
Documents and the Privacy Act Compilation are available in electronic 
format at www.gpoaccess.gov/nara (``GPO Access''). For more information, 
contact Electronic Information Dissemination Services, U.S. Government 
Printing Office. Phone 202-512-1530, or 888-293-6498 (toll-free). E-
mail, gpoaccess@gpo.gov.

[[Page vii]]

    The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the 
National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) World Wide Web 
site for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related 
information. Connect to NARA's web site at www.archives.gov/federal--
register. The NARA site also contains links to GPO Access.

                              Raymond A. Mosley,
                                    Director,
                          Office of the Federal Register.

July 1, 2005.

[[Page ix]]



                               THIS TITLE

    Title 32--National Defense is composed of six volumes. The parts in 
these volumes are arranged in the following order: parts 1-190, parts 
191-399, parts 400-629, parts 630-699, parts 700-799, and part 800 to 
End. The contents of these volumes represent all current regulations 
codified under this title of the CFR as of July 1, 2005.

    The current regulations issued by the Department of Defense appear 
in the volumes containing parts 1-189 and parts 190-399; those issued by 
the Department of the Army appear in the volumes containing parts 400-
629 and parts 630-699; those issued by the Department of the Navy appear 
in the volume containing parts 700-799, and those issued by the 
Department of the Air Force, Defense Logistics Agency, Selective Service 
System, National Counterintelligence Center, Central Intelligence 
Agency, Information Security Oversight Office, National Security 
Council, Office of Science and Technology Policy, Office for Micronesian 
Status Negotiations, and Office of the Vice President of the United 
States appear in the volume containing parts 800 to end.

    For this volume, Cheryl E. Sirofchuck was Chief Editor. The Code of 
Federal Regulations publication program is under the direction of 
Frances D. McDonald, assisted by Alomha S. Morris.

[[Page 1]]



                       TITLE 32--NATIONAL DEFENSE




                  (This book contains parts 630 to 699)

  --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Part

              SUBTITLE A--Department of Defense (Continued)

chapter v--Department of the Army (Continued)...............         631


Abbreviations Used in This Chapter:
    AGCT = Army General Classification Test. AGO = Adjutant General's 
  Office. APP = Army Procurement Procedure. AR = Army Regulations. ASPR 
  = Armed Services Procurement Regulations. ATC = Air Transport Command. 
  A. W. = Articles of War. AWOL = Absent Without Leave. Comp. Gen. = 
  Comptroller General. OCF = Office, Chief of Finance. ROTC = Reserve 
  Officer's Training Corps. ZI = Zone of Interior.

[[Page 3]]

              Subtitle A--Department of Defense (Continued)

[[Page 5]]



              CHAPTER V--DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY (CONTINUED)




  --------------------------------------------------------------------

        SUBCHAPTER I--LAW ENFORCEMENT AND CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIONS
Part                                                                Page
630             [Reserved]
631             Armed Forces Disciplinary Control Boards and 
                    off-installation military enforcement 
                    services................................           7
632             Use of force by personnel engaged in law 
                    enforcement and security duties.........          18
633             Individual requests for access or amendment 
                    of CID reports of investigation.........          20
634             Motor vehicle traffic supervision...........          21
635             Law enforcement reporting...................          55
636             Motor vehicle traffic supervision (specific 
                    installations)..........................          73
637             Military Police investigation...............          89
                       SUBCHAPTER J--REAL PROPERTY
641-642         [Reserved]
643             Real estate.................................          96
644             Real estate handbook........................         111
645-649         [Reserved]

                   SUBCHAPTER K--ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
650             Environmental protection and enhancement (AR 
                    200-1)..................................         307
651             Environmental analysis of Army actions (AR 
                    200-2)..................................         388
652-654         [Reserved]
655             Radiation sources on Army land..............         454
656             Installations, use of off-road vehicles on 
                    Army land...............................         455
657-667         [Reserved]

                SUBCHAPTER L--ARMY CONTRACTING [RESERVED]
668-699         [Reserved]

[[Page 7]]



        SUBCHAPTER I_LAW ENFORCEMENT AND CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIONS



                           PART 630 [RESERVED]



PART 631_ARMED FORCES DISCIPLINARY CONTROL BOARDS AND OFF-INSTALLATION 
MILITARY ENFORCEMENT SERVICES--Table of Contents




                            Subpart A_General

Sec.
631.1 Purpose.
631.2 Applicability.
631.3 Supervision.
631.4 Exceptions.

           Subpart B_Armed Forces Disciplinary Control Boards

631.5 General.
631.6 Responsibilities.
631.7 Composition of boards.
631.8 Civil agencies.
631.9 Duties and functions of boards.
631.10 Administration.
631.11 Off-limits establishments and areas.

        Subpart C_Off-Installation Military Enforcement Services

631.12 Objectives.
631.13 Applicability.
631.14 Responsibilities.
631.15 Policy (for Army only).
631.16 Policy (for Navy only).
631.17 Policy (for Marine Corps only).
631.18 Policy (for Air Force only).
631.19 Operations.

 Subpart D_Joint Service Law Enforcement Operations (Not Applicable to 
                               U.S. Navy)

631.20 Organization.
631.21 Joint law enforcement operations.

Appendix A to Part 631--Civil Agencies
Appendix B to Part 631--Armed Forces Disciplinary Control Board 
          Procedures Guide

    Authority: 10 U.S.C. 3012(b)(1)(g).

    Source: 47 FR 8350, Feb. 26, 1982, unless otherwise noted.



                            Subpart A_General



Sec. 631.1  Purpose.

    This regulation prescribes uniform policies and procedures for the 
establishment, operation, and coordination of the following:
    (a) Armed Forces Disciplinary Control Boards (AFDCB).
    (b) Off-installation military enforcement activities.
    (c) Joint law enforcement operations.



Sec. 631.2  Applicability.

    This regulation applies to the following:
    (a) Active US Armed Forces personnel wherever they are stationed. 
Commanders in oversea areas are authorized to deviate from the policy in 
this regulation if required by local conditions, treaties, agreements, 
and other arrangements with foreign governments and allied forces. 
Subparts C and D are not applicable to the US Navy.
    (b) Reserve personnel only when they are performing Federal duties 
or engaging in any activity directly related to the performance of a 
Federal duty or function.
    (c) National Guard personnel only when called or ordered to active 
duty in Federal status.



Sec. 631.3  Supervision.

    (a) The following will jointly develop and have staff supervision 
over AFDCB policies and the conduct of off-installation military 
enforcement activities:
    (1) The Deputy Chief of Staff for Personnel, Headquarters, 
Department of the Army.
    (2) Chief of Naval Personnel (PERS-84).
    (3) Commandant of the Marine Corps.
    (4) Chief of Security Police, Air Force Office of Security Police, 
Department of the Air Force.
    (5) Commandant of the Coast Guard.
    (b) The above will also be responsible to standardize AFDCB policies 
and procedures as well as to coordinate and maintain liaison with 
interested staff agencies and other military and civil agencies.



Sec. 631.4  Exceptions.

    Requests for exceptions to policies contained in this regulation 
will be forwarded to HQDA(DAPE-HRE-PO), WASH, DC 20310.

[[Page 8]]



           Subpart B_Armed Forces Disciplinary Control Boards



Sec. 631.5  General.

    (a) Armed Forces Disciplinary Control Boards (AFDCBs) may be 
established by installation, base, or station commanders. The mission of 
AFDCBs is as follows:
    (1) Advise and make recommendations to commanders on matters 
concerning the elimination of crime or other conditions which may 
negatively affect the health, safety, morals, welfare, morale, or 
discipline of Armed Forces personnel.
    (2) Insure the establishment and maintenance of the highest degree 
of liaison and coordination between military commands and appropriate 
civil authorities.
    (b) Where installations of two or more military Services are located 
or which are frequented by personnel of two or more Services, there will 
be joint Service participation in any AFDCB. In such cases, the 
commander of the Service with the greatest number of troops will serve 
as the ``sponsoring commander'' of the board. When there is joint 
participation in AFDCBs, written agreements will be executed by the 
respective Service installation commanders. These agreements will 
designate the sponsoring commander and delineate the joint Service 
participation.



Sec. 631.6  Responsibilities.

    (a) Major Army commanders, Navy commanders, Marine Corps commanders, 
Air Force commanders, and Coast Guard commanders will--
    (1) Monitor the establishment of and participation in AFDCBs by 
subordinate commands.
    (2) Encourage subordinate commanders to participate in joint Service 
boards where appropriate.
    (3) Resolve differences among subordinate commanders in regard to 
board areas of responsibility and the designation of sponsoring 
commanders.
    (4) Evaluate board recommendations and actions from subordinate 
sponsoring commanders.
    (5) Forward to HQDA (DAPE-HRE), WASH, DC 20310, reports that require 
Service headquarters action to accomplish the following:
    (i) Correct situations which would adversely affect the health, 
safety, morals, welfare, morale, or discipline of Armed Forces 
personnel.
    (ii) Surface positive programs having widespread applicability.
    (6) Insure procedures are established to notify the responsible 
individuals to insure that off-limits restrictions are made known and 
applicable to all Armed Forces personnel who may frequent the area in 
question. These would be off-limits restrictions approved and so 
declared by subordinate sponsoring commanders.
    (7) Insure that subordinate commanders assess the availability of 
drug abuse paraphernalia in the vicinity of DOD installations through 
their AFDCBs in accordance with DOD Directive 1010.4, Alcohol and Drug 
Abuse by DOD Personnel. Drug abuse paraphernalia is defined as all 
equipment, products, and materials of any kind that are used, intended 
for use, or designed for use, in planting, propagating, cultivating, 
growing, harvesting, manufacturing, compounding, converting, producing, 
processing, preparing, testing, analyzing, packaging, repackaging, 
storing, containing, concealing, injecting, ingesting, inhaling, or 
otherwise introducing into the human body a controlled substance in 
violation of the Controlled Substances Act.
    (b) In each AFDCB area, the commander of the installation with the 
largest base population will be designated the AFDCB sponsoring 
commanders. Sponsoring commanders will provide administrative support, 
as shown below, for the AFDCB programs.
    (1) Promulgate implementing directives and call meetings of the 
board.
    (2) Provide a recorder for the board.
    (3) Provide copies of the minutes of the meetings of the board to--
    (i) Other Service commanders who provide board representatives.
    (ii) BUPERS (for Navy only).
    (iii) Other AFDCBs as appropriate.
    (4) Approve or disapprove the minutes and recommendations of the 
board and make appropriate distribution, as required.

[[Page 9]]

    (5) Publish lists of ``off-limits'' establishments and areas.
    (6) Insure notification to the responsible individuals of any 
unfavorable actions being contemplated or taken regarding their 
establishments in accordance with appendix B.
    (7) Distribute all pertinent information to the following:
    (i) All units within their jurisdictional area.
    (ii) Units stationed in other areas whose personnel frequently visit 
their jurisdictional area.
    (c) (For Army only). Commanders of Army installations depicted in 
Map 18, AR 5-9, are responsible for coordinating activities of AFDCB in 
their areas. They may serve as sponsoring commanders or participate as 
members of Joint Service Boards. They may approve the establishment of 
separate AFDCB for Army installations within their area when it is in 
the best interest of the Army to do so. Changes in AFDCB areas of 
responsibility may be approved by MACOMs of installations concerned.
    (d) (For Army only). The Commander, US Army Health Services Command 
will--
    (1) Assure that subordinate commanders provide one of the following 
to sit as a member of each established board--
    (i) A Medical Corps officer.
    (ii) A health and environment oriented Medical Service Corps (MSC) 
officer of the Army Medical Department (AMEDD).
    (2) Encourage subordinate commanders to--
    (i) Maintain liaison with other governmental and civilian health 
agencies to detect unsafe or unhealthy conditions within the geographic 
area of each supported board.
    (ii) Advise the board of conditions which adversely affect Armed 
Forces personnel.



Sec. 631.7  Composition of boards.

    (a) Each board shall, as a minimum, consist of representatives from 
the following functional areas:
    (1) Law enforcement.
    (2) Legal.
    (3) Health and environment.
    (4) Public affairs.
    (5) Equal opportunity.
    (6) Safety.
    (7) Chaplains.
    (8) Alcohol and drug abuse.
    (9) Personnel and community activities.
    (b) Sponsoring commanders will determine, by position, which board 
members will be designated as voting members. Such designations will be 
included in the written agreements establishing the boards.
    (c) Normally the sponsoring commander will designate a member of his 
staff as the board President.



Sec. 631.8  Civil agencies.

    (a) Civil agencies or individuals may be invited to board meetings 
as observers or witnesses in jurisdictions where they have knowledge of 
problems in the board's area of interest. These would be civil agencies 
or individuals concerned with law enforcement, public health, welfare, 
consumer affairs, and the safeguarding of morals.
    (b) Boards should be used to establish and maintain liaison between 
installations and civil agencies. A recommended method is to mail 
announcements and summaries of the results of board meetings to 
appropriate civil agencies. These agencies include, but are not limited 
to, those found in appendix A.



Sec. 631.9  Duties and functions of boards.

    The AFDCBs will--
    (a) Meet in session as prescribed by the AFDCB Procedures Guide in 
appendix B.
    (b) Receive and take appropriate action on reports of conditions in 
their jurisdictional areas relating to any of the following:
    (1) Lack of discipline.
    (2) Prostitution.
    (3) Venereal disease.
    (4) Liquor violations.
    (5) Racial and other discriminatory practices.
    (6) Alcohol and drug abuse.
    (7) Drug abuse paraphernalia.
    (8) Disorder.
    (9) Illicit gambling.
    (10) Unfair commercial or consumer practices.

[[Page 10]]

    (11) Other undesirable conditions that may adversely affect members 
of the military or their families.
    (c) Report the following to all major commanders in the board's area 
of jurisdiction:
    (1) Any conditions cited in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (2) The board's recommended action as approved by the board's 
sponsoring commander.
    (d) Conduct active liaison with appropriate civil authorities on 
problems or adverse conditions existing in the board's area of interest.
    (e) Make recommendations to commanders in the board's area of 
jurisdiction concerning off-installation procedures to prevent or 
control undesirable conditions.



Sec. 631.10  Administration.

    (a) Commanders are authorized to acquire, report, process, and store 
information concerning persons and organizations, whether or not 
affiliated with the Department of Defense (DOD) (AR 380-13), which:
    (1) Adversely affects the health, morals, welfare, morale, or 
discipline of Armed Forces personnel regardless of status.
    (2) Describes crime conducive conditions of which Armed Forces 
personnel may become victims.
    (b) Information described in paragraph (a) of this section may be 
filed by organization; however, it will not be retrievable on the basis 
of individual personal identification date, e.g., SSN, name, or address. 
The information should be retained only as long as the described 
conditions or threat to the welfare of Armed Forces personnel continues 
to exist.
    (c) Boards will function under the supervision of a president.
    (d) Certain expenses incurred by Service members in the course of an 
offical board investigation or inspection may be reimbursable. This 
would be done in accordance with appropriate Service finance regulations 
or instructions. These requests should be submitted to the sponsoring 
Service finance office and charged to the appropriate law enforcement 
account. (For the Army, this account is the T6 account.)
    (e) Records of board proceedings will be maintained as prescribed by 
records management policies and procedures for the Service of the 
sponsoring commander.



Sec. 631.11  Off-limits establishments and areas.

    (a) An off-limits area is defined as any vehicle, conveyance, place, 
structure, building, or area prohibited to military personnel to use, 
ride, visit, or enter during the period in which it may be declared off-
limits. As a matter of policy, the change in ownership, management, or 
name of any off-limits establishment does not, in and of itself, revoke 
the off-limits restriction.
    (b) The establishment of off-limits areas is a function of command. 
It may be used by commanders to help maintain good discipline and an 
appropriate level of good health, morale, safety, morals, and welfare of 
Armed Forces personnel. Off-limits action is also used to preclude Armed 
Forces personnel from being exposed to crime conducive conditions or 
from becoming the victims of crimes. Where sufficient cause exists, 
commanders retain substantial discretion to declare establishments or 
areas temporarily off-limits to personnel or their respective command in 
emergency situations. Temporary off-limits restrictions issued by 
commanders in an emergency situation will be acted upon by the AFDCB on 
a priority basis.
    (c) Armed Forces personnel are prohibited from entering 
establishments or areas declared off-limits in accordance with this 
regulation. Violations may subject the individual to disciplinary action 
under the Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ). As general policy, 
these establishments will not be visited by military law enforcement 
personnel unless circumstances warrant.
    (d) Prior to initiating routine off-limits action, installation 
commanders will attempt to correct, through contact with local civilian 
leaders, any adverse condition or situation. If these actions are 
unsuccessful, commanders will submit reports, requesting off-limits 
action, to the AFDCB serving their area.

[[Page 11]]

    (e) The AFDCB, prior to recommending off-limits restriction, will 
send written notice of the alleged adverse condition or situation, by 
certified mail with return receipt requested, to the individual or firm 
responsible for the alleged condition or situation. In this notice, the 
AFDCB will offer a reasonable time to correct the condition or situation 
and provide the individual or a designated representative with the 
opportunity to present any relevant information to the board. (See 
sample letter at annex A to App B.) If subsequent investigation reveals 
a failure by the responsible person to take corrective action, the board 
should recommend the imposition of the off-limits restriction.
    (f) A specified time limit will not be established when an off-
limits restriction is invoked. The adequacy of the corrective action 
taken by the proprietor of the establishment will be the determining 
factor in removing an off-limits restriction.
    (g) A person whose establishment or area has been declared off-
limits may, at any time, petition the president of the board for removal 
of the off-limits restriction. The petition will be in writing. It 
should state, in detail, the action taken to eliminate the adverse 
conditions or situations that caused the imposition of the restriction. 
In response to the petition, the President of the AFDCB may cause a 
thorough investigation to be made of the status of these adverse 
conditions or situations. A report of the results of the investigation 
would be presented to the board. The board then will either recommend 
removal or continuation of the off-limits restriction to the local 
sponsoring commander.
    (h) Off-limits procedures to be followed by the boards are in 
appendix B. In the United States, off-limits signs will not be posted on 
civilian establishments by US military authorities.



        Subpart C_Off-Installation Military Enforcement Services



Sec. 631.12  Objectives.

    The primary objectives of off-installation enforcement are to--
    (a) Render assistance and information to Armed Forces personnel.
    (b) Reduce the incidence of off-installation military offenses 
committed by Armed Forces personnel.
    (c) Enforce the UCMJ and other pertinent regulations, directives, 
and orders among persons subject to the UCMJ.
    (d) Maintain effective liaison and cooperation with civil law 
enforcement and judicial agencies.
    (e) Enhance apprehension efforts and return to military control 
absentees and deserters wanted by the Armed Forces.
    (f) Maintain good community relations.
    (g) Assist in the return of military members detained by civil 
authorities to military control.



Sec. 631.13  Applicability.

    This chapter applies to off-installation enforcement activities. It 
does not apply to the activities of AFDCBs which were discussed in 
subpart B. It is not applicable to the U.S. Navy.



Sec. 631.14  Responsibilities.

    (a) Commanders of military installations will recognize the 
responsibility of civil authorities for the maintenance of peace and 
order in those areas not under military jurisdiction or control. They 
should--
    (1) Conduct off-installation law enforcement in accordance with 
applicable Service policies and procedures.
    (2) Coordinate the liaison functions to accomplish the objectives 
outlined in paragraph 3-1.



Sec. 631.15  Policy (for Army only).

    (a) Within CONUS. (1) Normally, off-post patrols will not be 
established in CONUS. However, MACOM commanders may authorize military 
police to establish off-installation patrols if needed--
    (i) In conjunction with military operations.
    (ii) To safeguard the health and welfare of Army personnel.
    (iii) When the type of offenses or the number of military personnel 
frequenting an area is large enough to warrant such patrols.
    (2) In view of the important legal implications involved (see 18 
U.S.C. 1385, the Posse Comitatus Act), the advice of

[[Page 12]]

the local Staff Judge Advocate should be sought prior to the 
implementation of such an authorization. When possible, MACOM commanders 
will execute a mutually acceptable written agreement with the civil 
police authorities.
    (b) OCONUS. Off-post patrols will be kept at a minimum for mission 
accomplishment. Commanders of MACOMs may authorize off-post patrols as 
required by local conditions and customs as long as these patrols are in 
accordance with applicable treaties and Status of Forces Agreements.
    (c) Military police personnel selected for off-post patrols must be 
experienced in law enforcement and have mature judgment. They must be 
thoroughly familiar with all applicable agreements and implementing 
standard operating procedures. They must understand the implications of 
the Posse Comitatus Act as it pertains to military law enforcement 
personnel assisting local law enforcement agencies.
    (d) At a minimum, instructions to military police assigned to off-
post patrols will specifically state that if they accompany civil 
police, they will do so for the sole purpose of enforcing the UCMJ among 
persons subject to the code. Their instructions will also specifically 
state that they are under the command and directly responsible to their 
military superiors and that they exercise no authority over the civil 
police or the civil populace. Accordingly, military police should be 
instructed that they are not to exercise any authority in a case of 
misconduct or apparent law violation unless the person concerned has 
been identified as a member of the military service. However, military 
law enforcement personnel may come to the aid of civil police in order 
to prevent the commission of a felony or injury to a civilian police 
officer.



Sec. 631.16  Policy (for Navy only).

    (a) Off-base law enforcement activities by naval personnel (CONUS 
and Hawaii) shall be limited to liaison functions with civilian law 
enforcement agencies and courts and to the acceptance of ``courtesy 
turnovers.''
    (b) The court liaison function is limited to the provision of an 
official Navy point of contact for the courts, to the provision of 
advice for individuals and local commands, and to court appearance with 
individuals from deployed commands.
    (c) Courtesy turnovers will be limited to those persons whose 
behavior and attitude are acceptable and who desire to be returned to 
the custody of their parent command.
    (d) Courtesy turnovers will be accepted from jails, police stations, 
etc., but not directly from police officers on the scene of an incident.



Sec. 631.17  Policy (for Marine Corps only).

    (a) Within CONUS. (1) Normally, off-installation patrols will not be 
established in CONUS. However, installation commanders may request 
authority from HQMC (Code MPH) to establish off-installation patrols if 
needed.
    (i) In conjunction with military operations.
    (ii) To safeguard the health and welfare of Marine personnel.
    (iii) When the type of offenses or the number of military personnel 
frequenting an area is large enough to warrant such patrols.
    (2) In view of the important legal implications involved (see 18 
U.S.C. 1382, the Posse Comitatus Act as made applicable to DoN) the 
advice of the local staff judge advocate/legal officer should be sought 
prior to the implementation of such an authorization. When possible, 
installation commanders will execute a mutually acceptable written 
agreement with the civil police authorities.
    (b) Overseas Areas. Off-installation patrols will be kept at minimum 
for mission accomplishment. Commanders of installations may authorize 
off-installation patrols as required by local conditions and customs as 
long as these patrols are in accordance with applicable treaties and 
Status of Forces Agreements.
    (c) Personnel selected for off-installation patrols must be 
experienced in law enforcement and have mature judgment. They must be 
thoroughly familiar with all applicable agreements and implementing 
standard operating procedures. They must understand the implications of 
the Posse Comitatus Act

[[Page 13]]

as it pertains to military law enforcement personnel assisting local law 
enforcement agencies.
    (d) At a minimum, instructions to military police assigned to off-
installation patrols will specifically state that if they accompany 
civil police, they will do so for the sole purpose of enforcing the UCMJ 
among persons subject to the code. Their instructions will also 
specifically state that they are under the command and directly 
responsible to their military superiors and that they exercise no 
authority over the civil police or the civil populace.

Accordingly, military police should be instructed that they are not to 
exercise any authority in a case of misconduct or apparent law violation 
unless the person concerned has been identified as a member of the 
military service. However, military law enforcement personnel may come 
to the aid of civil police in order to prevent the commission of a 
felony or injury to a civilian police officer.
    (e) Absentee and deserter collection units to accept active duty 
absentee or deserter military personnel from civilian authorities may be 
established.
    (f) Civil police and civil court liaison may be established.
    (g) Installation commanders are authorized to establish other 
activities deemed necessary, provided each activity is within the scope 
of military purpose and authority, i.e., apprehensions where authorized 
by UCMJ, courtesy patrols, etc.



Sec. 631.18  Policy (for Air Force only).

    See section B, AFR 125-19, for Air Force policy on off-installation 
patrols.



Sec. 631.19  Operations.

    (a) In CONUS, incidents occurring off-installation normally are 
investigated by civil law enforcement agencies. These include State, 
county, or municipal authorities or a Federal investigative agency. When 
an incident of substantial interest to the U.S. Army occurs off-
installation, the Armed Forces law enforcement organization exercising 
area responsibility will obtain copies of the civil law enforcement 
report. These are incidents that involve Army property or personnel. The 
civil law enforcement report would be processed according to applicable 
Service regulations.
    (b) In oversea areas, off-installation incidents will be 
investigated in accordance with Status of Forces agreements and other 
appropriate U.S.-host country agreements.
    (c) Off-installation enforcement operations may include the 
following activities:
    (1) Town patrol.
    (2) Town military police.
    (3) Air Force Security Police patrols and stations.
    (4) Civil police and civil court liaison.
    (5) Public carrier and civilian transportation terminal patrols.
    (6) Acceptance of active duty absentee or deserter military 
personnel turned over to Service police by civilian authorities.
    (7) Other activities deemed necessary, provided each activity is 
within the scope of military purpose and authority.
    (d) Activities in c above will be performed according to the Service 
policies in Sec. Sec. 631.15 through 631.17. They will be based on the 
need and the fiscal and manpower restraints imposed by each Service. If 
practical, mutual agreements between two or more Services may be made to 
facilitate the conduct of joint Service off-installation enforcement 
services and absentee apprehension functions.
    (e) Armed Forces law enforcement personnel will--
    (1) Act under the command of, and be responsible to, military 
superiors and will not be placed under the control of civil authorities.
    (2) Exercise authority over civil law enforcement agencies or 
persons not subject to the UCMJ only when they are on a military 
installation.
    (3) Be authorized to apprehend persons subject to the UCMJ when 
there exists a reasonable belief that an offense under the code has been 
committed and that the person to be apprehended committed the offense. 
Civilians committing offenses on US military installations may be 
detained for the appropriate Federal, State, or local law enforcement 
agency.

[[Page 14]]

    (4) Return apprehended persons to representatives of their 
respective Services as soon as practicable.
    (5) Process all reports received from other law enforcement agencies 
concerning crimes committed by military personnel, involving military 
property, or in which DOD has an interest.



 Subpart D_Joint Service Law Enforcement Operations (Not Applicable to 
                               U.S. Navy)



Sec. 631.20  Organization.

    In localities frequented by personnel of more than one Service, 
installation commanders may consider the establishment of joint law 
enforcement operations. Such operations may provide a more effective and 
economical accomplishment of off-installation law enforcement. When such 
operations are established, participating installation commanders will--
    (a) Execute written agreements concerning the operations.
    (b) Insure that each participating organization contributes its 
proportionate share of personnel, equipment, and supporting facilities.



Sec. 631.21  Joint law enforcement operations.

    The following procedures will apply when establishing joint law 
enforcement operations:
    (a) Personnel. Enlisted personnel selected for joint law enforcement 
duty should meet the following qualifications:
    (1) Be temperamentally suited for police duty and received training 
or have experience in law enforcement.
    (2) Be 19 years of age or older.
    (3) Have no record of court-martial convictions or civilian offenses 
other than minor traffic violations.
    (4) Be at least 5 feet 4 inches tall.
    (5) Meet General Classification Test (GCT) (or equivalent test) 
score requirements of the parent Service for assignment to police duty.
    (6) Possess a military motor vehicle operators license.
    (7) Have at least 12 months remaining on current enlistment.
    (b) Logistics. Personnel assigned to joint patrols will be equipped 
as prescribed by their respective Service regulations or directives to 
include the symbol of their law enforcement authority (badge or 
brassard).
    (c) Functions. Joint law enforcement operations will perform, at a 
minimum, the following functions:
    (1) Provide assistance to all Armed Forces personnel who are charged 
with civil violations.
    (2) Maintain liaison with civilian enforcement and judicial 
agencies.
    (3) Have the capability to receive military personnel apprehended by 
civilian authorities.
    (d) Duty assignments. Personnel assigned to perform joint operations 
may be further assigned to perform duties in any of the following 
functional areas:
    (1) Police station operation (desk sergeants, desk clerks, radio 
operators, etc.).
    (2) Motor patrols necessary to conduct police and court liaison and 
to transport military personnel from the local civilian police.
    (3) Operations.
    (4) Administration.

                 Appendix A to Part 631--Civil Agencies

    A-1. American Social Health Association.
    The American Social Health Association, upon request, provides 
information and consultation in the fields of venereal disease and drug 
abuse. Local AFDCBs desiring information should apply through one of the 
following regional offices of the association:

Eastern Regional Director, 86 Farmington Ave., Hartford, CT 06105
Middle America Regional Director, 110 North High Street, Gahanna, OH 
43230
Southern Regional Director, 173 Walton Street, NW., Atlanta, GA 30303
Western Regional Director, 785 Market Street, Rm. 1010, San Francisco, 
CA 94103

    A-2. United States Brewers Association.
    a. The United States Brewers Association is the trade and public 
relations agency of the organized brewing industry in the United States. 
Upon request, it will assist military authorities within CONUS to 
eliminate conditions detrimental to the health, morals, and welfare of 
members of the Armed Forces in the cities and communities adjacent to 
military installations.
    b. This association conducts an Armed Forces cooperation program to 
further ``self-regulation'' activities among beer dealers. It

[[Page 15]]

cooperates with State and local law enforcement officials in the 
promotion and maintenance of proper conditions in retail beer outlets 
throughout the country. Its services are available to AFDCBs for 
furthering joint action in the promotion of law observance and the 
maintenance of conditions of cleanliness and decency in retail beer 
outlets patronized by members of the Armed Forces.
    c. Local sponsoring commanders requesting the assistance of the 
Brewers Association may apply to the Director of Field Services, US 
Brewers Association, Inc., 1750 K Street NW., Washington DC 20006.
    A-3. The National Environmental Health Association.
    The National Environmental Health Association is a professional 
organization representing various sanitary and environmental control 
groups. It provides information and consultation on solid waste 
management, air and water pollution, and other environmental health 
matters. Military members of the association belong to the Uniform 
Services Association of Sanitarians. All requests for assistance should 
be directed to the military association at the national association 
headquarters, 1600 Pennsylvania Ave., Denver, Colorado 80293.
    A-4. The Federal Trade Commission.
    The Federal Trade Commission was established in 1914 and is the 
principal agency of the Government responsible for preventing deceptive 
acts and practices in commerce. The Commission strives to keep 
competition fair and free from deceptive advertisement of food, drugs, 
cosmetics, therapeutic devices, catalog sales, and credit card 
purchases. It strives to protect consumers against the circulation of 
inaccurate or obsolete credit reports. Consumer Protection Specialists 
are located at the national and regional offices to render assistance. 
Regional offices are located in major metropolitan areas and frequently 
conduct investigations of acts peculiar to local communities. Inquiries 
should be made to the regional offices.

    Appendix B to Part 631--Armed Forces Disciplinary Control Board 
                            Procedures Guide

    B-1. General. This guide prescribes procedures for the 
establishment, operation, and coordination of Armed Forces Disciplinary 
Control Boards (AFDCBs). It is intended to insure uniformity of 
operation. AFDCB proceedings are not considered to be adversary in 
nature.
    B-2. Meetings.
    a. Regular meetings will be held once each quarter or as designated 
by the president. The sponsoring commander may specify whether the 
meetings, as scheduled, will be open or closed. If not specified, the 
decision is within the discretion of the president of the board. 
Normally, proceedings are closed, but may be opened to the public when 
circumstances warrant.
    b. Special meetings may be called by the president of the board. 
Except by unanimous consent of members present, final action will be 
taken only on the business for which the meeting was called.
    B-3. AFDCB composition.
    a. Voting members will be selected according to paragraph 2-3 of 
this regulation.
    b. A majority of voting members constitutes a quorum for board 
proceedings.
    B-4. Attendance of observers or witnesses.
    a. Representatives of the agencies listed below may be invited to 
attend as observers or witnesses.
    (1) American Social Health Association.
    (2) United States Brewers Association.
    (3) Federal Bureau of Investigation.
    (4) United States Attorneys.
    (5) State and local police.
    (6) State and local departments of health.
    (7) State and local VD control officers.
    (8) State alcoholic beverage control authorities.
    (9) State and local prosecutors.
    (10) Consumer affairs personnel.
    (11) State and local narcotics investigative agencies.
    (12) Immigration and Naturalization Service.
    (13) Members of Judiciary directly concerned with law enforcement.
    (14) Drug Enforcement Administration.
    (15) Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms.
    (16) US Customs Service.
    (17) Chamber of Commerce.
    (18) Better Business Bureau.
    (19) State license beverage association.
    (20) National Institute of Drug Abuse and National Institute on 
Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism.
    (21) Adult probation department/social services.
    (22) Any other representation deemed appropriate by the sponsoring 
command, i.e., news media, union representatives, and so forth.
    b. Witnesses and observers will be listed in the minutes of the 
meeting if invited by the board to participate in that capacity.
    c. Board action may be recommended by a majority vote of the voting 
members present at a regular or special board meeting.
    B-5. Appropriate areas for board consideration.
    a. Boards will study and take appropriate action in connection with 
all conditions detrimental to the good discipline, health, morals, 
welfare, safety, and morale of Armed Forces personnel. This will 
include, but not be limited to, the following:
    (1) Crime and misconduct.
    (2) Narcotics, marihuana, dangerous drugs, and drug abuse 
paraphernalia.
    (3) Liquor violations.

[[Page 16]]

    (4) Excessive number of unauthorized absences.
    (5) Gambling (when in violation of State or local law).
    (6) Military and civilian relationships that may be detrimental to 
service personnel.
    (7) Unsanitary and other adverse conditions in establishments 
frequented by Armed Forces personnel.
    (8) Off-installation/base safety problems.
    (9) Unethical or illegal business practices.
    (10) Prostitution and venereal disease.
    (11) Discriminatory practices.
    (12) Other health hazards.
    b. The board will immediately forward to the local commander 
concerned the circumstances reported to the board involving 
discrimination based on race, color, sex, religion, age, or national 
origin.
    B-6. Off-limits procedures.
    a. Off-limits restrictions should be invoked only when there is 
substantive information indicating that an establishment or area 
frequented by Armed Forces personnel presents conditions which adversely 
affect the health, safety, welfare, morale, or morals of such personnel. 
It is essential that boards do not act arbitrarily; actions must not be 
of a punitive nature. Boards should work in close cooperation with local 
officials and proprietors of business establishments and seek to 
accomplish their mission through mutually cooperative efforts. Boards 
should encourage personal visits by local military and civilian 
enforcement or health officials to establishments considered below 
standard. AFDCBs should point out unhealthy conditions or undesirable 
practices to establishment owners or operators in order to produce the 
desired corrective action.
    b. Prior to initiating routine off-limits action, the local 
commander will attempt to correct any situation which adversely affects 
the welfare of Armed Forces personnel. This will be done through contact 
with community leaders.
    c. Unless emergency conditions exist which are extremely harmful to 
Armed Forces personnel, an establishment will not be recommended for 
off-limits action until the proprietor has been--
    (1) Notified in writing of the adverse condition/circumstances.
    (2) Given an opportunity to be heard and a reasonable time in which 
to correct deficiencies.
    d. If the board decides to attempt to investigate or inspect an 
establishment, the president or a designee will prepare and submit a 
report of findings and recommendations at the next meeting. This will 
insure complete and documented information concerning doubtful adverse 
conditions.
    e. When the board concludes that conditions adverse to Armed Forces 
personnel do exist, the owner or manager will be sent a letter of 
notification (annex A). This letter will advise him or her to raise 
standards and that, if such conditions or practices continue, off-limits 
proceedings will be initiated. In cases involving discrimination, the 
board should not rely solely on letters written by the Equal Opportunity 
Office and Military Affairs Committee or investigations of alleged 
racial discrimination. The AFDCB should send letters to the proprietor, 
informing him or her that off-limits action is being considered and 
inviting him or her to the next board meeting. Boards should send 
letters directly to the proprietors when any off-limits action is being 
considered. If a proprietor takes remedial action to correct undesirable 
conditions previously noted, the board should send a letter of 
appreciation (annex B). Any correspondence with the individuals 
responsible for adverse conditions leading to off-limits action will be 
by certified mail.
    f. If the undesirable conditions are not corrected, an invitation 
(annex C) will be written to the proprietor. This letter will invite the 
proprietor to appear before the board to explain why the establishment 
should not be placed off-limits. The proprietor may designate, in 
writing, individual(s) to represent him or her at the board.
    g. In cases where proprietors have been invited to appear before the 
board, the president of the board will perform the following actions:
    (1) Prior to calling the proprietor--
    (a) Review the findings and decision of the previous meeting.
    (b) Call for inspection reports.
    (c) Afford an opportunity to those present to ask questions and 
discuss the case.
    (2) When the proprietor and/or his or her counsel is called before 
the board--
    (a) Present the proprietor with a brief summary of the complaint 
concerning his or her establishment.
    (b) Afford the proprietor an opportunity to present matters in 
defense of the allegation.
    (c) Offer those present an opportunity to question the proprietor. 
After the questioning period, provide the proprietor a final opportunity 
to make an additional statement or to make commitments concerning his or 
her willingness to cooperate.
    (3) After excusing the proprietor from the meeting, the president 
and board will discuss suggestions and recommendations for disposition 
of the case in closed session.
    h. No member of a board shall reprimand or admonish in any degree a 
person appearing before a board. Board members do not have jurisdiction 
over such individuals. Off-limits actions are designed solely for the 
protection of Armed Forces personnel and are used as a last resort when 
all other means have failed.
    i. The board should recommend that the offending establishment be 
placed off-limits only after the following:

[[Page 17]]

    (1) The letter of notification (annex A) has been sent.
    (2) An opportunity to appear before the board has been extended.
    (3) Further investigation indicates that improvements have not been 
made.
    j. The minutes will indicate a board's action in disposing of each 
case. When a recommendation is made that an establishment be placed off-
limits, the minutes will show the procedural steps followed in reaching 
the decision.
    k. Recommendations of the board will be submitted to the sponsoring 
commander for consideration. The recommendations will then be forwarded 
to the other installation commanders who furnish board representation 
(annex D). If no objection to the recommendations is received within 10 
days, the sponsoring commander will either approve or disapprove the 
recommendations. He will then forward this decision to the board 
president.
    l. Upon approval of the board's recommendations, the president will 
dispatch a declaration that the off-limits restriction has been imposed 
(annex E).
    m. No definite time limit should be specified when an off-limits 
restriction is invoked. The adequacy of the corrective action taken by 
the proprietor of the establishment must be the determining factor in 
removing an off-limits restriction.
    n. Military commanders have no authority to post off-limits signs on 
private property. Appropriate civil officials may post private property 
when informed by military authorities that an establishment or area has 
been declared off-limits to Armed Forces personnel.
    o. Emergency off-limits action: In emergencies, commanders may 
temporarily declare establishments or areas off-limits to Armed Forces 
personnel subject to their jurisdiction. They must then report the 
circumstances immediately to the commander sponsoring the board. 
Detailed justification for this emergency action will be provided to the 
board for its use.
    B-7. Removal of off-limits restrictions.
    a. Removal of an off-limits restriction requires board action. 
Proprietors of establishments declared off-limits should be advised that 
they may appeal to the appropriate board at any time. In their appeal, 
they should submit the reason why, in their opinion, the restriction 
should be removed. A letter of notification of continuance of off-limits 
restriction should be sent to the proprietor if the board does not 
favorably consider removal of an off-limits restriction (annex F). If, 
after exhausting all appeals at the board/local sponsoring commander 
level, the proprietor is not satisfied with those decisions, his or her 
case will be forwarded to the next higher commander of the sponsoring 
commander for review and resolution. Boards should make at least 
quarterly inspections of off-limits establishments. A statement that an 
inspection has been made should be reflected in their minutes.
    b. When it has been determined that adequate corrective measures 
have been taken by the owner or manager of an establishment or area to 
meet the requirements for good discipline, health and welfare of Armed 
Forces personnel, the appropriate board will take the following actions:
    (1) Discuss the matter at the next meeting and make an appropriate 
recommendation.
    (2) Forward recommendation for removal of off-limits restriction to 
the sponsoring commander. If the recommendation is approved, dispatch a 
letter of removal of off-limits (annex G or H).
    (3) Record what action was taken in the minutes of the board 
meeting.
    B-8. Duties of the president of the board.
    The president of the board will--
    a. Schedule and preside at all meetings of the board and sign 
appropriate correspondence.
    b. Prepare an agenda prior to each regular meeting and insure its 
distribution to each voting member at least 7 days prior to the meeting.
    c. Be responsible for the preparation and distribution of the 
minutes of all meetings and for maintenance of appropriate records and 
files pertaining to AFDCB activities. (See para. 2-6e.)
    d. Inform members of any special meeting and its purpose as far in 
advance as possible.
    e. Prepare and distribute to major commands a copy of the minutes of 
each meeting.
    f. Supervise the recorder in performance of all administrative 
duties as required.
    B-9. Minutes.
    a. Annex I is a guide for the preparation of the minutes of board 
meetings. Minutes will be prepared in accordance with administrative 
formats for minutes of meetings prescribed by the Service of the 
sponsoring commander. The written minutes of board meetings will be 
deemed the official record of board meetings. Verbatim transcripts of 
board meetings are not required. The reasons for approving or removing 
an off-limits restriction, to include a complete address of the 
establishment or area involved, should be indicated in the order of 
business. In addition, the board's action will be shown in order of 
sequence, such as dispatch of letter of notification, appearance before 
board, recommendation to local sponsoring commander, or action taken by 
local sponsoring commander. Change in the name of an establishment or 
areas in an off-limits status will also be included.
    b. Distribution of the minutes of board meetings will be limited to 
the following:

[[Page 18]]

    (1) Each voting member, sponsoring command and other commands, and 
installations represented on or serviced by the board.
    (2) Each civilian and military advisory member, if deemed 
appropriate.
    (3) Civilian and Government agencies, within the State in which 
member installations are located, having an interest in the functions of 
the board, if appropriate.
    c. The minutes of the board meeting, containing the board's 
recommendations, will be forwarded in writing to the sponsoring 
commander. The minutes will be accompanied by a request that the 
recommendations be approved for implementation. The sponsoring commander 
will, by written indorsement to the president of the board, approve or 
disapprove the minutes and recommendations.
    d. Board minutes are subject to the release and disclosure 
provisions of DOD Directive 5400.7 and implementing Service regulations.
    B-10. Installation commander and board relationship.
    Military installation commanders within a board's areas of 
responsibility must be thoroughly acquainted with the mission and 
services provided by AFDCBs. Board members should keep their respective 
commanders informed of command responsibility pertaining to board 
functions and actions.
    B-11. Public affairs.
    a. Because of the sensitive nature of subject matter discussed, no 
public announcement will be initiated in connection with board meetings. 
However, any board proceeding which is open to the public will also be 
open to representatives of the news media. Representatives of the news 
media will be considered as observers and will not participate in the 
discussion of matter considered by the board. Members of the news media 
may be invited to participate in an advisory status in coordination with 
the Public Affairs Officer.
    b. News media interviews and releases will be handled through the 
Public Affairs Offices in accordance with this regulation and AR 360-5.

                     Annex A--Letter of Notification

                              (Letterhead)

                           (Appropriate AFDCB)

Proprietor
--______________________________________________________________________
--______________________________________________________________________
--______________________________________________________________________
    Dear Sir: As President of the Armed Forces Disciplinary Control 
Board, it is my duty to inform you of certain undesirable conditions 
reported at your establishment which adversely affect the health and 
welfare of personnel in the Armed Forces. It has come to the attention 
of the board that (cite pertinent information). You are advised that it 
will be necessary for this board to initiate action to determine whether 
your establishment should be placed off-limits to personnel of the Armed 
Forces if the above cited undesirable condition(s) is (are) not 
eliminated. (Include if applicable). Within (cite period), a 
representative of this board will visit your establishment in order to 
determine if steps have been taken to correct the conditions outlined 
above.
     Sincerely,
    --------------------------------,
    President, AFDCB.
    (Note: When sent by mail, send letter by CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN 
RECEIPT REQUESTED.)

                     Annex B--Letter of Appreciation

                              (Letterhead)

                           (Appropriate AFDCB)

Proprietor
--______________________________________________________________________
--______________________________________________________________________
--______________________________________________________________________
    Dear Sir:
    Reference is made to my letter dated -------- concerning certain 
undesirable conditions reported at your establishment which adversely 
affect the health and welfare of personnel in the Armed Forces.
    The board appreciates your action in correcting the deficiencies 
previously noted. In view of this fact, the board contemplates no 
further action with respect to this matter at the present time.
    The board hopes that you will continue to operate your establishment 
in the manner which will benefit the health and welfare of Service 
personnel. Your continued cooperation is solicited.
     Sincerely,
    ------------------------------------,
    President, AFDCB.

                      Annex C--Letter of Invitation

                              (Letterhead)

                           (Appropriate AFDCB)

Proprietor
--______________________________________________________________________
--______________________________________________________________________
--______________________________________________________________________



PART 632_USE OF FORCE BY PERSONNEL ENGAGED IN LAW ENFORCEMENT AND SECURITY 
DUTIES--Table of Contents




Sec.
632.1 Purpose.
632.2 Applicability.
632.3 Policy.
632.4 Deadly force.
632.5 Use of firearms.

[[Page 19]]

632.6 Administrative instructions.

    Authority: 10 U.S.C. 3012.

    Source: 48 FR 17074, Apr. 21, 1983, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 632.1  Purpose.

    This regulation implements DOD Directive 5210.65. It sets uniform 
policy for use of force by DA law enforcement and security personnel.



Sec. 632.2  Applicability.

    (a) This regulation applies to all DA including Army National Guard 
and Army Reserve and civilian personnel engaged in law enforcement or 
security duties, and those civilian contract guard personnel performing 
security duties. These duties include guarding U.S. Military prisoners 
and interior guard duties.
    (b) Except for personnel guarding U.S. military prisoners, this 
regulation does not apply to persons assigned to--
    (1) A wartime combat zone.
    (2) A non-wartime hostile fire area.
    (3) Duties with the U.S. Secret Service.
    (4) Civil disturbance control. (See para 4-12, FM 19-15.)



Sec. 632.3  Policy.

    (a) Law enforcement and security personnel will use force only when 
they cannot fulfill their duties without it. They will use the minimum 
force needed; only as a last resort will they use deadly force. (See 
Sec. Sec. 632.3(c), 632.4, and 632.5.)
    (b) Commanders are encouraged to substitute nonlethal devices (such 
as night sticks) for firearms when adequate for law enorcement and 
security personnel to safely fulfill their duties.
    (c) In evaluating the degree of force needed for specific law 
enforcement or security situations, consider these options:
    (1) Verbal persuasion.
    (2) Unarmed defense techniques.
    (3) Chemical aerosol irritant projectors (M36). (May be subject to 
host nation or local restrictions.)
    (4) MP club.
    (5) MP working dogs.
    (6) Deadly force. (Sec. 632.4)
    (d) Entrapment, i.e., inducing someone to commit an offense in order 
to prosecute that person, is not permitted in law enforcement or 
security duties.
    (e) Use MP working dogs in accordance with the provisions of AR 190-
12. Release dogs only if a lesser measure of force would not be 
effective.
    (1) Releasing a sentry dog to apprehend a suspect is a greater 
measure of force than releasing a patrol dog.
    (2) Before releasing a military dog for attack, give a challenge or 
order to halt.



Sec. 632.4  Deadly force.

    (a) Deadly force is destructive physical force directed against a 
person or persons (e.g., firing a lethal weapon). Use it only in extreme 
need, when all lesser means have failed or cannot reasonably be used. 
Use deadly force for one or more of the following reasons only:
    (1) In self-defense, when in imminent danger of death or serious 
injury.
    (2) To protect property related to national security, when 
reasonably necessary to prevent--
    (i) Threatened theft, damage, or espionage aimed at property or 
information specified by a commander or other competent authority as 
vital to national security. (See paragraph (b) of this section.)
    (ii) Actual theft, damage, or espionage aimed at property or 
information which, though not vital, is substantially important to 
national security. (See paragraph (b) of this section.)
    (iii) Escape of an individual whose unauthorized presence near 
property or information vital to national security is a reasonable 
threat of theft, sabotage, or espionage.
    (3) To prevent actual theft or sabotage of property (such as 
operable weapons or ammunition) which could cause deadly harm to others 
in the hands of an unauthorized person.
    (4) To prevent serious offenses against a person or persons (e.g., 
armed robbery, rape, or violent destruction of property by arson, 
bombing).
    (5) To apprehend a suspect believed to have committed any of the 
types of offenses named in paragraphs (a) (2), (3), and (4) of this 
section.
    (6) To prevent the escape of a prisoner (when authorized by a 
commander

[[Page 20]]

or other competent authority and reasonably necessary).
    (7) To obey lawful orders from higher authority governed by this 
regulation.
    (b) A commander or other competent authority will specify that 
property or information is--
    (1) Vital to national security only when its loss, damage, or 
compromise would seriously harm national security or an essential 
national defense mission.
    (2) Substantially important to national security based on the 
mission and the material or information required to perform it.
    (c) To comply with local law or international agreement or 
arrangements, a commander may impose further restrictions on using 
deadly force. (Restrictions should not unduly compromise U.S. security 
interests).
    (d) Security criteria and standards for protection of nuclear 
weapons (paragraph (c) of this section AR 50-5-1) and for chemical 
agents (paragraph (c) of this section AR 50-6-1) also apply.



Sec. 632.5  Use of firearms.

    (a) If it becomes necessary to use a firearm in any of the 
circumstances described in Sec. 632.4 of this part, observe the 
following precautions when possible:
    (1) Give an order to halt before firing.
    (2) Do not fire if shots are likely to harm innocent bystanders.
    (3) Since warning shots could harm innocent bystanders, avoid firing 
them. However, when lesser degrees of force have failed, the law 
enforcement or security person may judge that warning shots would help 
to control the situation without using deadly force. If able to avoid 
hazards to innocent persons in these cases, fire warning shots.
    (4) Aim to disable. At times it may be difficult to fire with enough 
precision to ensure disabling rather than killing. If the use of 
firearms are otherwise authorized by this regulation, such circumstances 
will not rule out their use.



Sec. 632.6  Administrative instructions.

    (a) Commanders will ensure that all persons assigned to law 
enforcement, security, or US military prisoners' guard duties will, 
before performing these duties--
    (1) Receive instructions on regulations regarding use of force.
    (2) Show knowledge and skill in the use of--
    (i) Unarmed defense techniques.
    (ii) MP club.
    (iii) Individual chemical aerosol irritant projectors.
    (iv) Their assigned firearms.
    (b) Commanders will also--
    (1) Provide periodic refresher training to ensure continued 
proficiency and updated knowledge in these skills. (Include applicable 
host nation requirements.)
    (2) Require MPs with law enforcement duties to qualify yearly with 
their assigned handguns.
    (3) Require interior guards to receive instructions regarding use of 
force. (Give periodic refresher training to ensure continued familiarity 
with regulations.)
    (c) Requirements concerning use of the MP club and chemical aerosol 
irritant projectors apply only when these weapons are issued items or 
are carried on duty.
    (d) FM 19-5 contains procedures and methods for using unarmed 
defense techniques and the MP club.



PART 633_INDIVIDUAL REQUESTS FOR ACCESS OR AMENDMENT OF CID REPORTS OF 
INVESTIGATION--Table of Contents




Sec.
633.11 Access to CID reports.
633.12 Amendment to CID reports.
633.13 Submission of requests.

    Authority: Sec. 3012, 70A Stat. 157; 10 U.S.C. 3012.

    Source: 44 FR 44156, July 27, 1979, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 633.11  Access to CID reports.

    All requests for access to CID reports made under the Privacy or 
Freedom of Information Acts will be processed in accordance with AR 340-
21 and AR 340-17, respectively.



Sec. 633.12  Amendment to CID reports.

    USACIDC reports of investigation (ROI) are exempt from the amendment 
provisions of the Privacy Act and AR 340-21. Requests for amendment will 
be

[[Page 21]]

considered only under the provisions of this regulation. Requests to 
amend USACIDC reports will be granted only if the individual submits 
new, relevant and material facts that are determined to warrant their 
inclusion in or revision of the ROI. The burden of proof is on the 
individual to substantiate the request. Requests to delete a person's 
name from the title block will be granted only if it is determined that 
there is not probable cause to believe that the individual committed the 
offense for which he or she is listed as a subject. It is emphasized 
that the decision to list a person's name in the title block of a 
USACIDC report of investigation is an investigative determination that 
is independent of whether or not subsequent judicial, nonjudicial or 
administrative action is taken against the individual. Within these 
parameters, any changes in the ROI rest within the sole discretion of 
the Commanding General. USACIDC, whose decision will constitute final 
action on behalf of the Secretary of the Army with respect to this 
regulation.



Sec. 633.13  Submission of requests.

    Requests for access to or amendment of USACIDC investigative reports 
will be forwarded to Commander, USACIDC, ATTN: CIJA-RI, 5611 Columbia 
Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041.



PART 634_MOTOR VEHICLE TRAFFIC SUPERVISION--Table of Contents




                         Subpart A_Introduction

Sec.
634.1 Purpose.
634.2 References.
634.3 Explanation of abbreviations and terms.
634.4 Responsibilities.
634.5 Program objectives.

                      Subpart B_Driving Privileges

634.6 Requirements for driving privileges.
634.7 Stopping and inspecting personnel or vehicles.
634.8 Implied consent.
634.9 Suspension or revocation of driving or privately owned vehicle 
          registration privileges.
634.10 Remedial driver training programs.
634.11 Administrative due process for suspensions and revocations.
634.12 Army administrative actions against intoxicated drivers.
634.13 Alcohol and drug abuse programs.
634.14 Restoration of driving privileges upon acquittal of intoxicated 
          driving.
634.15 Restricted driving privileges or probation.
634.16 Reciprocal state-military action.
634.17 Extensions of suspensions and revocations.
634.18 Reinstatement of driving privileges.

                  Subpart C_Motor Vehicle Registration

634.19 Registration policy.
634.20 Privately owned vehicle operation requirements.
634.21 Department of Defense Form 2220.
634.22 Termination or denial of registration.
634.23 Specified consent to impoundment.

                      Subpart D_Traffic Supervision

634.24 Traffic planning and codes.
634.25 Installation traffic codes.
634.26 Traffic law enforcement principles.
634.27 Speed-measuring devices.
634.28 Traffic accident investigation.
634.29 Traffic accident investigation reports.
634.30 Use of traffic accident investigation report data.
634.31 Parking.
634.32 Traffic violation reports.
634.33 Training of law enforcement personnel.
634.34 Blood alcohol concentration standards.
634.35 Chemical testing policies and procedures.
634.36 Detection, apprehension, and testing of intoxicated drivers.
634.37 Voluntary breath and bodily fluid testing based on implied 
          consent.
634.38 Involuntary extraction of bodily fluids in traffic cases.
634.39 Testing at the request of the apprehended person.
634.40 General off installation traffic activities.
634.41 Compliance with State laws.
634.42 Civil-military cooperative programs.

         Subpart E_Driving Records and the Traffic Point System

634.43 Driving records.
634.44 The traffic point system.
634.45 Point system application.
634.46 Point system procedures.
634.47 Disposition of driving records.

              Subpart F_Impounding Privately Owned Vehicles

634.48 General.
634.49 Standards for impoundment.
634.50 Towing and storage.

[[Page 22]]

634.51 Procedures for impoundment.
634.52 Search incident to impoundment based on criminal activity.
634.53 Disposition of vehicles after impoundment.

            Subpart G_List of State Driver's License Agencies

634.54 List of State Driver's License Agencies.

    Authority: 10 U.S.C. 30112(g); 5 U.S.C. 2951; Pub. L. 89-564; 89-
670; 91-605; and 93-87.

    Source: 70 FR 18969, Apr. 12, 2005, unless otherwise noted.



                         Subpart A_Introduction



Sec. 634.1  Purpose.

    (a) This subpart establishes policy, responsibilities, and 
procedures for motor vehicle traffic supervision on military 
installations in the continental United States (CONUS) and overseas 
areas. This includes but is not limited to the following:
    (1) Granting, suspending, or revoking the privilege to operate a 
privately owned vehicle (POV).
    (2) Registration of POVs.
    (3) Administration of vehicle registration and driver performance 
records.
    (4) Driver improvement programs.
    (5) Police traffic supervision.
    (6) Off-installation traffic activities.
    (b) Commanders in overseas areas are authorized to modify these 
policies and procedures in the following instances:
    (1) When dictated by host nation relationships, treaties, and 
agreements.
    (2) When traffic operations under military supervision necessitate 
measures to safeguard and protect the morale, discipline, and good order 
in the Services.



Sec. 634.2  References.

    Required and related publications along with prescribed and 
referenced forms are listed in Appendix A, AR 190-5.



Sec. 634.3  Explanation of abbreviations and terms.

    Abbreviations and special terms used in this subpart are explained 
in the Glossary of AR 190-5. It is available on the internet at: 
www.usapa.army.mil.



Sec. 634.4  Responsibilities.

    (a) Departmental. The Provost Marshal General, Headquarters, 
Department of the Army (HQDA); Director, Naval Criminal Investigative 
Service, U.S. Navy (USN); Headquarters, Air Force Security Forces 
Center; Headquarters, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC); Staff Director, Command 
Security Office, Headquarters, Defense Logistics Agency (DLA), and 
Chief, National Guard Bureau will--
    (1) Exercise staff supervision over programs for motor vehicle 
traffic supervision.
    (2) Develop standard policies and procedures that include 
establishing an automated records program on traffic supervision.
    (3) Maintain liaison with interested staff agencies and other 
military departments on traffic supervision.
    (4) Maintain liaison with departmental safety personnel on traffic 
safety and accident reporting systems.
    (5) Coordinate with national, regional, and state traffic officials 
and agencies, and actively participate in conferences and workshops 
sponsored by the Government or private groups at the national level.
    (6) Help organize and monitor police traffic supervision training.
    (7) Maintain liaison with the Department of Transportation (DOT) and 
other Federal departments and agencies on the National Highway Safety 
Program Standards (NHSPS) and programs that apply to U.S. military 
traffic supervision.
    (8) Participate in the national effort to reduce intoxicated 
driving.
    (b) All major commanders. Major commanders of the Army, Navy, Air 
Force, Marine Corps, and DLA will--
    (1) Manage traffic supervision in their commands.
    (2) Cooperate with the support programs of state and regional 
highway traffic safety organizations.
    (3) Coordinate regional traffic supervision activities with other 
major military commanders in assigned geographic areas of 
responsibility.
    (4) Monitor agreements between installations and host state 
authorities for reciprocal reporting of suspension and revocation of 
driving privileges.

[[Page 23]]

    (5) Participate in state and host nation efforts to reduce 
intoxicated driving.
    (6) Establish awards and recognition programs to recognize 
successful installation efforts to eliminate intoxicated driving. Ensure 
that criteria for these awards are positive in nature and include more 
than just apprehensions for intoxicated driving.
    (7) Modify policies and procedures when required by host nation 
treaties or agreements.
    (c) Major Army commanders. Major Army commanders will ensure 
subordinate installations implement all provisions of this part.
    (d) Commanding General, U.S. Army Training and Doctrine Command (CG, 
TRADOC). The CG, TRADOC will ensure that technical training for 
functional users is incorporated into service school instructional 
programs.
    (e) Installation or activity commander, Director of Military Support 
and State Adjutant General. The installation or activity commander (for 
the Navy, the term installation shall refer to either the regional 
commander or installation commanding officer, whoever has ownership of 
the traffic program) will--
    (1) Establish an effective traffic supervision program.
    (2) Cooperate with civilian police agencies and other local, state, 
or federal government agencies concerned with traffic supervision.
    (3) Ensure that traffic supervision is properly integrated in the 
overall installation traffic safety program.
    (4) Actively participate in Alcohol Safety Action Projects (ASAP) in 
neighboring communities.
    (5) Ensure that active duty Army law enforcement personnel follow 
the provisions of AR 190-45 in reporting all criminal violations and 
utilize the Centralized Police Operations Suite (COPS) to support 
reporting requirements and procedures. Air Force personnel engaged in 
law enforcement and adjudication activities will follow the provisions 
of AFI 31-203 in reporting all criminal and traffic violations, and 
utilized the Security Forces Management Information Systems (SFMIS) to 
support reporting requirements and procedures.
    (6) Implement the terms of this part in accordance with the 
provisions of the Federal Service Labor-Management Relations Statute, 5 
U.S.C. Chapter 71.
    (7) Revoke driving privileges in accordance with this part.
    (f) Installation law enforcement officer. The installation law 
enforcement officer will--
    (1) Exercise overall staff responsibility for directing, regulating, 
and controlling traffic, and enforcing laws and regulations pertaining 
to traffic control.
    (2) Assist traffic engineering functions at installations by 
participating in traffic control studies designed to obtain information 
on traffic problems and usage patterns.
    (g) Safety officer. Safety officers will participate in and develop 
traffic accident prevention initiatives in support of the installation 
traffic safety program.
    (h) Facility engineer (public works officer at Navy installations). 
The facility engineer, engineer officer or civil engineer at Air Force 
installations, in close coordination with the law enforcement officer, 
will--
    (1) Perform that phase of engineering concerned with the planning, 
design, construction, and maintenance of streets, highways, and abutting 
lands.
    (2) Select, determine appropriate design, procure, construct, 
install, and maintain permanent traffic and parking control devices in 
coordination with the law enforcement officer and installation safety 
officer.
    (3) Ensure that traffic signs, signals, and pavement markings 
conform to the standards in the current Manual on Uniform Traffic 
Control Devices for Streets and Highways.
    (4) Ensure that planning, design, construction, and maintenance of 
streets and highways conform to the NHSPS as implemented by the Army.
    (i) Traffic engineer. The traffic engineer, in close coordination 
with the law enforcement officer, will:
    (1) Conduct formal traffic engineering studies.
    (2) Apply traffic engineering measures, including traffic control 
devices, to reduce the number and severity of

[[Page 24]]

traffic accidents. (If there is no installation traffic engineer, 
installation commanders may request these services through channels from 
the Commander, Military Surface Deployment and Distribution Command, 200 
Stovall Street, Alexandria, VA 22332).
    (j) Army Alcohol and Drug Control Officer (ADCO). The ADCO will 
provide treatment and education services to personnel with alcohol or 
drug abuse problems.
    (k) Navy Substance Abuse Rehabilitation Program (SARP) Directors. 
These directors will--
    (1) Supervise the alcohol/drug rehabilitation services to personnel 
with alcohol or drug abuse problems.
    (2) Provide remedial/motivational education for all persons 
identified as alcohol or drug abusers who are evaluated as not dependent 
on alcohol or drugs and who have been referred to level one 
rehabilitation by their commands.
    (l) Marine Corps Substance Abuse Program Officer. This officer will 
provide alcohol/drug education, treatment, and rehabilitation services 
to personnel with alcohol/drug abuse problems.
    (m) DLA Employee Assistance Program Officer. This officer will 
provide alcohol/drug counseling and referral services to identified 
personnel with alcohol/drug abuse problems in accordance with procedures 
prescribed by the Labor Relations Officer, Office of Human Resource, HQ 
DLA.
    (n) Alcohol/Drug Abuse Prevention Treatment (ADAPT) program. Air 
Force Commanders will refer personnel identified with alcohol/drug abuse 
problems to this program in accordance with established procedures.



Sec. 634.5  Program objectives.

    (a) The objectives of motor vehicle traffic supervision are to 
assure--
    (1) Safe and efficient movement of personnel and vehicles.
    (2) Reduction of traffic deaths, injuries, and property damage from 
traffic accidents. Most traffic accidents can be prevented. 
Investigation of motor vehicle accidents should examine all factors, 
operator status, vehicle condition, and supervisory control measures 
involved.
    (3) Integration of installation safety, engineering, legal, medical, 
and law enforcement resources into the installation traffic planning 
process.
    (4) Removal of intoxicated drivers from installation roadways.
    (b) [Reserved]



                      Subpart B_Driving Privileges



Sec. 634.6  Requirements for driving privileges.

    (a) Driving a Government vehicle or POV on military installations is 
a privilege granted by the installation commander. Persons who accept 
the privilege must--
    (1) Be lawfully licensed to operate motor vehicles in appropriate 
classifications and not be under suspension or revocation in any state 
or host country.
    (2) Comply with laws and regulations governing motor vehicle 
operations on any U. S. military installation.
    (3) Comply with installation registration requirements in Subpart C 
of this part. Vehicle registration is required on all Army installations 
through use of the Vehicle Registration System (VRS). Vehicle 
registration is required on all Air Force and DLA installations and as 
directed by the Chief, National Guard Bureau.
    (4) Possess, while operating a motor vehicle and produce on request 
by law enforcement personnel, the following:
    (i) Proof of vehicle ownership or state registration if required by 
the issuing state or host nation.
    (ii) A valid state, host nation, overseas command, or international 
driver's license and/or OF 346 (U.S. Government Motor Vehicle Operator's 
Identification Card), as applicable to the class vehicle to be operated, 
supported by a DD Form 2A (U.S. Armed Forces Identification Card), 
Common Access Card (CAC) or other appropriate identification for non-
Department of Defense (DOD) civilians.
    (iii) A valid record of motor vehicle safety inspection, as required 
by the state or host nation and valid proof of insurance if required by 
the state or locality.

[[Page 25]]

    (iv) Any regulatory permits, or other pertinent documents relative 
to shipping and transportation of special cargo.
    (v) When appropriate, documents that establish identification and 
status of cargo or occupants.
    (vi) Proof of valid insurance. Proof of insurance consists of an 
insurance card, or other documents issued by the insurance company, that 
has a policy effective date and an expiration date.
    (b) Operators of Government motor vehicles must have proof of 
authorization to operate the vehicle.



Sec. 634.7  Stopping and inspecting personnel or vehicles.

    (a) Government vehicles may be stopped by law enforcement personnel 
on military installations based on the installation commander's policy.
    (1) In overseas areas, Government vehicles may be stopped on or off 
installations as determined by host nation agreement and command policy.
    (2) Stops and inspections of vehicles at installation gates or entry 
points and in restricted areas will be conducted according to command 
policy.
    (b) Stops and inspections of POVs within the military installation, 
other than at restricted areas or at an installation gate, are 
authorized only when there is a reasonable suspicion of criminal 
activity, or of a violation of a traffic regulation or of the 
installation commander's policy. Marine Corps users will be guided by 
publication of Marine Corps order and Military Rules of Evidence 311-316 
and local command regulations. DLA users, see DLAR 5700.7.
    (c) At the time of stop, the driver and occupants may be required to 
display all pertinent documents, including but not limited to:
    (1) DD Form 2A.
    (2) Documents that establish the identity and status of civilians; 
for example, Common Access Card (CAC), DD Form 1173 (Uniformed Services 
Identification and Privilege Card), DA Form 1602 (Civilian 
Identification), AF Form 354 (Civilian Identification Card), DD Form 2 
(Armed Forces of the United States Identification Card), post pass, 
national identity card, or other identification.
    (3) Proper POV registration documents.
    (4) Host nation vehicle registration documents, if applicable.
    (5) Authorization to operate a Government vehicle, if applicable.
    (6) Drivers license or OF 346 valid for the particular vehicle and 
area of operation.
    (7) Proof of insurance.



Sec. 634.8  Implied consent.

    (a) Implied consent to blood, breath, or urine tests. Persons who 
drive on the installation shall be deemed to have given their consent to 
evidential tests for alcohol or other drug content of their blood, 
breath, or urine when lawfully stopped, apprehended, or cited for any 
offense allegedly committed while driving or in physical control of a 
motor vehicle on military installations to determine the influence of 
intoxicants.
    (b) Implied consent to impoundment. Any person granted the privilege 
to operate or register a motor vehicle on a military installation shall 
be deemed to have given his or her consent for the removal and temporary 
impoundment of the POV when it is parked illegally, or for unreasonable 
periods, as determined by the installation commander or applicable 
authority, interfering with military operations, creating a safety 
hazard, disabled by accident, left unattended in a restricted or 
controlled area, or abandoned. Such persons further agree to reimburse 
the United States for the cost of towing and storage should their motor 
vehicle be removed or impounded. Existence of these conditions will be 
determined by the installation commander or designee.
    (c) Any person who operates, registers, or who is in control of a 
motor vehicle on a military installation involved in a motor vehicle or 
criminal infraction shall be informed that notice of the violation of 
law or regulation will be forwarded to the Department of Motor Vehicles 
(DMV) of the host state and/or home of record for the individual, and to 
the National Register, when applicable.

[[Page 26]]



Sec. 634.9  Suspension or revocation of driving or privately owned vehicle 
registration privileges.

    The installation commander or designee may for cause, or any lawful 
reason, administratively suspend or revoke driving privileges on the 
installation. The suspension or revocation of installation driving 
privileges or POV registrations, for lawful reasons unrelated to traffic 
violations or safe vehicle operation, is not limited or restricted by 
this part.
    (a) Suspension. (1) Driving privileges are usually suspended when 
other measures fail to improve a driver's performance. Measures should 
include counseling, remedial driving training, and rehabilitation 
programs if violator is entitled to the programs. Driving privileges may 
also be suspended for up to 6 months if a driver continually violates 
installation parking regulations. The commander will determine standards 
for suspension based on frequency of parking violations and publish 
those standards. Aboard Navy installations, any vehicle parked in a fire 
lane will be towed at the owner's expense. Any vehicle parked without 
authorization in an area restricted due to force protection measures may 
subject the driver to immediate suspension by the installation 
commanding officer. Vehicle will be towed at the owner/operator's 
expense.
    (2) The installation commander has discretionary power to withdraw 
the authorization of active duty military personnel, DOD civilian 
employees, and nonappropriated funds (NAF) employees, contractors and 
subcontractors to operate Government vehicles.
    (3) Immediate suspension of installation or overseas command POV 
driving privileges pending resolution of an intoxicated driving incident 
is authorized for active duty military personnel, family members, 
retired members of the military services, DOD civilian personnel, and 
others with installation or overseas command driving privileges, 
regardless of the geographic location of the intoxicated driving 
incident. Suspension is authorized for non-DOD affiliated civilians only 
with respect to incidents occurring on the installation or in areas 
subject to military traffic supervision. After a review of available 
information as specified in Sec. 634.11, installation driving 
privileges will be immediately suspended pending resolution of the 
intoxicated driving accident in the following circumstances:
    (i) Refusal to take or complete a lawfully requested chemical test 
to determine contents of blood for alcohol or other drugs.
    (ii) Operating a motor vehicle with a blood alcohol content (BAC) of 
.08 percent by volume (.08 grams per 100 milliliters) or higher or in 
violation of the law of the jurisdiction that is being assimilated on 
the military installation.
    (iii) Operating a motor vehicle with a BAC of 0.05 percent by volume 
but less than 0.08 percent blood alcohol by volume in violation of the 
law of the jurisdiction in which the vehicle is being operated if the 
jurisdiction imposes a suspension solely on the basis of the BAC level 
(as measured in grams per 100 milliliters).
    (iv) On an arrest report or other official documentation of the 
circumstances of an apprehension for intoxicated driving.
    (b) Revocation. (1) The revocation of installation or overseas 
command POV driving privileges is a severe administrative measure to be 
exercised for serious moving violations or when other available 
corrective actions fail to produce the desired driver improvement. 
Revocation of the driving privilege will be for a specified period, but 
never less than 6 months, applies at all military installations, and 
remains in effect upon reassignment.
    (2) Driving privileges are subject to revocation when an individual 
fails to comply with any of the conditions requisite to the granting 
privilege (see Sec. 634.6). Revocation of installation driving and 
registration privileges is authorized for military personnel, family 
members, civilian employees of DOD, contractors, and other individuals 
with installation driving privileges. For civilian guests, revocation is 
authorized only with respect to incidents occurring on the installation 
or in the areas subject to military traffic supervision.
    (3) Driving privileges will be revoked for a mandatory period of not 
less than 1 year in the following circumstances:

[[Page 27]]

    (i) The installation commander or designee has determined that the 
person lawfully apprehended for driving under the influence refused to 
submit to or complete a test to measure the alcohol content in the 
blood, or detect the presence of any other drug, as required by the law 
of the jurisdiction, or installation traffic code, or by Service 
directive.
    (ii) A conviction, nonjudicial punishment, or a military or civilian 
administrative action resulting in the suspension or revocation of 
driver's license for intoxicated driving. Appropriate official 
documentation of such conviction is required as the basis for 
revocation.
    (4) When temporary suspensions under paragraph (a)(3) of this 
section are followed by revocations, the period of revocation is 
computed beginning from the date the original suspension was imposed, 
exclusive of any period during which full driving privileges may have 
been restored pending resolution of charges. (Example: privileges were 
initially suspended on January 1, 2000 for a charge of intoxicated 
driving with a BAC of 0.14 percent. A hearing was held, extreme family 
hardship was substantiated, and privileges were restored on February 1 
pending resolution of the charge. On March 1, 2000, the driver was 
convicted for intoxicated driving. The mandatory 1-year revocation 
period will consist of January 2000 plus March 2000 through January 
2001, for a total of 12 months with no installation driving privileges).
    (c) Army provost marshals will use the automated VRS to develop and 
maintain records showing that an individual's driving privileges have 
been revoked.



Sec. 634.10  Remedial driver training programs.

    (a) Navy activities will comply with OPNAVINST 5100.12 Series, and 
Marine Corps activities with current edition of MCO 5100.19C for 
establishment of remedial training programs.
    (b) Installation commanders may establish a remedial driver-training 
program to instruct and educate personnel requiring additional training. 
Personnel may be referred to a remedial program on the basis of their 
individual driving history or incidents requiring additional training. 
The curriculum should provide instruction to improve driving performance 
and compliance with traffic laws.
    (c) Installation commanders may schedule periodic courses, or if not 
practical, arrange for participation in courses conducted by local civil 
authorities.
    (d) Civilian personnel employed on the installation, contractor 
employees, and family members of military personnel may attend remedial 
courses on the installation, or similar courses off the installation 
which incur no expense to the government.



Sec. 634.11  Administrative due process for suspensions and revocations.

    (a) Individual Services will promulgate separate regulations 
establishing administrative due process procedures for suspension or 
revocation of driving privileges. The procedures in paragraphs (b) and 
(c) of this section apply to actions taken by Army commanders with 
respect to Army military personnel and family members and to civilian 
personnel operating motor vehicles on Army installations. For Marine 
Corps users, the provisions of this section apply. For Air Force users, 
a preliminary suspension for intoxicated driving remains in effect until 
the installation commander makes a final decision. Requested hearings 
must take place within a reasonable period, which is determined by the 
installation commander.
    (b) For offenses other than intoxicated driving, suspension or 
revocation of the installation driving privilege will not become 
effective until the installation commander or designee notifies the 
affected person and offers that person an administrative hearing. 
Suspension or revocation will take place 14 calendar days after written 
notice is received unless the affected person makes an application for a 
hearing within this period. Such application will stay the pending 
suspension or revocation for a period of 14 calendar days.
    (1) If, due to action by the government, a hearing is not held 
within 14 calendar days, the suspension will not

[[Page 28]]

take place until such time as the person is granted a hearing and is 
notified of the action of the installation commander or designee. 
However, if the affected person requests that the hearing be continued 
to a date beyond the 14-day period, the suspension or revocation will 
become effective immediately on receipt of notice that the request for 
continuance has been granted, and remain in force pending a hearing at a 
scheduled hearing date.
    (2) If it is determined as a result of a hearing to suspend or 
revoke the affected person's driving privilege, the suspension or 
revocation will become effective when the person receives the written 
notification of such action. In the event that written notification 
cannot be verified, either through a return receipt for mail or delivery 
through command channels, the hearing authority will determine the 
effective date on a case-by-case basis.
    (3) If the revocation or suspension is imposed after such hearing, 
the person whose driving privilege has been suspended or revoked will 
have the right to appeal or request reconsideration. Such requests must 
be forwarded through command channels to the installation commander 
within 14 calendar days from the date the individual is notified of the 
suspension or revocation resulting from the administrative hearing. The 
suspension or revocation will remain in effect pending a final ruling on 
the request. Requests for restricted privileges will be considered per 
Sec. 634.15.
    (4) If driving privileges are temporarily restored (i.e., for family 
hardship) pending resolution of charges, the period of revocation (after 
final authority determination) will still total the mandatory 12 months. 
The final date of the revocation will be adjusted to account for the 
period when the violator's privileges were temporarily restored, as this 
period does not count towards the revocation time.
    (c) For drunk driving or driving under the influence offenses, 
reliable evidence readily available will be presented promptly to an 
individual designated by the installation commander for review and 
authorization for immediate suspension of installation driving 
privileges.
    (1) The reviewer should be any officer to include GS-11 and above, 
designated in writing by the installation or garrison commander whose 
primary duties are not in the field of law enforcement.
    (2) Reliable evidence includes witness statements, military or 
civilian police report of apprehension, chemical test results if 
completed, refusal to consent to complete chemical testing, videotapes, 
statements by the apprehended individual, field sobriety or preliminary 
breath tests results, and other pertinent evidence. Immediate suspension 
should not be based solely on published lists of arrested persons, 
statements by parties not witnessing the apprehension, or telephone 
conversations or other information not supported by documented and 
reliable evidence.
    (3) Reviews normally will be accomplished within the first normal 
duty day following final assembly of evidence.
    (4) Installation commanders may authorize the installation law 
enforcement officer to conduct reviews and authorize suspensions in 
cases where the designated reviewer is not reasonably available and, in 
the judgment of the installation law enforcement officer, such immediate 
action is warranted. Air Force Security Forces personnel act in an 
advisory capacity to installation commanders. Review by the designated 
officer will follow as soon as practical in such cases. When a 
suspension notice is based on the law enforcement officer's review, 
there is no requirement for confirmation notice following subsequent 
review by the designated officer.
    (5) For active duty military personnel, final written notice of 
suspension for intoxicated driving will be provided to the individual's 
chain of command for immediate presentation to the individual. Air Force 
Security Forces provide a copy of the temporary suspension to the 
individual at the time of the incident or may provide a copy of the 
final determination at the time of the incident, as pre-determined by 
the final action authority.
    (6) For civilian personnel, written notice of suspension for 
intoxicated driving will normally be provided without delay via 
certified mail. Air Force Security Forces personnel provide a copy

[[Page 29]]

of the temporary suspension to the individual at the time of the 
incident or may provide a copy of the final determination at the time of 
the incident, as pre-determined by the final action authority. If the 
person is employed on the installation, such notice will be forwarded 
through the military or civilian supervisor. When the notice of 
suspension is forwarded through the supervisor, the person whose 
privileges are suspended will be required to provide written 
acknowledgment of receipt of the suspension notice.
    (7) Notices of suspension for intoxicated driving will include the 
following:
    (i) The fact that the suspension can be made a revocation under 
Sec. 634.9(b).
    (ii) The right to request, in writing, a hearing before the 
installation commander or designee to determine if post driving 
privileges will be restored pending resolution of the charge; and that 
such request must be made within 14 calendar days of the final notice of 
suspension.
    (iii) The right of military personnel to be represented by counsel 
at his or her own expense and to present evidence and witnesses at his 
or her own expense. Installation commanders will determine the 
availability of any local active duty representatives requested.
    (iv) The right of Department of Defense civilian employees to have a 
personal representative present at the administrative hearing in 
accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
    (v) Written acknowledgment of receipt to be signed by the individual 
whose privileges are to be suspended or revoked.
    (8) If a hearing is requested, it must take place within 14 calendar 
days of receipt of the request. The suspension for intoxicated driving 
will remain in effect until a decision has been made by the installation 
commander or designee, but will not exceed 14 calendar days after the 
hearing while awaiting the decision. If no decision has been made by 
that time, full driving privileges will be restored until such time as 
the accused is notified of a decision to continue the suspension.
    (9) Hearing on suspension actions under Sec. 634.9(a) for drunk or 
impaired driving pending resolution of charges will cover only the 
following pertinent issues of whether--
    (i) The law enforcement official had reasonable grounds to believe 
the person was driving or in actual physical control of a motor vehicle 
under the influence of alcohol or other drugs.
    (ii) The person was lawfully cited or apprehended for a driving 
under the influence offense.
    (iii) The person was lawfully requested to submit his or her blood, 
breath, or urine in order to determine the content of alcohol or other 
drugs, and was informed of the implied consent policy (consequences of 
refusal to take or complete the test).
    (iv) The person refused to submit to the test for alcohol or other 
drug content of blood, breath, or urine; failed to complete the test; 
submitted to the test and the result was .08 or higher blood alcohol 
content, or between .05 and .08 in violation of the law of the 
jurisdiction in which the vehicle is being operated if the jurisdiction 
imposes a suspension solely on the basis of the BAC level; or showed 
results indicating the presence of other drugs for an on-post 
apprehension or in violation of State laws for an off-post apprehension.
    (v) The testing methods were valid and reliable and the results 
accurately evaluated.
    (10) For revocation actions under Sec. 634.9(b) (3) for intoxicated 
driving, the revocation is mandatory on conviction or other findings 
that confirm the charge. (Pleas of nolo contendere are considered 
equivalent to guilty pleas).
    (i) Revocations are effective as of the date of conviction or other 
findings that confirm the charges. Test refusal revocations will be in 
addition to any other revocation incurred during a hearing. Hearing 
authority will determine if revocations for multiple offenses will run 
consecutively or concurrently taking into consideration if offenses 
occurred on same occasion or different times, dates. The exception is 
that test refusal will be one year automatic revocation in addition to 
any other suspension.
    (ii) The notice that revocation is automatic may be placed in the 
suspension letter. If it does not appear in the suspension letter, a 
separate letter

[[Page 30]]

must be sent and revocation is not effective until receipt of the 
written notice.
    (iii) Revocations cancel any full or restricted driving privileges 
that may have been restored during suspension and the resolution of the 
charges. Requests for restoration of full driving privileges are not 
authorized.
    (11) The Army Vehicle Registration System will be utilized to 
maintain infractions by individuals on Army installations.



Sec. 634.12  Army administrative actions against intoxicated drivers.

    Army commanders will take appropriate action against intoxicated 
drivers. These actions may include the following:
    (a) A written reprimand, administrative in nature, will be issued to 
active duty Soldiers in the cases described in this paragraph (a). Any 
general officer, and any officer frocked to the grade of brigadier 
general, may issue this reprimand. Filing of the reprimand will be in 
accordance with the provisions of AR 600-37.
    (1) Conviction by courts-martial or civilian court or imposition of 
nonjudicial punishment for an offense of drunk or impaired driving 
either on or off the installation.
    (2) Refusal to take or failure to complete a lawfully requested test 
to measure alcohol or drug content of the blood, breath, or urine, 
either on or off the installation, when there is reasonable belief of 
driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
    (3) Driving or being in physical control of a motor vehicle on post 
when the blood alcohol content is 0.08 percent or higher, irrespective 
of other charges, or off post when the blood alcohol content is in 
violation of the law of the State involved.
    (4) Driving, or being in physical control of a motor vehicle, either 
on or off the installation, when lawfully conducted chemical tests 
reflect the presence of illegal drugs.
    (b) Review by the commander of the service records of active duty 
soldiers apprehended for offenses described in paragraph (a) of this 
section to determine if the following action(s) should be taken--
    (1) Administrative reduction per AR 600-8-19, or
    (2) Bar to reenlistment per AR 601-280, or
    (3) Administrative separation per AR 635-200.



Sec. 634.13  Alcohol and drug abuse programs.

    (a) Commanders will refer military personnel suspected of drug or 
alcohol abuse for evaluation in the following circumstances:
    (1) Behavior indicative of alcohol or drug abuse.
    (2) Continued inability to drive a motor vehicle safely because of 
alcohol or drug abuse.
    (b) The commander will ensure military personnel are referred to the 
installation alcohol and drug abuse program or other comparable 
facilities when they are convicted of, or receive an official 
administrative action for, any offense involving driving under the 
influence. A first offender may be referred to treatment if evidence of 
substance abuse exists in addition to the offense of intoxicated 
driving. The provisions of this paragraph do not limit the commander's 
prerogatives concerning other actions that may be taken against an 
offender under separate Service/Agency polices (Army, see AR 600-85. 
Marine Corps, see MCO P1700.24B).
    (c) Active duty Army personnel apprehended for drunk driving, on or 
off the installation, will be referred to the local Army Substance Abuse 
Program (ASAP) for evaluation within 14 calendar days to determine if 
the person is dependent on alcohol or other drugs which will result in 
enrollment in treatment in accordance with AR 600-85. A copy of all 
reports on military personnel and DOD civilian employees apprehended for 
intoxicated driving will be forwarded to the installation alcohol and 
drug abuse facility.
    (d) Active duty Navy personnel apprehended for drunk driving on or 
off the installation will be screened by the respective SARP facility 
within 14 calendar days to determine if the individual is dependent on 
alcohol or other drugs. Active duty Marines apprehended for intoxicated 
driving, on or off the installation, will be referred to

[[Page 31]]

interview by a Level II substance abuse counselor within 14 calendar 
days for evaluation and determination of the appropriate level of 
treatment required. Subsequent to this evaluation, the Marine will be 
assigned to the appropriate treatment programs as prescribed by MCO 
P1700.24B.
    (e) The Services/Agencies may develop preventive treatment and 
rehabilitative programs for civilian employees with alcohol-related 
problems.
    (f) Army supervisors of civilian employees apprehended for 
intoxicated driving will advise employees of ASAP services available. 
Civilian employees apprehended for intoxicated driving while on duty 
will be referred to the ASAP or comparable facility for evaluation in 
accordance with AR 600-85. Army commanders will ensure that sponsors 
encourage family members apprehended for drunk driving seek ASAP 
evaluation and assistance.
    (g) Navy and DLA civilian personnel charged with intoxicated driving 
will be referred to the Civilian Employee Assistance Program in 
accordance with 5 CFR Part 792. Such referral does not exempt the 
employee from appropriate administrative or disciplinary actions under 
civilian personnel regulations.
    (h) Marine Corps civilian employees charged with intoxicated 
driving, on or off the installation, will be referred to the Employee 
Assistance Program as prescribed by MCO P1700.24B. Marine family members 
charged with intoxicated driving, on or off the installation, will be 
provided assistance as addressed in MCO P1700.24B. Such referral and 
assistance does not exempt the individual from appropriate 
administrative or disciplinary action under current civilian personnel 
regulations or State laws.
    (i) For the Army, DLA, and the Marine Corps, installation driving 
privileges of any person who refuses to submit to, or fails to complete, 
chemical testing for blood-alcohol content when apprehended for 
intoxicated driving, or convicted of intoxicated driving, will not be 
reinstated unless the person successfully completes either an alcohol 
education or treatment program sponsored by the installation, state, 
county, or municipality, or other program evaluated as acceptable by the 
installation commander.
    (j) Active duty Air Force personnel apprehended for drunk driving, 
on or off the installation, will be referred by their respective chain 
of command to the Air Force Substance Abuse office for evaluation in 
accordance with AFI 44-121/Alcohol Drug Abuse & Treatment Program, and 
local policies within seven days.
    (k) Local installation commanders will determine if active duty Air 
Force personnel involved in any alcohol incident will immediately be 
subjected to a urinalysis for drug content. If consent is not given for 
the test, a command-directed test will be administered in accordance 
with local policies.



Sec. 634.14  Restoration of driving privileges upon acquittal of 
intoxicated driving.

    The suspension of driving privileges for military and civilian 
personnel shall be restored if a final disposition indicates a finding 
of not guilty, charges are dismissed or reduced to an offense not 
amounting to intoxicated driving, or where an equivalent determination 
is made in a nonjudicial proceeding. The following are exceptions to the 
rule in which suspensions will continue to be enforced.
    (a) The preliminary suspension was based on refusal to take a BAC 
test.
    (b) The preliminary suspension resulted from a valid BAC test, 
(unless disposition of the charges was based on invalidity of the BAC 
test). In the case of a valid BAC test, the suspension will continue, 
pending completion of a hearing as specified in Sec. 634.11. In such 
instances, the individual will be notified in writing that the 
suspension will continue and of the opportunity to request a hearing 
within 14 calendar days.
    (1) At the hearing, the arrest report, the commander's report of 
official disposition, information presented by the individual, and such 
other information as the hearing officer may deem appropriate will be 
considered.
    (2) If the hearing officer determines by a preponderance of evidence 
that the individual was engaged in intoxicated driving, the revocation 
will be

[[Page 32]]

for 1 year from the date of the original preliminary suspension.
    (c) The person was driving or in physical control of a motor vehicle 
while under a preliminary suspension or revocation.
    (d) An administrative determination has been made by the state or 
host nation licensing authority to suspend or revoke driving privileges.
    (e) The individual has failed to complete a formally directed 
substance abuse or driver's training program.



Sec. 634.15  Restricted driving privileges or probation.

    (a) For the Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, and DLA, the installation 
commander, or his or her designee may modify a suspension or revocation 
of driving privileges in certain cases per paragraph (d) of this 
section.
    (b) Army requests for restricted driving privileges subsequent to 
suspension or revocation of installation driving privileges will be 
referred to the installation commander or designee, except for 
intoxicated driving cases, which must be referred to the General Court 
Martial Convening Authority. Withdrawal of restricted driving privileges 
is within the installation commander's discretion.
    (c) Probation or restricted driving privileges will not be granted 
to any person whose driver license or right to operate motor vehicles is 
under suspension or revocation by a state, Federal, or host nation 
licensing authority. Prior to application for probation or restricted 
driving privileges, a state, Federal, or host nation driver's license or 
right to operate motor vehicles must be reinstated. The burden of proof 
for reinstatement of driving privileges lies with the person applying 
for probation or restricted driving privileges. Revocations for test 
refusals shall remain.
    (d) The installation commander or designee may grant restricted 
driving privileges or probation on a case-by-case basis provided the 
person's state or host nation driver's license or right to operate motor 
vehicles remains valid to accommodate any of the following reasons:
    (1) Mission requirements.
    (2) Unusual personal or family hardships.
    (3) Delays exceeding 90 days, not attributed to the person 
concerned, in the formal disposition of an apprehension or charges that 
are the basis for any type of suspension or revocation.
    (4) When there is no reasonably available alternate means of 
transportation to officially assigned duties. In this instance, a 
limited exception can be granted for the sole purpose of driving 
directly to and from the place of duty.
    (e) The terms and limitations on a restricted driving privilege (for 
example, authorization to drive to and from place of employment or duty, 
or selected installation facilities such as hospital, commissary, and or 
other facilities) will be specified in writing and provided to the 
individual concerned. Persons found in violation of the restricted 
privilege are subject to revocation action as prescribed in Sec. 634.9.
    (f) The conditions and terms of probation will be specified in 
writing and provided to the individual concerned. The original 
suspension or revocation term in its entirety may be activated to 
commence from the date of the violation of probation. In addition, 
separate action may be initiated based on the commission of any traffic, 
criminal, or military offense that constitutes a probation violation.
    (g) DOD employees and contractors, who can demonstrate that 
suspension or revocation of installation driving privileges would 
constructively remove them from employment, may be given a limiting 
suspension/revocation that restricts driving on the installation or 
activity (or in the overseas command) to the most direct route to and 
from their respective work sites (5 U.S.C. 2302(b) (10)). This is not to 
be construed as limiting the commander from suspension or revocation of 
on-duty driving privileges or seizure of OF 346, even if this action 
would constructively remove a person from employment in those instances 
in which the person's duty requires driving from place to place on the 
installation.



Sec. 634.16  Reciprocal state-military action.

    (a) Commanders will recognize the interests of the states in matters 
of

[[Page 33]]

POV administration and driver licensing. Statutory authority may exist 
within some states or host nations for reciprocal suspension and 
revocation of driving privileges. See Subpart D of this part for 
additional information on exchanging and obtaining information with 
civilian law enforcement agencies concerning infractions by Armed 
Service personnel off post. Installation commanders will honor the 
reciprocal authority and direct the installation law enforcement officer 
to pursue reciprocity with state or host nation licensing authorities. 
Upon receipt of written or other official law enforcement communication 
relative to the suspension/revocation of driving privileges, the 
receiving installation will terminate driving privileges as if 
violations occurred within its own jurisdiction.
    (b) When imposing a suspension or revocation for an off-installation 
offense, the effective date should be the same as civil disposition, or 
the date that state or host-nation driving privileges are suspended or 
revoked. This effective date can be retroactive.
    (c) If statutory authority does not exist within the state or host 
nation for formal military reciprocity, the procedures below will be 
adopted:
    (1) Commanders will recognize official documentation of suspensions/
revocations imposed by state or host nation authorities. Administrative 
actions (suspension/revocations, or if recognized, point assessment) for 
moving traffic violations off the installation should not be less than 
required for similar offenses on the installation. When notified by 
state or host nation authorities of a suspension or revocation, the 
person's OF 346 may also be suspended.
    (2) In CONUS, the host and issuing state licensing authority will be 
notified as soon as practical when a person's installation driving 
privileges are suspended or revoked for any period, and immediately for 
refusal to submit to a lawful BAC test. The notification will be sent to 
the appropriate state DMV(s) per reciprocal agreements. In the absence 
of electronic communication technology, the appropriate state DMV(s) 
will be notified by official certified mail. The notification will 
include the basis for the suspension/revocation and the BAC level if 
applicable.
    (d) OCONUS installation commanders must follow provisions of the 
applicable Status of Forces Agreement (SOFA), the law of the host nation 
concerning reciprocal suspension and revocation, and other international 
agreements. To the extent an agreement concerning reciprocity may be 
permitted at a particular overseas installation, the commander must have 
prior authorization to negotiate and conclude such an international 
agreement in accordance with applicable international agreements, DODD 
5530.3, International Agreements, June 87, and other individual Service 
instructions.



Sec. 634.17  Extensions of suspensions and revocations.

    (a) Driving in violation of a suspension or revocation imposed under 
this part will result in the original period of suspension or revocation 
being increased by 2 years. In addition, administrative action may be 
initiated based on the commission of any traffic, criminal, or military 
offenses, for example, active duty military personnel driving on the 
installation in violation of a lawful order.
    (b) For each subsequent determination within a 5-year period that 
revocation is authorized under Sec. 634.9, military personnel, DOD 
civilians, contractors and NAF employees will be prohibited from 
obtaining or using an OF 346 for 6 months for each such incident. A 
determination whether DOD civilian personnel should be prohibited from 
obtaining or using an OF 346 will be made in accordance with the laws 
and regulations applicable to civilian personnel. This does not preclude 
a commander from imposing such prohibition for a first offense, or for a 
longer period of time for a first or subsequent offense, or for such 
other reasons as may be authorized.
    (c) Commanders may extend a suspension or revocation of driving 
privileges on personnel until completion of an approved remedial driver 
training course or alcohol or drug counseling programs after proof is 
provided.
    (d) Commanders may extend a suspension or revocation of driving 
privileges on civilian personnel convicted of

[[Page 34]]

intoxicated driving on the installation until successful completion of a 
state or installation approved alcohol or drug rehabilitation program.
    (e) For Navy personnel for good cause, the appropriate authority may 
withdraw the restricted driving privilege and continue the suspension or 
revocation period (for example, driver at fault in the traffic accident, 
or driver cited for a moving violation.



Sec. 634.18  Reinstatement of driving privileges.

    Reinstatement of driving privileges shall be automatic, provided all 
revocations applicable have expired, proper proof of completion of 
remedial driving course and/or substance abuse counseling has been 
provided, and reinstatement requirements of individual's home state and/
or state the individual may have been suspended in, have been met.



                  Subpart C_Motor Vehicle Registration



Sec. 634.19  Registration policy.

    (a) Motor vehicles will be registered according to guidance in this 
Part and in policies of each Service and DLA. A person who lives or 
works on an Army, DLA, Air Force, Navy, or Marine Corps installation, or 
Army National Guard of the U.S. (ARNGUS) facility, or often uses the 
facilities is required to register his or her vehicle. Also, individuals 
who access the installation for regular activities such as use of 
medical facilities and regular recurring activities on the installation 
should register their vehicles according to a standard operating 
procedure established by the installation commander. The person need not 
own the vehicle to register it, but must have a lease agreement, power 
of attorney, or notarized statement from the owner of the vehicle 
specifying the inclusive dates for which permission to use the vehicle 
has been granted.
    (b) Vehicles intended for construction and material handling, or 
used solely off the road, are usually not registered as motor vehicles. 
Installation commanders may require registration of off-road vehicles 
and bicycles under a separate local system.
    (c) Commanders can grant limited temporary registration for up to 30 
days, pending permanent registration, or in other circumstances for 
longer terms.
    (d) Except for reasons of security, all installations and activities 
of the Services and DLA within the United States and its territories 
with a vehicle registration system will use and honor the DD Form 2220, 
(Department of Defense Registration Decal). Registration in overseas 
commands may be modified in accordance with international agreements or 
military necessity.
    (e) Army Installation commanders will establish local visitor 
identification for individuals who will be on installation for less than 
30 days. The local policy will provide for use of temporary passes that 
establish a start and end date for which the pass is valid. Army 
installation commanders must refer to AR 190-16 Chapter 2 for guidance 
concerning installation access control. (Air Force, see AFI 31-204). 
Other Armed Services and DLA may develop and issue visitor passes 
locally.
    (f) The conditions in Sec. 634.20 must be met to operate a POV on 
an Army and DLA Installation. Other Armed Services that do not require 
registration will enforce Sec. 634.20 through traffic enforcement 
actions. Additionally, failure to comply with Sec. 634.20 may result in 
administrative suspension or revocation of driving privileges.



Sec. 634.20  Privately owned vehicle operation requirements.

    Personnel seeking to register their POVs on military installations 
within the United States or its territories and in overseas areas will 
comply with the following requirements. (Registration in overseas 
commands may be modified in accordance with international agreements or 
military necessity.)
    (a) Possess a valid state, overseas command, host nation or 
international drivers license (within appropriate classification), 
supported by DD Form 2, or other appropriate identification for DOD 
civilians, contractors and retirees. DA Form 1602, Civilian 
Identification Card, is limited for identification on Army installations 
only.

[[Page 35]]

    (b) Possess a certificate of state registration as required by the 
state in which the vehicle is registered.
    (c) Comply with the minimum requirements of the automobile insurance 
laws or regulations of the state or host nation. In overseas commands 
where host nation laws do not require minimum personal injury and 
property damage liability insurance, the major overseas commander will 
set reasonable liability insurance requirements for registration and/or 
operation of POVs within the confines of military installations and 
areas where the commander exercises jurisdiction. Prior to 
implementation, insurance requirements in host states or nations should 
be formally coordinated with the appropriate host agency.
    (d) Satisfactorily complete a safety and mechanical vehicle 
inspection by the state or jurisdiction in which the vehicle is 
licensed. If neither state nor local jurisdiction requires a periodic 
safety inspection, installation commanders may require and conduct an 
annual POV safety inspection; however, inspection facilities must be 
reasonably accessible to those requiring use. Inspections will meet 
minimum standards established by the National Highway Traffic Safety 
Administration (NHTSA) in 49 CFR 570.1 through 570.10. Lights, turn 
signals, brake lights, horn, wipers, and pollution control devices and 
standards in areas where applicable, should be included in the 
inspection. Vehicles modified from factory standards and determined 
unsafe may be denied access and registration.
    (e) Possess current proof of compliance with local vehicle emission 
inspection if required by the state, and maintenance requirements.
    (f) Vehicles with elevated front or rear ends that have been 
modified in a mechanically unsafe manner are unsafe and will be denied 
registration. 49 CFR 570.8 states that springs shall not be extended 
above the vehicle manufacturer's design height.



Sec. 634.21  Department of Defense Form 2220.

    (a) Use. DD Form 2220 will be used to identify registered POVs on 
Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, and DLA installations or 
facilities. The form is produced in single copy for conspicuous 
placement on the front of the vehicle only (windshield or bumper). If 
allowed by state laws, the decal is placed in the center by the rear 
view mirror or the lower portion of the driver's side windshield. The 
requirement to affix the DD Form 2220 to the front windshield or bumper 
of registered vehicles is waived for General Officers and Flag Officers 
of all Armed Services, Armed Service Secretaries, Political Appointees, 
Members of Congress, and the Diplomatic Corps.
    (1) Each Service and DLA will procure its own forms and installation 
and expiration tabs. For the Army, the basic decal will be ordered 
through publications channels and remain on the vehicle until the 
registered owner disposes of the vehicle, separates from active duty or 
other conditions specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. Air 
Force, DLA, and Army retirees may retain DD Form 2220. Army retirees are 
required to follow the same registration and VRS procedures as active 
duty personnel. Upon termination of affiliation with the service, the 
registered owner or authorized operator is responsible for removing the 
DD Form 2220 from the vehicle and surrender of the decal to the issuing 
office. Army installation commanders are responsible for the costs of 
procuring decals with the name of their installation and related 
expiration tabs. Air Force installations will use the installation tag 
(4[sec] by \1/2\[sec]) to identify the Air Force Installation where the 
vehicle is registered. Air Force personnel may retain the DD Form 2220 
upon reassignment, retirement, or separation provided the individual is 
still eligible for continued registration, the registration is updated 
in SFMIS, and the installation tab is changed accordingly. Position the 
decal directly under the DD Form 2220.
    (2) For other Armed Services and DLA, DD Form 2220 and installation 
and expiration tabs will be removed from POV's by the owner prior to 
departure from their current installation, retirement, or separation 
from military or government affiliation, termination of ownership, 
registration, liability insurance, or other conditions further 
identified by local policy.

[[Page 36]]

    (b) Specifications. (1) DD Form 2220 and installation and expiration 
tabs will consist of international blue borders and printing on a white 
background. Printer information will include the following:
    (i) Form title (Department of Defense Registered Vehicle).
    (ii) Alphanumeric individual form identification number.
    (iii) DOD seal.
    (2) Name of the installation will be specified on a separate tab 
abutting the decal. Each Service or DLA may choose optional color codes 
for the registrant. Army and installations having vehicle registration 
programs will use the following standard color scheme for the 
installation tab:
    (i) Blue-officers.
    (ii) Red-enlisted.
    (iii) Green DA civilian employees (including NAF employees).
    (iv) Black-contractor personnel and other civilians employed on the 
installation. White will be used for contract personnel on Air Force 
installations.
    (3) An expiration tab identifying the month and year (6-2004), the 
year (2000) or simply ``00'' will be abutted to right of the decal. For 
identification purposes, the date of expiration will be shown in bold 
block numbers on a lighter contrasting background such as traffic 
yellow, lime, or orange.
    (4) DD Form 2220 and any adjoining tabs will be theft resistant when 
applied to glass, metal, painted, or rubberized surfaces and 
manufactured so as to obliterate or self destruct when removal is 
attempted. Local policy guided by state or host nation laws will specify 
the exact placement of DD Form 2220.
    (5) For Navy and Marine Corps military personnel the grade insignia 
will be affixed on placards, approximately 5 inches by 8 inches in size, 
and placed on the driver's side dashboard. Placards should be removed 
from view when the vehicle is not located on a military installation.



Sec. 634.22  Termination or denial of registration.

    Installation commanders or their designated representatives will 
terminate POV registration or deny initial registration under the 
following conditions (decal and tabs will be removed from the vehicle 
when registration is terminated):
    (a) The owner fails to comply with the registration requirements.
    (b) The owner sells or disposes of the POV, is released from active 
duty, separated from the Service, or terminates civilian employment with 
a military Service or DOD agency. Army and Air Force personnel on a 
permanent change of station will retain the DD Form 2220 if the vehicle 
is moved to their new duty station.
    (c) The owner is other than an active duty military or civilian 
employee and discontinues regular operations of the POV on the 
installation.
    (d) The owner's state, overseas command, or host nation driver's 
license is suspended or revoked, or the installation driving privilege 
is revoked. Air Force does not require removal of the DD Form 2220 when 
driving privileges are suspended for an individual. When vehicle 
registration is terminated in conjunction with the revocation of 
installation driving privileges, the affected person must apply to re-
register the POV after the revocation expires. Registration should not 
be terminated if other family members having installation driving 
privileges require use of the vehicle.



Sec. 634.23  Specified consent to impoundment.

    Personnel registering POVs on DOD installations must consent to the 
impoundment policy. POV registration forms will contain or have appended 
to them a certificate with the following statement: ``I am aware that 
(insert number and title of separate Service or DLA directive) and the 
installation traffic code provide for the removal and temporary 
impoundment of privately owned motor vehicles that are either parked 
illegally, or for unreasonable periods, interfering with military 
operations, creating a safety hazard, disabled by accident, left 
unattended in a restricted or control area, or abandoned. I agree to 
reimburse the United States for the cost of towing and storage should my 
motor vehicle(s), because of such circumstances, be removed and 
impounded.''

[[Page 37]]



                      Subpart D_Traffic Supervision



Sec. 634.24  Traffic planning and codes.

    (a) Safe and efficient movement of traffic on an installation 
requires traffic supervision. A traffic supervision program includes 
traffic circulation planning and control of motor vehicle traffic; 
publication and enforcement of traffic laws and regulations; and 
investigation of motor vehicle accidents.
    (b) Installation commanders will develop traffic circulation plans 
that provide for the safest and most efficient use of primary and 
secondary roads. Circulation planning should be a major part of all 
long-range master planning at installations. The traffic circulation 
plan is developed by the installation law enforcement officer, engineer, 
safety officer, and other concerned staff agencies. Highway engineering 
representatives from adjacent civil communities must be consulted to 
ensure the installation plan is compatible with the current and future 
circulation plan of the community. The plan should include the 
following:
    (1) Normal and peak load routing based on traffic control studies.
    (2) Effective control of traffic using planned direction, including 
measures for special events and adverse road or weather conditions.
    (3) Point control at congested locations by law enforcement 
personnel or designated traffic directors or wardens, including trained 
school-crossing guards.
    (4) Use of traffic control signs and devices.
    (5) Efficient use of available parking facilities.
    (6) Efficient use of mass transportation.
    (c) Traffic control studies will provide factual data on existing 
roads, traffic density and flow patterns, and points of congestion. The 
installation law enforcement officer and traffic engineer usually 
conduct coordinated traffic control studies to obtain the data. Accurate 
data will help determine major and minor routes, location of traffic 
control devices, and conditions requiring engineering or enforcement 
services.
    (d) The (Military) Surface Deployment and Distribution Command 
Transportation Engineering Agency (SDDCTEA) will help installation 
commanders solve complex highway traffic engineering problems. SDDCTEA 
traffic engineering services include--
    (1) Traffic studies of limited areas and situations.
    (2) Complete studies of traffic operations of entire installations. 
(This can include long-range planning for future development of 
installation roads, public highways, and related facilities.)
    (3) Assistance in complying with established traffic engineering 
standards.
    (e) Installation commanders should submit requests for traffic 
engineering services in accordance with applicable service or agency 
directives.



Sec. 634.25  Installation traffic codes.

    (a) Installation or activity commanders will establish a traffic 
code for operation of motor vehicles on the installation. Commanders in 
overseas areas will establish a traffic code, under provisions of this 
Part, to the extent military authority is empowered to regulate traffic 
on the installation under the applicable SOFA. Traffic codes will 
contain the rules of the road (parking violations, towing instructions, 
safety equipment, and other key provisions). These codes will, where 
possible, conform to the code of the State or host nation in which the 
installation is located. In addition, the development and publication of 
installation traffic codes will be based on the following:
    (1) Highway Safety Program Standards (23 U.S.C. 402).
    (2) Applicable portions of the Uniform Vehicle Code and Model 
Traffic Ordinance published by the National Committee on Uniform Traffic 
Laws and Ordinances.
    (b) The installation traffic code will contain policy and procedures 
for the towing, searching, impounding, and inventorying of POVs. These 
provisions should be well publicized and contain the following:
    (1) Specific violations and conditions under which the POV will be 
impounded and towed.
    (2) Procedures to immediately notify the vehicle owner.
    (3) Procedures for towing and storing impounded vehicles.

[[Page 38]]

    (4) Actions to dispose of the vehicle after lawful impoundment.
    (5) Violators are responsible for all costs of towing, storage and 
impounding of vehicles for other than evidentiary reasons.
    (c) Installation traffic codes will also contain the provisions 
discussed as follows: (Army users, see AR 385-55).
    (1) Motorcycles and mopeds. For motorcycles and other self-
propelled, open, two-wheel, three-wheel, and four-wheel vehicles powered 
by a motorcycle-type engine, the following traffic rules apply:
    (i) Headlights will be on at all times when in operation.
    (ii) A rear view mirror will be attached to each side of the 
handlebars.
    (iii) Approved protective helmets, eye protection, hard-soled shoes, 
long trousers and brightly colored or reflective outer upper garment 
will be worn by operators and passengers when in operation.
    (2) Restraint systems. (i) Restraint systems (seat belts) will be 
worn by all operators and passengers of U.S. Government vehicles on or 
off the installation.
    (ii) Restraint systems will be worn by all civilian personnel 
(family members, guests, and visitors) driving or riding in a POV on the 
installation.
    (iii) Restraint systems will be worn by all military service members 
and Reserve Component members on active Federal service driving or 
riding in a POV whether on or off the installation.
    (iv) Infant/child restraint devices (car seats) will be required in 
POVs for children 4 years old or under and not exceeding 45 pounds in 
weight.
    (v) Restraint systems are required only in vehicles manufactured 
after model year 1966.
    (3) Driver distractions. Vehicle operators on a DoD Installation and 
operators of Government owned vehicles shall not use cell phones unless 
the vehicle is safely parked or unless they are using a hands-free 
device. The wearing of any other portable headphones, earphones, or 
other listening devices (except for hand-free cellular phones) while 
operating a motor vehicle is prohibited. Use of those devices impairs 
driving and masks or prevents recognition of emergency signals, alarms, 
announcements, the approach of vehicles, and human speech. DoD Component 
safety guidance should note the potential for driver distractions such 
as eating and drinking, operating radios, CD players, global positioning 
equipment, etc. Whenever possible this should only be done when the 
vehicle is safely parked.
    (d) Only administrative actions (reprimand, assessment of points, 
loss of on-post driving privileges, or other actions) will be initiated 
against service members for off-post violations of the installation 
traffic code.
    (e) In States where traffic law violations are State criminal 
offenses, such laws are made applicable under the provisions of 18 
U.S.C. 13 to military installations having concurrent or exclusive 
Federal jurisdiction.
    (f) In those States where violations of traffic law are not 
considered criminal offenses and cannot be assimilated under 18 U.S.C., 
DODD 5525.4, enclosure 1 expressly adopts the vehicular and pedestrian 
traffic laws of such States and makes these laws applicable to military 
installations having concurrent or exclusive Federal jurisdiction. It 
also delegates authority to installation commanders to establish 
additional vehicular and pedestrian traffic rules and regulations for 
their installations. Persons found guilty of violating the vehicular and 
pedestrian traffic laws made applicable on the installation under 
provisions of that directive are subject to a fine as determined by the 
local magistrate or imprisonment for not more than 30 days, or both, for 
each violation. In those States where traffic laws cannot be 
assimilated, an extract copy of this paragraph (f) and a copy of the 
delegation memorandum in DODD 5525.4, enclosure 1, will be posted in a 
prominent place accessible to persons assigned, living, or working on 
the installation.
    (g) In those States where violations of traffic laws cannot be 
assimilated because the Federal Government's jurisdictional authority on 
the installation or parts of the installation is only proprietary, 
neither 18 U.S.C. 13 nor the delegation memorandum in DoDD

[[Page 39]]

5525.4, enclosure 1, will permit enforcement of the State's traffic laws 
in Federal courts. Law enforcement authorities on those military 
installations must rely on either administrative sanctions related to 
the installation driving privilege or enforcement of traffic laws by 
State law enforcement authorities.



Sec. 634.26  Traffic law enforcement principles.

    (a) Traffic law enforcement should motivate drivers to operate 
vehicles safely within traffic laws and regulations and maintain an 
effective and efficient flow of traffic. Effective enforcement should 
emphasize voluntary compliance by drivers and can be achieved by the 
following actions:
    (1) Publishing a realistic traffic code well known by all personnel.
    (2) Adopting standard signs, markings, and signals in accordance 
with NHSPS and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets 
and Highways.
    (3) Ensuring enforcement personnel establish courteous, personal 
contact with drivers and act promptly when driving behavior is improper 
or a defective vehicle is observed in operation.
    (4) Maintaining an aggressive program to detect and apprehend 
persons who drive while privileges are suspended or revoked.
    (5) Using sound discretion and judgment in deciding when to 
apprehend, issue citations, or warn the offender.
    (b) Selective enforcement will be used when practical. Selective 
enforcement deters traffic violations and reduces accidents by the 
presence or suggested presence of law enforcement personnel at places 
where violations, congestion, or accidents frequently occur. Selective 
enforcement applies proper enforcement measures to traffic congestion 
and focuses on selected time periods, conditions, and violations that 
cause accidents. Law enforcement personnel use selective enforcement 
because that practice is the most effective use of resources.
    (c) Enforcement activities against intoxicated driving will 
include--
    (1) Detecting, apprehending, and testing persons suspected of 
driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
    (2) Training law enforcement personnel in special enforcement 
techniques.
    (3) Enforcing blood-alcohol concentration standards. (See Sec. 
634.34).
    (4) Denying installation driving privileges to persons whose use of 
alcohol or other drugs prevents safe operation of a motor vehicle.
    (d) Installation officials will formally evaluate traffic 
enforcement on a regular basis. That evaluation will examine procedures 
to determine if the following elements of the program are effective in 
reducing traffic accidents and deaths:
    (1) Selective enforcement measures;
    (2) Suspension and revocation actions; and
    (3) Chemical breath-testing programs.



Sec. 635.27  Speed-measuring devices.

    Speed-measuring devices will be used in traffic control studies and 
enforcement programs. Signs may be posted to indicate speed-measuring 
devices are being used.
    (a) Equipment purchases. Installations will ensure operators attend 
an appropriate training program for the equipment in use.
    (b) Training and certification standards. (1) The commander of each 
installation using traffic radar will ensure that personnel selected as 
operators of such devices meet training and certification requirements 
prescribed by the State (or SOFA) in which the installation is located. 
Specific information on course dates, costs, and prerequisites for 
attending may be obtained by contacting the State agency responsible for 
police traffic radar training.
    (2) Installation commanders located in States or overseas areas 
where no formal training program exists, or where the military personnel 
are unable or ineligible to participate in police traffic radar training 
programs, may implement their own training program or use a selected 
civilian institution or manufacturer's course.
    (3) The objective of the civilian or manufacturer-sponsored course 
is to improve the effectiveness of speed enforcement through the proper 
and efficient use of speed-measurement radar.

[[Page 40]]

On successful completion, the course graduate must be able to--
    (i) Describe the association between excessive speed and accidents, 
deaths, and injuries, and describe the traffic safety benefits of 
effective speed control.
    (ii) Describe the basic principles of radar speed measurement.
    (iii) Identify and describe the Service's policy and procedures 
affecting radar speed measurement and speed enforcement.
    (iv) Identify the specific radar instrument used and describe the 
instrument's major components and functions.
    (v) Demonstrate basic skills in checking calibration and operating 
the specific radar instrument(s).
    (vi) Demonstrate basic skills in preparing and presenting records 
and courtroom testimony relating to radar speed measurement and 
enforcement.
    (c) Recertification. Recertification of operators will occur every 3 
years, or as prescribed by State law.



Sec. 634.28  Traffic accident investigation.

    Installation law enforcement personnel must make detailed 
investigations of accidents described in this section:
    (a) Accidents involving Government vehicles or Government property 
on the installation involving a fatality, personal injury, or estimated 
property damage in the amount established by separate Service/DLA 
policy. (Minimum damage limits are: Army, $1,000; Air Force, as 
specified by the installation commander; Navy and Marine Corps, $500.) 
The installation motor pool will provide current estimates of the cost 
of repairs. Investigations of off-installation accidents involving 
Government vehicles will be made in cooperation with the civilian law 
enforcement agency.
    (b) POV accidents on the installation involving a fatality, personal 
injury, or when a POV is inoperable as a result of an accident.
    (c) Any accident prescribed within a SOFA agreement.



Sec. 634.29  Traffic accident investigation reports.

    (a) Accidents requiring immediate reports. The driver or owner of 
any vehicle involved in an accident, as described in Sec. 634.28, on 
the installation, must immediately notify the installation law 
enforcement office. The operator of any Government vehicle involved in a 
similar accident off the installation must immediately notify the local 
civilian law enforcement agency having jurisdiction, as well as law 
enforcement personnel of the nearest military installation.
    (b) Investigation records. Installation law enforcement officials 
will record traffic accident investigations on Service/DLA forms. 
Information will be released according to Service/DLA policy, the 
Privacy Act, and the Freedom of Information Act.
    (c) Army law enforcement officers. These officers provide the local 
Safety Office copies of traffic accident investigation reports 
pertaining to accidents investigated by military police that resulted in 
a fatality, personal injury, or estimated damage to Government vehicles 
or property in excess of $1,000.
    (d) POV accidents not addressed in Sec. 634.28. Guidance for 
reporting these cases is provided as follows:
    (1) Drivers or owners of POVs will be required to submit a written 
report to the installation law enforcement office within 24 hours of an 
accident in the following cases, with all information listed in 
paragraph (d)(3) of this section:
    (i) The accident occurs on the installation.
    (ii) The accident involves no personal injury.
    (iii) The accident involves only minor damage to the POV and the 
vehicle can be safely and normally driven from the scene under its own 
power.
    (2) Information in the written report cannot be used in criminal 
proceedings against the person submitting it unless it was originally 
categorized a hit and run and the violator is the person submitting the 
report. Rights advisement will be given prior to any criminal traffic 
statements provided by violators.

[[Page 41]]

Within the United States, the installation law enforcement official may 
require such reporting on Service forms or forms of the State 
jurisdiction.
    (3) Reports required in paragraph (d) (1) of this section by the 
Army will include the following about the accident:
    (i) Location, date, and time.
    (ii) Identification of all drivers, pedestrians, and passengers 
involved.
    (iii) Identification of vehicles involved.
    (iv) Speed and direction of travel of each vehicle involved, 
including a sketch of the collision and roadway with street names and 
north arrow.
    (v) Property damage involved.
    (vi) Environmental conditions at the time of the incident (weather, 
visibility, road surface condition, and other factors).
    (vii) A narrative description of the events and circumstances 
concerning the accident.



Sec. 634.30  Use of traffic accident investigation report data.

    (a) Data derived from traffic accident investigation reports and 
from vehicle owner accident reports will be analyzed to determine 
probable causes of accidents. When frequent accidents occur at a 
location, the conditions at the location and the types of accidents 
(collision diagram) will be examined.
    (b) Law enforcement personnel and others who prepare traffic 
accident investigation reports will indicate whether or not seat 
restraint devices were being used at the time of the accident.
    (c) When accidents warrant, an installation commander may establish 
a traffic accident review board. The board will consist of law 
enforcement, engineer, safety, medical, and legal personnel. The board 
will determine principal factors leading to the accident and recommend 
measures to reduce the number and severity of accidents on and off the 
installation. (The Air Force will use Traffic Safety Coordinating 
Groups. The Navy will use Traffic Safety Councils per OPNAVINST 5100.12 
Series).
    (d) Data will be shared with the installation legal, engineer, 
safety, and transportation officers. The data will be used to inform and 
educate drivers and to conduct traffic engineering studies.
    (e) Army traffic accident investigation reports will be provided to 
Army Centralized Accident Investigation of Ground Accidents (CAIG) 
boards on request. The CAIG boards are under the control of the 
Commander, U.S. Army Safety Center, Fort Rucker, AL 36362-5363. These 
boards investigate Class A, on-duty, non-POV accidents and other 
selected accidents Army-wide (See AR 385-40). Local commanders provide 
additional board members as required to complete a timely and accurate 
investigation. Normally, additional board members are senior equipment 
operators, maintenance officer, and medical officers. However, specific 
qualifications of the additional board members may be dictated by the 
nature of the accident.
    (f) The CAIG program is not intended to interfere with, impede, or 
delay law enforcement agencies in the execution of regulatory 
responsibilities that apply to the investigation of accidents for a 
determination of criminal intent or criminal acts. Criminal 
investigations have priority.
    (g) Army law enforcement agencies will maintain close liaison and 
cooperation with CAIG boards. Such cooperation, particularly with 
respect to interviews of victims and witnesses and in collection and 
preservation of physical evidence, should support both the CAIG and law 
enforcement collateral investigations.



Sec. 634.31  Parking.

    (a) The most efficient use of existing on- and off-street parking 
space should be stressed on a nonreserved (first-come, first-served) 
basis.
    (b) Reserved parking facilities should be designated as parking by 
permit or numerically by category of eligible parkers. Designation of 
parking spaces by name, grade, rank, or title should be avoided.
    (c) Illegal parking contributes to congestion and slows traffic flow 
on an installation. Strong enforcement of parking restrictions results 
in better use of available parking facilities and eliminates conditions 
causing traffic accidents.

[[Page 42]]

    (d) The ``Denver boot'' device is authorized for use as a technique 
to assist in the enforcement of parking violations where immobilization 
of the POV is necessary for safety. Under no circumstances should the 
device be used to punish or ``teach a lesson'' to violators. Booting 
should not be used if other reasonably effective but less restrictive 
means of enforcement (such as warnings, ticketing, reprimands, 
revocations, or suspensions of on-post driving privileges) are 
available. Procedures for booting must be developed as follows:
    (1) Local standing operating procedures (SOPs) must be developed to 
control the discretion of enforcers and limit booting to specific 
offenses. SOPs should focus on specific reasons for booting, such as 
immobilization of unsafe, uninspected, or unregistered vehicles or 
compelling the presence of repeat offenders. All parking violations must 
be clearly outlined in the installation traffic code.
    (2) Drivers should be placed on notice that particular violations or 
multiple violations may result in booting. Also, drivers must be 
provided with a prompt hearing and an opportunity to obtain the release 
of their property.
    (3) To limit liability, drivers must be warned when a boot is 
attached to their vehicle and instructed how to have the boot removed 
without damaging the vehicle.



Sec. 634.32  Traffic violation reports.

    (a) Most traffic violations occurring on DOD installations (within 
the UNITED STATES or its territories) should be referred to the proper 
U.S. Magistrate. (Army, see AR 190-29; DLA, see DLAI 5720.4; and Air 
Force, see AFI 51-905). However, violations are not referred when--
    (1) The operator is driving a Government vehicle at the time of the 
violation.
    (2) A Federal Magistrate is either not available or lacks 
jurisdiction to hear the matter because the violation occurred in an 
area where the Federal Government has only proprietary legislative 
jurisdiction.
    (3) Mission requirements make referral of offenders impractical.
    (4) A U.S. Magistrate is available but the accused refuses to 
consent to the jurisdiction of the court and the U.S. Attorney refuses 
to process the case before a U.S. District Court. For the Navy, DUI and 
driving under the influence of drugs cases will be referred to the 
Federal Magistrate.
    (b) Installation commanders will establish administrative procedures 
for processing traffic violations.
    (1) All traffic violators on military installations will be issued 
either a DD Form 1408 (Armed Forces Traffic Ticket) or a DD Form 1805 
(United States District Court Violation Notice), as appropriate. Unless 
specified otherwise by separate Service/DLA policy, only on-duty law 
enforcement personnel (including game wardens) designated by the 
installation law enforcement officer may issue these forms. Air Force 
individuals certified under the Parking Traffic Warden Program may issue 
DD Form 1408 in areas under their control.
    (2) A copy of all reports on military personnel and DOD civilian 
employees apprehended for intoxicated driving will be forwarded to the 
installation alcohol and drug abuse facility.
    (c) Installation commanders will establish procedures used for 
disposing of traffic violation cases through administrative or judicial 
action consistent with the Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ) and 
Federal law.
    (d) DD Form 1805 will be used to refer violations of State traffic 
laws made applicable to the installation (Assimilative Crimes Act (18 
U.S.C. 13) and the delegation memorandum in DoDD 5525.4, enclosure 1, 
and other violations of Federal law) to the U.S. Magistrate. (Army 
users, see AR 190-29.)
    (1) A copy of DD Form 1805 and any traffic violation reports on 
military personnel and DOD civilian employees will be forwarded to the 
commander or supervisor of the violator. DA form 3975 may be used to 
forward the report.
    (2) Detailed instructions for properly completing DD Form 1805 are 
contained in separate Service policy directives.
    (3) The assimilation of State traffic laws as Federal offenses 
should be identified by a specific State code reference in the CODE 
SECTION block of the DD

[[Page 43]]

Form 1805 (or in a complaint filed with the U.S. Magistrate).
    (4) The Statement of Probable Cause on the DD Form 1805 will be used 
according to local staff judge advocate and U.S. Magistrate court 
policy. The Statement of Probable Cause is required by the Federal 
misdemeanor rules to support the issuance of a summons or arrest 
warrant.
    (5) For cases referred to U.S. Magistrates, normal distribution of 
DD Form 1805 will be as follows:
    (i) The installation law enforcement official will forward copy 1 
(white) and copy 2 (yellow) to the U.S. District Court (Central 
Violation Bureau).
    (ii) The installation law enforcement office will file copy 3 
(pink).
    (iii) Law enforcement personnel will provide copy 4 (envelope) to 
the violator.
    (e) When DD Form 1408 is used, one copy (including written warnings) 
will be forwarded through command channels to the service member's 
commander, to the commander of the military family member's sponsor, or 
to the civilian's supervisor or employer as the installation commander 
may establish.
    (1) Previous traffic violations committed by the offender and points 
assessed may be shown.
    (2) For violations that require a report of action taken, the DD 
Form 1408 will be returned to the office of record through the reviewing 
authority as the installation commander may establish.
    (3) When the report is received by the office of record, that office 
will enter the action on the violator's driving record.



Sec. 634.33  Training of law enforcement personnel.

    (a) As a minimum, installation law enforcement personnel will be 
trained to do the following:
    (1) Recognize signs of alcohol and other drug impairment in persons 
operating motor vehicles.
    (2) Prepare DD Form 1920 (Alcohol Influence Report).
    (3) Perform the three field tests of the improved sobriety testing 
techniques (Sec. 634.36 (b)).
    (4) Determine when a person appears intoxicated but is actually 
physically or mentally ill and requires prompt medical attention.
    (5) Understand the operation of breath-testing devices.
    (b) Each installation using breath-testing devices will ensure that 
operators of these devices--
    (1) Are chosen for integrity, maturity, and sound judgment.
    (2) Meet certification requirements of the State where the 
installation is located.
    (c) Installations located in States or overseas areas having a 
formal breath-testing and certification program should ensure operators 
attend that training.
    (d) Installations located in States or overseas areas with no formal 
training program will train personnel at courses offered by selected 
civilian institutions or manufacturers of the equipment.
    (e) Operators must maintain proficiency through refresher training 
every 18 months or as required by the State.



Sec. 634.34  Blood alcohol concentration standards.

    (a) Administrative revocation of driving privileges and other 
enforcement measures will be applied uniformly to offenders driving 
under the influence of alcohol or drugs. When a person is tested under 
the implied consent provisions of Sec. 634.8, the results of the test 
will be evaluated as follows:
    (1) If the percentage of alcohol in the person's blood is less than 
0.05 percent, presume the person is not under the influence of alcohol.
    (2) If the percentage is 0.05 but less than 0.08, presume the person 
may be impaired. This standard may be considered with other competent 
evidence in determining whether the person was under the influence of 
alcohol.
    (3) If the percentage is 0.08 or more, or if tests reflect the 
presence of illegal drugs, the person was driving while intoxicated.
    (b) Percentages in paragraph (a) of this section are percent of 
weight by volume of alcohol in the blood based on grams of alcohol per 
100 milliliters of blood. These presumptions will be considered with 
other evidence in determining intoxication.

[[Page 44]]



Sec. 634.35  Chemical testing policies and procedures.

    (a) Validity of chemical testing. Results of chemical testing are 
valid under this part only under the following circumstances:
    (1) Blood, urine, or other bodily substances are tested using 
generally accepted scientific and medical methods and standards.
    (2) Breath tests are administered by qualified personnel (Sec. 
634.33).
    (3) An evidential breath-testing device approved by the State or 
host nation is used. For Army, Air Force, and Marine Corps, the device 
must also be listed on the NHTSA conforming products list published in 
the ``Conforming Products List for instruments that conform to the Model 
Specification for Evidential Breath Testing Devices (58 FR 48705), and 
amendments.''
    (4) Procedures established by the State or host nation or as 
prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section are followed.
    (b) Breath-testing device operational procedures. If the State or 
host nation has not established procedures for use of breath-testing 
devices, the following procedures will apply:
    (1) Screening breath-testing devices will be used--
    (i) During the initial traffic stop as a field sobriety testing 
technique, along with other field sobriety testing techniques, to 
determine if further testing is needed on an evidential breath-testing 
device.
    (ii) According to manufacture operating instructions. (For Army, Air 
Force and Marine Corps, the screening breath-testing device must also be 
listed on the NHTSA conforming products list published in the ``Model 
Specifications for Evidential Breath Testers'' (September 17, 1993, 58 
FR 48705).
    (2) Evidential breath-testing devices will be used as follows:
    (i) Observe the person to be tested for at least 15 minutes before 
collecting the breath specimen. During this time, the person must not 
drink alcoholic beverages or other fluids, eat, smoke, chew tobacco, or 
ingest any substance.
    (ii) Verify calibration and proper operation of the instrument by 
using a control sample immediately before the test.
    (iii) Comply with operational procedures in the manufacturer's 
current instruction manual.
    (iv) Perform preventive maintenance as required by the instruction 
manual.
    (c) Chemical tests of personnel involved in fatal accidents. (1) 
Installation medical authorities will immediately notify the 
installation law enforcement officer of--
    (i) The death of any person involved in a motor vehicle accident.
    (ii) The circumstances surrounding such an accident, based on 
information available at the time of admission or receipt of the body of 
the victim.
    (2) Medical authorities will examine the bodies of those persons 
killed in a motor vehicle accident to include drivers, passengers, and 
pedestrians subject to military jurisdiction. They will also examine the 
bodies of dependents, who are 16 years of age or older, if the sponsors 
give their consent. Tests for the presence and concentration of alcohol 
or other drugs in the person's blood, bodily fluids, or tissues will be 
made as soon as possible and where practical within 8 hours of death. 
The test results will be included in the medical reports.
    (3) As provided by law and medical conditions permitting, a blood or 
breath sample will be obtained from any surviving operator whose vehicle 
is involved in a fatal accident.



Sec. 634.36  Detection, apprehension, and testing of intoxicated drivers.

    (a) Law enforcement personnel usually detect drivers under the 
influence of alcohol or other drugs by observing unusual or abnormal 
driving behavior. Drivers showing such behavior will be stopped 
immediately. The cause of the unusual driving behavior will be 
determined, and proper enforcement action will be taken.
    (b) When a law enforcement officer reasonably concludes that the 
individual driving or in control of the vehicle is impaired, field 
sobriety tests should be conducted on the individual. The DD Form 1920 
may be used by law enforcement agencies in examining, interpreting, and 
recording results of such tests. Law enforcement personnel should use a 
standard field sobriety test (such as one-leg stand or walk and

[[Page 45]]

turn) horizontal gaze nystagmus tests as sanctioned by the National 
Highway Traffic and Safety Administration, and screening breath-testing 
devices to conduct field sobriety tests.



Sec. 634.37  Voluntary breath and bodily fluid testing based on implied 
consent.

    (a) Implied consent policy is explained in Sec. 634.8.
    (b) Tests may be administered only if the following conditions are 
met:
    (1) The person was lawfully stopped while driving, operating, or in 
actual physical control of a motor vehicle on the installation.
    (2) Reasonable suspicion exists to believe that the person was 
driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
    (3) A request was made to the person to consent to the tests 
combined with a warning that failure to voluntarily submit to or 
complete a chemical test of bodily fluids or breath will result in the 
revocation of driving privileges.
    (c) As stated in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the law 
enforcement official relying on implied consent will warn the person 
that driving privileges will be revoked if the person fails to 
voluntarily submit to or complete a requested chemical test. The person 
does not have the right to have an attorney present before stating 
whether he or she will submit to a test, or during the actual test. 
Installation commanders will prescribe the type or types of chemical 
tests to be used. Testing will follow policies and procedures in Sec. 
634.35. The results of chemical tests conducted under the implied 
consent provisions of this part may be used as evidence in courts-
martial, nonjudicial proceedings under Article 15 of the UCMJ, 
administrative actions, and civilian courts.
    (d) Special rules exist for persons who have hemophilia, other 
blood-clotting disorders, or any medical or surgical disorder being 
treated with an anticoagulant. These persons--
    (1) May refuse a blood extraction test without penalty.
    (2) Will not be administered a blood extraction test to determine 
alcohol or other drug concentration or presence under this part.
    (3) May be given breath or urine tests, or both.
    (e) If a person suspected of intoxicated driving refuses to submit 
to a chemical test, a test will not be administered except as specified 
in Sec. 634.38.



Sec. 634.38  Involuntary extraction of bodily fluids in traffic cases.

    (a) General. The procedures outlined in this section pertain only to 
the investigation of individuals stopped, apprehended, or cited on a 
military installation for any offense related to driving a motor vehicle 
and for whom probable cause exists to believe that such individual is 
intoxicated. Extractions of body fluids in furtherance of other kinds of 
investigations are governed by the Manual for Courts-Martial, United 
States, Military Rule of Evidence 315 (2002) (MRE 315), and regulatory 
rules concerning requesting and granting authorizations for searches.
    (1) Air Force policy on nonconsensual extraction of blood samples is 
addressed in AFI 44-102.
    (2) Army and Marine Corps personnel should not undertake the 
nonconsensual extraction of body fluids for reasons other than a valid 
medical purpose without first obtaining the advice and concurrence of 
the installation staff judge advocate or his or her designee.
    (3) DLA policy on nonconsensual taking of blood samples is contained 
in DLAR 5700.7.
    (b) Rule. Involuntary bodily fluid extraction must be based on valid 
search and seizure authorization. An individual subject to the UCMJ who 
does not consent to chemical testing, as described in Sec. 634.37, may 
nonetheless be subjected to an involuntary extraction of bodily fluids, 
including blood and urine, only in accordance with the following 
procedures:
    (1) An individual subject to the UCMJ who was driving a motor 
vehicle and suspected of being under the influence of an intoxicant may 
be subjected to a nonconsensual bodily fluid extraction to test for the 
presence of intoxicants only when there is a probable cause to believe 
that such an individual was driving or in control of a vehicle while 
under the influence of an intoxicant.

[[Page 46]]

    (i) A search authorization by an appropriate commander or military 
magistrate obtained pursuant to MRE 315, is required prior to such 
nonconsensual extraction.
    (ii) A search authorization is not required under such circumstances 
when there is a clear indication that evidence of intoxication will be 
found and there is reason to believe that the delay necessary to obtain 
a search authorization would result in the loss or destruction of the 
evidence sought.
    (iii) Because warrantless searches are subject to close scrutiny by 
the courts, obtaining an authorization is highly preferable. Warrantless 
searches generally should be conducted only after coordination with the 
servicing staff judge advocate or legal officer, and attempts to obtain 
authorization from an appropriate official prove unsuccessful due to the 
unavailability of a commander or military magistrate.
    (2) If authorization from the military magistrate or commander 
proves unsuccessful due to the unavailability of such officials, the 
commander of a medical facility is empowered by MRE 315, to authorize 
such extraction from an individual located in the facility at the time 
the authorization is sought.
    (i) Before authorizing the involuntary extraction, the commander of 
the medical facility should, if circumstances permit, coordinate with 
the servicing staff judge advocate or legal officer.
    (ii) The medical facility commander authorizing the extraction under 
MRE 315 need not be on duty as the attending physician at the facility 
where the extraction is to be performed and the actual extraction may be 
accomplished by other qualified medical personnel.
    (iii) The authorizing official may consider his or her own 
observations of the individual in determining probable cause.
    (c) Role of medical personnel. Authorization for the nonconsensual 
extraction of blood samples for evidentiary purposes by qualified 
medical personnel is independent of, and not limited by, provisions 
defining medical care, such as the provision for nonconsensual medical 
care pursuant to AR 600-20, section IV. Extraction of blood will be 
accomplished by qualified medical personnel. (See MRE 312(g)).
    (1) In performing this duty, medical personnel are expected to use 
only that amount of force that is reasonable and necessary to administer 
the extraction.
    (2) Any force necessary to overcome an individual's resistance to 
the extraction normally will be provided by law enforcement personnel or 
by personnel acting under orders from the member's unit commander.
    (3) Life endangering force will not be used in an attempt to effect 
nonconsensual extractions.
    (4) All law enforcement and medical personnel will keep in mind the 
possibility that the individual may require medical attention for 
possible disease or injury.
    (d) Nonconsensual extractions of blood will be done in a manner that 
will not interfere with or delay proper medical attention. Medical 
personnel will determine the priority to be given involuntary blood 
extractions when other medical treatment is required.
    (e) Use of Army medical treatment facilities and personnel for blood 
alcohol testing has no relevance to whether or not the suspect is 
eligible for military medical treatment. The medical effort in such 
instances is in support of a valid military mission (law enforcement), 
not related to providing medical treatment to an individual.



Sec. 634.39  Testing at the request of the apprehended person.

    (a) A person subject to tests under Sec. 634.8 may request that an 
additional test be done privately. The person may choose a doctor, 
qualified technician, chemist, registered nurse, or other qualified 
person to do the test. The person must pay the cost of the test. The 
test must be a chemical test approved by the State or host nation in an 
overseas command. All tests will be completed as soon as possible, with 
any delay being noted on the results.
    (b) If the person requests this test, the suspect is responsible for 
making all arrangements. If the suspect fails to or cannot obtain any 
additional test, the results of the tests that were done at the 
direction of a law enforcement official are not invalid and may still be 
used to support actions under separate

[[Page 47]]

Service regulations, UCMJ, and the U.S. Magistrate Court.



Sec. 634.40  General off installation traffic activities.

    In areas not under military control, civil authorities enforce 
traffic laws. Law enforcement authorities will establish a system to 
exchange information with civil authorities. Army and Air Force 
installation law enforcement authorities will establish a system to 
exchange information with civil authorities to enhance the chain of 
command's visibility of a soldier's and airman's off post traffic 
violations. These agreements will provide for the assessment of traffic 
points based on reports from state licensing authorities involving Army 
military personnel. The provisions of Subpart E of this part and the VRS 
automated system provide for the collection of off post traffic incident 
reports and data. As provided in AR 190-45, civilian law enforcement 
agencies are considered routine users of Army law enforcement data and 
will be granted access to data when available from Army law enforcement 
systems of records. Off-installation traffic activities in overseas 
areas are governed by formal agreements with the host nation government. 
Procedures should be established to process reports received from civil 
authorities on serious traffic violations, accidents, and intoxicated 
driving incidents involving persons subject to this part. The exchange 
of information is limited to Army and Air Force military personnel. 
Provost marshals will not collect and use data concerning civilian 
employees, family members, and contract personnel except as allowed by 
state and Federal laws.



Sec. 634.41  Compliance with State laws.

    (a) Installation commanders will inform service members, contractors 
and DOD civilian employees to comply with State and local traffic laws 
when operating government motor vehicles.
    (b) Commanders will coordinate with the proper civil law enforcement 
agency before moving Government vehicles that exceed legal limits or 
regulations or that may subject highway users to unusual hazards. (See 
AR 55-162/OPNAVINST 4600.11D/AFJI 24-216/MCO 4643.5C).
    (c) Installation commanders will maintain liaison with civil 
enforcement agencies and encourage the following:
    (1) Release of a Government vehicle operator to military authorities 
unless one of the following conditions exists.
    (i) The offense warrants detention.
    (ii) The person's condition is such that further operation of a 
motor vehicle could result in injury to the person or others.
    (2) Prompt notice to military authorities when military personnel or 
drivers of Government motor vehicles have--
    (i) Committed serious violations of civil traffic laws.
    (ii) Been involved in traffic accidents.
    (3) Prompt notice of actions by a State or host nation to suspend, 
revoke, or restrict the State or host nation driver's license (vehicle 
operation privilege) of persons who--
    (i) Operate Government motor vehicles.
    (ii) Regularly operate a POV on the installation. (See also Sec. 
634.16).



Sec. 634.42  Civil-military cooperative programs.

    (a) State-Armed Forces Traffic Workshop Program. This program is an 
organized effort to coordinate military and civil traffic safety 
activities throughout a State or area. Installation commanders will 
cooperate with State and local officials in this program and provide 
proper support and participation.
    (b) Community-Installation Traffic Workshop Program. Installation 
commanders should establish a local workshop program to coordinate the 
installation traffic efforts with those of local communities. Sound and 
practical traffic planning depends on a balanced program of traffic 
enforcement, engineering, and education. Civilian and military legal and 
law enforcement officers, traffic engineers, safety officials, and 
public affairs officers should take part.

[[Page 48]]



         Subpart E_Driving Records and the Traffic Point System



Sec. 634.43  Driving records.

    Each Service and DLA will use its own form to record vehicle traffic 
accidents, moving violations, suspension or revocation actions, and 
traffic point assessments involving military and DOD civilian personnel, 
their family members, and other personnel operating motor vehicles on a 
military installation. Army installations will use DA Form 3626 (Vehicle 
Registration/Driver Record) for this purpose. Table 5-1of Part 634 
prescribes mandatory minimum or maximum suspension or revocation 
periods. Traffic points are not assessed for suspension or revocation 
actions.

 Table 5-1 of Part 634 Suspension/Revocation of Driving Privileges (See 
                             Notes 1 and 2)

    Assessment 1: Two-year revocation is mandatory on determination of 
facts by installation commander. (For Army, 5-year revocation is 
mandatory.)
    Violation: Driving while driver's license or installation driving 
privileges are under suspension or revocation.
    Assessment 2: One-year revocation is mandatory on determination of 
facts by installation commander.
    Violation: Refusal to submit to or failure to complete chemical 
tests (implied consent).
    Assessment 3: One-year revocation is mandatory on conviction.
    Violation: A. Manslaughter (or negligent homicide by vehicle) 
resulting from the operation of a motor vehicle.
    B. Driving or being in actual physical control of a motor vehicle 
while under the influence of intoxicating liquor (0.08% or greater on 
DOD installations; violation of civil law off post).
    C. Driving a motor vehicle while under the influence of any 
narcotic, or while under the influence of any other drug (including 
alcohol) to the degree rendered incapable of safe vehicle operation.
    D. Use of a motor vehicle in the commission of a felony. Fleeing the 
scene of an accident involving death or personal injury (hit and run).
    E. Perjury or making a false statement or affidavit under oath to 
responsible officials relating to the ownership or operation of motor 
vehicles.
    F. Unauthorized use of a motor vehicle belonging to another, when 
the act does not amount to a felony.
    Assessment 4: Suspension for a period of 6 months or less or 
revocation for a period not to exceed 1 year is discretionary.
    Violation: A. Mental or physical impairment (not including alcohol 
or other drug use) to the degree rendered incompetent to drive.
    B. Commission of an offense in another State which, if committed on 
the installation, would be grounds for suspension or revocation.
    C. Permitting an unlawful or fraudulent use of an official driver's 
license.
    D. Conviction of fleeing, or attempting to elude, a police officer.
    E. Conviction of racing on the highway.
    Assessment 5: Loss of OF 46 for minimum of 6 months is 
discretionary.
    Violation: Receiving a second 1-year suspension or revocation of 
driving privileges within 5 years.

                                  Notes

    1. When imposing a suspension or revocation because of an off-
installation offense, the effective date should be the same as the date 
of civil conviction, or the date that State or host-nation driving 
privileges are suspended or revoked. This effective date can be 
retroactive.
    2. No points are assessed for revocation or suspension actions. 
Except for implied consent violations, revocations must be based on a 
conviction by a civilian court or courts-martial, nonjudicial punishment 
under Article 15, UCMJ, or a separate hearing as addressed in this part. 
If revocation for implied consent is combined with another revocation, 
such as 1 year for intoxicated driving, revocations may run 
consecutively (total of 24 months) or concurrently (total of 12 months). 
The installation commander's policy should be applied systematically and 
not on a case-by-case basis.



Sec. 634.44  The traffic point system.

    The traffic point system provides a uniform administrative device to 
impartially judge driving performance of Service and DLA personnel. This 
system is not a disciplinary measure or a substitute for punitive 
action. Further, this system is not intended to interfere in any way 
with the reasonable exercise of an installation commander's prerogative 
to issue, suspend, revoke, deny, or reinstate installation driving 
privileges.



Sec. 634.45  Point system application.

    (a) The Services and DLA are required to use the point system and 
procedures prescribed in this section without change.

[[Page 49]]

    (b) The point system in table 5-2 of this part applies to all 
operators of U.S. Government motor vehicles, on or off Federal property. 
The system also applies to violators reported to installation officials 
in accordance with Sec. 634.32.
    (c) Points will be assessed when the person is found to have 
committed a violation and the finding is by either the unit commander, 
civilian supervisor, a military or civilian court (including a U.S. 
Magistrate), or by payment of fine, forfeiture of pay or allowances, or 
posted bond, or collateral.

  Table 5-2 of Part 634 Point Assessment for Moving Traffic Violations 
                              (See Note 1)

A. Violation: Reckless driving (willful and wanton disregard for the 
          safety of persons or property).
    Points assessed: 6
B. Violation: Owner knowingly and willfully permitting a physically 
          impaired person to operate the owner's motor vehicle.
    Points assessed: 6
C. Violation: Fleeing the scene (hit and run)-property damage only.
    Points assessed: 6
D. Violation: Driving vehicle while impaired (blood-alcohol content more 
          than 0.05 percent and less than 0.08 percent).
    Points assessed: 6
E. Violation: Speed contests.
    Points assessed: 6
F. Violation: Speed too fast for conditions.
    Points assessed: 2
G. Violation: Speed too slow for traffic conditions, and/or impeding the 
          flow of traffic, causing potential safety hazard.
    Points assessed: 2
H. Violation: Failure of operator or occupants to use available 
          restraint system devices while moving (operator assessed 
          points).
    Points assessed: 2
I. Violation: Failure to properly restrain children in a child restraint 
          system while moving (when child is 4 years of age or younger 
          or the weight of child does not exceed 45 pounds).
    Points assessed: 2
J. Violation: One to 10 miles per hour over posted speed limit.
    Points assessed: 3
K. Violation: Over 10 but not more than 15 miles per hour above posted 
          speed limit.
    Points assessed: 4
L. Violation: Over 15 but not more than 20 miles per hour above posted 
          speed limit.
    Points assessed: 5
M. Violation: Over 20 miles per hour above posted speed limit.
    Points assessed: 6
N. Violation: Following too close.
    Points assessed: 4
O. Violation: Failure to yield right of way to emergency vehicle.
    Points assessed: 4
P. Violation: Failure to stop for school bus or school-crossing signals.
    Points assessed: 4
Q. Violation: Failure to obey traffic signals or traffic instructions of 
          an enforcement officer or traffic warden; or any official 
          regulatory traffic sign or device requiring a full stop or 
          yield of right of way; denying entry; or requiring direction 
          of traffic.
    Points assessed: 4
R. Violation: Improper passing.
    Points assessed: 4
S. Violation: Failure to yield (no official sign involved).
    Points assessed: 4
T. Violation: Improper turning movements (no official sign involved).
    Points assessed: 3
U. Violation: Wearing of headphones/earphones while driving motor 
          vehicles (two or more wheels).
    Points assessed: 3
V. Violation: Failure to wear an approved helmet and/or reflectorized 
          vest while operating or riding on a motorcycle, MOPED, or a 
          three or four-wheel vehicle powered by a motorcycle-like 
          engine.
    Points assessed: 3
W. Violation: Improper overtaking.
    Points assessed: 3
X. Violation: Other moving violations (involving driver behavior only).
    Points assessed: 3
Y. Violation: Operating an unsafe vehicle. (See Note 2).
    Points assessed: 2
Z. Violation: Driver involved in accident is deemed responsible (only 
          added to points assessed for specific offenses).
    Points assessed: 1

                                  Notes

    1. When two or more violations are committed on a single occasion, 
points may be assessed for each individual violation.
    2. This measure should be used for other than minor vehicle safety 
defects or when a driver or registrant fails to correct a minor defect 
(for example, a burned out headlight not replaced within the grace 
period on a warning ticket).



Sec. 634.46  Point system procedures.

    (a) Reports of moving traffic violations recorded on DD Form 1408 or 
DD Form 1805 will serve as a basis for determining point assessment. For 
DD Form 1408, return endorsements will be required from commanders or 
supervisors.

[[Page 50]]

    (b) On receipt of DD Form 1408 or other military law enforcement 
report of a moving violation, the unit commander, designated supervisor, 
or person otherwise designated by the installation commander will 
conduct an inquiry. The commander will take or recommend proper 
disciplinary or administrative action. If a case involves judicial or 
nonjudicial actions, the final report of action taken will not be 
forwarded until final adjudication.
    (c) On receipt of the report of action taken (including action by a 
U.S. Magistrate Court on DD Form 1805), the installation law enforcement 
officer will assess the number of points appropriate for the offense, 
and record the traffic points or the suspension or revocation of driving 
privileges on the person's driving record. Except as specified otherwise 
in this part and other Service/DLA regulations, points will not be 
assessed or driving privileges suspended or revoked when the report of 
action taken indicates that neither disciplinary nor administrative 
action was taken.
    (d) Installation commanders may require the following driver 
improvement measures as appropriate:
    (1) Advisory letter through the unit commander or supervisor to any 
person who has acquired six traffic points within a 6-month period.
    (2) Counseling or driver improvement interview, by the unit 
commander, of any person who has acquired more than six but less than 12 
traffic points within a 6-month period. This counseling or interview 
should produce recommendations to improve driver performance.
    (3) Referral for medical evaluation when a driver, based on 
reasonable belief, appears to have mental or physical limits that have 
had or may have an adverse affect on driving performance.
    (4) Attendance at remedial driver training to improve driving 
performance.
    (5) Referral to an alcohol or drug treatment or rehabilitation 
facility for evaluation, counseling, or treatment. This action is 
required for active military personnel in all cases in which alcohol or 
other drugs are a contributing factor to a traffic citation, incident, 
or accident.
    (e) An individual's driving privileges may be suspended or revoked 
as provided by this part regardless of whether these improvement 
measures are accomplished.
    (f) Persons whose driving privileges are suspended or revoked (for 
one violation or an accumulation of 12 traffic points within 12 
consecutive months, or 18 traffic points within 24 consecutive months) 
will be notified in writing through official channels (Sec. 634.11). 
Except for the mandatory minimum or maximum suspension or revocation 
periods prescribed by table 5-1 of this part, the installation commander 
will establish periods of suspension or revocation. Any revocation based 
on traffic points must be no less than 6 months. A longer period may be 
imposed on the basis of a person's overall driving record considering 
the frequency, flagrancy, severity of moving violations, and the 
response to previous driver improvement measures. In all cases, military 
members must successfully complete a prescribed course in remedial 
driver training before driving privileges are reinstated.
    (g) Points assessed against a person will remain in effect for point 
accumulation purposes for 24 consecutive months. The review of driver 
records to delete traffic points should be done routinely during records 
update while recording new offenses and forwarding records to new duty 
stations. Completion of a revocation based on points requires removal 
from the driver record of all points assessed before the revocation.
    (h) Removal of points does not authorize removal of driving record 
entries for moving violations, chargeable accidents, suspensions, or 
revocations. Record entries will remain posted on individual driving 
records for the following periods of time.
    (1) Chargeable nonfatal traffic accidents or moving violations--3 
years.
    (2) Nonmandatory suspensions or revocations--5 years.
    (3) Mandatory revocations--7 years.



Sec. 634.47  Disposition of driving records.

    Procedures will be established to ensure prompt notice to the 
installation law enforcement officer when a person

[[Page 51]]

assigned to or employed on the installation is being transferred to 
another installation, being released from military service, or ending 
employment.
    (a) If persons being transferred to a new installation have valid 
points or other entries on the driving records, the law enforcement 
officer will forward the records to the law enforcement officer of the 
gaining installation. Gaining installation law enforcement officers must 
coordinate with applicable commanders and continue any existing 
suspension or revocation based on intoxicated driving or accumulation of 
traffic points. Traffic points for persons being transferred will 
continue to accumulate as specified in Sec. 634.46 (g).
    (b) Driving records of military personnel being discharged or 
released from active duty will be retained on file for 2 years and then 
destroyed. In cases of immediate reenlistment, change of officer 
component or military or civilian retirement when vehicle registration 
is continued, the record will remain active.
    (c) Driving records of civilian personnel terminating employment 
will be retained on file for 2 years and then destroyed.
    (d) Driving records of military family members containing point 
assessments or other entries will be forwarded to the sponsor's gaining 
installation in the same manner as for service members. At the new 
installation, records will be analyzed and made available temporarily to 
the sponsor's unit commander or supervisor for review.
    (e) Driving records of retirees electing to retain installation 
driving privileges will be retained. Points accumulated or entries on 
the driver record regarding suspensions, revocations, moving violations, 
or chargeable accidents will not be deleted from driver records except 
per Sec. 634.46 (g) and (h).
    (f) Army users will comply with paragraphs (a) and (d) of this 
section by mailing the individual's DA Form 3626 to the gaining 
installation provost marshal.



              Subpart F_Impounding Privately Owned Vehicles



Sec. 634.48  General.

    This subpart provides the standards and procedures for law 
enforcement personnel when towing, inventorying, searching, impounding, 
and disposing of POVs. This policy is based on:
    (a) The interests of the Services and DLA in crime prevention, 
traffic safety, and the orderly flow of vehicle traffic movement.
    (b) The vehicle owner's constitutional rights to due process, 
freedom from unreasonable search and seizure, and freedom from 
deprivation of private property.



Sec. 634.49  Standards for impoundment.

    (a) POVs should not be impounded unless the vehicles clearly 
interfere with ongoing operations or movement of traffic, threaten 
public safety or convenience, are involved in criminal activity, contain 
evidence of criminal activity, or are stolen or abandoned.
    (b) The impoundment of a POV would be inappropriate when reasonable 
alternatives to impoundment exist.
    (1) Attempts should be made to locate the owner of the POV and have 
the vehicle removed.
    (2) The vehicle may be moved a short distance to a legal parking 
area and temporarily secured until the owner is found.
    (3) Another responsible person may be allowed to drive or tow the 
POV with permission from the owner, operator, or person empowered to 
control the vehicle. In this case, the owner, operator, or person 
empowered to control the vehicle will be informed that law enforcement 
personnel are not responsible for safeguarding the POV.
    (c) Impounding of POVs is justified when any of the following 
conditions exist:
    (1) The POV is illegally parked--
    (i) On a street or bridge, in a tunnel, or is double parked, and 
interferes with the orderly flow of traffic.
    (ii) On a sidewalk, within an intersection, on a cross-walk, on a 
railroad track, in a fire lane, or is blocking a driveway, so that the 
vehicle interferes

[[Page 52]]

with operations or creates a safety hazard to other roadway users or the 
general public. An example would be a vehicle parked within 15 feet of a 
fire hydrant or blocking a properly marked driveway of a fire station or 
aircraft-alert crew facility.
    (iii) When blocking an emergency exit door of any public place 
(installation theater, club, dining hall, hospital, and other facility).
    (iv) In a ``tow-away'' zone that is so marked with proper signs.
    (2) The POV interferes with--
    (i) Street cleaning or snow removal operations and attempts to 
contact the owner have been unsuccessful.
    (ii) Emergency operations during a natural disaster or fire or must 
be removed from the disaster area during cleanup operations.
    (3) The POV has been used in a crime or contains evidence of 
criminal activity.
    (4) The owner or person in charge has been apprehended and is unable 
or unwilling to arrange for custody or removal.
    (5) The POV is mechanically defective and is a menace to others 
using the public roadways.
    (6) The POV is disabled by a traffic incident and the operator is 
either unavailable or physically incapable of having the vehicle towed 
to a place of safety for storage or safekeeping.
    (7) Law enforcement personnel reasonably believe the vehicle is 
abandoned.



Sec. 634.50  Towing and storage.

    (a) Impounded POVs may be towed and stored by either the Services 
and DLA or a contracted wrecker service depending on availability of 
towing services and the local commander's preference.
    (b) The installation commander will designate an enclosed area on 
the installation that can be secured by lock and key for an impound lot 
to be used by the military or civilian wrecker service. An approved 
impoundment area belonging to the contracted wrecker service may also be 
used provided the area assures adequate accountability and security of 
towed vehicles. One set of keys to the enclosed area will be maintained 
by the installation law enforcement officer or designated individual.
    (c) Temporary impoundment and towing of POVs for violations of the 
installation traffic code or involvement in criminal activities will be 
accomplished under the direct supervision of law enforcement personnel.



Sec. 634.51  Procedures for impoundment.

    (a) Unattended POVs. (1) DD Form 2504 (Abandoned Vehicle Notice) 
will be conspicuously placed on POVs considered unattended. This action 
will be documented by an entry in the installation law enforcement desk 
journal or blotter.
    (2) The owner will be allowed 3 days from the date the POV is tagged 
to remove the vehicle before impoundment action is initiated. If the 
vehicle has not been removed after 3 days, it will be removed by the 
installation towing service or the contracted wrecker service. If a 
contracted wrecker service is used, a DD Form 2505 (Abandoned Vehicle 
Removal Authorization) will be completed and issued to the contractor by 
the installation law enforcement office.
    (3) After the vehicle has been removed, the installation law 
enforcement officer or the contractor will complete DD Form 2506 
(Vehicle Impoundment Report) as a record of the actions taken.
    (i) An inventory listing personal property will be done to protect 
the owner, law enforcement personnel, the contractor, and the commander.
    (ii) The contents of a closed container such as a suitcase inside 
the vehicle need not be inventoried. Such articles should be opened only 
if necessary to identify the owner of the vehicle or if the container 
might contain explosives or otherwise present a danger to the public. 
Merely listing the container and sealing it with security tape will 
suffice.
    (iii) Personal property must be placed in a secure area for 
safekeeping.
    (4) DD Form 2507 (Notice of Vehicle Impoundment) will be forwarded 
by certified mail to the address of the last known owner of the vehicle 
to advise the owner of the impoundment action, and request information 
concerning

[[Page 53]]

the owner's intentions pertaining to the disposition of the vehicle.
    (b) Stolen POVs or vehicles involved in criminal activity. (1) When 
the POV is to be held for evidentiary purposes, the vehicle should 
remain in the custody of the applicable Service or DLA until law 
enforcement purposes are served.
    (2) Recovered stolen POVs will be released to the registered owner, 
unless held for evidentiary purposes, or to the law enforcement agency 
reporting the vehicle stolen, as appropriate.
    (3) A POV held on request of other authorities will be retained in 
the custody of the applicable Service or DLA until the vehicle can be 
released to such authorities.



Sec. 634.52  Search incident to impoundment based on criminal activity.

    Search of a POV in conjunction with impoundment based on criminal 
activity will likely occur in one of the following general situations:
    (a) The owner or operator is not present. This situation could arise 
during traffic and crime-related impoundments and abandoned vehicle 
seizures. A property search related to an investigation of criminal 
activity should not be conducted without search authority unless the 
item to be seized is in plain view or is readily discernible on the 
outside as evidence of criminal activity. When in doubt, proper search 
authority should be obtained before searching.
    (b) The owner or operator is present. This situation can occur 
during either a traffic or criminal incident, or if the operator is 
apprehended for a crime or serious traffic violation and sufficient 
probable cause exists to seize the vehicle. This situation could also 
arise during cases of intoxicated driving or traffic accidents in which 
the operator is present but incapacitated or otherwise unable to make 
adequate arrangements to safeguard the vehicle. If danger exists to the 
police or public or if there is risk of loss or destruction of evidence, 
an investigative type search of the vehicle may be conducted without 
search authority. (Air Force, see AFP 125-2).



Sec. 634.53  Disposition of vehicles after impoundment.

    (a) If a POV is impounded for evidentiary purposes, the vehicle can 
be held for as long as the evidentiary or law enforcement purpose 
exists. The vehicle must then be returned to the owner without delay 
unless directed otherwise by competent authority.
    (b) If the vehicle is unclaimed after 120 days from the date 
notification was mailed to the last known owner or the owner released 
the vehicle by properly completing DD Form 2505, the vehicle will be 
disposed of by one of the following procedures:
    (1) Release to the lienholder, if known.
    (2) Processed as abandoned property in accordance with DOD 4160.21-
M.
    (i) Property may not be disposed of until diligent effort has been 
made to find the owner; or the heirs, next of kin, or legal 
representative of the owner.
    (ii) The diligent effort to find one of those mentioned in paragraph 
(a) of this section shall begin not later than 7 days after the date on 
which the property comes into custody or control of the law enforcement 
agency.
    (iii) The period for which this effort is continued may not exceed 
45 days.
    (iv) If the owner or those mentioned in Sec. 634.52 are determined, 
but not found, the property may not be disposed of until the expiration 
of 45 days after the date when notice, giving the time and place of the 
intended sale or other disposition, has been sent by certified or 
registered mail to that person at his last known address.
    (v) When diligent effort to determine those mentioned in paragraph 
(b)(2)(iv) of this section is unsuccessful, the property may be disposed 
of without delay, except that if it has a fair market value of more than 
$500, the law enforcement official may not dispose of the property until 
45 days after the date it is received at the storage point.
    (c) All contracts for the disposal of abandoned vehicles must comply 
with 10 U.S.C. 2575.

[[Page 54]]



            Subpart G_List of State Driver's License Agencies



Sec. 634.54  List of State Driver's License Agencies.

    Notification of State driver's license agencies. The installation 
commander will notify the State driver's license agency of those 
personnel whose installation driving privileges are revoked for 1 year 
or more, following final adjudication of the intoxicated driving offense 
or for refusing to submit to a lawful blood-alcohol content test in 
accordance with Sec. 634.8. This notification will include the basis 
for the suspension and the blood alcohol level. The notification will be 
sent to the State in which the driver's license was issued. State 
driver's license agencies are listed as follows:

Alabama: Motor Vehicle Division, 2721 Gunter Park Drive, Montgomery, AL 
    36101, (205) 271-3250.
Alaska: Motor Vehicle Division, P.O. Box 100960, Anchorage, AK 99510, 
    (907) 269-5572.
Arizona: Motor Vehicle Division, 1801 West Jefferson Street, Phoenix, AZ 
    85007, (602) 255-7295.
Arkansas: Motor Vehicle Division, Joel & Ledbetter Bldg., 7th and Wolfe 
    Streets, Little Rock, AR 72203, (501) 371-1886.
California: Department of Motor Vehicles, P.O. Box 932340, Sacramento, 
    CA 94232, (916) 445-0898.
Colorado: Motor Vehicle Division, 140 West Sixth Avenue, Denver, CO 
    80204, (303) 866-3158.
Connecticut: Department of Motor Vehicles, 60 State Street, 
    Wethersfield, CT 06109, (203) 566-5904.
Delaware: Motor Vehicle Director, State Highway Administration Bldg., 
    P.O. Box 698, Dover, DE 19903, (302) 736-4421.
District of Columbia: Department of Transportation, Bureau of Motor 
    Vehicles, 301 C Street, NW., Washington, DC 20001, (202) 727-5409.
Florida: Division of Motor Vehicles, Neil Kirkman Building, Tallahassee, 
    FL 32301, (904) 488-6921.
Georgia: Motor Vehicle Division, Trinity-Washington Bldg., Room 114, 
    Atlanta, GA 30334, (404) 656-4149.
Hawaii: Division of Motor Vehicle and Licensing, 1455 S. Benetania 
    Street, Honolulu, HI 96814, (808) 943-3221.
Idaho: Transportation Department, 3311 State Street, P.O. Box 34, Boise, 
    ID 83731, (208) 334-3650.
Illinois: Secretary of State, Centennial Building, Springfield, IL 
    62756, (217) 782-4815.
Indiana: Bureau of Motor Vehicles, State Office Building, Room 901, 
    Indianapolis, IN 46204, (317) 232-2701.
Iowa: Department of Transportation Office of Operating Authority, Lucas 
    Office Bldg., Des Moines, IA 50319, (515) 281-5664.
Kansas: Department of Revenue, Division of Vehicles, Interstate 
    Registration Bureau, State Office Bldg., Topeka, KS 66612, (913) 
    296-3681.
Kentucky: Department of Transportation, New State Office Building, 
    Frankfort, KY 40622, (502) 564-4540.
Louisiana: Motor Vehicle Administrator, S. Foster Drive, Baton Rouge, LA 
    70800, (504) 925-6304.
Maine: Department of State, Motor Vehicle Division, Augusta, ME 04333, 
    (207) 289-5440.
Maryland: Motor Vehicle Administration, 6601 Ritchie Highway, NE., Glen 
    Burnie, MD 21062, (301) 768-7000.
Massachusetts: Registry of Motor Vehicle, 100 Nashua Street, Boston, MA 
    02114, (617) 727-3780.
Michigan: Department of State, Division of Driver Licenses and Vehicle 
    Records, Lansing, MI 48918, (517) 322-1486.
Minnesota: Department of Public Safety, 108 Transportation Building, St. 
    Paul, MN 55155, (612) 296-2138.
Mississippi: Office of State Tax Commission, Woolfolk Building, Jackson, 
    MS 39205, (601) 982-1248.
Missouri: Department of Revenue, Motor Vehicles Bureau, Harry S. Truman 
    Bldg., 301 W. High Street, Jefferson City, MO 65105, (314) 751-3234.
Montana: Highway Commission, Box 4639, Helena, MT 59604, (406) 449-2476.
Nebraska: Department of Motor Vehicles, P.O. Box 94789, Lincoln, NE 
    68509, (402) 471-3891.
Nevada: Department of Motor Vehicles, Carson City, NV 89711, (702) 885-
    5370.
New Hampshire: Department of Safety, Division of Motor Vehicles, James 
    H.

[[Page 55]]

    Haynes Bldg., Concord, NH 03305, (603) 271-2764.
New Jersey: Motor Vehicle Division, 25 S. Montgomery Street, Trenton, NJ 
    08666, (609) 292-2368.
New Mexico: Motor Transportation Division, Joseph M. Montoya Building, 
    Santa Fe, NM 87503, (505) 827-0392.
New York: Division of Motor Vehicles, Empire State Plaza, Albany, NY 
    12228, (518) 474-2121.
North Carolina: Division of Motor Vehicles, Motor Vehicles Bldg., 
    Raleigh, NC 27697, (919) 733-2403.
North Dakota: Motor Vehicle Department, Capitol Grounds, Bismarck, ND 
    58505, (701) 224-2619.
Ohio: Bureau of Motor Vehicles, P.O. Box 16520, Columbus, OH 43216, 
    (614) 466-4095.
Oklahoma: Oklahoma Tax Commission, Motor Vehicle Division, 2501 Lincoln 
    Boulevard, Oklahoma City, OK 73194, (405) 521-3036
Oregon: Motor Vehicles Division, 1905 Lana Avenue, NE., Salem, OR 97314, 
    (503) 378-6903.
Pennsylvania: Department of Transportation, Bureau of Motor Vehicles, 
    Transportation and Safety Bldg., Harrisburg, PA 17122, (717) 787-
    3130.
Rhode Island: Department of Motor Vehicles, State Office Building, 
    Providence, RI 02903, (401) 277-6900.
South Carolina: Motor Vehicle Division, P.O. Drawer 1498, Columbia, SC 
    29216, (803) 758-5821.
South Dakota: Division of Motor Vehicles, 118 W. Capitol, Pierre, SD 
    57501, (605) 773-3501.
Tennessee: Department of Revenue, Motor Vehicle Division, 500 Deaderick 
    Street, Nashville, TN 37242, (615) 741-1786.
Texas: Department of Highways and Public Transportation, Motor Vehicle 
    Division, 40th and Jackson Avenue, Austin, TX 78779, (512) 475-7686.
Utah: Motor Vehicle Division State Fairgrounds, 1095 Motor Avenue, Salt 
    Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 533-5311.
Vermont: Department of Motor Vehicles, State Street, Montpelier, VT 
    05603, (802) 828-2014.
Virginia: Department of Motor Vehicles, 2300 W. Broad Street, Richmond, 
    VA 23220, (804) 257-1855.
Washington: Department of Licensing, Highways-Licenses Building, 
    Olympia, WA 98504, (206) 753-6975.
West Virginia: Department of Motor Vehicles, 1800 Washington Street, 
    East, Charleston, WV 25317, (304) 348-2719.
Wisconsin: Department of Transportation Reciprocity and Permits, P.O. 
    Box 7908, Madison, WI 53707, (608) 266-2585.
Wyoming: Department of Revenue, Policy Division, 122 W. 25th Street, 
    Cheyenne, WY 82002, (307) 777-5273.
Guam: Deputy Director, Revenue and Taxation, Government of Guam, Agana, 
    Guam 96910, (no phone number available).
Puerto Rico: Department of Transportation and Public Works, Bureau of 
    Motor Vehicles, P.O. Box 41243, Minillas Station, Santurce, Puerto 
    Rico 00940, (809) 722-2823.



PART 635_LAW ENFORCEMENT REPORTING--Table of Contents




                    Subpart A_Records Administration

Sec.
635.1 General.
635.2 Safeguarding official information.
635.3 Special requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974.
635.4 Administration of expelled or barred persons file.
635.5 Police intelligence/criminal information.
635.6 Name checks.
635.7 Registration of sex offenders.

                    Subpart B_Release of Information

635.8 General.
635.9 Guidelines for disclosure within DOD.
635.10 Release of information.
635.11 Release of information under the Freedom of Information Act 
          (FOIA).
635.12 Release of information under the Privacy Act of 1974.
635.13 Amendment of records.
635.14 Accounting for military police record disclosure.
635.15 Release of law enforcement information furnished by foreign 
          governments or international organizations.

                       Subpart C_Offense Reporting

635.16 General.
635.17 Military Police Report.
635.18 Identifying criminal incidents and subjects of investigation.
635.19 Offense codes.
635.20 Military Police Codes (MPC).

[[Page 56]]

635.21 USACRC control numbers.
635.22 Reserve component, U.S. Army Reserve, and Army National Guard 
          personnel.
635.23 DA Form 4833 (Commander's Report of Disciplinary or 
          Administrative Action).
635.24 Updating the COPS MPRS.
635.25 Submission of criminal history data to the CJIS.
635.26 Procedures for reporting absence without leave (AWOL) and 
          desertion offenses.
635.27 Vehicle Registration System.
635.28 Domestic violence and Protection Orders.
635.29 Establishing domestic violence Memoranda of Understanding.
635.30 Lost, abandoned, or unclaimed property.

           Subpart D_Army Quarterly Trends and Analysis Report

635.31 General.
635.32 Crime rate reporting.

           Subpart E_Victim and Witness Assistance Procedures

635.33 General.
635.34 Procedures.
635.35 Notification.
635.36 Statistical reporting requirements.

    Authority: 28 U.S.C. 534 note, 42 U.S.C. 10601, 18 U.S.C. 922, 42 
U.S.C. 14071, 10 U.S.C. 1562, 10 U.S.C. Chap. 47.

    Source: 69 FR 75246, Dec. 16, 2004, unless otherwise noted.



                    Subpart A_Records Administration



Sec. 635.1  General.

    (a) Military police records and files created under provisions of 
this part will be maintained and disposed of in accordance with 
instructions and standards prescribed by Army Regulation (AR) 25-400-2, 
AR 25-55, AR 340-21, and other applicable HQDA directives.
    (b) Each provost marshal will appoint in writing two staff members, 
one primary and one alternate, to account for and safeguard all records 
containing personal information protected by law. Action will be taken 
to ensure that protected personal information is used and stored only 
where facilities and conditions will preclude unauthorized or 
unintentional disclosure.
    (c) Personal information includes information that is intimate or 
private to an individual, as distinguished from that which concerns a 
person's official function or public life. Examples include the social 
security number (SSN) medical history, home address, and home telephone 
number.
    (d) Access to areas in which military police records are prepared, 
processed and stored will be restricted to those personnel whose duties 
require their presence or to other personnel on official business. 
Military police records containing personal information will be stored 
in a locked room or locked filing cabinet when not under the personal 
control of authorized personnel. Alternate storage systems providing 
equal or greater protection may be used in accordance with AR 25-55.
    (e) Areas in which remote computer terminals or authorized personal 
computers used for government business and activities are used, stored, 
process, or retrieve military police records will be restricted to 
personnel on official business. When processing military police 
information, computer video display monitors will be positioned so that 
protected information cannot be viewed by unauthorized persons. Computer 
output from automated military police systems will be controlled as 
specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (f) Output from any locally prepared data or automated systems 
containing personal information subject to the Privacy Act will be 
controlled per AR 340-21. All locally created or MACOM unique automated 
systems of records containing law enforcement information must be 
reported to and approved by HQDA, Office of the Provost Marshal General 
prior to use. The request must clearly document why the COPS MPRS system 
cannot meet the requirements or objectives of the organization. After 
review and approval by HQDA, the installation and MACOM will complete 
and process the systems notice for publication in the Federal Register 
per AR 340-21 and the Privacy Act.
    (g) Security of automated systems is governed by AR 380-19. Provost 
marshals using automated systems will appoint, in writing, an 
Information Assurance Security Officer (IASO) who

[[Page 57]]

will ensure implementation of automation security requirements within 
the organization. Passwords used to control systems access will be 
generated, issued, and controlled by the IASO.
    (h) Supervisors at all levels will ensure that personnel whose 
duties involve preparation, processing, filing, and release of military 
police records are knowledgeable of and comply with policies and 
procedures contained in this part, AR 25-55, AR 340-21, and other 
applicable HQDA directives. Particular attention will be directed to 
provisions on the release of information and protection of privacy.
    (i) Military police records identifying juveniles as offenders will 
be clearly marked as juvenile records and will be kept secure from 
unauthorized access by individuals. Juvenile records may be stored with 
adult records but clearly designated as juvenile records even after the 
individual becomes of legal age. In distributing information on 
juveniles, provost marshals will ensure that only individuals with a 
clear reason to know the identity of a juvenile are provided the 
identifying information on the juvenile. For example, a community 
commander is authorized to receive pertinent information on juveniles. 
When a MPR identifying juvenile offenders must be provided to multiple 
commanders or supervisors, the provost marshal must sanitize each report 
to withhold juvenile information not pertaining to that commander's area 
of responsibility.
    (j) Military police records in the custody of USACRC will be 
processed, stored and maintained in accordance with policy established 
by the Director, USACRC.



Sec. 635.2  Safeguarding official information.

    (a) Military police records are unclassified except when they 
contain national security information as defined in AR 380-5.
    (b) When military police records containing personal information 
transmitted outside the installation law enforcement community to other 
departments and agencies within DOD, such records will be marked ``For 
Official Use Only.'' Records marked ``For Official Use Only'' will be 
transmitted as prescribed by AR 25-55. Use of an expanded marking is 
required for certain records transmitted outside DOD per AR 25-55.
    (c) Military police records may also be released to Federal, state, 
local or foreign law enforcement agencies as prescribed by AR 340-21. 
Expanded markings will be applied to these records.



Sec. 635.3  Special requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974.

    (a) Certain personal information is protected under the Privacy Act 
and AR 340-21.
    (b) Individuals requested to furnish personal information must 
normally be advised of the purpose for which the information is 
routinely used.
    (c) Army law enforcement personnel performing official duties often 
require an individual's SSN for identification purposes. Personal 
information may be obtained from identification documents without 
violating an individual's privacy and without providing a Privacy Act 
Statement. This personal information can be used to complete military 
police reports and records. The following procedures may be used to 
obtain SSNs:
    (1) Active Army, U.S. Army Reserve (USAR), Army National Guard 
(ARNG) and retired military personnel are required to produce their DD 
Form 2A (Act), DD Form 2 (Act), DD Form 2 (Res), or DD Form 2 (Ret) 
(U.S. Armed Forces of the United States General Convention 
Identification Card), or other government issued identification, as 
appropriate.
    (2) Family members of sponsors may be requested to produce their DD 
Form 1173 (Uniformed Services Identification and Privilege Card). 
Information contained thereon (for example, the sponsor's SSN) may be 
used to verify and complete applicable sections of MPRs and related 
forms.
    (3) DOD civilian personnel may be requested to produce their 
appropriate service identification. DA Form 1602 (Civilian 
Identification) may be requested from DA civilian employees. If unable 
to produce such identification, DOD civilians may be requested to 
provide other verifying documentation.

[[Page 58]]

    (4) Non-DOD civilians, including family members and those whose 
status is unknown, will be advised of the provisions of the Privacy Act 
Statement when requested to disclose their SSN.
    (d) Requests for new systems of military police records, changes to 
existing systems, and continuation systems, not addressed in existing 
public notices will be processed as prescribed in AR 340-21, after 
approval is granted by HQDA, OPMG (DAPM-MPD-LE).



Sec. 635.4  Administration of expelled or barred persons file.

    (a) When action is completed by an installation commander to bar an 
individual from the installation under 18 U.S.C. 1382 the installation 
provost marshal will be provided--
    (1) A copy of the letter or order barring the individual.
    (2) Reasons for the bar.
    (3) Effective date of the bar and period covered.
    (b) The provost marshal will maintain a list of barred or expelled 
persons. When the bar or expulsion action is predicated on information 
contained in military police investigative records, the bar or expulsion 
document will reference the appropriate military police record or MPR. 
When a MPR results in the issuance of a bar letter the provost marshal 
will forward a copy of the bar letter to Director, USACRC to be filed 
with the original MPR. The record of the bar will also be entered into 
COPS, in the Vehicle Registration module, under Barrings.



Sec. 635.5  Police intelligence/criminal information.

    (a) The purpose of gathering police intelligence is to identify 
individuals or groups of individuals in an effort to anticipate, 
prevent, or monitor possible criminal activity. If police intelligence 
is developed to the point where it factually establishes a criminal 
offense, an investigation by the military police, U.S. Army Criminal 
Investigation Command (USACIDC) or other investigative agency will be 
initiated.
    (b) Information on persons and organizations not affiliated with DOD 
may not normally be acquired, reported, processed or stored. Situations 
justifying acquisition of this information include, but are not limited 
to--
    (1) Theft, destruction, or sabotage of weapons, ammunition, 
equipment facilities, or records belonging to DOD units or 
installations.
    (2) Possible compromise of classified defense information by 
unauthorized disclosure or espionage.
    (3) Subversion of loyalty, discipline, or morale of DA military or 
civilian personnel by actively encouraging violation of laws, 
disobedience of lawful orders and regulations, or disruption of military 
activities.
    (4) Protection of Army installations and activities from potential 
threat.
    (5) Information received from the FBI, state, local, or 
international law enforcement agencies which directly pertain to the law 
enforcement mission and activity of the installation provost marshal 
office, MACOM provost marshal office, or that has a clearly identifiable 
military purpose and connection. A determination that specific 
information may not be collected, retained or disseminated by 
intelligence activities does not indicate that the information is 
automatically eligible for collection, retention, or dissemination under 
the provisions of this part. The policies in this section are not 
intended and will not be used to circumvent any federal law that 
restricts gathering, retaining or dissemination of information on 
private individuals or organizations.
    (c) Retention and disposition of information on non-DOD affiliated 
individuals and organizations are subject to the provisions of AR 380-13 
and AR 25-400-2.
    (d) Police intelligence will be actively exchanged between DOD law 
enforcement agencies, military police, USACIDC, local, state, federal, 
and international law enforcement agencies. One tool developed by DOD 
for sharing police intelligence is the Joint Protection Enterprise 
Network (JPEN). JPEN provides users with the ability to post, retrieve, 
filter, and analyze real-world events. There are seven reporting 
criteria for JPEN:
    (1) Non-specific threats;
    (2) Surveillance;
    (3) Elicitation;
    (4) Tests of Security;
    (5) Repetitive Activities;

[[Page 59]]

    (6) Bomb Threats/Incidents; and
    (7) Suspicious Activities/Incidents.
    (e) If a written extract from local police intelligence files is 
provided to an authorized investigative agency, the following will be 
included on the transmittal documents: ``THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED FOR 
INFORMATION AND USE. COPIES OF THIS DOCUMENT, ENCLOSURES THERETO, AND 
INFORMATION THEREFROM, WILL NOT BE FURTHER RELEASED WITHOUT THE PRIOR 
APPROVAL OF THE INSTALLATION PROVOST MARSHAL.''
    (f) Local police intelligence files may be exempt from certain 
disclosure requirements by AR 25-55 and the Freedom of Information Act 
(FOIA).



Sec. 635.6  Name checks.

    (a) Information contained in military police records may be released 
under the provisions of AR 340-21 to authorized personnel for valid 
background check purposes. Examples include child care/youth program 
providers, access control, unique or special duty assignments, and 
security clearance procedures. Any information released must be 
restricted to that necessary and relevant to the requester's official 
purpose. Provost marshals will establish written procedures to ensure 
that release is accomplished in accordance with AR 340-21.
    (b) Checks will be accomplished by a review of the COPS MPRS. 
Information will be disseminated according to subpart B of this part.
    (c) In response to a request for local files or name checks, provost 
marshals will release only founded offenses with final disposition. 
Offenses determined to be unfounded will not be released. These 
limitations do not apply to requests submitted by law enforcement 
agencies for law enforcement purposes, and counterintelligence 
investigative agencies for counterintelligence purposes.
    (d) COPS MPRS is a database, which will contain all military police 
reports filed worldwide. Authorized users of COPS MPRS can conduct name 
checks for criminal justice purposes. To conduct a name check, users 
must have either the social security number/foreign national number, or 
the first and last name of the individual. If a search is done by name 
only, COPS MPRS will return a list of all matches to the data entered. 
Select the appropriate name from the list.
    (e) A successful query of COPS MPRS would return the following 
information:
    (1) Military Police Report Number;
    (2) Report Date;
    (3) Social Security Number;
    (4) Last Name;
    (5) First Name;
    (6) Protected Identity (Y/N);
    (7) A link to view the military police report; and
    (8) Whether the individual is a subject, victim, or a person related 
to the report disposition.
    (f) Name checks will include the criteria established in COPS MPRS 
and the USACRC. All of the policies and procedures for such checks will 
conform to the provisions of this part. Any exceptions to this policy 
must be coordinated with HQDA, Office of the Provost Marshal General 
before any name checks are conducted. The following are examples of 
appropriate uses of the name check feature of COPS MPRS:
    (1) Individuals named as the subjects of serious incident reports.
    (2) Individuals named as subjects of investigations who must be 
reported to the USACRC.
    (3) Employment as child care/youth program providers.
    (4) Local checks of the COPS MPRS as part of placing an individual 
in the COPS MPRS system.
    (5) Name checks for individuals employed in law enforcement 
positions.
    (g) Provost marshals will ensure that an audit trail is established 
and maintained for all information released from military police 
records.
    (h) Procedures for conduct of name checks with the USACRC are 
addressed in AR 195-2. The following information is required for USACRC 
name checks (when only the name is available, USACRC should be contacted 
telephonically for assistance):
    (1) Full name, date of birth, SSN, and former service number of the 
individual concerned.
    (2) The specific statute, directive, or regulation on which the 
request is

[[Page 60]]

based, when requested for other than criminal investigative purposes.
    (i) Third party checks (first party asks second party to obtain 
information from third party on behalf of first party) will not be 
conducted.



Sec. 635.7  Registration of sex offenders.

    Soldiers who are convicted by court-martial for certain sexual 
offenses must comply with any applicable state registration requirements 
in effect in the state in which they intend to reside. See AR 190-47, 
Chapter 14 and AR 27-10, Chapter 24. This is a statutory requirement 
based on the Jacob Wetterling Act, and implemented by DOD Instruction 
1325.7, and AR 27-10. Provost Marshals should coordinate with their 
local Staff Judge Advocate to determine if an individual must register. 
The registration process will be completed utilizing the state 
registration form, which is available through state and local law 
enforcement agencies. A copy of the completed registration form will be 
maintained in the installation Provost Marshal Office. Additionally, a 
Military Police Report (DA Form 3975) will be completed as an 
information entry into COPS. Installation Provost Marshals will provide 
written notice to state and local law enforcement agencies of the 
arrival of an offender to the local area so the registration process can 
be completed.



                    Subpart B_Release of Information



Sec. 635.8  General.

    (a) The policy of HQDA is to conduct activities in an open manner 
and provide the public accurate and timely information. Accordingly, law 
enforcement information will be released to the degree permitted by law 
and Army regulations.
    (b) Any release of military police records or information compiled 
for law enforcement purposes, whether to persons within or outside the 
Army, must be in accordance with the FOIA and Privacy Act.
    (c) Requests by individuals for access to military police records 
about themselves will be processed in compliance with AR 25-55 and AR 
340-21.
    (d) Military police records in the temporary possession of another 
organization remain the property of the originating law enforcement 
agency. The following procedures apply to any organization authorized 
temporary use of military police records:
    (1) Any request from an individual seeking access to military police 
records will be immediately referred to the originating law enforcement 
agency for processing.
    (2) When the temporary purpose of the using organization has been 
satisfied, the military police records will be destroyed or returned to 
the originating law enforcement agency.
    (3) A using organization may maintain information from military 
police records in their system of records, if approval is obtained from 
the originating law enforcement agency. This information may include 
reference to a military police record (for example, MPR number or date 
of offense), a summary of information contained in the record, or the 
entire military police record. When a user includes a military police 
record in its system of records, the originating law enforcement agency 
may delete portions from that record to protect special investigative 
techniques, maintain confidentiality, preclude compromise of an 
investigation, and protect other law enforcement interests.



Sec. 635.9  Guidelines for disclosure within DOD.

    (a) Criminal record information contained in military police 
documents will not be disseminated unless there is a clearly 
demonstrated official need to know. A demonstrated official need to know 
exists when the record is necessary to accomplish a function that is 
within the responsibility of the requesting activity or individual, is 
prescribed by statute, DOD directive, regulation, or instruction, or by 
Army regulation.
    (1) Criminal record information may be disclosed to commanders or 
staff agencies to assist in executing criminal justice functions. Only 
that information reasonably required will be released. Such disclosure 
must clearly relate to a law enforcement function.
    (2) Criminal record information related to subjects of criminal 
justice

[[Page 61]]

disposition will be released when required for security clearance 
procedures.
    (3) Criminal record information may be released to an activity when 
matters of national security are involved.
    (4) When an individual informs an activity of criminal record 
information pertaining to them, the receiving activity may seek 
verification of this information through the responsible law enforcement 
agency or may forward the request to that organization. The individual 
must be advised by the receiving agency of the action being pursued. Law 
enforcement agencies will respond to such requests in the same manner as 
FOIA and Privacy Act cases.
    (b) Nothing in this part will be construed to limit the 
dissemination of information between military police, the USACIDC, and 
other law enforcement agencies within the Army and DOD.



Sec. 635.10  Release of information.

    (a) Release of information from Army records to agencies outside DOD 
will be governed by AR 25-55, AR 340-21, AR 600-37, and this part. 
Procedures for release of certain other records and information is 
contained in AR 20-1, AR 27-20, AR 27-40, AR 40-66, AR 195-2, AR 360-1, 
and AR 600-85. Installation drug and alcohol offices may be provided an 
extract of DA Form 3997 (Military Police Desk Blotter) for offenses 
indicating excessive use of alcohol (for example, drunk driving or 
disorderly conduct) or illegal use of drugs.
    (b) Installation provost marshals are the release authorities for 
military police records under their control. They may release criminal 
record information to other activities as prescribed in AR 25-55 and AR 
340-21, and this part.
    (c) Authority to deny access to criminal records information rests 
with the initial denial authority (IDA) for the FOIA and the access and 
amendment refusal authority (AARA) for Privacy Acts cases, as addressed 
in AR 25-55 and AR 340-21.



Sec. 635.11  Release of information under the Freedom of Information Act 
(FOIA).

    (a) The release and denial authorities for all FOIA cases concerning 
military police records include provost marshals and the Commander, 
USACIDC. Authority to act on behalf of the Commander, USACIDC is 
delegated to the Director, USACRC.
    (b) FOIA requests from members of the press will be coordinated with 
the installation public affairs officer prior to release of records 
under the control of the installation provost marshal. When the record 
is on file at the USACRC the request must be forwarded to the Director, 
USACRC.
    (c) Requests will be processed as prescribed in AR 25-55 and as 
follows:
    (1) The provost marshal will review requested reports to determine 
if any portion is exempt from release. Any discretionary decision to 
disclose information under the FOIA should be made only after full and 
deliberate consideration of the institutional, commercial, and personal 
privacy interests that could be implicated by disclosure of the 
information.
    (2) Statutory and policy questions will be coordinated with the 
local staff judge advocate.
    (3) Coordination will be completed with the local USACIDC activity 
to ensure that the release will not interfere with a criminal 
investigation in progress or affect final disposition of an 
investigation.
    (4) If it is determined that a portion of the report, or the report 
in its entirety will not be released, the request to include a copy of 
the MPR or other military police records will be forwarded to the 
Director, USACRC, ATTN: CICR-FP, 6010 6th Street, Fort Belvoir, VA 
22060-5585. The requestor will be informed that their request has been 
sent to the Director, USACRC, and provided the mailing address for the 
USACRC. When forwarding FOIA requests, the outside of the envelope will 
be clearly marked ``FOIA REQUEST.''
    (5) A partial release of information by a provost marshal is 
permissible when partial information is acceptable to the requester. (An 
example would be the deletion of a third party's social security number, 
home address, and telephone number, as permitted by law). If the 
requester agrees to the omission of exempt information, such cases do 
not constitute a denial. If the requester insists on the entire report, 
a copy of the

[[Page 62]]

report and the request for release will be forwarded to the Director, 
USACRC. There is no requirement to coordinate such referrals at the 
installation level. The request will simply be forwarded to the 
Director, USACRC for action.
    (6) Requests for military police records that have been forwarded to 
USACRC and are no longer on file at the installation provost marshal 
office will be forwarded to the Director, USACRC for processing.
    (7) Requests concerning USACIDC reports of investigation or USACIDC 
files will be referred to the Director, USACRC. In each instance, the 
requestor will be informed of the referral and provided the Director, 
USACRC address.
    (8) Requests concerning records that are under the supervision of an 
Army activity, or other DOD agency, will be referred to the appropriate 
agency for response.



Sec. 635.12  Release of Information under the Privacy Act of 1974.

    (a) Military police records may be released according to provisions 
of the Privacy Act of 1974, as implemented by AR 340-21 and this part.
    (b) The release and denial authorities for all Privacy Act cases 
concerning military police records are provided in Sec. 635.10 of this 
part.
    (c) Privacy Act requests for access to a record, when the requester 
is the subject of that record, will be processed as prescribed in AR 
340-21.



Sec. 635.13  Amendment of records.

    (a) Policy. An amendment of records is appropriate when such records 
are established as being inaccurate, irrelevant, untimely, or 
incomplete. Amendment procedures are not intended to permit challenging 
an event that actually occurred. For example, a request to remove an 
individual's name as the subject of a MPR would be proper providing 
credible evidence was presented to substantiate that a criminal offense 
was not committed or did not occur as reported. Expungement of a 
subject's name from a record because the commander took no action or the 
prosecutor elected not to prosecute normally will not be approved. In 
compliance with DOD policy, an individual will still remain entered in 
the Defense Clearance Investigations Index (DCII) to track all reports 
of investigation.
    (b) Procedures. (1) Installation provost marshals will review 
amendment requests. Upon receipt of a request for an amendment of a 
military police record that is five or less years old, the installation 
provost marshal will gather all relevant available records at their 
location. A decision to grant or deny the request will be made by the 
Commanding General, USACIDC. In accordance with AR 340-21, paragraph 1-
7l, the Commanding General, USACIDC is the sole access and amendment 
authority for criminal investigation reports and military police 
reports. Access and amendment refusal authority is not delegable. If the 
decision is made to amend a MPR, a supplemental DA Form 3975 will be 
prepared. The supplemental DA Form 3975 will change information on the 
original DA Form 3975 and will be mailed to the Director, USACRC with 
the amendment request from the requestor as an enclosure. The Director, 
USACRC will file the supplemental DA Form 3975 with the original MPR.
    (2) Requests to amend military police documents that are older than 
five years will be coordinated through the Director, USACRC. The 
installation provost marshal will provide the Director, USACRC a copy of 
an individual's request to amend a military police record on file at the 
USACRC. If the Director, USACRC receives an amendment request, the 
correspondence with any documentation on file at the USACRC will be sent 
to the originating provost marshal office. The installation provost 
marshal will review the request and either approve the request or 
forward it to the Director, USACRC for denial. A copy of the provost 
marshal's decision must be sent to the Director, USACRC to be filed in 
the USACRC record. If an amendment request is granted, copies of the 
supplemental DA Form 3975 will be provided to each organization, 
activity, or individual who received a copy of the original DA Form 
3975.
    (3) If the provost marshal office no longer exists, the request will 
be

[[Page 63]]

staffed with the major Army commander that had oversight responsibility 
for the provost marshal office at the time the DA Form 3975 was 
originated.



Sec. 635.14  Accounting for military police record disclosure.

    (a) AR 340-21 prescribes accounting policies and procedures 
concerning the disclosure of military police records.
    (b) Provost Marshals will develop local procedures to ensure that 
disclosure data requirements by AR 340-21 are available on request.



Sec. 635.15  Release of law enforcement information furnished by foreign 
governments or international organizations.

    (a) Information furnished by foreign governments or international 
organizations is subject to disclosure, unless exempted by AR 25-55, AR 
340-21, or federal statutes or executive orders.
    (b) Information may be received from a foreign source under an 
express pledge of confidentiality as described in AR 25-55 and AR 340-21 
(or under an implied pledge of confidentiality given prior to September 
27, 1975).
    (1) Foreign sources will be advised of the provisions of the Privacy 
Act of 1974, the FOIA, and the general and specific law enforcement 
exemptions available, as outlined in AR 340-21 and AR 25-55.
    (2) Information received under an express promise of confidentiality 
will be annotated in the MPR or other applicable record.
    (3) Information obtained under terms of confidentiality must clearly 
aid in furthering a criminal investigation.
    (c) Denial recommendations concerning information obtained under a 
pledge of confidentiality, like other denial recommendations, will be 
forwarded by the records custodian to the appropriate IDA or AARA per AR 
25-55 or AR 340-21.
    (d) Release of U.S. information (classified military information or 
controlled unclassified information) to foreign governments is 
accomplished per AR 380-10.



                       Subpart C_Offense Reporting



Sec. 635.16  General.

    (a) This subpart establishes policy for reporting founded criminal 
offenses by Army installation and major Army command provost marshal 
offices.
    (b) This subpart prescribes reporting procedures, which require the 
use of the COPS MPRS and a systems administrator to ensure that the 
system is properly functioning. Reporting requirements include--
    (1) Reporting individual offenders to the USACRC, NCIC, CJIS, and 
the DOD.
    (2) Crime reports to the DOD. DOD collects data from all the 
Services utilizing the Defense Incident-Based Reporting System (DIBRS). 
The Army inputs its data into DIBRS utilizing COPS. Any data reported to 
DIBRS is only as good as the data reported into COPS, so the need for 
accuracy in reporting incidents and utilizing proper offense codes is 
great. DIBRS data from DOD is eventually sent to the Department of 
Justice's National Incident-Based Reporting System (NIBRS). The data is 
eventually incorporated into the Uniform Crime Report.
    (c) A provost marshal office initiating a DA Form 3975 or other 
military police investigation has reporting responsibility explained 
throughout this subpart and this part in general.
    (d) In the event the provost marshal office determines that their 
office does not have investigative responsibility or authority, the MPR 
will be terminated and the case cleared by exceptional clearance. A case 
cleared by exceptional clearance is closed by the provost marshal when 
no additional investigative activity will be performed or the case is 
referred to another agency. If a case is transferred to the provost 
marshal from another law enforcement investigation agency the provost 
marshal office will have all reporting responsibility using the COPS 
MPRS system.



Sec. 635.17  Military Police Report.

    (a) General use. DA form 3975 is a multipurpose form used to--
    (1) Record all information or complaints received or observed by 
military police.

[[Page 64]]

    (2) Serve as a record of all military police and military police 
investigator activity.
    (3) Document entries made into the COPS MPRS system and other 
automated systems.
    (4) Report information concerning investigations conducted by 
civilian law enforcement agencies related to matters of concern to the 
U.S. Army.
    (5) Advise commanders and supervisors of offenses and incidents 
involving personnel or property associated with their command or 
functional responsibility.
    (6) Report information developed by commanders investigating 
incidents or conducting inspections that result in the disclosure of 
evidence that a criminal offense has been committed.
    (b) Special use. The DA Form 3975 will be used to--
    (1) Transmit completed DA Form 3946 (Military Police Traffic 
Accident Report). This will include statements, sketches, or photographs 
that are sent to a commander or other authorized official.
    (2) Transmit the DD Form 1805 (U.S District Court Violation Notice) 
when required by local installation or U.S. Magistrate Court policy. The 
DA Form 3975 is used to advise commanders or supervisors that military, 
civilian, or contract personnel have been cited on a DD Form 1805.
    (3) Match individual subjects with individual victims or witnesses, 
and founded criminal offenses. This is a federal statutory requirement. 
This is done using the relationships tab within COPS MPRS.
    (4) Document victim/witness liaison activity.
    (c) Distribution. The DA Form 3975 will be prepared in three copies, 
signed by the Provost Marshal or a designated representative, and 
distributed as follows--
    (1) Original to USACRC. Further information, arising or developed at 
a later time, will be forwarded to USACRC using a supplemental DA Form 
3975. Reports submitted to USACRC will include a good, legible copy of 
all statements, photographs, sketches, laboratory reports, and other 
information that substantiates the offense or facilitates the 
understanding of the report. The USACRC control number must be recorded 
on every DA Form 3975 sent to the USACRC. A report will not be delayed 
for adjudication or commander's action beyond 45 days.
    (2) One copy retained in the provost marshal's files.
    (3) One copy forwarded through the field grade commander to the 
immediate commander of each subject or organization involved in an 
offense.
    (d) Changing reports for unfounded offenses. If an offense is 
determined to be unfounded, after the case has been forwarded to USACRC, 
the following actions will be completed:
    (1) A supplemental DA Form 3975, using the same MPR number and 
USACRC control number will be submitted stating the facts of the 
subsequent investigation and that the case is unfounded.
    (2) A copy of the supplemental DA Form 3975 will be provided to 
those agencies or activities that received a copy of the completed DA 
Form 3975 at the time of submission to USACRC and to the commander for 
action.



Sec. 635.18  Identifying criminal incidents and subjects of investigation.

    (a) An incident will not be reported as a founded offense unless 
adequately substantiated by police investigation. A person or entity 
will be reported as the subject of an offense on DA Form 3975 when 
credible information exists that the person or entity may have committed 
a criminal offense or are otherwise made the object of a criminal 
investigation. The decision to title a person is an operational rather 
than a legal determination. The act of titling and indexing does not, in 
and of itself, connote any degree of guilt or innocence; but rather, 
ensures that information in a report of investigation can be retrieved 
at some future time for law enforcement and security purposes. Judicial 
or adverse administrative actions will not be based solely on the 
listing of an individual or legal entity as a subject on DA Form 3975.
    (b) A known subject will be reported to the USACRC when the 
suspected offense is punishable by confinement of six months or more. 
The COPS MPRS will be used to track all other known

[[Page 65]]

subjects. A subject can be a person, corporation, or other legal entity, 
or organization about which credible information exists that would cause 
a reasonable person to suspect that the person, corporation, other legal 
entity or organization may have committed a criminal offense, or 
otherwise make them the object of a criminal investigation.
    (c) When investigative activity identifies a subject, all facts of 
the case must be considered. When a person, corporation, or other legal 
entity is entered in the subject block of the DA Form 3975, their 
identity is recorded in DA automated systems and the DCII. Once entered 
into the DCII, the record can only be removed in cases of mistaken 
identity. This policy is consistent with DOD reporting requirements. The 
Director, USACRC enters individuals from DA Form 3975 into the DCII.



Sec. 635.19  Offense codes.

    (a) The offense code describes, as nearly as possible, the complaint 
or offense by using an alphanumeric code. Appendix C of AR 190-45 lists 
the offense codes that are authorized for use within the Army. This list 
will be amended from time to time based on new reporting requirements 
mandated by legislation or administrative procedures. MACOM commanders 
and installation provost marshals will be notified by special letters of 
instruction issued in numerical order from HQDA, Office of the Provost 
Marshal General (DAPM-MPD-LE) when additions or deletions are made to 
list. The COPS MPRS module will be used for all reporting requirements.
    (b) MACOMs and installations may establish local offense codes in 
category 2 (major Army command and installation codes) for any offense 
not otherwise reportable. Locally established offense codes will not 
duplicate, or be used as a substitute for any offense for which a code 
is contained for other reportable incidents. Category 2 incidents are 
not reported to the Director, USACRC or the DOJ. If an offense occurs 
meeting the reporting description contained in Appendix C of AR 190-45, 
that offense code takes precedence over the local offense code. Local 
offense codes may be included, but explained, in the narrative of the 
report filed with the USACRC. Use the most descriptive offense code to 
report offenses.
    (c) Whenever local policy requires the provost marshal to list the 
subject's previous offenses on DA Form 3975, entries will reflect a 
summary of disposition for each offense, if known.



Sec. 635.20  Military Police Codes (MPC).

    (a) MPCs identify individual provost marshal offices. The Director, 
USACRC will assign MPCs to provost marshal offices.
    (b) Requests for assignment of a MPC will be included in the 
planning phase of military operations, exercises, or missions when law 
enforcement operations are anticipated. The request for a MPC will be 
submitted as soon as circumstances permit, without jeopardizing the 
military operation to HQDA, Office of the Provost Marshal General (DAPM-
MPD-LE). Consistent with security precautions, MACOMs will immediately 
inform HQDA, Office of the Provost Marshal General (DAPM-MPD-LE) when 
assigned or attached military police units are notified for 
mobilization, relocation, activation, or inactivation.
    (c) When a military police unit is alerted for deployment to a 
location not in an existing provost marshal's operational area, the 
receiving MACOM or combatant commander will request assignment of an MPC 
number from HQDA, Office of the Provost Marshal General (DAPM-MPD-LE) 
providing the area of operations does not have an existing MPC number. 
The receiving MACOM or Unified Combatant Commander is further 
responsible for establishing an operational COPS system for the 
deployment.



Sec. 635.21  USACRC control numbers.

    (a) Case numbers to support reporting requirements will be issued by 
the Director, USACRC to HQDA (DAPM-MPD-LE) prior to the beginning of a 
new calendar year. HQDA, Office of the Provost Marshal General (DAPM-
MPD-LE) will release block numbers to each MACOM for assignment to their 
installation provost marshals. To ensure accuracy in reporting criminal

[[Page 66]]

incidents, USACRC control numbers will be used only one time and in 
sequence. Every MPR sent to the USACRC will have a USACRC control number 
reported. Violation of this policy could result in significant 
difficulties in tracing reports that require corrective action.
    (b) Each MACOM will report the USACRC control numbers they have 
assigned to their installations by January 15th of each year. If during 
the calendar year the MACOM reassigns control numbers from one 
installation to another, HQDA, Office of the Provost Marshal General 
(DAPM-MPD-LE) will be notified. The Director USACRC will receive an 
information copy of such notification from the MACOM provost marshal 
office.
    (c) USACRC control numbers will be issued along with each newly 
assigned MPC.
    (d) When the deploying unit will be located in an area where there 
is an existing provost marshal activity, the deploying unit will use the 
MPC number and USACRC control numbers of the host provost marshal.



Sec. 635.22  Reserve component, U.S. Army Reserve, and Army National 
Guard personnel.

    (a) When in a military duty status pursuant to official orders 
(Federal status for National Guard) Reserve and National Guard personnel 
will be reported as active duty. Otherwise they will be reported as 
civilians.
    (b) The DA Form 3975 and DA Form 4833 will be forwarded to the 
individual's continental U.S. Army Commander, state adjutant, or 7th 
Army Reserve Command, as appropriate. The forwarding correspondence will 
reflect this part as the authority to request disposition of the 
individual.



Sec. 635.23  DA Form 4833 (Commander's Report of Disciplinary or 
Administrative Action).

    (a) Use. DA Form 4833 is used with DA Form 3975 to--
    (1) Record actions taken against identified offenders.
    (2) Report the disposition of offenses investigated by civilian law 
enforcement agencies.
    (b) Preparation by the provost marshal. The installation provost 
marshal initiates this critical document and is responsible for its 
distribution and establishing a suspense system to ensure timely 
response by commanders. Disposition reports are part of the reporting 
requirements within DA, DOD, and DOJ.
    (c) Completion by the unit commander. Company, troop, and battery 
level commanders are responsible and accountable for completing DA Form 
4833 with supporting documentation in all cases investigated by MPI, 
civilian detectives employed by the Department of the Army, and the PMO. 
The Battalion Commander or the first Lieutenant Colonel in the chain of 
command is responsible and accountable for completing DA Form 4833 with 
support documentation (copies of Article 15s, court-martial orders, 
reprimands, etc) for all USACIDC investigations. The commander will 
complete the DA Form 4833 within 45 days of receipt.
    (1) Appropriate blocks will be checked and blanks annotated to 
indicate the following:
    (i) Action taken (for example, judicial, nonjudicial, or 
administrative). In the event the commander takes action against the 
soldier for an offense other than the one listed on the DA Form 3975, 
the revised charge or offense will be specified in the REMARKS section 
of the DA Form 4833.
    (ii) Sentence, punishment, or administrative action imposed.
    (iii) Should the commander take no action, the DA Form 4833 must be 
annotated to reflect that fact.
    (2) If the commander cannot complete the DA Form 4833 within 45 
days, a written memorandum is required to explain the circumstances. The 
delay will have an impact on other reporting requirements (e.g., 
submitting fingerprint cards to the FBI).
    (d) Procedures when subjects are reassigned. When the subject of an 
offense is reassigned, the provost marshal will forward the DA Form 
3975, DA Form 4833, and all pertinent attachments to the gaining 
installation provost marshal who must ensure that the new commander 
completes the document. Copies of the documents may be made and retained 
by the processing provost

[[Page 67]]

marshal office before returning the documents to the losing installation 
provost marshal for completion of automated entries and required 
reports.
    (e) Report on subjects assigned to other installations. When the DA 
Form 3975 involves a subject who is assigned to another installation, 
the initiating provost marshal will forward the original and two copies 
of DA Form 4833 to the provost marshal of the installation where the 
soldier is permanently assigned. The procedures in paragraph (d) of this 
section will be followed for soldiers assigned to other commands.
    (f) Offenses not reportable to USACRC. When the offense is not 
within a category reportable to USACRC, the original DA Form 4833 is 
retained by the provost marshal. Otherwise, the original is sent to the 
Director, USACRC for filing with the MPR.
    (g) Civilian court proceedings. If a soldier is tried in a civilian 
court, and the provost marshal has initiated a MPR, the provost marshal 
must track the civilian trial and report the disposition on DA Form 4833 
as appropriate. That portion of the signature block of DA Form 4833 that 
contains the word ``Commanding'' will be deleted and the word 
``Reporting'' substituted. The provost marshal or other designated 
person will sign DA Form 4833 before forwarding it to USACRC.
    (h) Dissemination to other agencies. A copy of the completed DA Form 
4833 reflecting offender disposition will also be provided to those 
agencies or offices that originally received a copy of DA Form 3975 when 
evidence is involved. The evidence custodian will also be informed of 
the disposition of the case. Action may then be initiated for final 
disposition of evidence retained for the case now completed.
    (i) Review of offender disposition by the provost marshal. On 
receipt of DA Form 4833 reflecting no action taken, the provost marshal 
will review the MPR. The review will include, but is not limited to the 
following--
    (1) Determination of the adequacy of supporting documentation.
    (2) Whether or not coordination with the supporting Staff Judge 
Advocate should have been sought prior to dispatch of the report to the 
commander for action.
    (3) Identification of functions that warrant additional training of 
military police or security personnel (for example, search and seizure, 
evidence handling, or rights warning).
    (j) Offender disposition summary reports. Provost marshals will 
provide the supported commander (normally, the general courts-martial 
convening authority or other persons designated by such authority) 
summary data of offender disposition as required or appropriate. 
Offender disposition summary data will reflect identified offenders on 
whom final disposition has been reported. These data will be provided in 
the format and at the frequency specified by the supported commander.



Sec. 635.24  Updating the COPS MPRS.

    Installation provost marshals will establish standard operating 
procedures to ensure that every founded offense is reported into the 
COPS MPRS. Timely and accurate reporting is critical. If a case remains 
open, changes will be made as appropriate. This includes reporting 
additional witnesses and all aspects of the criminal report.



Sec. 635.25  Submission of criminal history data to the CJIS.

    (a) General. This paragraph establishes procedures for submitting 
criminal history data (fingerprint cards) to CJIS when the provost 
marshal has completed a criminal inquiry or investigation. The policy 
only applies to members of the Armed Forces and will be followed when a 
military member has been read charges and the commander initiates 
proceedings for--
    (1) Field Grade Article 15, Uniform Code of Military Justice. 
Initiation refers to a commander completing action to impose non-
judicial punishment. Final disposition shall be action on appeal by the 
next superior authority, expiration of the time limit to file an appeal, 
or the date the military member indicates that an appeal will not be 
submitted.
    (2) A special or general courts-martial. Initiation refers to the 
referral of court-martial charges to a specified court by the convening 
authority or receipt by the commander of an accused soldier's request 
for discharge in lieu of

[[Page 68]]

court-martial. Final disposition of military judicial proceedings shall 
be action by the convening authority on the findings and sentence, or 
final approval of a discharge in lieu of court-martial. The procedures 
in this subpart meet administrative and technical requirements for 
submitting fingerprint cards and criminal history information to CJIS. 
No variances are authorized. Results of summary court-martial will not 
be reported to the FBI.
    (3) In instances where final action is taken by a magistrate, the 
provost marshal will complete the DA Form 4833.
    (4) Provost marshal offices will submit fingerprint cards on 
subjects apprehended as a result of Drug Suppression Team investigations 
and operations unless the USACIDC is completing the investigative 
activity for a felony offense. In those cases, the USACIDC will complete 
the fingerprint report process.
    (b) Procedures. The following procedures must be followed when 
submitting criminal history data to CJIS.
    (1) Standard FBI fingerprint cards will be used to submit criminal 
history data to CJIS. FBI Form FD 249, (Suspect Fingerprint Card) will 
be used when a military member is a suspect or placed under apprehension 
for an offense listed in Appendix D of AR 190-45. Two FD 249s will be 
completed. One will be retained in the provost marshal file. The second 
will be sent to the Director, USACRC and processed with the MPR as 
prescribed in this subpart. A third set of prints will also be taken on 
the FBI Department of Justice (DOJ) Form R-84 (Final Disposition 
Report). The R-84 requires completion of the disposition portion and 
entering of the offenses on which the commander took action. 
Installation provost marshals are authorized to requisition the 
fingerprint cards by writing to FBI, J. Edgar Hoover Building, Personnel 
Division, Printing Unit, Room lB973, 925 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, 
Washington, DC 20535-0001.
    (2) Fingerprint cards will be submitted with the MPR to the 
Director, USACRC, ATTN: CICR-CR, 6010 6th Street, Fort Belvoir, VA 
22060-5585. The Director, CRC will forward the fingerprint card to CJIS. 
The USACRC is used as the central repository for criminal history 
information in the Army. They also respond to inquiries from CJIS, 
local, state and other federal law enforcement agencies.
    (3) Submission of the MPR with the FD 249 to USACRC will normally 
occur upon a commander's initiation of judicial or nonjudicial 
proceedings against a military member. If final disposition of the 
proceeding is anticipated within 60 days of command initiation of 
judicial or nonjudicial proceedings, the FD 249 may be held and final 
disposition recorded on FD 249. Provost marshals and commanders must 
make every effort to comply with the 60 days reporting requirement to 
ensure that the FD Form 249 is used as the primary document to submit 
criminal history to CJIS. Approval of a discharge in lieu of court-
martial will be recorded as a final disposition showing the nature and 
character of the discharge in clear English (e.g., resignation in lieu 
of court-martial; other than honorable discharge).
    (4) If the commander provides the DA Form 4833 after the 60th day, a 
letter of transmittal will be prepared by the provost marshal forwarding 
the FBI (DOJ) R-84 with the DA Form 4833 to the USACRC within 5 days 
after disposition. Submission of fingerprint cards shall not be delayed 
pending appellate actions. Dispositions that are exculpatory (e.g., 
dismissal of charges, acquittal) shall also be filed.
    (5) The procedures for submitting fingerprint cards will remain in 
effect until automated systems are in place for submission of 
fingerprints electronically.



Sec. 635.26  Procedures for reporting absence without leave (AWOL) and 
desertion offenses.

    (a) AWOL reporting procedures. (1) The commander will notify the 
installation provost marshal in writing within 24 hours after a soldier 
has been reported AWOL.
    (2) The provost marshal will initiate an information blotter entry.
    (3) If the AWOL soldier surrenders to the parent unit or returns to 
military control at another installation, the provisions of AR 630-10 
will be followed.

[[Page 69]]

    (4) On receipt of written notification of the AWOL soldier's return 
or upon apprehension, the provost marshal will initiate a reference 
blotter entry indicating the soldier's return to military control and 
will prepare an initial DA Form 3975, reflecting the total period of 
unauthorized absence, and the DA Form 4833. Both of these documents will 
be forwarded through the field grade commander to the unit commander.
    (5) The unit commander will report action taken on the DA Form 4833 
no later than the assigned suspense date or provide a written memorandum 
to the provost marshal explaining the delay.
    (6) An original DD Form 460 (Provisional Pass) is issued to the 
soldier to facilitate their return to the parent unit. DD Form 460 will 
not be required if the provost marshal elects to return the soldier 
through a different means.
    (7) If the soldier is apprehended at or returns to an installation 
other than his or her parent installation DA Form 3975 and 4833 with a 
copy of DD Form 460 will be sent to the parent installation provost 
marshal. The parent installation provost marshal will initiate an 
information blotter entry reflecting the AWOL soldiers return to 
military control. A DA Form 3975 and 4833 with an appropriate suspense 
will be sent through the field grade commander to the unit commander. On 
return of the completed DA Form 4833 from the unit commander, the 
original and one copy will be sent to the apprehending provost marshal. 
The parent installation provost marshal may retain a copy of DA Form 
3975 and DA Form 4833.
    (b) Desertion reporting procedures. (1) The unit commander must 
comply with the provisions of AR 630-10 when reporting a soldier as a 
deserter.
    (2) On receipt of the DD Form 553 (Deserter/Absentee Wanted by the 
Armed Forces), the provost marshal will--
    (i) Initiate a DA Form 3975 and a blotter entry reflecting the 
soldier's desertion status.
    (ii) Complete portions of DD Form 553 concerning the soldier's 
driver's license and vehicle identification. In the remarks section, add 
other information known about the soldier such as confirmed or suspected 
drug abuse; history of violent acts; history of escapes; attempted 
escapes from custody; suicidal tendencies; suspicion of involvement in 
crimes of violence (for which a charge sheet has been prepared and 
forwarded); history of unauthorized absences; and any other information 
useful in the apprehension process or essential to protect the deserter 
or apprehending authorities.
    (iii) An MPR number and a USACRC control number will be assigned to 
the case and be included in the remarks section of the DD Form 553.
    (iv) The DD Form 553 must be returned to the unit commander within 
24 hours.
    (v) If the deserter surrenders to or is apprehended by the parent 
installation provost marshal, the provost marshal will telephonically 
verify the deserter's status with the U.S. Army Deserter Information 
Point (USADIP). A reference blotter entry will be completed changing the 
soldier's status from desertion to return to military control.
    (vi) If the deserter surrenders to or is apprehended by an 
installation not the parent installation, the provost marshal will 
telephonically verify the deserter's status with USADIP. An information 
military police report will be prepared, utilizing the CRC number from 
the original military police report prepared by the parent installation. 
A blotter entry will also be prepared.
    (vii) A DD Form 616 (Report of Return of Absentee) will be completed 
when deserters are apprehended or surrender to military authority. The 
USACRC control number assigned to the DD Form 553 will be included in 
the remarks section of the DD Form 616.
    (viii) Upon return of the deserter to military control, DA Forms 
3975, 2804 (Crime Records Data), fingerprint card and 4833 will be 
initiated. The MPR number and USACRC control number will be recorded on 
all four forms.
    (ix) The original DA Form 3975 and other pertinent documents will be 
sent to the Director, USACRC. The DA Form 4833 must include the 
commander's action taken, to include the Commander, Personnel Control 
Facility, or other commander who takes action based on the desertion 
charge.

[[Page 70]]



Sec. 635.27  Vehicle Registration System.

    The Vehicle Registration System (VRS) is a module within COPS. Use 
of VRS to register vehicles authorized access to Army installations is 
mandated in AR 190-5. Within VRS there are various tabs for registration 
of vehicles authorized access to an installation, to include personal 
data on the owner of the vehicle. There are also tabs for registering 
weapons, bicycles, and pets. Information on individuals barred entry to 
an installation is also maintained within VRS.



Sec. 635.28  Domestic violence and Protection Orders.

    (a) Responding to incidents of spouse abuse requires a coordinated 
effort by law enforcement, medical, and social work personnel, to 
include sharing information and records as permitted by law and 
regulation. AR 608-18 contains additional information about domestic 
violence and protective orders.
    (b) Appendix C of AR 190-45 includes specific offense codes for 
domestic violence. All domestic violence incidents will be reported to 
the local PMO. All reported domestic violence incidents will be entered 
into MPRS, utilizing DA Form 3975. These codes will be utilized in 
addition to any other offense code that may be appropriate for an 
incident. For example, a soldier strikes his or her spouse. When 
entering the offense data into MPRS, both the offense code for assault 
(i.e., 5C2B) and the offense code for spouse abuse (from the 5D6 series) 
will be entered.
    (c) A military Protection Order is a written lawful order issued by 
a commander that orders a soldier to avoid contact with his or her 
spouse or children. Violations of a military Protection Order must be 
reported on DA Form 3975, entered into COPS, and entered into NCIC. 
Violations of a military Protection Order may be violations of Article 
92, UCMJ. The commander should provide a written copy of the order 
within 24 hours of its issuance to the person with whom the member is 
ordered not to have contact. A copy should be forwarded to the 
installation Family Advocacy Program Manager (FAPM), the Chief, Social 
Work Service, and the installation military police.
    (d) A civilian Protection Order is an order issued by a judge, 
magistrate or other authorized civilian official, ordering an individual 
to avoid contact with his or her spouse or children. Pursuant to the 
Armed Forces Domestic Security Act a civilian protection order has the 
same force and effect on a military installation as such order has 
within the jurisdiction of the court that issued the order. Violations 
of a civilian Protection Order must be reported on DA Form 3975, entered 
into COPS, and entered into NCIC.



Sec. 635.29  Establishing domestic violence Memoranda of Understanding.

    (a) Coordination between military law enforcement personnel and 
local civilian law enforcement personnel is essential to improve 
information sharing, especially concerning domestic violence 
investigations, arrests, and prosecutions involving military personnel. 
Provost Marshals or other law enforcement officials shall seek to 
establish formal Memoranda of Understanding (MOU) with their civilian 
counterparts to establish or improve the flow of information between 
their agencies, especially in instances of domestic violence involving 
military personnel. MOUs can be used to clarify jurisdictional issues 
for the investigation of incidents, to define the mechanism whereby 
local law enforcement reports involving active duty service members will 
be forwarded to the appropriate installation law enforcement office, to 
encourage the local law enforcement agency to refer victims of domestic 
violence to the installation Family Advocacy office or victim advocate, 
and to foster cooperation and collaboration between the installation law 
enforcement agency and local civilian agencies.
    (b) MOUs should address the following issues:
    (1) A general statement of the purpose of the MOU.
    (2) An explanation of jurisdictional issues that affect respective 
responsibilities to and investigating incidents occurring on and off the 
installation. This section should also address jurisdictional issues 
when a civilian order of protection is violated on military property 
(see 10 U.S.C. 1561a).

[[Page 71]]

    (3) Procedures for responding to domestic violence incidents that 
occur on the installation involving a civilian alleged offender.
    (4) Procedures for transmitting incident/investigation reports and 
other law enforcement information on domestic violence involving active 
duty service members from local civilian law enforcement agencies to the 
installation law enforcement office.
    (5) Procedures for transmitting civilian protection orders (CPOs) 
issued by civilian courts or magistrates involving active duty service 
members from local law enforcement agencies to the installation law 
enforcement office.
    (6) Designation of the title of the installation law enforcement 
recipient of such information from the local law enforcement agency.
    (7) Procedures for transmitting military protection orders (MPOs) 
from the installation law enforcement office to the local civilian law 
enforcement agency with jurisdiction over the area in which the service 
member resides.
    (8) Designation of the title of the local law enforcement agency 
recipient of domestic violence and CPO information from the installation 
law enforcement agency.
    (9) Respective responsibilities for providing information to 
domestic violence victims regarding installation resources when either 
the victim or the alleged offender is an active duty service member.
    (10) Sharing of information and facilities during the course of an 
investigation in accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974 (see 5 U.S.C. 
section 552a(b)(7)).
    (11) Regular meetings between the local civilian law enforcement 
agency and the installation law enforcement office to review cases and 
MOU procedures.



Sec. 635.30  Lost, abandoned, or unclaimed property.

    This is personal property that comes into the possession, custody, 
or control of the Army and is unclaimed by the owner. Property is 
considered to be abandoned only after diligent effort has been made to 
determine and locate its owner, the heir, next of kin, or legal 
representative. A military person who is ordered overseas and is unable 
to dispose of their personal property should immediately notify their 
chain-of-command. The commander will appoint a board to rule on the 
disposition of the property. If a law enforcement agency takes custody 
of the property it will be tagged and a record made as shown in 
paragraph (a) of this section. A report will be made to the installation 
commander who will take action in accordance with DOD 4160.21-M, chapter 
4, paragraph 40, Defense Materiel Disposition Manual. Pending board 
action under DOD 4160.21-M, the law enforcement agency having physical 
custody is responsible for the safekeeping of seized property. The 
following procedures should be used:
    (a) Property will be tagged using DA Form 4002 (Evidence/Property 
Tag) or clearly identified by other means, inventoried, and made a 
matter of record. These records are kept by the custodian of the 
property.
    (b) Lost, abandoned, or unclaimed property will be kept in a room or 
container separate from one used to store property held as evidence. 
Records or logs of property not held as evidence will be separated from 
those pertaining to evidence. However, all property will be tagged, 
accounted for, and receipted for in a similar manner as evidence.
    (c) Property that has been properly identified through board action 
under DOD 4160.21-M as having an owner will be segregated and tagged 
with the name of that person.
    (d) Abandoned or unclaimed property will be held until its status 
can be determined. In many instances, lost property can be returned to 
the owner upon presentation of proof of ownership.
    (e) In all cases, a receipt should be obtained at time of release.



           Subpart D_Army Quarterly Trends and Analysis Report



Sec. 635.31  General.

    (a) This subpart prescribes policies and procedures for the 
coordination and standardization of crime statistics reporting with 
HQDA. Crime statistical reports and trends provided to HQDA and other 
agencies and those related to special interests inquiries, the media, 
and the public must reflect uniformity

[[Page 72]]

in terminology, methods of presentation, and statistical portrayal to 
preclude misinterpretation of information.
    (b) Any report containing Army-wide aggregate crime data or 
statistics addressed to the Secretary of the Army, Chief of Staff of the 
Army, or Vice Chief of Staff of the Army will be coordinated and cleared 
with HQDA, Office of the Provost Marshal General (DAPM-MPD-LE). 
Correspondence and reports will be coordinated with HQDA, Office of the 
Provost Marshal General (DAPM-MPD-LE) prior to release to any agency, 
activity, or individual.
    (c) HQDA staff agencies and MACOMs authorized by regulation or 
statute to conduct independent investigations, audits, analyses, or 
inquiries need not coordinate reported information with HQDA, Office of 
the Provost Marshal General (DAPM-MPD-LE) unless the information 
contains crime data for the Army as a whole. For example, reports 
submitted by USACIDC containing only USACIDC investigative data need not 
be coordinated with HQDA, Office of the Provost Marshal General (DAPM-
MPD-LE).



Sec. 635.32  Crime rate reporting.

    (a) The USACRC is the Army's collection point and analytic center 
for all Army aggregate crime data. Requests for Army-wide crime data 
reports will be forwarded through HQDA, Office of the Provost Marshal 
General (DAPM-MPD-LE) to the Director, USACRC. Replies will be routed 
back through HQDA Office of the Provost Marshal General (DAPM-MPD-LE) 
where they will be coordinated, as appropriate, prior to release. 
Requests for USACIDC, MACOM, or subordinate command specific crime data 
reports can be made directly to the specific command. Replies need not 
be coordinated with HQDA.
    (b) Requests for Army aggregate crime reports are limited to data 
collected and accessible through the Automated Criminal Investigative 
Reporting System (ACIRS) and COPS.
    (c) Routine collection of MACOM crime data, for use in Army-wide 
database, will be limited to that data collected by the above systems. 
MACOMs may determine internal data collection requirements.
    (d) All provost marshal crime data will be recorded and forwarded by 
installations through MACOMS using the COPS system.
    (e) In support of the Secretary Of the Army and the Office of the 
Chief of Staff of the Army, the Chief, Operations Division, Office of 
the Provost Marshal General, will determine the requirements for routine 
publication of Army aggregate crime statistics.
    (f) Normally, raw data will not be released without analysis on 
routine or non-routine requests. Comparison of MACOM crime data is 
generally not reported and should be avoided. General categories of 
CONUS or OCONUS are appropriate.



           Subpart E_Victim and Witness Assistance Procedures



Sec. 635.33  General.

    (a) This subpart implements procedures to provide assistance to 
victims and witnesses of crimes that take place on Army installations 
and activities. The procedures in this subpart apply to--
    (1) Every victim and witness.
    (2) Violations of the UCMJ, including crimes assimilated under the 
Assimilative Crimes Act reported to or investigated by military police.
    (3) Foreign nationals employed or visiting on an Army installation 
OCONUS.
    (b) Provost marshal personnel should refer to AR 27-10, chapter 18, 
for additional policy guidance on the Army Victim/Witness Program.



Sec. 635.34  Procedures.

    (a) As required by Federal law, Army personnel involved in the 
detection, investigation, and prosecution of crimes must ensure that 
victims and witnesses rights are protected. Victims rights include--
    (1) The right to be treated with fairness, dignity, and a respect 
for privacy.
    (2) The right to be reasonably protected from the accused offender.
    (3) The right to be notified of court proceedings.

[[Page 73]]

    (4) The right to be present at all public court proceedings related 
to the offense, unless the court determines that testimony by the victim 
would be materially affected if the victim heard other testimony at 
trial, or for other good cause.
    (5) The right to confer with the attorney for the Government in the 
case.
    (6) The right to restitution, if appropriate.
    (7) The right to information regarding conviction, sentencing, 
imprisonment, and release of the offender from custody.
    (b) In keeping with the requirements listed in paragraph (a) of this 
section, provost marshals must ensure that--
    (1) All law enforcement personnel are provided copies of DD Form 
2701 (Initial Information for Victims and Witnesses of Crime).
    (2) A victim witness coordinator is appointed in writing.
    (3) Statistics are collected and reported into COPS.
    (4) Coordination with the installation staff judge advocate victim 
witness coordinator occurs to ensure that individuals are properly 
referred for information on restitution, administrative, and judicial 
proceedings.
    (5) Coordination with installation Family Advocacy Program's Victim 
Advocate occurs to support victims of spouse abuse. Victim Advocacy 
services include crisis intervention, assistance in securing medical 
treatment for injuries, information on legal rights and proceedings, and 
referral to military and civilian shelters and other resources available 
to victims.



Sec. 635.35  Notification.

    (a) In addition to providing crime victims and witnesses a DD Form 
2701, law enforcement personnel must ensure that individuals are 
notified about--
    (1) Available military and civilian emergency medical care.
    (2) Social services, when necessary.
    (3) Procedures to contact the staff judge advocate victim/witness 
liaison office for additional assistance.
    (b) Investigating law enforcement personnel, such as military police 
investigators--
    (1) Must ensure that victims and witnesses have been offered a DD 
Form 2701. If not, investigating personnel will give the individual a 
copy.
    (2) In coordination with the provost marshal victim witness 
coordinator, provide status on investigation of the crime to the extent 
that releasing such information does not jeopardize the investigation.
    (3) Will, if requested, inform all victims and witnesses of the 
apprehension of a suspected offender.



Sec. 635.36  Statistical reporting requirements.

    (a) DOD policies on victim witness assistance require reporting of 
statistics on the number of individuals who are notified of their 
rights. The DA Form 3975 provides for the collection of statistical 
information.
    (b) The COPS system supports automated reporting of statistics. 
HQDA, Office of the Provost Marshal General (DAPM-MPD-LE) as the program 
manager may require periodic reports to meet unique requests for 
information.
    (c) It is possible that a victim or witness may initially decline a 
DD Form 2701. As the case progresses, the individual may request 
information. If a case is still open in the provost marshal office, the 
provost marshal victim witness coordinator shall provide the DA Form 
2701 to the individual and update the records. Once the case is referred 
to the staff judge advocate or law enforcement activity ceases, COPS 
will not be updated.



PART 636_MOTOR VEHICLE TRAFFIC SUPERVISION (SPECIFIC INSTALLATIONS)
--Table of Contents




Sec.
636.0 Scope of this part.

                     Subpart A_Fort Stewart, Georgia

636.1 Responsibilities.
636.2 Program objectives.
636.3 Suspension or revocation of driving privileges.
636.4 Administrative due process for suspensions and revocations.
636.5 Army administrative actions against intoxicated drivers.
636.6 Remedial driver training program.
636.7 Extensions of suspensions and revocations.
636.8 Registration policy.
636.9 Registration requirement.

[[Page 74]]

636.10 Hunter Army Airfield vehicle registration.
636.11 Installation traffic codes.
636.12 Traffic accident investigation.
636.13 Traffic accident investigation reports.
636.14 Parking.
636.15 Traffic violation reports.
636.16 Detection, apprehension, and testing of intoxicated drivers.
636.17 Compliance with State laws.
636.18 Driving records.
636.19 Point system application.
636.20 Point system procedures.
636.21 Obedience to official traffic control devices.
636.22 Speed regulations.
636.23 Turning movements.
636.24 Driving on right side of roadway; use of roadway.
636.25 Right-of-way.
636.26 Pedestrian's rights and duties.
636.27 Regulations for bicycles.
636.28 Special rules for motorcycles/mopeds.
636.29 Go-carts, minibikes, and All Terrain Vehicles (ATV's).
636.30 Stopping, standing and parking.
636.31 Abandoned vehicles.
636.32 Miscellaneous instructions.
636.33 Vehicle safety inspection criteria.
636.34 Restraint systems.
636.35 Headphones and earphones.
636.36 Alcoholic beverages.
636.37 Use of ``Denver Boot'' device.
636.38 Impounding privately owned vehicles (POVs).

Appendix A to Part 636--References
Appendixes B-C to Part 636 [Reserved]
Appendix D to Part 636--Glossary

    Authority: 10 U.S.C. 30112(g); 5 U.S.C. 2951; Pub. L. 89-564; 89-
670; 91-605; and 93-87.

    Source: 56 FR 28077, June 19, 1991, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 636.0  Scope of this part.

    This part contains regulations which are in addition to the motor 
vehicle supervision regulations contained in 32 CFR part 634. Each 
subpart in this part contains additional regulations specific to the 
named installation.



                     Subpart A_Fort Stewart, Georgia



Sec. 636.1  Responsibilities.

    In addition to the responsibilities described in Sec. 634.4 of this 
subchapter, Unit Commanders will:
    (a) Monitor and control parking of military and privately owned 
vehicles within the unit's area, to include motor pools and assigned 
training areas.
    (b) Establish a program in accordance with 24th Infantry Division 
(Mechanized) and Fort Stewart Regulation 755-2 to identify abandoned 
privately owned vehicles in the unit's area and coordinate with the 
Military Police for impoundment.
    (c) In coordination with the Military Police, identify problem 
drivers in the unit and take appropriate action to improve their driving 
habits.
    (d) Ensure that the contents of this part are explained to all newly 
assigned personnel, including personnel on temporary duty with their 
unit for 10 days or more.
    (e) Identify unit member's vehicles which have obvious safety 
defects (see Sec. 636.33) and take appropriate action to have the 
defect corrected. Commanders who cause a vehicle to be removed from the 
installation without the consent of the owner could be found liable for 
subsequent damage done to the vehicle provided that the damage was the 
result of negligence on the part of the government personnel.
    (f) Identify those individuals required to attend the Defensive 
Driving Course (DDC) or Motorcycle Defensive Driving Course (MDDC) and 
ensure their attendance at the course.



Sec. 636.2  Program objectives.

    In addition to the requirements of Sec. 634.5 of this subchapter:
    (a) The entry of motor vehicles on the Fort Stewart/Hunter Army 
Airfield reservation is permitted by the Commanding General under the 
conditions prescribed by this part. Upon entering the military 
reservation, the driver subjects himself and his vehicle to reasonable 
search. The authority to search vehicles on post is subject to the 
provisions of AR 190-22 and AR 210-10. This part is not applicable to 
vehicle safety inspections and spot checks conducted primarily for 
purposes of safety.
    (b) The Military Police may:
    (1) Inspect any vehicle operated on the reservation for mechanical 
condition.
    (2) Impound, exclude, or remove from the reservation any vehicle 
used as an instrument in a crime, suspected of being stolen, abandoned, 
inoperable, unregistered, or being operated by a

[[Page 75]]

person under the influence of intoxicants or drugs. No vehicle will be 
impounded unless the impoundment meets the requirements of AR 190-5, 
paragraph 6-2 (32 CFR 634.50) and Sec. 636.38 of this subpart. In the 
event a vehicle is impounded as an instrument of crime (particularly in 
the transport of illegal drugs or weapons), coordination will be made 
with the appropriate civilian law enforcement agencies.
    (3) Subsequent to a lawful apprehension, seize for administrative 
forfeiture proceedings all conveyances which are used, or are intended 
to be used to transport, sell or receive, process or conceal illegal 
drugs or drug paraphernalia, or in any way facilitate the foregoing. A 
conveyance is defined as any mobile object capable of transporting 
objects or people (e.g., automobile, truck, motorcycle, boat, airplane, 
etc.).
    (c) The Commander or other persons designated authority by the 
Commander may suspend or revoke the installation driving privileges of 
any person as authorized by part 634 of this subchapter and this 
section.
    (d) Unit commanders may request temporary suspension of an assigned 
member's installation driving privilege for cause (e.g., continued minor 
driving infractions, numerous parking violations, etc.). Such requests 
will be submitted in writing to the Commander, 24th Infantry Division 
(Mechanized) and Fort Stewart, ATTN: AFZP-PM, Fort Stewart, Georgia 
31314-5000. Reasons for such requests will be explained. Unit commanders 
retain the authority to suspend a soldier's military vehicle driving 
privileges in accordance with AR 385-55.



Sec. 636.3  Suspension or revocation of driving privileges.

    In addition to the requirements of Sec. 634.10 of this subchapter:
    (a) Administrative suspension or revocation of installation driving 
privileges applies to the operation of a motor vehicle on Fort Stewart/
Hunter Army Airfield.
    (b) Installation driving privileges will be suspended for up to 6 
months for drivers who accumulate 12 traffic points within 12 
consecutive months, or 18 traffic points within 24 consecutive months.
    (c) The Garrison Commander and Deputy Garrison Commander are 
designated as suspension/revocation authorities for:
    (1) Suspension of driving privileges should the evidence indicate 
that a charge of driving under the influence is warranted or;
    (2) The suspension/revocation for accumulation of 12 traffic points 
within 12 months or 18 points within 24 consecutive months.



Sec. 636.4  Administrative due process for suspensions and revocations.

    In addition to the requirements of Sec. 634.11(a) of this 
subchapter:
    (a) The Provost Marshal or his designee will provide the written 
notice of pending action and offer of an administrative hearing using 
AFZP Form Letter 316, Suspension of Installation Driving Privileges.
    (b) The Garrison Commander and Deputy Garrison Commander are 
designated as reviewing authorities to conduct administrative hearings.
    (c) Individuals who desire an administrative hearing to review a 
decision to impose immediate suspension, or to appeal the decision of 
the administrative hearing officer, will adhere to the following 
procedures. A request for an administrative hearing will be forwarded 
through their supervisory chain of command. Requests from family members 
or non-employee civilians can be forwarded to the Provost Marshal's 
Administrative Section at Fort Stewart or Hunter Army Airfield and can 
either be delivered or post marked within ten days of notification of 
the suspension action.
    (d) Individuals who were initially charged with driving under the 
influence (DUI) based in part on a blood alcohol content (BAC) test 
which has not subsequently been invalidated and who are found not guilty 
of DUI may request a hearing to determine if their driving privileges 
should be restored. Such requests shall be forwarded through their chain 
of command to arrive at the Provost Marshal's Office (AFZP-PMA for Fort 
Stewart or AFZP-PM-H for Hunter Army Airfield) not

[[Page 76]]

later than ten working days after the date of court action.



Sec. 636.5  Army administrative actions against intoxicated drivers.

    For this installation, in violation of State law referenced in Sec. 
634.12(a)(3) of this subchapter, means a blood alcohol content of 0.10 
percent or higher as set forth in Official Code of Georgia Annotated 40-
6-392(b)(3).



Sec. 636.6  Remedial driver training program.

    For this installation remedial driving training program referenced 
in Sec. 634.12(b) of this subchapter is operated by the Installation 
Safety Office. Driving privileges may be withheld beyond expiration of 
the sanction to complete remedial driving or alcohol and drug 
rehabilitation programs in accordance with AR 190-5, paragraphs 2-12c 
and d, and 5-4f (32 CFR 634.17(c) and (d) and 634.17(f)).



Sec. 636.7  Extensions of suspensions and revocations.

    In addition to the requirements in Sec. 634.17(a) of this 
subchapter, for each subsequent violation of the suspension period, an 
additional five years will be added to the suspension period for this 
installation (see Table 634.46 in Sec. 634.46 of this subchapter).



Sec. 636.8  Registration policy.

    In addition to the requirements of Sec. 634.19(a) of this 
subchapter, motor vehicles which are owned and/or operated by a person 
who resides, performs duty, is employed on, or ``frequently uses'' the 
facilities of Hunter Army Airfield will be registered in accordance with 
the requirements of Sec. 634.20 of this subchapter. Frequent users 
include but are not limited to family members, retirees, and civilians 
whose normal route of travel between home and work takes them through 
the installation.



Sec. 636.9  Registration requirement.

    In addition to the requirements of Sec. 634.20 of this subchapter:
    (a) The Military Police will cite violators on DD Form 1408 (Warning 
Citation) for observed safety defects. On a periodic basis, Military 
Police will conduct vehicle safety inspection operations using the 
criteria in Sec. 636.33.
    (b) An individual possessing a valid USAREUR privately owned vehicle 
(POV) license may operate a motor vehicle in the State of Georgia for a 
period not to exceed 30 days. After the 30 day period the individual 
must obtain a valid license from the State of Georgia or another state 
to operate a motor vehicle in the State of Georgia.
    (c) An individual returning a vehicle to Continental United States 
(CONUS) has 30 days from date of entry or 10 days after reporting for 
military duty to register that vehicle in the State of Georgia or 
another state. A temporary pass will be issued until this requirement 
has been met.
    (d) Liability and no-fault insurance requirements. (1) All personnel 
operating vehicles on Fort Stewart/Hunter Army Airfield will obtain and 
maintain, at least, the minimum amount of liability and no-fault 
insurance required by the State of Georgia. The amounts are as follows:
    (i) Liability:
    (A) $15,000.00 per person per accident for bodily injury.
    (B) $30,000.00 per incident for bodily injury.
    (C) $10,000.00 per accident for property damage.
    (ii) No-Fault--$5,000.00.
    (2) Proof of this insurance will be required at the time of 
registration.
    (e) Vehicle safety inspections are not required in the State of 
Georgia, however, vehicles operated on Fort Stewart/Hunter Army Airfield 
must be in safe operating condition and be able to pass spot vehicle 
safety equipment checks conducted by the Military Police. Safety 
criteria is set forth in Sec. 636.33 of this subpart.



Sec. 636.10  Hunter Army Airfield vehicle registration.

    Personnel assigned or employed at Hunter Army Airfield are required 
to register their privately owned vehicles within five days after 
arrival to the installation. Requirements for registration are listed in 
AR 190-5 and this part.
    (a) Temporary passes may be issued to personnel not assigned to the 
installation but requiring temporary access

[[Page 77]]

to the installation. These include personnel employed by construction 
and material handling vehicles requiring on post access. Personnel 
requesting temporary passes must meet the same requirements as do 
personnel requiring decals.
    (1) Temporary passes will not exceed 45 days. Renewal of temporary 
passes is prohibited except upon approval of the Installation Commander 
or his/her designee.
    (2) Temporary passes will be conspicuously placed on the left side 
of the vehicle dashboard between the dashboard and the front windshield. 
Nothing will be placed so as to obscure the view of the temporary pass 
from the exterior of the vehicle. The pass will remain in this position 
during the entire time the vehicle is on the installation. Failure to 
conspicuously display the temporary pass could result in the vehicle 
being removed from the installation.
    (3) Temporary passes will remain with the vehicle for which they 
were issued and not be transferred to other vehicles.
    (4) Each person driving a vehicle on the installation must 
individually meet the drivers license requirement of the installation as 
well as sign the temporary pass.
    (5) Temporary passes will be returned to the Vehicle Registration 
section when they have expired or area no longer needed.
    (b) Decals are to be issued to all military and civilian employees 
of Hunter Army Airfield, military retirees, and contractors/vendors 
doing extended business on the installations. Requirements outlined in 
AR 190-5 (32 CFR part 634) and this part must be met before decals are 
issued.
    (c) Personnel requiring permanent decals, who do not meet the 
requirements outlined in AR 190-5 (32 CFR part 634) and this part, will 
be issued temporary passes not to exceed 45 days. Registration 
requirements will be met as soon as possible after issuance of the 
temporary pass. A decal may then be issued.
    (d) DOD decals (DD Form 2220) will be utilized for vehicle 
registration. Additional installation name and expiration month and year 
decals will be utilized with sizes and coloration as prescribed in AR 
190-5 (32 CFR part 634).
    (e) Decals will be permanently affixed to the vehicles for which 
they are registered in one of two places:
    (1) Exterior, front windshield lower left corner.
    (2) Front, left bumper of the vehicle, conspicuously displayed. 
Decals will not be affixed to the front spoilers or any other area which 
obscures the viewing of the decal.
    (3) Installation decals will be placed directly beneath and centered 
on the DOD decal. Expiration decals will be placed on each side and 
level with the DOD decal with the month on the left and the year on the 
right.
    (4) Decals will not be affixed to any other portion of the vehicle 
other than listed in Sec. 636.10(e) (1) through (3).



Sec. 636.11  Installation traffic codes

    In addition to the requirements in Sec. 634.25(d) of this 
subchapter, on-post violations offenders will be cited under the 
appropriate Georgia Traffic Code as assimilated by 18 U.S.C. 13 (for 
civilians) and Art 134c, Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ) (for 
military). If no Georgia Code is appropriate for a specific offense, 
civilians will be cited under 40 U.S.C. 318a and military personnel will 
be cited under Art 92, UCMJ. The Fort Stewart/Hunter Army Airfield 
installation traffic code conforms to the State of Georgia Traffic Law.



Sec. 636.12  Traffic accident investigation.

    In addition to the requirements in Sec. 634.28 of this subchapter, 
Military Police at Fort Stewart/Hunter Army Airfield installation will 
investigate reportable motor vehicle accidents involving government 
owned or privately owned vehicles.



Sec. 636.13  Traffic accident investigation reports.

    In addition to the requirements in Sec. 634.29 of this subchapter:
    (a) Military Police at Fort Stewart/Hunter Army Airfield 
installations will record traffic accident investigations on DA Form 
3946 (Military Police Traffic Accident Report) and DA Form 3975 
(Military Police Report).

[[Page 78]]

    (b) All privately owned motor vehicle accidents on Fort Stewart or 
Hunter Army Airfield will be immediately reported to the Military Police 
for investigation. Unless an emergency situation exists, vehicle(s) 
involved in an accident will only be moved on order of the Military 
Police.



Sec. 636.14  Parking.

    In addition to the requirements in Sec. 634.31 of this subchapter:
    (a) Military Police will enforce parking in handicapped and 
Commanding General reserved parking spaces at Fort Stewart/Hunter Army 
Airfield soldier service facilities and assess points in accordance with 
Table 634.46 in Sec. 634.46 of this subchapter and Table 636.19 in 
Sec. 636.19. Vehicles may be towed for such violations as parking in 
handicapped parking spaces and parking on a yellow curb among others.
    (b) Reserved parking spaces in areas under the control of units or 
staff sections may be designated by the commander or staff section chief 
who is also responsible to control the use of these spaces.
    (c) Parking spaces for tactical vehicles at the Main Exchange/
Commissary area will be designated at the end of rows, farthest from the 
facilities. Only those vehicles properly authorized by unit commanders 
will be parked at the Main Exchange/Commissary area.



Sec. 636.15  Traffic violation reports.

    In addition to the requirements in Sec. 634.32 of this subchapter:
    (a) The Provost Marshal in coordination with the Staff Judge 
Advocate will determine what traffic offenses will be referred to the 
U.S. Magistrate Court by means of DD Form 1805.
    (b) Of the four available actions on the back of the DD Form 1408, 
supervisors of civilian employees may take one of the following two 
actions.
    (c) No action taken: A finding of not guilty. There must be an 
explanation of the reason for no action taken.
    (d) Administration: A finding of guilty. This includes, but is not 
limited to, such actions as a written warning, letter of reprimand, or 
suspension. Supervisors should coordinate with CPO, MER branch before 
taking adverse action.
    (e) Reports of Commander's action taken will be forwarded to the 
Provost Marshal Office through the appropriate major subordinate 
commander.



Sec. 636.16  Detection, apprehension, and testing of intoxicated drivers.

    In addition to the requirements in Sec. 634.36 of this subchapter, 
the standard field sobriety test used by the Military Police may include 
the following tests:
    (a) Horizontal gaze nystagmus.
    (b) Walk and turn.
    (c) One leg stand.



Sec. 636.17  Compliance with State laws.

    In addition to the requirements of Sec. 634.42 of this subchapter, 
the Provost Marshal will conduct necessary coordination with civil 
enforcement agencies to ensure receipt of information and assistance as 
required. The Directorate of Logistics will secure any necessary permits 
for military movement on public roads and highways.



Sec. 636.18  Driving records.

    In addition to the requirements in Sec. 634.44 of this subchapter, 
the Provost Marshal Office will maintain driver records.



Sec. 636.19  Point system application.

                              Table 636.19
Violation: Parking in a handicap zone.....  Points assessed: 3
Violation: Parking against a yellow curb..  Points assessed: 3
Violation: Parking within 10 feet of a      Points assessed: 3
 fire hydrant.
Violation: Impeding the flow of traffic...  Points assessed: 3
Violation: Other parking violations.......  Points assessed: 2
 



Sec. 636.20  Point system procedures.

    In addition to the requirements of Sec. 634.47 of this subchapter:
    (a) Reports of parking violations recorded on DD Form 1408 or DD 
Form 1805 will serve as a basis for determining point assessment.
    (b) The instructions in paragraph (a) of this section also apply to 
the receipt of a DD Form 1408 (Armed Forces Traffic Ticket) for a 
parking violation.



Sec. 636.21  Obedience to official traffic control devices.

    (a) All drivers will obey the instructions of official signs, unless 
directed to do otherwise by the Military Police.
    (b) Official traffic control devices, such as traffic cones or 
barricades, are

[[Page 79]]

presumed to have been placed by proper authority.



Sec. 636.22  Speed regulations.

    (a) Georgia state speed limits apply unless otherwise specified by 
this part.
    (b) Drivers will operate their vehicles at a reasonable and prudent 
speed based on traffic and road conditions, regardless of posted speed 
limits.
    (c) The speed limit on the installation is 30 miles per hour unless 
otherwise posted or if it falls within one of the special speed limit 
situations (see paragraph (d) of this section).
    (d) The following special speed limits apply:
    (1) When passing troop formations, 10 miles per hour.
    (2) The authorized speed limit in the school zones is 15 miles per 
hour when any of the following conditions are present:
    (i) A school crossing attendant is present.
    (ii) Children are present in the area.
    (iii) The flashing, yellow, caution lights are in operation.
    (3) Fort Stewart housing areas, 20 miles per hour. Hunter Army 
Airfield housing areas, 15 miles per hour.
    (4) Tactical vehicle drivers will obey posted speed limits; however, 
drivers will not exceed 40 miles per hour on paved roads and 25 miles 
per hour on unpaved roads and tank trails. Commercial Utility Cargo 
Vehicles (CUCV's) are tactical vehicles and will obey the following off-
road driving speeds:

Day Driving:...........................  Trails, 16 MPH
                                         Cross County, 6 MPH
Night Driving:.........................  Trails, 5 MPH (with headlights)
                                         Cross Country, 5 MPH
Night Driving:.........................  Trails, 4 MPH (Black-out Drive)
                                         Cross County, 2.5 MPH
 

    (5) Parking lots, 10 miles per hour.
    (6) The authorized maximum speed limit for rough terrain forklifts 
when operated on hard surface roads will not exceed 15 miles per hour. 
These vehicles will also bear the Triangular Symbol to alert trailing 
vehicles as required by the Occupational Safety and Health 
Administration (OSHA) (29 CFR 1910.145).



Sec. 636.23  Turning movements.

    (a) U-turns are prohibited on all streets in the cantonment area.
    (b) Right-turns will be made from a position as close to the right 
edge or right curb of the roadway as possible.
    (c) Left-turns will be made from a position as close to the center 
line as possible or from a left turn lane, if available.
    (d) All turns will be signaled continuously beginning not less than 
100 feet prior to the turn.



Sec. 636.24  Driving on right side of roadway; use of roadway.

    (a) All drivers will use the right side of roadways, except:
    (1) When passing a vehicle proceeding in the same direction.
    (2) When an obstruction is blocking all or part of the right lane of 
the roadway.
    (3) When driving on a one-way street.
    (b) Drivers proceeding in opposite directions will pass to the 
right, each using one-half of the roadway.
    (c) Drivers passing another vehicle traveling in the same direction 
will exercise the utmost caution and safety and will abide by all 
applicable traffic laws.
    (d) Drivers of vehicles being passed will give way to the right and 
not increase their vehicle's speed.
    (e) Drivers will allow a sufficient distance between their vehicle 
and the vehicle in front to allow a safe stop under all conditions.



Sec. 636.25  Right-of-way.

    (a) When two vehicles enter an intersection from different highways 
at the same time, the driver of the vehicle on the left will yield 
right-of-way. When entering an intersection without traffic control 
devices from a highway which terminates at the intersection, that driver 
will yield right-of-way.
    (b) Drivers turning left within an intersection will yield right-of-
way to vehicles approaching from the opposite direction.
    (c) Drivers approaching a stop sign will stop at the marked stop 
line, if present, or before entering the crosswalk, if present, or at a 
point nearest the intersecting roadway where the driver will yield the 
right-of-way, if required.
    (d) Drivers approaching yield signs will slow down to a speed not 
exceeding

[[Page 80]]

10 miles per hour and yield the right-of-way to any approaching 
vehicles, coming to a stop if necessary.
    (e) Drivers entering or crossing a roadway from any place other than 
another roadway will yield the right-of-way to vehicles on the roadway.
    (f) Upon the immediate approach of an authorized emergency vehicle 
identified as such, all drivers will yield the right-of-way to the 
emergency vehicle.



Sec. 636.26  Pedestrian's rights and duties.

    (a) Pedestrians will obey all traffic control devices and 
regulations, unless directed to do otherwise by the Military Police.
    (b) When traffic-control signals are not in place or not in 
operation, the driver of a vehicle will yield the right of way, by 
slowing down or stopping, when a pedestrian is in a crosswalk on the 
same side of the road as the driver's vehicle, or when the pedestrian is 
approaching so closely from the opposite half of the roadway as to be in 
danger.
    (c) Pedestrians will not suddenly leave a curb or other place of 
safety and walk or run into the path of a vehicle which is so close to 
the crosswalk that it is impractical for the driver to stop.
    (d) Pedestrians crossing a roadway, at a point other than a 
crosswalk, will yield the right-of-way.
    (e) Pedestrians will not cross any intersection diagonally unless 
clearly authorized to do so.
    (f) Every driver will exercise due care to avoid colliding with any 
pedestrian upon any roadway and will exercise proper precaution upon 
observing any child or any obviously confused, incapacitated, or 
intoxicated person.
    (g) A person who is under the influence of intoxicating liquor or 
any drug to a degree which renders himself a hazard will not walk upon 
any roadway.
    (h) Pedestrians will use sidewalks, where provided, rather than 
walking upon the roadway. When sidewalks are not provided, pedestrians 
will walk the shoulder of the roadway as far from the edge of the 
roadway as possible. When neither sidewalks nor a shoulder are 
available, pedestrians will walk on the extreme edge of the roadway, 
facing traffic, and will yield to all oncoming traffic.
    (i) Individuals will not stand in or beside the roadway to solicit 
rides (hitch-hike).
    (j) Individuals will not stand in or beside the roadway to solicit 
business, employment, or contributions from the occupant of any vehicle.
    (k) Pedestrians will yield to all authorized emergency vehicles 
using an audible signal and/or a visual signal.
    (l) The wearing of headphones or earphones by pedestrians or joggers 
while walking or jogging on roadways or on the shoulders of roadways is 
prohibited.



Sec. 636.27  Regulations for bicycles.

    (a) Parents will not knowingly allow their children to violate any 
of the provisions of this section.
    (b) Traffic laws and regulations in this part apply to persons 
riding bicycles. Bicycle riders are granted all the rights and are 
subject to all duties of motorized vehicle operators, except those which 
logically do not apply.
    (c) Bicycles will be parked against the curb or in a rack, provided 
for that purpose, and will be secured.
    (d) Bicycle riders will not attach the bicycle or themselves to any 
motorized vehicle operating upon the roadway.
    (e) Bicycles will be ridden upon the roadway in single-file.
    (f) Bicycles operated between dusk and dawn will utilize a headlight 
visible for a minimum of 300 feet and a rear reflector or red light 
visible for 300 feet to the rear.
    (g) Bicycles will not be ridden without an operable brake system.
    (h) Bicycles will not be ridden if the pedal, in its lowermost 
position, is more than 12 inches above the ground.
    (i) If a bicycle/pedestrian path or sidewalk is present, bicyclists 
will use the patch or sidewalk instead of the roadway.
    (j) Certain roadways have been designated and marked as being off-
limits to bicyclists. Bicyclists will use an alternate roadway or a 
bicycle path rather than those roadways.

[[Page 81]]



Sec. 636.28  Special rules for motorcycles/mopeds.

    (a) Traffic laws and regulations in this part apply to persons 
riding motorcycles/mopeds. Motorcyle/moped operators are granted all the 
rights and are subject to all duties of motor vehicle operators, except 
those which logically do not apply.
    (b) Motorcycles/moped operators will ride only while seated facing 
forward with one leg on either side of the vehicle on the permanent and 
regular seat of the vehicle. Passengers will not be carried unless the 
vehicle is designed to carry a passenger. Passengers will only be 
carried in a manner which neither interferes with the operation of the 
vehicle nor obstructs the operator's view. Operators will keep both 
hands on the vehicle's handlebars.
    (c) Motorcycle/moped operators are entitled to the use of a full 
lane of traffic. Motorcycle/moped operators will not pass another 
vehicle using the same lane as the overtaken vehicle. Motorcycles/mopeds 
will not be operated between lanes of traffic or between adjacent lines 
or rows of vehicles.
    (d) Motorcycles/moped headlights and tail lights will be illuminated 
at anytime the vehicle is being operated.
    (e) Motorcycle/moped operators will not attach their vehicle or 
themselves to any other motorized vehicle operating upon the roadway.
    (f) Footrests will be provided for passengers. Motorcycles/mopeds 
will not be operated with handlebars more than 15 inches above the seat 
which the operator occupies. No back rest attached to the motorcycle/
moped will have a sharp point at its apex.
    (g) All motorcycle/moped operators/passengers will comply with the 
following safety requirements:
    (1) Wear the following protective equipment:
    (i) Properly fastened (under the chin) DOT approved helmet.
    (ii) Eye protection (clear goggles or a face shield attached to the 
helmet).
    (iii) Full-fingered gloves.
    (iv) Long trousers.
    (v) Long-sleeved shirt or jacket (with sleeves rolled down).
    (vi) Leather boots or over-the-ankle shoes.
    (vii) High-visibility garments (bright color for day and retro-
reflective for night).
    (2) Motorcycle/moped headlights will be turned on at all times.
    (3) Motorcycle/moped must have two rear-view mirrors (one mirror on 
each side of the handlebars).
    (4) Use of headphones or earphones while driving is prohibited.
    (h) Military personnel, civilian employees, and family member 
drivers of a privately or government-owned motorcycle/moped (two or 
three wheeled motor driven vehicles) are required to attend and complete 
an approved Motorcycle Defense Driving Course (MDDC) prior to operation 
of the motorcycle/moped on the installation. Upon completion of the 
course, personnel will be provided with a MDDC card. Personnel are 
authorized to operate their motorcycle/moped on the installation for the 
purpose of attending the motorcycle safety course. Attendance may be 
verified by contacting the Installation Safety Office.



Sec. 636.29  Go-carts, minibikes, and all terrain vehicles (ATV's).

    (a) Operators of ``go-carts,'' ``minibikes,'' and ATV's 16 years of 
age or older, must comply with applicable Georgia State Law and Fort 
Stewart traffic laws and regulations contained in this part.
    (b) ``Go-carts,'' ``minibikes,'' and ATV's operated on installation 
roadways are required to meet the requirements of this part and the 
Georgia Traffic Code.
    (c) Off-road vehicles will only be operated in areas specified by 
the DPCA. The DPCA will specify conditions for off-road operation.
    (d) ``Go-carts,'' ``minibikes,'' and ATV's will only be operated 
during daylight hours and will not be operated during periods of 
inclement weather or reduced visibility.
    (e) Operators and passengers of ``go-carts,'' ``minibikes,'' and 
ATV's must wear approved protective helmets, eye protection, and 
footwear (open-toed footwear is prohibited).
    (f) Soldiers or sponsors of persons operating ``go-carts,'' 
``minibikes,'' and ATV's are responsible for the safe operation of the 
vehicle.

[[Page 82]]



Sec. 636.30  Stopping, standing and parking.

    (a) Drivers will not stop, park, or leave standing their vehicle, 
whether attended or unattended, upon the roadway when it is possible to 
stop, park or leave their vehicle off the roadway. In any case, parking 
or standing the vehicle upon the roadway will only be done in an 
emergency.
    (b) Vehicles, not clearly identified as operated by a handicapped 
individual, will not be parked in a handicapped parking space.
    (c) Whenever Military Police find a vehicle parked or stopped in 
violation of this section, they may immediately move, or cause to be 
moved, the vehicle off the roadway. At the direction of the Provost 
Marshall, or his designee, vehicles parked in restricted or reserved 
parking spaces, may be moved.
    (d) The Military Police may remove or cause to be removed, to a safe 
place, any unattended vehicle illegally left standing upon any highway 
or bridge or within 10 feet of any railroad track on the installation.
    (e) As a crime prevention measure, the Military Police may pick up 
keys left in vehicles, secure the vehicle in place, and post a notice 
directing the owner to proceed to the MP station to claim his/her keys. 
The program will be adequately publicized and will only be invoked after 
a conscientious attempt to locate the owner.
    (f) No driver will stop, stand, or park a vehicle:
    (1) On the roadway side of any vehicle stopped or parked at the edge 
of a curb or a street.
    (2) On a sidewalk.
    (3) Within an intersection.
    (4) On a crosswalk.
    (5) Alongside or opposite any street excavation or obstruction when 
traffic would be obstructed.
    (6) Upon a bridge or other elevated structure.
    (7) On any railroad tracks or within 10 feet of any rail road track.
    (8) On any controlled-access highway.
    (9) Where prohibited by official signs.
    (10) Alongside any roadway in any manner which obstructs traffic.
    (g) No driver will stand or park a vehicle, whether occupied or not, 
except momentarily to pick up or discharge a passenger or passengers:
    (1) In front of a public or private driveway.
    (2) Within 10 feet of a fire hydrant.
    (3) Within 20 feet of a crosswalk at an intersection.
    (4) Within 20 feet upon the approach to any flashing signal, a stop 
sign, yield sign, or traffic control signal located at the side of a 
roadway.
    (5) Within 20 feet of a driveway entrance to any fire station and on 
the side of a street opposite the entrance to any fire station within 75 
feet of said entrance (when properly sign posted).
    (6) At any place where official signs prohibit standing.
    (7) Adjacent to any curb painted yellow or identified, by signs, as 
a ``No Parking'' area.
    (8) Along a roadway against the flow of traffic.
    (9) Within 20 feet of any building in what would reasonably be 
considered a ``fire-lane'' unless specified as a parking space.
    (10) Parallel parking along the curb is authorized in housing areas 
unless otherwise posted.
    (11) Parking is prohibited upon lawns or grassed (seeded) areas, 
unless specifically authorized by the Provost Marshal. This prohibition 
is not intended, however, to extend to those locations designated as 
bivouac sites, range areas, etc.
    (12) No dual-wheeled or tandem-wheeled recreational vehicles and 
trailers will be stored at government quarters. All other recreational 
vehicles, to include campers, trailers, boats, pop-up campers, and 
camper shells may be parked in the driveway area or under the carport of 
individual quarters. To prevent injury to children playing on and around 
trailers, one tire on each side of the trailer will be chocked in front 
and back. Trailer tongues, without installed supports, will either be 
left on the ground or supported in such a manner as to preclude the 
support tipping over and allowing the trailer tongue to fall. If the 
vehicle creates a safety hazard or is an eyesore, personnel are 
encouraged to use the storage facilities available at the Outdoor 
Recreation Center, Holbrook Pond, Fort Stewart, or at the Private 
Vehicle

[[Page 83]]

Storage area at Hunter Army Airfield. House trailers are not authorized 
to be parked in the quarters area. Campers, camper trailers, and tents 
will not be approved for occupancy in the quarters area. Parking of 
recreational vehicles on the street will be limited to 24 hours for 
owners to load and unload the vehicle at the owner's quarters.
    (h) No driver will use a parking lot, sidewalk, fire lane, or vacant 
property to drive on in order to avoid a traffic control device or alter 
the traffic flow plan unless authorized to do so by the Military Police 
or a traffic control device.



Sec. 636.31  Abandoned vehicles.

    (a) Any MP or DOD police officer who finds or has knowledge of a 
motor vehicle which has been left unattended or abandoned on a street, 
road, highway, parking lot, or any other real property of the 
installation for a period of at least 72 hours may be authorized by the 
Provost Marshal or his designee to cause said motor vehicle to be moved 
to an impoundment lot for storage.
    (b) Any MP or DOD police officer who, under the provisions of this 
section, causes any motor vehicle to be moved to an impoundment lot or 
other temporary place of safety is acting with proper authority and 
within the scope of that officer's employment, except that any wanton or 
intentional damage done to any motor vehicle by any MP or DOD police 
officer should not be within the scope of either that officer's 
authority or employment.
    (c) Unit commanders, with knowledge of an abandoned vehicle in their 
unit area, should attempt to identify the owner and have them remove the 
vehicle. When owners cannot be identified or are no longer assigned to 
this command, unit commanders will notify the MP's to initiate 
impoundment procedures.
    (d) Civilian vehicles left abandoned on the reservation will be 
towed to an impoundment lot for further disposition.
    (e) Personnel experiencing motor vehicle trouble may authorize the 
MP desk to obtain the assistance of a civilian wrecker, but in doing so, 
the government assumes no liability of payment for such services or 
possible resulting damage.



Sec. 636.32  Miscellaneous instructions.

    (a) All unattended motor vehicles will have the engine stopped and 
the ignition locked.
    (b) Vehicles will not be operated when so loaded with passengers 
and/or goods that the driver's view is blocked or control over the 
driving mechanism is interfered with.
    (c) Drivers, other than on official business, will not follow any 
emergency vehicle, operating under emergency conditions, closer than 500 
feet or park closer than 500 feet to any emergency vehicle stopped for 
an emergency.
    (d) No vehicle will be driven over a fire hose unless directed to do 
so by a fire official, or the Military Police.
    (e) Ground guides will be posted, during backing, at the left rear 
of any \3/4\ ton or larger vehicle.
    (f) All vehicles carrying a load will have the load secured and/or 
covered to prevent the load from blowing or bouncing off the vehicle.
    (g) A red flag or red light, visible for at least 100 feet from the 
rear will be attached to any load protruding beyond the rear of any 
vehicle.
    (h) Troop marches, physical training runs, etc., will not be 
conducted in a manner that will interfere with motor vehicle traffic on 
the Fort Stewart/Hunter Army Airfield reservation.
    (1) Units participating in parades and related practices, road 
marches, etc., will not conduct such marches upon any hard surface road 
or traffic way unless coordination has been made with the Provost 
Marshal Office.
    (2) Physical training runs, exercises, or tests will not be 
conducted upon any hard surface road or traffic way unless such is 
specifically allowed in 24th Infantry Division (Mechanized) and Fort 
Stewart Regulation 350-1.
    (i) Congested housing areas on the installation require special 
precaution on the part of drivers and persons living in those areas.
    (1) Parents can assist drivers in this regard by reminding their 
children that housing area streets are extremely dangerous and that 
playing in the street is prohibited.

[[Page 84]]

    (2) Bus stops are sites particularly prone to large numbers of 
children playing immediately adjacent to or actually in the roadway 
while awaiting arrival of the school bus.
    (3) Complaints received by the MP desk, concerning children playing 
in the streets, must be investigated in the interest of safety. Repeated 
violations could result in further action by the chain of command.
    (j) Vehicles and/or trailers will not be towed with a chain or rope 
(vehicles may be towed by another privately owned vehicle by use of a 
rigid tow bar).
    (k) At entrances to Fort Stewart/Hunter Army Airfield where a gate 
guard is positioned, drivers are required to obey his/her instructions. 
During hours of darkness, headlights will be switched to parking lights 
upon approach to the gate.
    (l) Motorists will drive with headlights illuminated at any time 
from a half hour after sunset to a half hour before sunrise and at any 
time when it is raining in the driving zone and at any other time when 
there is not sufficient visibility to render clearly discernible persons 
and vehicles on the highway at a distance of 500 feet ahead.
    (m) Motor vehicles will not be operated if visibility to the front, 
rear, or side is rendered unsafe and improper from fogged or iced-over 
windows.
    (n) Aircraft runways, taxiways, and aprons at Hunter Army Airfield 
and Wright Army Airfield and ``OFF-LIMITS'' to all privately owned 
vehicles.
    (o) Extensive repairs to automobiles will not be undertaken in 
housing areas, parking lots, or other similar areas. Repairs extending 
over a 24 hour period will be considered extensive.
    (p) Tactical vehicles will not be driven in housing areas. Post 
police or vehicles on similar details may drive in the housing areas as 
required.
    (q) Active duty personnel residing on post are encouraged to have 
their privately owned bicycles, ``go-carts,'' and ``minibikes'' 
registered with the Provost Marshal's Office (Registration Branch) in 
conjunction with the Installation Crime Prevention Program.
    (r) All personnel operating a vehicle on Fort Stewart/Hunter Army 
Airfield will have proof of insurance for the vehicle, in the vehicle at 
all times.



Sec. 636.33  Vehicle safety inspection criteria.

    (a) The vehicle safety inspection criteria listed in this paragraph 
(a) are general in nature; specific evaluation techniques for these 
criteria are contained in Georgia Traffic Law.
    (1) Headlights--every vehicle, except motorcycles, will have at 
least two headlights, one on each side of the front of the vehicle, 
capable of illuminating 500 feet to the front. Motorcycles will have one 
headlight.
    (2) Tail Lamps--every vehicle will have at least one red, self-
illuminating lamp, on the rear of the vehicle, visible from 500 feet to 
the rear.
    (3) Registration Plate Lamp--every vehicle will have a lamp designed 
to illuminate the registration plate with white light making the plate 
legible from a distance of 50 feet.
    (4) Rear Reflectors--every vehicle, except motorcycles, will have 
two red reflectors on the rear. Motorcycles will have one red reflector.
    (5) Stop Lamp--every vehicle will have at least one red or yellow 
stop lamp on the rear which will be actuated upon application of the 
foot brake.
    (6) Turn Signals--every vehicle will be equipped with electrical or 
mechanical turn signals capable of indicating any intention to turn 
either to the right or to the left, and visible from the front and rear. 
This requirement does not apply to any motorcycle or motor-driven cycle 
manufactured prior to 1 January 1972.
    (7) Brakes--every vehicle will be equipped with brakes adequate to 
control the movement of and to stop and hold such vehicle.
    (8) Horn--every vehicle will be equipped with an operable horn, 
capable of emitting sound audible for at least 200 feet.
    (9) Muffler--every vehicle will have a muffler in good working order 
and in constant operation.
    (10) Mirror--every vehicle, from which the driver's view is 
obstructed, will be equipped with a mirror reflecting a view of the 
highway for a distance of at least 200 feet to the rear.

[[Page 85]]

    (11) Windows--the view through vehicle windows will not be 
obstructed by any sign, poster, or other nontransparent material. 
Windshields and rear windows will not have starburst or spider webbing 
effect greater than 3 inches by 3 inches. No opaque or solid material 
including, but not limited to cardboard, plastic, or taped glass will be 
employed in lieu of glass.
    (12) Windshield Wipers--every vehicle, except motorcycles, will be 
equipped with operable windshield wipers.
    (13) Tires--every vehicle will be equipped with serviceable rubber 
tires which will have a tread depth of at least two thirty-seconds of an 
inch.
    (14) Suspension Systems--no vehicle will have its rear end elevated 
above the vehicle manufacturer's designated height (49 CFR 570.8).
    (b) The criteria listed in paragraph (a) of this section are not 
necessarily an inclusive list. A vehicle may be deemed unsafe to operate 
when any part of the vehicle is defective and renders the vehicle 
dangerous to others.



Sec. 636.34  Restraint systems.

    (a) Restraint systems (seat belts) will be worn by all operators and 
passengers of U.S. Government vehicles on or off the installations.
    (b) Restraint systems will be worn by all civilian personnel (family 
members, guests, and visitors) driving or riding in a private owned 
vehicle on the Fort Stewart/Hunter Army Airfield installations.
    (c) Restraint systems will be worn by all soldiers and Reserve 
Component members on active Federal service driving or riding in a 
private owned vehicle whether on or off the installations.
    (d) Infant/child restraint devices (car seats) are required in 
private owned vehicles for children 4 years old or under and not 
exceeding 45 pounds in weight.
    (e) Restraint systems are required only in cars manufactured after 
model year 1966.
    (f) The operator of a vehicle is responsible for ensuring the use of 
seat belts, shoulder restraints, and child restraining systems when 
applicable and may be cited for failure to comply (40 U.S.C. 318a).
    (g) Passengers (over the age of 16) are responsible for ensuring 
that their seat belts/shoulder restraints are used when applicable and 
may be cited for failure to comply (40 U.S.C. 318a).



Sec. 636.35  Headphones and earphones.

    The wearing of headphones or earphones is prohibited while driving a 
U.S. Government vehicle, POV, motorcycle, or other self-propelled two-
wheel, three-wheel, or four-wheel vehicle powered by a motorcycle type 
engine. This does not negate the requirement for wearing hearing 
protection when conditions or good judgment dictate use of such 
protection.



Sec. 636.36  Alcoholic beverages.

    (a) Consuming alcoholic beverages as an operator or passenger in or 
on U.S. Government or privately owned vehicles is prohibited.
    (b) Consuming alcoholic beverages on any roadway, parking lot, or 
where otherwise posted is prohibited.
    (c) Having open containers of alcoholic beverages in vehicles or 
areas not designated for the consumption of alcohol is prohibited.



Sec. 636.37  Use of ``Denver Boot'' device.

    The ``Denver Boot'' device will be used by Military Police as an 
additional technique to assist in the enforcement of parking violations 
when other reasonably effective but less restrictive means of 
enforcement (such as warnings, ticketing, reprimands, suspensions, or 
revocations of on-post driving privileges) have failed, or 
immobilization of the private owned vehicle is necessary for safety.
    (a) The use of booting devices will be limited to application by the 
Military Police under the following conditions:
    (1) Immobilization of unsafe, uninspected, or unregistered vehicles.
    (2) Immobilization of vehicles involved in criminal activity.
    (3) For repeat offenders of the parking violations outlined in this 
supplement. Three or more parking violations within 6 months constitutes 
grounds to boot the vehicle.
    (4) At the discretion of the Provost Marshal or his designee, on a 
case-by-case basis.

[[Page 86]]

    (b) Booted vehicle will be marked, for driver notification, by 
placing an orange in color notice on the vehicle windshield. The notice 
will contain information on why the vehicle was booted and instructions 
on how to have the booting device properly removed by the Military 
Police (see figure 636.37).

               Figure 636.37. Driver Booting Device Notice

1. Your vehicle is illegally parked and has been secured in place by the 
Military Police with a vehicle restraining device. Do not move this 
vehicle until the restraining device is properly removed by the Military 
Police.
2. Any movement, or attempted movement, of this vehicle could result in 
damage to the device and the vehicle. You will be responsible for any 
such damage to the vehicle and/or the restraining device.
3. Any removal, or attempted removal, of the device could result in you 
being charged with a criminal offense.
4. To have this device properly removed by the Military Police, contact 
the following:

                   Mon-Fri, 7: a.m.-5: p.m., Bldg 292,

                           Phone 767-2848/8659

                Non-Duty Hours, Bldg 285, Phone 767-2822

                                 Notice



Sec. 636.38  Impounding privately owned vehicles (POVs).

    This section provides the standards and procedures for towing, 
inventorying, searching, impounding, and disposing of private owned 
vehicles.
    (a) Implied consent to vehicle impoundment. Any person granted the 
privilege of operating a motor vehicle on the Fort Stewart/Hunter Army 
Airfield installations shall be deemed to have given his or her consent 
for the removal and temporary impoundment of the privately owned vehicle 
when it is parked illegally for unreasonable periods, interfering with 
operations, creating a safety hazard, disabled by accident, left 
unattended in a restricted or controlled area, or abandoned. Such 
vehicles will be towed by a contracted civilian wrecker service and 
placed in that service's storage lot. Such persons further agree to 
reimburse the civilian wrecker service for the cost of towing and 
storage should their vehicle be removed or impounded.
    (b) Standards of impoundment. (1) Privately owned vehicles will not 
be impounded unless they clearly interfere with ongoing operations or 
movement of traffic, threaten public safety or convenience, are involved 
in criminal activity, contain evidence of criminal activity, or are 
stolen or abandoned.
    (2) The impoundment of a privately owned vehicle is inappropriate 
when reasonable alternatives to impoundment exist.
    (i) An attempt will be made to locate the owner of the privately 
owned vehicle and have the vehicle removed.
    (ii) The vehicle may be moved a short distance to a legal parking 
area and temporarily secured until the owner is located.
    (iii) Another responsible person may be allowed to drive or tow the 
privately owned vehicle with permission from the owner, operator, or 
person empowered to control the vehicle. In this case, the owner, 
operator, or person empowered to control the vehicle will be informed 
that the Military Police are not responsible for safeguarding the 
privately owned vehicle.
    (3) Impounding of privately owned vehicle is justified when any of 
the following conditions exist:
    (i) The privately owned vehicle is illegally parked--
    (A) On a street or bridge, or is double parking and interferes with 
the orderly flow of traffic.
    (B) On a sidewalk, within an intersection, or a cross-walk, on a 
railroad track, in a fire lane, or is blocking a driveway, so that the 
vehicle interferes with the operations or creates a safety hazard to 
other roadway users or the general public. An example would be a vehicle 
parked within 15 feet of a fire hydrant or blocking a properly marked 
driveway of a fire station or aircraft-alert crew facility.
    (C) When blocking an emergency exit door of any public place 
(installation theater, club, dining facility, hospital, or other 
facility).
    (D) In a ``tow-away'' zone that is so marked with proper signs.
    (ii) The privately owned vehicle interferes with--
    (A) Street cleaning operations and attempts to contact the owner 
have been unsuccessful.

[[Page 87]]

    (B) Emergency operations during a natural disaster or fire or must 
be removed from the disaster area during cleanup operations.
    (iii) The privately owned vehicle has been used in a crime or 
contains evidence of criminal activity.
    (iv) The owner or person in charge has been apprehended and is 
unable or unwilling to arrange for custody or removal.
    (v) The privately owned vehicle is mechanically defective and is a 
menace to others using the public roadways.
    (vi) The privately owned vehicle is disabled by a traffic incident 
and the operator is either unavailable or physically incapable of having 
the vehicle towed to a place of safety for storage or safekeeping.
    (vii) Military Police reasonably believe the vehicle is abandoned.
    (c) Towing and storage. (1) Impounded privately owned vehicles will 
be towed and stored by a contracted wrecker service.
    (2) An approved impoundment area belonging to the contracted worker 
service will be used for the storage of impounded vehicles. This area 
will assure adequate accountability and security of towed vehicles. One 
set of keys to the enclosed area will be maintained by the Military 
Police.
    (3) Temporary impoundment and towing of privately owned vehicles for 
violations of this supplement or involvement in criminal activities will 
be accomplished under the direct supervision of the Military Police.
    (d) Procedure for impoundment. (1) Unattended privately owned 
vehicles.
    (i) DD Form 2504 (Abandoned Vehicle Notice) will be conspicuously 
placed on privately owned vehicles considered unattended. This action 
will be documented by an entry in the Military Police desk journal.
    (ii) The owner will be allowed three days from the date the 
privately owned vehicle is tagged to remove the vehicle before 
impoundment action is initiated. If the vehicle has not been removed 
after three days, it will be removed by a contracted civilian wrecker 
service. A DD Form 2505 (Abandoned Vehicle Removal Authorization) will 
be completed and issued to the contractor by the Military Police.
    (iii) After the vehicle has been removed, the Military Police will 
complete DD Form 2506 (Vehicle Impoundment Report) as a record of the 
actions taken.
    (A) An inventory listing personal property will be done to protect 
the owner, Military Police, the Contractor, and the Commander.
    (B) The contents of a closed container such as a suitcase inside the 
vehicle need not be inventoried. Such articles should be opened only if 
necessary to identify the owner of the vehicle or if the container might 
contain explosives or otherwise present a danger to the public. Merely 
listing the container and sealing it with security tape will suffice.
    (C) Personal property will be placed in the Military Police found 
property room for safe keeping.
    (iv) DD Form 2507 (Notice of Vehicle Impoundment) will be forwarded 
by certified mail to the address of the last known owner of the vehicle 
to advise the owner of the impoundment action, and request information 
concerning the owner's intentions pertaining to the disposition of the 
vehicle.
    (2) Stolen privately owned vehicles or vehicles involved in criminal 
activity. (i) When the privately owned vehicle is to be held for 
evidentiary purposes, the vehicle will remain in the custody of the 
Military Police or CID until law enforcement purposes are served.
    (ii) Recovered stolen privately owned vehicles will be released to 
the registered owner, unless held for evidentiary purposes, or to the 
law enforcement agency reporting the vehicle stolen.
    (iii) A privately owned vehicle held on request of other authorities 
will be retained in the custody of the Military Police or CID until the 
vehicle can be released to such authorities.
    (e) Search incident to impoundment based on criminal activity. 
Search of a privately owned vehicle in conjunction with impoundment 
based on criminal activity will likely occur in one of the following 
general situations:
    (1) The owner or operator is not present. This situation could arise 
during traffic and crime-related impoundments and abandoned vehicle 
seizures.

[[Page 88]]

A property search related to an investigation of criminal activity 
should not be conducted without search authority unless the item to be 
seized is in plain view or is readily discernible on the outside as 
evidence of criminal activity. When in doubt, proper search authority 
should be sought, during duty hours, through the Chief, Criminal Law 
Branch of the Office of Staff Judge Advocate and after duty hours from 
the Duty Judge Advocate, before searching.
    (2) The owner or operator is present. This situation can occur 
during either a traffic or criminal incident, or if the operator is 
apprehended for a crime or serious traffic violation and sufficient 
probable cause exists to seize the vehicle. This situation could also 
arise during cases of intoxicated driving or traffic accidents in which 
the operator is present but incapacitated or otherwise unable to make 
adequate arrangements to safeguard the vehicle. If danger exists to the 
Military Police or public or if there is risk of loss or destruction of 
evidence, an investigative type search of the vehicle may be conducted 
without search authority.
    (f) Disposition of vehicles after impoundment. (1) If a privately 
owned vehicle is impounded for evidentiary purposes, the vehicle can be 
held for as long as the evidentiary or law enforcement purpose exists. 
The vehicle must then be returned to the owner without delay unless 
directed otherwise by competent authority.
    (2) If the vehicle is unclaimed after 45 days from the date 
notification was mailed to the last known owner or the owner released 
the vehicle by properly completing DD Form 2505, the vehicle will be 
disposed of by one of the following procedures:
    (i) Release to the lienholder, if known.
    (ii) Processed as abandoned property in accordance with DOD 4160.21-
M.

                   Appendix A to Part 636--References

    Publications and forms referenced in this part may be viewed at the 
Office of the Provost Marshall on any major Army installation or may be 
obtained from the National Technical Information Service, U.S. 
Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161.
    In addition to the related publications listed in appendix A to part 
634 of this subchapter, the following publications provide a source of 
additional information:

FS Reg 190-7, Emergency Vehicle Operation
FS Reg 350-1, Active Component Training
FS Reg 385-14, Post Range Regulation
FS Reg 755-2, Lost, Abandoned, or Unclaimed Privately Owned Personal 
Property

    In addition to the prescribed forms used in appendix A to part 634 
of this subchapter, the following forms should be used:

AFZP Form Letter 316, Suspension of Driving Privileges
DA Form 3946, Military Police Traffic Accident Report
DA Form 3975, Military Police Report
DD Form 1920, Alcohol Influence Report
DD Form 2220, DOD Registered Vehicle
DD Form 2504, Abandoned Vehicle Notice
DD Form 2505, Abandoned Vehicle Removal Authorization
DD Form 2506, Vehicle Impoundment Report
DD Form 2507, Notice of Vehicle Impoundment

                            Other References

    8 U.S.C. 13.
    40 U.S.C. 318a.
    Memorandum of Understanding, Subject: Seizure of Assets for 
Administrative Forfeiture in Drug Related Cases.

                  Appendixes B-C to Part 636 [Reserved]

                    Appendix D to Part 636--Glossary

    In addition to the terms listed in appendix D to part 634 of this 
subchapter, the following terms apply:

ATV--All Terrain Vehicles
CID--Criminal Investigation Division
CUCV--Commercial Utility Cargo Vehicle
DDC--Defensive Driving Course
DOD--Department of Defense
DPCA--Directorate of Personnel and Community Activities
DUI--Driving Under the Influence
DDC--Motorcycle Defensive Driving Course
MP--Military Police
NLT--Not later than
USAREUR--United States Army--Europe



PART 637_MILITARY POLICE INVESTIGATION--Table of Contents




                        Subpart A_Investigations

Sec.
637.1 General.
637.2 Use of MPI and DAC Detectives/Investigators.
637.3 Installation Commander.
637.4 Military Police and the USACIDC.

[[Page 89]]

637.5 Off-post investigations.
637.6 Customs investigations.
637.7 Drug enforcement activities.
637.8 Identification of MPI.
637.9 Access to U.S. Army facilities and records.
637.10 Authority to apprehend or detain.
637.11 Authority to administer oaths.
637.12 Legal considerations.
637.13 Retention of property.
637.14 Use of National Crime Information Center (NCIC).
637.15 Polygraph activities.
637.16 Evidence.
637.17 Police Intelligence.
637.18 Electronic equipment rocedures.
637.19 Overseas MP desk.
637.20 Security surveillance systems.
637.21 Recording interviews and interrogations.

Subpart B [Reserved]

    Authority: 28 U.S.C. 534 note, 42 U.S.C. 10601, 18 U.S.C. 922, 42 
U.S.C. 14071, 10 U.S.C. 1562, 10 U.S.C. Chap. 47.

    Source: 70 FR 36029, June 22, 2005, unless otherwise noted.

    Effective Date Note: At 70 FR 36029, June 22, 2005, part 637 was 
added to subchapter I, effective July 22, 2005.



                        Subpart A_Investigations



Sec. 637.1  General.

    (a) Military Police Investigators (MPI) and Department of the Army 
Civilian (DAC) detectives/investigators fulfill a special need for an 
investigative element within the military police to investigate many 
incidents, complaints, and matters not within U.S. Army Criminal 
Investigation Command (USACIDC) jurisdiction, but which cannot be 
resolved immediately through routine military police operations. 
Investigative personnel are assets of the installation or activity 
commander, under the supervision of the local provost marshal. USACIDC 
elements will provide investigative assistance in the form of 
professional expertise, laboratory examinations, polygraph examinations, 
or any other assistance requested which does not distract from the 
USACIDC mission of investigating serious crimes. A spirit of cooperation 
and close working relationship is essential between USACIDC and the 
provost marshal office in order to accomplish the mission and project a 
professional police image.
    (b) Creation of a formalized investigation program does not 
constitute the establishment of a dual ``detective'' force. The 
separation of investigative responsibilities is very distinct. The MPI 
Program is neither a career program nor a separate Military Occupational 
Specialty (MOS). Individuals in the MPI Program are specially selected, 
trained, and experienced military or civilian men and women performing 
traditional military police functions. Military personnel are identified 
by their additional skill identifiers (ASI V5) and may be employed in 
any assignment appropriate to their grade and MOS.
    (c) The provost marshal may authorize wearing of civilian clothing 
for the MPI investigative mission.
    (d) MPI and DAC detective/investigator personnel must be familiar 
with and meet the requirements of Army Regulation (AR) 190-14 (Carrying 
of Firearms and Use of Force for Law Enforcement and Security Duties).



Sec. 637.2  Use of MPI and DAC Detectives/Investigators.

    Only those matters requiring investigative development will be 
referred to the MPI for investigation. Provost marshals will develop 
procedures to determine which incidents will be referred to the MPI for 
completion and which will be retained and completed by uniformed MP 
personnel. Except as otherwise provided, MPI and DAC detectives/
investigators will normally be employed in the following investigations:
    (a) Offenses for which the maximum punishment listed in the Table of 
Maximum Punishment, Manual for Courts-Martial, United States, 2002 is 
confinement for 1 year or less. Provisions of the Federal Assimilative 
Crimes Act will also be considered when assigning cases to MPI. The same 
punishment criteria apply.
    (b) Property-related offenses when the value is less than $1,000 
provided the property is not of a sensitive nature, such as government 
firearms, ammunition, night vision devices, or controlled substances.

[[Page 90]]

    (c) Offenses involving use and/or possession of non-narcotic 
controlled substances when the amounts are indicative of personal use 
only. Military police will coordinate with the local USACIDC element in 
making determinations of ``personal use''. MPI and DAC detectives/
investigators may be employed in joint MPI/USACIDC drug suppression 
teams; however, the conduct of such operations and activities remain the 
responsibility of USACIDC. When employed under USACIDC supervision, MPI 
and DAC detectives/investigators may also be utilized to make controlled 
buys of suspected controlled substances.
    (d) Activities required for the security and protection of persons 
and property under Army control, to include support of Armed Forces 
Disciplinary Control Boards as prescribed in AR 190-24. If MPI detect a 
crime-conducive condition during the course of an investigation, the 
appropriate physical security activity will be promptly notified. Crime-
conducive conditions will also be identified in military police reports.
    (e) Allegations against MP personnel, when not within the 
investigative responsibilities of USACIDC.
    (f) Offenses committed by juveniles, when not within the 
investigative responsibilities of USACIDC.
    (g) Gang or hate crime related activity, when not within the 
investigative responsibilities of USACIDC.



Sec. 637.3  Installation Commander.

    The installation commander, whose responsibilities include ensuring 
good order and discipline on his installation, has authority to order 
the initiation of a criminal investigation upon receipt of information 
of activity of a criminal nature occurring on the installation.



Sec. 637.4  Military Police and the USACIDC.

    (a) The military police or the USACIDC are authorized to investigate 
allegations of criminal activity occurring on the installation. Nothing 
in this paragraph is intended to conflict with or otherwise undermine 
the delineation of investigative responsibilities between the military 
police and the USACIDC as set forth in AR 195-2.
    (b) When investigative responsibility is not clearly defined, and 
the matter cannot be resolved between military police investigations 
supervisors and USACIDC duty personnel, or between military police 
investigations supervisors and unit commanders, the provost marshal will 
be informed and will resolve the matter with the appropriate USACIDC 
activity commander/Special Agent in Charge (SAC) or unit commander.
    (c) The control and processing of a crime scene and the collection 
and preservation of the evidence are the exclusive responsibilities of 
the investigator or supervisor in charge of the crime scene when the 
military police have investigative responsibility. To prevent the 
possible loss or destruction of evidence, the investigator or supervisor 
in charge of the crime scene is authorized to exclude all personnel from 
the scene. The exercise of this authority in a particular case may be 
subject to the requirement to preserve human life and the requirement 
for continuing necessary operations and security. These should be 
determined in conjunction with the appropriate commander and, where 
applicable, local host country law enforcement authorities.
    (d) Unit commanders should consult with the installation provost 
marshal concerning all serious incidents. Examples of incidents 
appropriate for investigation at the unit level include simple assaults 
not requiring hospitalization and not involving a firearm, or wrongful 
damage to property of a value under $1,000. Other incidents should be 
immediately referred to the installation provost marshal.
    (e) The military police desk is the official point of contact for 
initial complaints and reports of offenses. The provisions of AR 190-45 
are to be followed for all military police records, reports, and 
reporting.
    (1) When incidents are reported directly to a USACIDC field element, 
USACIDC may either direct the reporting person to the MP desk or report 
the incident to the MP desk themselves.
    (2) Upon receipt of the complaint or report of offense, the MP desk 
will dispatch an available patrol to the scene of the incident. The 
patrol will take

[[Page 91]]

appropriate measures to include locating the complainant, witnesses, 
suspects, and victims, apprehending offenders, securing the crime scene, 
rendering emergency assistance, determining and reporting to the MP 
desk, by the most expeditious means possible, the appropriate activity 
having investigative responsibility.
    (f) In those cases in which the USACIDC has an ongoing investigation 
(typically fraud and narcotics matters), they may delay notification to 
the military police to avoid compromising their investigation.
    (g) Procedures will be developed to ensure mutual cooperation and 
support between MPI, DAC detectives/investigators and USACIDC elements 
at each investigative level; however, MPI, DAC detectives/investigators 
and USACIDC personnel will remain under command and control of their 
respective commanders at all times.
    (1) With the concurrence of the commander concerned, MPI and DAC 
detectives/investigators may provide assistance to USACIDC whenever 
elements assume responsibility for an investigation from MPI.
    (2) When requested by a USACIDC region, district, or the special 
agent-in-charge of a resident agency, the provost marshal may provide 
MPI or DAC detective/investigator assistance to USACIDC on a case-by-
case basis or for a specified time period.
    (3) With the concurrence of the appropriate USACIDC commander, CID 
personnel may be designated to assist MPI or DAC detectives/
investigators on a case-by-case basis without assuming control of the 
investigation.
    (4) Modification of investigative responsibilities is authorized on 
a local basis if the resources of either USACIDC or the military police 
cannot fully support their investigative workload and suitable 
alternatives are not available. Such modifications will be by written 
agreement signed by the provost marshal and the supporting USACIDC 
commander. Agreements will be in effect for no more than two years 
unless sooner superseded by mutual agreement.



Sec. 627.5  Off-post investigations.

    (a) In Continental United States (CONUS), civilian law enforcement 
agencies, including state, county, or municipal authorities, or a 
Federal investigative agency normally investigate incidents occurring 
off-post. When an incident of substantial interest to the U.S. Army 
occurs off-post, involving U.S. Army property or personnel, the military 
police exercising area responsibility will request copies of the 
civilian law enforcement report.
    (b) In Overseas areas, off-post incidents will be investigated in 
accordance with Status of Forces Agreements and other appropriate U.S. 
host nation agreements.



Sec. 637.6  Customs investigations.

    (a) Customs violations will be investigated as prescribed in AR 190-
41. When customs authorities find unauthorized material such as 
contraband, explosives, ammunition, unauthorized or illegal weapons or 
property, which may be property of the U.S. Government, notification 
must be made via electronic message or facsimile to HQDA, Office of the 
Provost Marshal General (DAPM-MPD-LE). All such notifications will be 
made to the military police and investigated by CID or the military 
police, as appropriate.
    (b) Military police will receipt for all seized or confiscated U.S. 
Government property and contraband shipped by U.S. Army personnel. 
Property receipted for by military police will be accounted for, and 
disposed of, in accordance with evidence procedures outlined in AR 195-
5.
    (c) When it has been determined that the subject of an MP customs 
investigation is no longer a member of the U.S. Army, the investigation 
will be terminated, a final report submitted indicating the subject was 
released from the U.S. Army, and an information copy of the report 
furnished to the appropriate civil investigative agency.
    (d) Recovery of weapons and significant amounts of ammunition will 
be reported by the U.S. Army element receipting for them from the U.S. 
Customs Service in accordance with AR 190-11 and AR 190-45.

[[Page 92]]



Sec. 637.7  Drug enforcement activities.

    Provost marshals and U.S. Army law enforcement supervisors at all 
levels will ensure that active drug enforcement programs are developed 
and maintained, and that priorities for resources reflect the critical 
and important nature of the drug enforcement effort.
    (a) MPI and DAC detectives/investigators will conduct investigations 
of offenses involving use and possession of non-narcotic controlled 
substances. A copy of all initial, interim and final military police 
reports concerning drug investigations will be provided to the USACIDC 
at the local level. Enforcement activities will be coordinated with the 
USACIDC at the local level.
    (b) Any investigation of offenses involving possession/use of non-
narcotic controlled substances generated as a result of another USACIDC 
investigation may be transferred to MPI with the concurrence of both the 
supporting USACIDC commander and provost marshal.
    (c) Elements of USACIDC will be provided the opportunity to 
interview subjects, suspects or witnesses in MPI or DAC detective 
investigations involving controlled substances without assuming 
responsibility for the investigation. MPI and DAC detectives/
investigators may also interview subjects, suspects or witnesses of 
USACIDC investigations.



Sec. 637.8  Identification of MPI.

    (a) During the conduct of investigations, MPI will identify 
themselves by presenting their credentials and referring to themselves 
as ``INVESTIGATOR.'' When signing military police records the title 
``Military Police Investigator'' may be used in lieu of military titles. 
Civilian personnel will refer to themselves as ``INVESTIGATOR'' if they 
are classified in the 1811 series, and as ``DETECTIVE'' if they are in 
the 083 series. Civilian personnel will use the title ``DAC 
Investigator'' or ``DAC Detective''; corresponding to their 
classification series.
    (b) The use of titles such as ``Mr.'', ``Mrs.'', ``Miss'' or ``Ms.'' 
in connection with an individual's identification as an MPI is 
prohibited, except when employed in a covert investigative role. When 
MPI or DAC detectives/investigators are employed in covert roles, 
supervisors will ensure that coordination with USACIDC or civilian law 
enforcement agencies is accomplished as appropriate.



Sec. 637.9  Access to U.S. Army facilities and records.

    (a) MPI and DAC detectives/investigators will be granted access to 
all U.S. Army facilities, records or information when necessary for an 
ongoing investigation, consistent with the investigator's clearance for 
access to classified national defense information, the requirements of 
medical confidentiality, and the provisions of applicable regulations.
    (b) Upon presentation of proper identification when conducting an 
official investigation, MPI and DAC detectives/investigators will be 
authorized access to information contained in medical records and may 
request extracts or transcripts. Medical records will remain under the 
control of the records custodian who will make them available for 
courts-martial or other legal proceedings. Procedures for obtaining 
information from medical records are contained in AR 40-66.



Sec. 637.10  Authority to apprehend or detain.

    MPI and DAC detectives/investigators have authority to make 
apprehensions in accordance with Article 7, Uniform Code of Military 
Justice (UCMJ); Rule for Courts-Martial 302 (b)(1), Manual for Courts-
Martial, United States 2002 (Revised Edition). They may detain personnel 
for identification and remand custody of persons to appropriate civil or 
military authority as necessary. Civilians committing offenses on U.S. 
Army installations may be detained until they can be released to the 
appropriate Federal, state, or local law enforcement agency.



Sec. 637.11  Authority to administer oaths.

    MPI and DAC detectives/investigators have authority pursuant to 
Article 136(b)(4), UCMJ to administer oaths to military personnel who 
are subject to the UCMJ. The authority to administer oaths to civilians 
who are not subject to the UCMJ is 5 U.S.C. 303(b).

[[Page 93]]



Sec. 637.12  Legal considerations.

    (a) Coordination between installation judge advocates and 
investigators must occur during the conduct of investigations.
    (b) The use of the DA Form 3881 (Rights Warning Procedure/Waiver 
Certificate) to warn accused or suspected persons of their rights is 
encouraged.
    (c) When necessary, investigators will coordinate with a judge 
advocate or civilian attorney employed in the Office of the Staff Judge 
Advocate for the purpose of establishing a legal opinion as to whether 
sufficient credible evidence has been established to title an individual 
in a report. Investigators should also coordinate with the Office of the 
Staff Judge Advocate in drafting search warrants and in determining 
whether probable cause exists to conduct a search.



Sec. 637.13  Retention of property.

    Reports of investigation, photographs, exhibits, handwritten notes, 
sketches, and other materials pertinent to an investigation, including 
copies, negatives or reproductions, are the property of the U.S. 
Government, either as owner, or custodian.



Sec. 637.14  Use of National Crime Information Center (NCIC).

    Provost marshals will make maximum use of NCIC terminals available 
to them, and will establish liaison with the U.S. Army Deserter 
Information Point (USADIP) as necessary to ensure timely exchange of 
information on matters concerning deserters. The USADIP will ensure 
replies to inquiries from provost marshals on subjects of MP 
investigations are transmitted by the most expeditious means. Use of 
NCIC will be in accordance with AR 190-27.



Sec. 637.15  Polygraph activities.

    MPI and DAC detectives/investigators will utilize the polygraph to 
the full extent authorized. Requests for polygraph examination 
assistance will be forwarded to the supporting USACIDC element in 
accordance with provisions of AR 195-6. The investigative or 
intelligence element requesting approval to conduct a polygraph 
examination will submit a completed DA Form 2805 (Polygraph Examination 
Authorization) to the authorizing official. A request may also be sent 
via an electronic message or electronic mail or media provided all 
elements of the DA Form 2805 are included in the request. Approvals will 
be obtained prior to the conduct of an examination. Telephonic requests, 
followed with written requests, may be used in emergencies. The 
requesting official will include the following data on every polygraph 
examination request for criminal investigations:
    (a) The offense, which formed the basis of the investigation, is 
punishable under Federal law or the UCMJ by death or confinement for a 
term of 1 year or more. Even though such an offense may be disposed of 
with a lesser penalty, the person may be given a polygraph examination 
to eliminate suspicion.
    (b) The person to be examined has been interviewed and there is 
reasonable cause to believe that the person has knowledge of, or was 
involved in, the matter under investigation.
    (c) Consistent with the circumstances, data to be obtained by 
polygraph examination are needed for further conduct of the 
investigation.
    (d) Investigation by other means has been as thorough as 
circumstances permit.
    (e) Examinee has been interviewed on all relevant subjects requested 
for testing and the polygraph examination is essential and timely.



Sec. 637.16  Evidence.

    Military police are authorized to receive, process, safeguard and 
dispose of evidence, to include non-narcotic controlled substances, in 
accordance with AR 195-5. If no suitable facility is available for the 
establishment of a military police evidence depository or other 
operational circumstances so dictate, the evidence custodian of the 
appropriate USACIDC element may be requested to receipt for and assume 
responsibility for military police evidence. Personnel selected as 
military police evidence custodians need not be trained as MPI and 
should not be issued MPI credentials, unless they are also employed as 
operational MPI. Further information concerning evidence

[[Page 94]]

collection and examination procedures can be found in Field Manual (FM) 
3-19.13, Law Enforcement Investigations.



Sec. 637.17  Police Intelligence.

    (a) The purpose of gathering police intelligence is to identify 
individuals or groups of individuals in an effort to anticipate, 
prevent, or monitor possible criminal activity. If police intelligence 
is developed to the point where it factually establishes a criminal 
offense, an investigation by the military police, (USACIDC) or other 
investigative agency will be initiated.
    (b) Police intelligence will be actively exchanged between 
Department of Defense (DOD) law enforcement agencies, military police, 
USACIDC, local, state, federal, and international law enforcement 
agencies. One tool under development by DOD for sharing police 
intelligence is the Joint Protection Enterprise Network (JPEN). JPEN 
provides users with the ability to post, retrieve, filter, and analyze 
real-world events. There are seven reporting criteria for JPEN:
    (1) Non-specific threats;
    (2) Surveillance;
    (3) Elicitation;
    (4) Tests of Security;
    (5) Repetitive Activities;
    (6) Bomb Threats/Incidents; and
    (7) Suspicious Activities/Incidents.
    (c) If a written extract from local police intelligence files is 
provided to an authorized investigative agency, the following will be 
included on the transmittal documents: ``This document is provided for 
information and use. Copies of this document, enclosures thereto, and 
information therefrom, will not be further released without the prior 
approval of the installation Provost Marhsall.
    (d) Local police intelligence files may be exempt from certain 
disclosure requirements by AR 25-55 and the Freedom of Information Act 
(FOIA).



Sec. 637.18  Electronic equipment procedures.

    (a) DOD Directive 5505.9 and AR 190-53 provide policy for the 
wiretap, investigative monitoring and eavesdrop activities by DA 
personnel. The recording of telephone communications at MP operations 
desks is considered to be a form of command center communications 
monitoring which may be conducted to provide an uncontroversial record 
of emergency communications. This includes reports of emergencies, 
analysis of reported information, records of instructions, such as 
commands issued, warnings received, requests for assistance, and 
instructions as to the location of serious incidents.
    (b) The following procedures are applicable to the recording of 
emergency telephone and/or radio communications at MP operations desks 
within the 50 states of the United States, the District of Columbia, the 
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Panama, and Guam.
    (1) All telephones connected to recording equipment will be 
conspicuously marked ``For Official Use Only-connected to recording 
device'' and access to use will be restricted to MP operations desk 
personnel.
    (2) The connection of voice-recording equipment or private-line 
service with the telecommunications network will be in accordance with 
applicable telephone company tariffs which permit direct electrical 
connection through telephone company recorder-connector equipment. An 
automatic audible-tone device is not required.
    (3) Official emergency telephone numbers for MP desks will be listed 
in appropriate command, activity, or installation telephone directories 
with a statement that emergency conversations will be recorded for 
accuracy of record purposes. Other forms of pre-warning are not 
required.
    (4) Recordings, which contain conversations described in this 
section, will be retained for a period of 60 days. Transcripts may be 
made for permanent files, as appropriate.
    (5) The recording of telephone communications or radio transmissions 
by MP personnel for other than emergency purposes is prohibited. If an 
investigator requires the use of electronic surveillance equipment, 
assistance must be requested from the USACIDC. This policy is 
established pursuant to Department of Defense directives that limit such 
activity to the criminal investigative organizations of the Services and 
DOD.
    (6) Commanders having general courts-martial convening authority

[[Page 95]]

will issue written authorizations for the recording of emergency 
telephone communications at MP operations desks. The letter of 
authorization will contain specific authority for the type of equipment 
to be used, the phone numbers identified as emergency lines and 
instructions limiting recordings to calls received on the phones so 
designated. One copy of the authorization will be forwarded to the 
Office of the Provost Marshal General (OPMG), 2800 Army Pentagon, 
Washington, DC 20310-2800.



Sec. 637.19  Overseas MP desk.

    The recording of telephone communications at MP operations desks 
outside the United States will be conducted within restrictions 
contained in international agreements between the U.S. and host nations.



Sec. 637.20  Security surveillance systems.

    Closed circuit video recording systems, to include those with an 
audio capability, may be employed for security purposes in public places 
so long as notices are conspicuously displayed at all entrances, 
providing persons who enter with a clear warning that this type of 
monitoring is being conducted.



Sec. 637.21  Recording interviews and interrogations.

    The recording of interviews and interrogations by military police 
personnel is authorized, provided the interviewee is on notice that the 
testimony or statement is being recorded. This procedure is a long-
accepted law enforcement procedure, not precluded by DA policies 
pertaining to wiretap, investigative monitoring, and eavesdrop 
activities.

Subpart B [Reserved]

[[Page 96]]



                       SUBCHAPTER J_REAL PROPERTY



                        PARTS 641-642 [RESERVED]



PART 643_REAL ESTATE--Table of Contents




                            Subpart A_General

Sec.
643.1 Purpose.
643.2 Applicability.
643.3 Authority to grant use of real estate.
643.4 Responsibilities of the Chief of Engineers (COE).
643.5 Responsibilities of major commands (MACOMS) and special staff 
          agencies.
643.6 Responsibilities of overseas commanders.
643.7 Preparation of report of availability.
643.8 Approval of report of availability.
643.9 Approval of availability outside the United States.
643.10 Reports to DOD and the congressional committees on Armed 
          Services.
643.11 Rights of entry.
643.12 Preparation and signing of instruments.
643.13 Military requirement for real estate under grant.
643.14 Inspection to assure compliance with terms of outgrants.
643.15 Unauthorized use.

                            Subpart B_Policy

643.21 Policy--Surveillance.
643.22 Policy--Public safety: Requirement for early identification of 
          lands containing dangerous materials.
643.23 Policy--Preference.
643.24 Policy--Competition.
643.25 Policy--Grants which may embarrass the Department of the Army.
643.26 Policy--Commercial advertising on reservations.
643.27 Policy--Environmental considerations.
643.28 Policy--Historic and cultural environment.
643.29 Policy--Archeological surveys.
643.30 Policy--Construction projects and activities; protection of 
          historical and archeological data.
643.31 Policy--Flood hazards.
643.32 Policy--Endangered species.
643.33 Policy--Costal zone management.
643.34 Policy--Public utilities on installations.
643.35 Policy--Mineral leasing on lands controlled by the Department of 
          the Army.
643.36 Policy--Interim leasing of excess properties to facilitate 
          economic readjustment.
643.37 Policy--Requests to search for treasure trove.
643.38 Policy--Utility rates.
643.39 Policy--American National Red Cross.
643.40 Policy--Young Men's Christian Association (YMCA).
643.41 Policy--National Guard use.
643.42 Policy--Consents for crossing of rights-of-way and similar 
          interests owned by the United States.

                            Subpart C_Leases

643.51 Additional items concerning leasing.
643.52 Term.
643.53 Consideration.
643.54 Receipts.
643.55 Mandatory revocation clause in lease.
643.56 Taxation of lessee's interest.
643.57 Subleasing or assignment.

                           Subpart D_Licenses

643.71 Additional items concerning licenses.
643.72 License.
643.73 Term.
643.74 Consideration.

                           Subpart E_Easements

643.81 Additional items concerning easements.
643.82 Term.
643.83 Consideration.
643.84 Easement--Grantees relocate or replace needed facilities.
643.85 Easement grantees--Payment for removal or destruction of unneeded 
          improvements.
643.86 Easements for various purposes with relinquishment of legislative 
          jurisdiction.

                            Subpart F_Permits

643.101 Additional items concerning permits.
643.102 Permit.
643.103 Term.
643.104 Consideration.

              Subpart G_Additional Authority of Commanders

643.111 Additional authority.
643.112 Army exchange activities.
643.113 Banks.
643.114 Civil disturbances.
643.115 Contractors--Permission to erect structures.
643.116 Credit unions.
643.117 Hunting, trapping, and fishing.
643.118 Nonappropriated funds--Authority to permit erection of 
          structures.

[[Page 97]]

643.119 Licenses incidental to post administration.
643.120 Post offices.
643.121 Private organizations on DA installations.
643.122 Reserve facilities--Air Force and Navy use.
643.123 Reserve facilities--Local civic organizations.
643.124 Rights-of-way for ferries and livestock.
643.125 Trailer sites.
643.126 Transportation licenses.
643.127 Quarters.
643.128 Veterans' conventions.
643.129 Youth groups.
643.130 Joint carrier Military Traffic Offices (JAMTO, JBMTO, JRMTO, 
          SAMTO).

    Authority: 10 U.S.C. 2667.

    Source: 43 FR 29748, July 10, 1978, unless otherwise noted.



                            Subpart A_General



Sec. 643.1  Purpose.

    (a) This regulation sets forth the authority, policy, 
responsibility, and procedure for making military real estate, under the 
control of the Department of the Army, available for use by other 
military departments, Federal agencies, State and local governmental 
agencies, private organizations or individuals.
    (b) This regulation implements Department of Defense Directives and 
Instructions (4165 series), which include policies and procedures 
concerning use of military real estate.



Sec. 643.2  Applicability.

    This regulation is applicable to Army military real estate, which 
includes land and improvements thereon and is also referred to as real 
property.



Sec. 643.3  Authority to grant use of real estate.

    (a) The United States Constitution (Article IV, Section 3), provides 
that the Congress shall have power to dispose of and make all needful 
rules and regulations respecting the territory or other property 
belonging to the United States.
    (b) One of the principal authorities for the use of military real 
estate for commercial purposes is title 10 U.S.C., section 2667, which 
authorizes the Secretary of the Army (SA), whenever it is considered to 
be advantageous to the United States, to lease such real or personal 
property under Army control, which is not for the time needed for public 
use, upon such terms and conditions as the SA considers will promote the 
national defense or be in the public interest.
    (c) Grants under statutory authorities cited in this regulation of 
real property pertaining to river and harbor, water resource development 
and flood control projects, will be under the policies and general 
guidelines set forth in this regulation.
    (d) The SA may, under the general administrative powers vested in 
the office, authorize the use of real estate in the absence of statutory 
authority, in unusual circumstances, provided the property is not for 
the time being required for public use, the grant conveys no interest in 
the real estate and the proposed use will be of a direct benefit to the 
United States. Under this authority, the right to use real estate may 
also be granted to other military departments or Federal agencies.
    (e) Except as otherwise provided in this regulation, an interest in 
real estate will not be granted unless authorized by law.
    (f) Other laws authorizing grants for non-Army use of real estate 
for various purposes and Table of Related Army Regulations are set forth 
in appendixes A and B, respectively.



Sec. 643.4  Responsibilities of the Chief of Engineers (COE).

    (a) After it is determined that real estate located in the United 
States, Puerto Rico, American Virgin Islands and the Panama Canal Zone, 
is available for non-Army use, the COE, except as otherwise provided in 
this regulation, is charged with responsibility for arranging for the 
use of real estate within the scope of this regulation. In the 
performance of this function, the COE is authorized to obtain such 
technical assistance from the using service as may be deemed necessary.
    (b) COE has staff responsibility over real estate matters in Guam, 
American Samoa, Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands (TTPI), and in 
foreign countries.

[[Page 98]]

    (c) Except as otherwise provided in this regulation, determinations 
that real estate is available for non-Army use must be approved by the 
COE.
    (d) The authority of the COE to grant use of real estate will be 
delegated, to the extent feasible, to U.S. Army Division and District 
Engineers (DE).
    (e) The COE is responsible for the granting of temporary use of real 
estate reported excess to the General Services Administration (GSA), to 
the extent authorized by regulations issued pursuant to the Federal 
Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended (40 U.S.C. 
471, et seq.), and as provided in title 10 U.S.C., section 2667(f). The 
COE is also responsible for supervision and the issuance of instructions 
covering the granting of use of real estate within the scope of this 
regulation. Where Army or installation commanders are authorized to 
grant use of real estate, they are authorized to obtain technical 
assistance from the appropriate DE.
    (f) In reviewing Army requirements for real estate (AR 405-10), the 
COE will consider the availability and adequacy of other military or 
federally-owned real estate to satisfy Army requirements before leasing 
privately-owned real estate, or renewing existing leases.



Sec. 643.5  Responsibilities of major commands (MACOMS) and special staff 
agencies.

    Except as otherwise provided herein, determinations of availability 
will be approved by the COE or higher authority. MACOMS and special 
staff agencies are responsible for determining the real estate which can 
be made available for non-Army use, specifying the authorized uses of 
the property which will not be incompatible with military requirements 
for the property, the length of the term and any restrictions to be 
imposed on the grantee's use. Upon approval of the determination of 
availability, the real estate grant will be issued by the DE or as 
otherwise provided in this regulation.



Sec. 643.6  Responsibilities of overseas commanders.

    Overseas commanders are charged with responsibility for the granting 
of use of real estate in overseas areas (Puerto Rico, Guam, the American 
Virgin Islands, American Samoa, TTPI, and the Canal Zone), and in 
foreign countries, for non-Army use under the policy and guidance 
expressed in this regulation, provided such use is consistent with the 
Status of Forces Agreements, Treaties, or the Agreements under which the 
Army controls such real estate.



Sec. 643.7  Preparation of report of availability.

    A report of availability will be prepared by the installation 
commander or head of the special staff agency, when it is determined 
that for the time being the real estate is not required for Army use and 
can be made available, either concurrently with the Army, or 
exclusively, for use by another military department, by other Federal 
agencies, by State or local governmental agencies, private organizations 
or individuals. The installation commander's recommendation will be made 
as far in advance as possible so as to minimize the time lapse between 
the determination of availability and the date of use of the property by 
the grantee. Where real estate suitable for agricultural or grazing 
purposes is involved, the normal season for planting and grazing should 
be taken into consideration so that the property may be advertised in a 
timely manner. A copy of each report will be furnished to the 
appropriate DE for information. The report of availability will contain 
the information outlined in appendix C.



Sec. 643.8  Approval of report of availability.

    The recommendation that real estate is determined available for non-
Army use will be submitted by the installation commander to the major 
commander for approval, through the echelon of command. The major 
commander will approve such recommendation and submit it to the 
appropriate DE for action, except recommendations involving the 
following actions will be forwarded to the COE:
    (a) A lease or license, including licenses to States for National 
Guard purposes, if the estimated annual rental value exceeds $50,000.

[[Page 99]]

    (b) A permit, license, or other grant of real estate, regardless of 
value, which results in a significant reduction or redirection of 
installation mission objectives;
    (c) A lease of land where the proposed lease term is in excess of 25 
years for banks and Federal credit untions and/or the building to be 
constructed exceeds DOD space criteria;
    (d) Any permit, license, agreement, or other grant to another 
military department or to a Federal agency of large or significant real 
estate holdings for a period in excess of 5 years (including renewal 
options);
    (e) A grant of an easement which involves the replacement or 
relocation of Army facilities at an estimated cost in excess of 
$100,000;
    (f) A grant of an easement where the estimated annual fair market 
value of the easement exceeds $50,000.
    (g) A grant which is controversial or unusual in nature and may 
embarrass the DA;
    (h) A grant involving search for treasure trove;
    (i) A grant for vehicle speed contests;
    (j) A grant at an active industrial installation, excluding 
unimproved land areas.
    Note: The Commander, U.S. Army Materiel Development & Readiness 
Command (DARCOM), is authorized to approve determinations of 
availability at standby industrial installations where the estimated 
annual rental value does not exceed $50,000.



Sec. 643.9  Approval of availability outside the United States.

    Overseas commanders may authorize the use by another military 
department or a Federal agency of an installation or portion thereof 
located in designated overseas areas and in foreign countries when the 
real estate is not for the time needed for Army purposes or its 
concurrent use for other purposes will not interfere with the mission of 
the installation and such other use is not inconsistent with the 
agreement under which the property was acquired. Overseas commanders may 
also authorize any use of such property which is necessary in the 
accomplishment of the DA mission for which the property was acquired. 
All other proposed uses will be coordinated with the United States 
diplomatic mission in the country involved prior to submission to HQDA 
(DAEN-REM) WASH DC 20314, for approval. Where the overseas commander is 
authorized to approve such use, the commander or designee will prepare 
and execute the necessary grant.



Sec. 643.10  Reports to DOD and the congressional committees on Armed 
Services.

    (a) The grants set forth in 1-8a. through f., with respect to real 
estate in the United States, Puerto Rico, American Virgin Islands, Guam, 
American Samoa, and the TTPI, require prior approval of the Assistant 
Secretary of Defense (I&L), and recommendations should contain 
information in justification thereof.
    (b) The grants set forth in 1-8a., with respect to real estate in 
the United States and in designated overseas areas (excluding the Canal 
Zone), except leases for agricultural or grazing purposes, require a 
report to the Committees on Armed Services of the Senate and House of 
Representatives as provided in title 10 U.S.C., section 2662.



Sec. 643.11  Rights of entry.

    Pending the signing of the formal instrument, no right of entry will 
be granted unless authorized by the office wherein the instrument will 
be signed, except where contrary instructions have previously been 
issued by the DA. When authorized, rights of entry will be granted by 
the DE, or overseas commander, as appropriate.



Sec. 643.12  Preparation and signing of instruments.

    Instuments granting temporary use of real estate will be prepared as 
provided in this regulation. Except where authority has been otherwise 
granted, the COE or designee will approve, execute, and distribute 
instruments to the extent authorized by the SA; otherwise they will be 
prepared and submitted for execution by direction of the appropriate 
Assistant Secretary of the Army.



Sec. 643.13  Military requirement for real estate under grant.

    When a military requirement arises for real estate which is being 
used under a grant of non-Army use, the

[[Page 100]]

withdrawal of availability will be approved at the same level of command 
as that required for determining the property available for non-Army 
use. The office responsible for effecting temporary use of the property 
should be promptly notified of the withdrawal of availability for non-
Army use and the latest date the property will be required for military 
purposes. Termination of the use will be in accordance with the 
provisions of the grant unless military necessity requires other action. 
In order to avoid possible claims for damages and in the interest of 
good community relations and in furtherance of the Army's leasing 
program, the grantee will be allowed, when practicable, a reasonable 
time after notice of revocation, to vacate the premises, remove his 
property and, if required, restore the premises. In controversial cases, 
or where a claim for damages or litigation is anticipated, HQDA (DAEN-
REM) WASH DC 20314, will be notified of the circumstances prior to 
sending notification of termination of the grant to the grantee.



Sec. 643.14  Inspection to assure compliance with terms of outgrants.

    Commanders will provide general surveillance over areas made 
available for non-Army use and will advise the DE if and when there are 
any irregularities. Real estate which is being used for non-military 
purposes will be inspected at least once each year by the COE, or by his 
representative, to determine whether grantees or occupants are complyng 
with the terms of the instruments authorizing use and occupancy, except 
with respect to easements and licenses for rights-of-way for roads, 
streets, powerlines, pipelines, underground communication lines and 
similar facilities. The COE will make compliance inspections for such 
easements and licenses at least once during each 5-year period. However, 
the DE will check with installation commanders annually to assure that 
there are no situations which might need correction prior to the 
inspection. The installation commander will make interim inspections of 
all real estate being used for non-military purposes as are necessary 
for timely observation of the extent of compliance with grant provisions 
designed to protect and preserve the real estate for military 
requirements, and will furnish the appropriate DE a copy of a written 
report of the inspection reflecting findings and recommendations. In 
order that the grantee's operations not be unreasonably disrupted, the 
annual compliance inspection made by the DE will be coordinated with the 
installation commander so that, if feasible, only one inspection will be 
made. Where necessary, corrective action in accordance with applicable 
regulations will be taken for the enforcement of the terms of the grant 
by the responsible officer who granted the use. Overseas commanders are 
responsible for inspection of real estate under their jurisdiction and 
necessary corrective action.



Sec. 643.15  Unauthorized use.

    Whenever it is observed that real estate under the control of the DA 
is being used and/or occupied by private parties without proper 
authority, corrective action will be taken to cause such unauthorized 
use to be discontinued or to formalize such use and occupancy by an 
appropriate grant in accordance with this regulation. In either event, 
compensation will be obtained for the unauthorized use of such property.



                            Subpart B_Policy



Sec. 643.21  Policy--Surveillance.

    Installation Commanders will maintain constant surveillance over 
real estate under their jurisdiction to determine whether any of it is 
excess to requirements, or may be made available for other Army use, or 
may be made available for use for other than Army purposes and will 
process such determinations expeditiously in accordance with the 
provisions of this regulation. From time to time DOD, DA and GSA surveys 
will be made pursuant to Executive Order 11954, 7 January 1977, which 
enunciated a uniform policy for the Executive Branch of the Federal 
Government with respect to the identification of excess and under-
utilized real estate (AR 405-70). Real estate for which is retained for 
future use will be a requirement which will be disposed of in accordance 
with AR 405-90. Real estate

[[Page 101]]

which the Army does not currently need but which is retained for future 
use will be made available to others for use either exclusively or 
concurrently with the Army. When an installation is in an inactive 
status, the presumption is that it is available for other military or 
Federal use or for leasing unless there are cogent reasons that such 
action should not be taken. The purpose of this rule is to put to 
beneficial use Federal property, which is not for the time required for 
its basic use, for the benefit of other Federal agencies, the local 
economy, or for the benefits accruing to the United States from the 
income and/or savings of maintenance, protection, repair, or 
restoration.



Sec. 643.22  Policy--Public safety: Requirement for early identification 
of lands containing dangerous materials.

    (a) DA will not make available to others any real estate which is 
contaminated with explosives or with toxic materials or other innately 
or potentially harmful elements until such elements have been removed or 
have been rendered harmless, unless the proposed user of the area is 
aware of the condition of the area and is technically qualified and 
certified to make use of the area in its contaminated state.
    (b) It is imperative that commanders keep records on and have a 
continuing awareness of the state of contamination of lands by 
explosives, military chemical or other dangerous materials.
    (c) Procedures with respect to action to neutralize or decontaminate 
the area are set forth in AR 405-90.



Sec. 643.23  Policy--Preference.

    Army real estate under the control of DA which is made available for 
use for other than Army purposes will be made available for use by other 
military departments or DOD activities and agencies, other Federal 
departments, activities or agencies, State or local governmental bodies 
and other private parties, in that order.



Sec. 643.24  Policy--Competition.

    The use of real estate under the control of DA for private purposes 
will be granted only after reasonable efforts have been made to obtain 
competition for its use, through advertising. Advertising is any method 
of public announcement intended to aid directly or indirectly in 
obtaining offers on a competitive basis. Advertising may be accomplished 
by circulating and posting notices and by paid advertising in newspapers 
and trade journals. The purpose of seeking competition is to afford all 
qualified persons equal opportunity to bid for the use of the property, 
to secure for the Government the benefits which flow from competition, 
and to prevent criticism that favoritism has been shown by officers or 
employees of the Government in making public property available for 
private use. Although the lease of Government real estate to civilians 
employed by the military departments or officers or enlisted personnel 
of the Armed Forces is not prohibited by law, it is essential that 
extreme care be exercised to avoid favoritism or the appearance of 
favoritism. Generally leases to Federal Government personnel will be 
granted only after competitive bid under the sealed bid method. The 
provisions of this paragraph do not affect the authority contained in AR 
210-10 and 210-50 for furnishing quarters to civilian employees of DA. 
Also the provisions of this paragraph do not affect the use of Federal 
facilities by uniformed personnel as may be otherwise provided for. 
Other exceptions to the advertising policy are as follows:
    (a) Granting easements, leases and licenses to public agencies and 
public utilities.
    (b) Granting permits to other Federal agencies.
    (c) Leasing cable pairs.
    (d) Leases or licenses to utility companies having an exclusive 
franchise in the area, for space on Government-owned poles for attaching 
their electric transmission communication lines.
    (e) COE is authorized to grant a waiver of competition upon a 
determination that it will promote the national defense or will be in 
the public interest or upon a determination that competition is 
impracticable.

[[Page 102]]



Sec. 643.25  Policy--Grants which may embarrass the Department of the Army.

    The use of property under DA control will not be authorized for any 
purpose when the proposed use or the revocation thereof might prove 
embarrassing to the DA.



Sec. 643.26  Policy--Commercial advertising on reservations.

    DA will not authorize the posting of notices or erection of 
billboards or signs for commercial purposes on property under its 
control.



Sec. 643.27  Policy--Environmental considerations.

    DA will not authorize the use of real estate, water and other 
natural resources when such use is not in harmony with the goals and 
intent of the following legislation and/or similar legislation which 
establishes a firm Federal policy and provides procedures to enhance the 
overall environmental quality.
    (a) National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), (42 U.S.C. 
4321), (AR 200-1, chapters 1 and 2).
    (b) National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (Pub. L. 89-665, 16 
U.S.C. 470-47M, 1970), as amended by 16 U.S.C. 470h, 470i, 470l-470n, 
Supp. 1973).
    (c) Federal Water Pollution control Act of 1972, as amended.
    (d) Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.).
    (e) Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972 (16 U.S.C. 1451).
    (f) Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended, (42 U.S.C. 1857), (AR 200-1, 
chapter 4).
    (g) Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act of 1972 (16 
U.S.C. 1431), (AR 200-1, chapter 3).
    (h) Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 3251), (AR 200-
1, chapter 6).
    (i) Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended 
by the Federal Environmental Pesticide Control Act of 1972 (7 U.S.C. 
136), (AR 200-1, chapter 6).
    (j) Noise Control Act of 1972 (42 U.S.C. 4901), (AR 200-1, chapter 
7).



Sec. 643.28  Policy--Historic and cultural environment.

    (a) Executive Order 11593, 36 Federal Register 8921 (Appendix D) 
provides in part that the Federal Government shall provide leadership in 
preserving, restoring and maintaining the historic and cultural 
environment of the Nation; that Federal agencies shall:
    (1) Administer the cultural properties under their control in a 
spirit of stewardship and trusteeship for future generations;
    (2) Initiate measures necessary to direct their policies, plans and 
programs in such a way that federally owned sites, structures and 
objects of historical, architectural, or archeological significance are 
preserved, restored and maintained for the inspection and benefit of the 
people; and
    (3) In consultation with the Advisory Council on Historic 
Preservation (16 U.S.C. 470i) institute procedures to assure that 
Federal plans and programs contribute to the preservation and 
enhancement of non-federally owned sites, structures and objects of 
historical, architectural, or archeological significance (AR 200-1, 
chapter 8 and App. A).
    (b) Outgrants will include conditions to assure protection of real 
estate as contemplated in paragraph (a) of this section.



Sec. 643.29  Policy--Archeological surveys.

    The SA under the authority of 16, 432, may allow the examination of 
ruins, the excavation of archeological sites, and the gathering of 
objects of antiquity upon Army lands by institutions which are deemed 
properly qualified to conduct such examinations, excavations, and 
gatherings (AR 200-1, chapter 8).



Sec. 643.30  Policy--Construction projects and activities; protection of 
historical and archeological data.

    The Archeological and Historical Preservation Act of 1974 (16 U.S.C. 
469 et seq.) provides for the preservation of historical and 
archeological data on all Federal or Federally-assisted construction 
projects or in connection with any federally licensed activities or 
programs.

[[Page 103]]



Sec. 643.31  Policy--Flood hazards.

    Each Determination of Availability Report will include an evaluation 
of the flood hazards, if any, relative to the property involved in the 
proposed outgrant action, pursuant to the provisions of Executive Order 
11296, August 10, 1966. DA will not authorize the use of lands in flood 
plains for habitation purposes or any other use which may be 
uneconomical, hazardous, or unnecessary.



Sec. 643.32  Policy--Endangered species.

    The Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.), 
declares the intention of Congress to conserve threatened and endangered 
species of fish, wildlife and plants, and the ecosystems on which those 
species depend. The Act provides that Federal agencies must utilize 
their authorities in furtherance of its purposes by carrying out 
programs for the conservation of endangered or threatened species, and 
by taking such necessary action to insure that any action authorized by 
that agency will not jeopardize the continued existence of such 
endangered or threatened species or result in the destruction or 
modification of habitat of such species which is determined by the 
Secretaries of the Departments of Commerce or Interior, as appropriate, 
to be critical.



Sec. 643.33  Policy--Coastal zone management.

    (a) The Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972 (16 U.S.C. 1456), 
directs all Federal agencies conducting or supporting activities 
directly affecting the coastal zone of a state, to conduct or support 
those activities in a manner which is, to the maximum extent 
practicable, consistent with approved state management programs. The 
opinion of the Attorney General of the United States is that Federal 
lands are excluded from mandatory compliance with the state's coastal 
zone management program, regardless of the type of Federal jurisdiction 
exercised thereover. However, it is Army policy that its activities will 
comply, to the extent practicable, with a state's approved coastal zone 
management program.
    (b) Applications for grants for use of real estate affecting land or 
water uses in the coastal zone of a state will include a certification 
that the proposed activity complies with the state's approved program 
and that applicant's activity will be conducted in a manner consistent 
with the law.
    (c) An activity affecting land or water uses in the coastal zone of 
a state which will not be conducted in a manner consistent with an 
approved state program will be exempted from this certification 
requirement only if the Secretary of Commerce, on his own initiative or 
upon appeal of the applicant, determines that the activity is consistent 
with the objectives of the Coastal Zone Management Act or is otherwise 
necessary in the interest of national security.



Sec. 643.34  Policy--Public utilities on installations.

    (a) Contracting officers, with the approval of Installation 
Commanders, are authorized to permit the extension of public utilities 
upon installations, as part of the contract for furnishing to the 
Government electricity, water, and gas, where such extension is 
necessary solely to serve the installation and not in part to serve 
private consumers outside the installation. The above authorization is 
covered by the provisions of the contract for purchase of utilities 
services contained in Armed Services Procurement Regulations.
    (b) Contracts or agreements for the sale of surplus utilities 
services as authorized by law or regulations will include similar 
authority for the purchaser to install and maintain such facilities on 
the installation as necessary in connection with the sale of such 
utilities services, in accordance with AR 420-41 and AR 105-23.



Sec. 643.35  Policy--Mineral leasing on lands controlled by the Department 
of the Army.

    (a) Acquired lands--(1) General. The Coal Leasing Amendments Act of 
1975, hereinafter referred to as the act, amended the Mineral Leasing 
Act for Acquired Lands (30 U.S.C. 352) and permits the Secretary of 
Interior (SI), with the consent of the Secretary of

[[Page 104]]

Defense, to lease deposits of coal, phosphate, oil, oil shale, gas, 
sodium, potassium and sulfur which are within acquired lands of the 
United States which have been set aside for military or naval purposes. 
The consent requirement is to insure the adequate utilization of the 
lands for the primary purposes for which they have been acquired or are 
being administered. Leasing is subject to the same conditions as 
contained in the leasing provisions of the mineral leasing laws (see 30 
U.S.C. 351). Authority in this paragraph does not permit leasing of 
mineral deposits lying in tidelands, submerged lands, nor in certain 
coastal waters.
    (2) Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, leasing of coal 
and lignite deposits is subject to special restrictions. The act permits 
such leasing, provided the Secretary of Defense concurs, only to a 
governmental entity (including any corporation primarily acting as an 
agency or instrumentality of a State) which provides electrical energy 
for sale to the public if such governmental entity is located in the 
State in which such lands are located.
    (b) Public domain lands. Deposits of coal, phosphate, sodium, 
potassium, oil, oil shale, native asphalt, solid and semi-solid bitumen, 
bituminous rock and gas located on public domain lands under the 
jurisdiction of the Department of the Army may be leased by the SI 
pursuant to 30 U.S.C. 181 et seq. with the concurrence of the Secretary 
of the Army.



Sec. 643.36  Policy--Interim leasing of excess properties to facilitate 
economic readjustment.

    Interim outleasing of excess real property is authorized to lessen 
the economic impact on the local community, caused by an installation 
inactivation, closure or realignment. These outleases may be granted to 
State or local governmental bodies in consideration for care, custody, 
management and routine maintenance. Income derived from the use of the 
property in excess of the cost of care, custody, management and routine 
maintenance will be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts. 
The outleasing will generally conform to an economic recovery plan 
outlined by the Office of Economic Adjustment, OASD (I&L), will require 
coordination with the DASD (I&H) and concurrence by the GSA. Leases are 
limited to one year and must be revocable by the Government on 30 days 
notice.



Sec. 643.37  Policy--Requests to search for treasure trove.

    Section 3755 of the Revised Statutes (40 U.S.C. 310) authorizes the 
Administrator of the GSA to make such contracts and provisions as he 
deems necessary to protect the interests of the Government in searches 
for and sales of treasure trove. All searches and sales authorized by 
GSA under this statute are subject to the Act for the Preservation of 
American Antiquities (16 U.S.C. 432) and will only be permitted after 
consent of the Department of the Army has been obtained.



Sec. 643.38  Policy--Utility rates.

    (a) Rates for utilities furnished by the Army will be in accordance 
with AR 420-41.
    (b) Payments for utilities or services furnished will be deposited 
to the Treasurer of the United States to the credit of the appropriation 
from which the costs of furnishing them was paid. Collection for 
utilities and services furnished by the Army is the responsibility of 
the officer having immediate jurisdiction over the property in 
accordance with AR 37-19 and AR 37-27.



Sec. 643.39  Policy--American National Red Cross.

    (a) Title 10 U.S.C. 2670, authorizes the SA to grant revocable 
licenses permitting the erection and maintenance by the American 
National Red Cross on military reservations, of buildings suitable for 
the storage of supplies for the aid of the civilian population in case 
of serious national disaster, or the occupation for that purpose of 
buildings erected by the United States.
    (b) Installation Commanders will furnish office space and quarters 
for Red Cross activities and personnel when assigned to duty with the 
Armed Forces in accordance with AR 930-5.

[[Page 105]]



Sec. 643.40  Policy--Young Men's Christian Association (YMCA).

    Title 10 U.S.C. 4778, authorizes the SA to grant revocable licenses 
pemitting the erection and maintenance by the YMCA on military 
reservations, of such buildings as their work for the promotion of the 
social, physical, intellectual, and moral welfare of the garrisons may 
require.



Sec. 643.41  Policy--National Guard use.

    Pursuant to the authority contained in 32 U.S.C. 503, the SA is 
authorized to grant revocable licenses to the States and territories for 
the use and occupancy of installations or portions thereof by the 
National Guard. A license may not be granted for the erection of a 
permanent National Guard Armory without specific congressional 
authority.



Sec. 643.42  Policy--Consents for crossing of rights-of-ways and similar 
interests owned by the United States.

    Under the various easement authorities or under the administrative 
power in cases outside the purview of those authorities, the SA may 
consent to the granting of an easement by the owner of the servient 
estate, subject to such conditions as may be required to protect the 
Government's interest.



                            Subpart C_Leases



Sec. 643.51  Additional items concerning leasing.

    In addition to the general and policy matters covered in Chapters I 
and II of Title 32, the following also apply with respect to the leasing 
of Army real estate.



Sec. 643.52  Term.

    Each lease will be for a period not exceeding five years unless the 
SA determines that a longer period will promote the national defense or 
will be in the public interest.



Sec. 643.53  Consideration.

    (a) Unless otherwise authorized by this regulation or directed by 
the SA, the consideration for a lease of real estate will be the 
appraised fair market rental value. However, the value of the 
maintenance, protection, repair, or restoration by the lessee of the 
property leased, or of the entire unit or installation where a 
substantial part of it is leased, may be accepted as all or part of the 
consideration. The value of the maintenance, protection, repair or 
restoration, when added to the amount of the monetary payment to be made 
by the lessee, must equal the appraised fair market rental value of the 
property leased.
    (b) Buildings and space may be leased to a State or political 
subdivision thereof for public school purposes, limited to use for 
classrooms and closely related academic instructions, through high 
school level, at no monetary consideration. Where bare land is leased 
for construction of a school through high school level, the acreage will 
not exceed criteria established by the appropriate State authority or 
the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare (HEW), the rental will 
be $1 for the term of the lease and any renewal thereof. Leases of bare 
land will be for a term of 25 years, with an option on tenant's part to 
renew for another term of 25 years. Real estate may also be leased for 
educational purposes to public educational institutions at a reduced 
rental, after consultation with the HEW, and taking into account any 
benefits accruing to the United States through the use of such property. 
In any event, the lessee will be required to assume the cost of 
maintenance, protection, repair, or restoration of the property leased 
and the administrative costs incident thereto.
    (c) Lease granted for agricultural, grazing, or haying purposes will 
have attached thereto the land-use regulations furnished by the 
installation commander specifying the items required to be performed by 
the lessee as part of the lease obligations. It is the policy of the DA 
that land leased for agricultural, grazing or haying purposes be 
returned to the Government in as good or better condition than when 
initially leased. The land-use regulations will include those activities 
of maintenance, protection, repair, or restoration of the property 
leased which the lessee will be required to perform as part or all of 
the consideration for

[[Page 106]]

the lease. Generally, an activity will qualify as an offset from rental 
if it is:
    (1) Performed on the leased premises, or when it constitutes a 
substantial part of the entire rental unit or installation,
    (2) Of direct benefit to the installation in its authorized current 
or mobilization mission, as distinguished from desired programs, or in 
furtherance of the Army's leasing program,
    (3) Generally related to the lessee's use of the leased property. 
Where all of the above criteria are met, the following activities may be 
authorized: Control of erosion, conservation of natural resources, and 
maintenance of the viability of the land for continuing leasing, such as 
mowing, weed control, seeding, fertilizing, mulching, crop rotation, 
selected cutting, and soil conservation measures such as terraces, check 
dams, wells, springs, ponds, title, or open channels or culverts for 
drainage, firebreaks, inside fencing and cattle guards. Maintenance, 
protection, repair or restoration of buildings, roads, perimeter 
fencing, and similar improvements are not authorized as offsets from 
rental unless the property is leased to and beneficially used by the 
lessee, or on a rental unit or installation in which the leased premises 
constitutes a substantial part or as otherwise approved by HQDA (DAEN-
REM), Washington, DC 20314. Also, lessee may be required to perform 
activities in support of recreation and welfare, fish and wildlife, 
beautification, and esthetic programs and the cost of establishing and 
maintaining recreation, swimming and fishing areas, wildlife habitats, 
food plots, and similar activities when the following conditions have 
been met:
    (1) The activities to be offset are in furtherance of the 
installation natural resources plan as approved by the MACOM.
    (2) The overall plan for the term of the lease, has been approved by 
ASA (IL & FM).
    (3) MACOM approval has been obtained for each lease when any 
activity to be offset exceeds $1,000.

Total of the offsets in any year will never exceed the annual rental.



Sec. 643.54  Receipts.

    Receipts will be deposited into the Treasury as miscellaneous 
receipts.



Sec. 643.55  Mandatory revocation clause in lease.

    Each lease will contain a provision permitting the SA to revoke the 
lease at any time, unless it is determined that the omission of such 
provision from the lease will promote the national defense or will be in 
the public interest. In any event, the lease will be revocable by the SA 
during a national emergency.



Sec. 643.56  Taxation of lessee's interest.

    The lessee's interest in leased property may be taxed by State or 
local governments as provided in 10 U.S.C. 2667(e). Each lease will 
contain a provision that if and to the extent that the property owned by 
the Government and included in the lease, as opposed to the leasehold 
interest of the lessee therein, is later made taxable by State or local 
governments under an act of Congress, the lease will be renegotiated.



Sec. 643.57  Sublease or assignment.

    A lease of real estate will not be subleased or assigned for direct 
or indirect use by another Federal agency. Except as specifically 
provided in the lease, a sublease or assignment of the lease will not be 
authorized without prior approval of HQDA (DAEN-REM), Washington, DC 
20314.



                           Subpart D_Licenses



Sec. 643.71  Additional items concerning licenses.

    In addition to the general and policy matters covered in subparts A 
and B, the following also apply with respect to the granting of 
licenses.



Sec. 643.72  License.

    A license is a bare authority to do a specified act upon the 
property of the licensor without acquiring any estate therein. The 
principal effect of a license is to authorize an act which in the 
absence of the licensee would constitute a trespass.

[[Page 107]]



Sec. 643.73  Term.

    The term of a license will be limited to a period reasonably 
necessary to accomplish the purpose for which the license is being 
granted, but in no event will the term exceed five years, without the 
approval of COE.



Sec. 643.74  Consideration.

    When a license is granted under the authority of an easement or 
leasing statute, the same rules will apply in regard to consideration as 
is applicable to the granting of an easement or lease under the statute. 
Since the administrative power may be relied upon for the grant of a 
license only when such grant is of direct benefit to the Government, 
such grants may be made without consideration.



                           Subpart E_Easements



Sec. 643.81  Additional items concerning easements.

    In addition to the general and policy matters covered in Subparts A 
and B, the following also apply with respect to the granting of 
easements.



Sec. 643.82  Term.

    The term for which an easement is granted will be guided by the type 
of easement, the period for which the land can be made available and the 
limitations of the authorizing statute.



Sec. 643.83  Consideration.

    Although the statutes authorizing grants of rights of way or 
easements do not make it mandatory that compensation be paid to the 
United States, such grants will reserve consideration in an amount equal 
to the fair market value as established by recognized appraisal 
practices. As an exception to this rule, grants to States, counties, 
municipalities, or political subdivisions thereof, will not require fair 
market value when the purpose of the easement is to serve the public 
interest or is to benefit the Federal Government.



Sec. 643.84  Easement--Grantees relocate or replace needed facilities.

    In easement grants, grantees usually will be required to repair and 
restore damage done to Government land and improvements and to relocate 
or replace buildings and other needed facilities rendered useless or 
less useful by the exercise of the easement rights granted. DOD policy 
requires that in keeping the Army whole, the relocation or replacement 
of facilities will be limited to those for which there is a continuing 
requirement. By specific exclusion, establishment of a different 
category of facility is not authorized. (DODI 4165.12 III C)



Sec. 643.85  Easement grantees--Payment for removal or destruction of 
unneeded improvements.

    Where a proposed right-of-way will require removal or destruction of 
improvements which are not required to be relocated or replaced to meet 
military needs, such improvements will be disposed of as excess property 
in accordance with AR 405-90, and a condition of the easement grant will 
be payment for such improvements as follows:
    (a) Where the easement grant is to be made at fair market value to 
entities not entitled to grants of rights of way without charge, the 
charge for the grant will include the in-place fair market value of the 
improvements.
    (b) Where the proposed grantee is a State or local Government agency 
normally granted a right of way without charge under Army policy and the 
grantee's project is subsidized wholly by an agency of the Federal 
Government, no charge will be made for the improvements thus lost, since 
any charge made would not reflect a net return to the Government.
    (c) Where the proposed grantee is a State or local Government agency 
normally granted a right of way without charge under Army policy, and 
the grantee's project is not subsidized, or is subsidized only in part, 
the charge for such improvements removed or destroyed and not replaced 
will be the salvage value thereof.



Sec. 643.86  Easements for various purposes with relinquishment of 
legislative jurisdiction.

    Title 40 U.S.C. 319, and delegation of authority thereunder from the 
Secretary of Defense authorizes the SA to grant easements and 
concurrently to

[[Page 108]]

relinquish to the State in which the affected land is located such 
legislative jurisdiction as is deemed necessary or desirable. 
Ordinarily, 40 U.S.C. 319 will not be used for easement grants which may 
be accomplished pursuant to authorities set forth in preceding 
paragraphs except where retrocession of legislative jurisdiction is 
intended.



                            Subpart F_Permits



Sec. 643.101  Additional items concerning permits.

    In addition to the general and policy matters covered in subparts A 
and B, the following also apply with respect to the granting of permits.



Sec. 643.102  Permit.

    A permit is the temporary authority conferred on a Government agency 
to use real property under the jurisdiction of another Government 
agency.



Sec. 643.103  Term.

    A permit may be granted to another military department, a DOD 
component, or Federal agency for a mutually agreeable period. if the 
permit is on a permanent or irrevocable basis, it is considered 
tantamount to a transfer and must be granted under special statutory 
authority. Where the real property involved is estimated to exceed 
$50,000 in value, a report must be made to the Congressional Committees 
on Armed Services, pursuant to title 10 U.S.C. 2662.



Sec. 643.104  Consideration.

    (a) Permits are usually granted on a rent-free basis.
    (b) The Army is authorized, however, to charge for space and space-
related services provided non-DOD Federal agencies. Charges will be at 
rates established by GSA for the particular location pursuant to 40 
U.S.C. 490 (j) and (k). Exceptions to this policy will be real property 
and related services provided to an organization which is solely in the 
support of the installation's mission. (For example: Space assigned to a 
FAA air controller on an Army airfield; GAO activity auditing 
installation programs.) Proceeds which are in excess of the actual 
operating and maintenance costs of providing the service shall be 
credited to miscellaneous receipts unless otherwise authorized by law. 
Reimbursement for utilities and services furnished to the permittee is 
the responsibility of the officer having immeditate jurisdiction over 
the real estate. Where the use of real estate by a Federal agency under 
permit is authorized and the correspondence does not include information 
regarding charges to be made for the real estate, clarifying information 
will be obtained from HQDA (DAEN-REM), Washington, DC 20314.
    (c) Where real property is leased to or otherwise used by the Army 
and a rental or charge is paid therefor, any use of the real estate, for 
non-Army use, either under permit or other grant, will provide for 
reimbursement of a proportionate part of the rental or charge, unless 
otherwise approved by OCE. Reimbursement is the responsibility of the 
DE. Any other officer authorizing such use is responsible for notifying 
the DE of the non-Army use.



              Subpart G_Additional Authority of Commanders



Sec. 643.111  Additional authority.

    In addition to authorities and responsibilities set forth above, the 
following grants may be made by commanders as indicated.



Sec. 643.112  Army exchange activities.

    Use of space and structures by the Army Exchange and its 
concessionaires is governed by AR 60-10.



Sec. 643.113  Banks.

    (a) The establishment of banks, branch banks, and banking facilities 
on Army installations is governed by AR 210-135.
    (b) The Treasury Department determines whether a banking facility is 
self-sustaining and notifies the Commander, U.S. Army Finance and 
Accounting Center.
    (c) Banking facilities which are not self-sustaining will be 
furnished space, utilities and custodial services without charge by the 
Installation Commander, provided space and services are available from 
existing resources.
    (d) Banking facilities which are self-sustaining will be granted a 
lease by

[[Page 109]]

the DE, at fair market value, and reimbursement will be required for 
utilities and services furnished.
    (e) A bank building may not be constructed on an Army installation 
without the prior approval of COE, SA, and DOD.



Sec. 643.114  Civil disturbances.

    Without reference to higher authority, and when it is found to be in 
the public interest, MACOM and heads of agencies having command 
responsibility may grant, without consideration, revocable licenses for 
joint use of active Army and USAR facilities during civil disturbance 
for not more than 30 days to the National Guard and to municipal, 
county, and State officials and law enforcement agencies. Licensees must 
agree that the privileges granted will be without expense to the DA, 
that the use will be subject to the control of the officer having 
jurisdiction over the property, that it will remove its property from 
the premises when the license is terminated, that it will pay the cost 
of any services furnished to it by the DA, and, if a non-Federal agency, 
that it will hold the Government harmless from any damages or claims 
arising out of the use. Where it is proposed to allow such use beyond 30 
days, the proposal must be submitted to HQDA (DAEN-REZ) Washington, DC 
20314, for approval. Federal task force commanders, acting under 
instructions from the Chief of Staff, in a civil disturbance control 
operation may approve requests for the use of installations under their 
control (ref. AR 500-50).



Sec. 643.115  Contractors--Permission to erect structures.

    Installation commanders are authorized to permit the erection of 
temporary structures for use solely in connection with a Government 
contract for construction and related work for the period of the 
contract and with provision for removal and restoration of the premises 
upon expiration of the contract; Provided, That, in the interest of the 
United States, any structure suitable for military use may, in lieu of 
removal, be relinquished to and become the property of the United 
States. If the structure is to be used for any purpose other than the 
fulfillment of the contract, application will be made to the DE for such 
use in order that a proper real estate instrument may be processed.



Sec. 643.116  Credit unions.

    The establishment of credit unions on Army installations is governed 
by AR 210-24. Installation commanders are authorized to allot space in 
existing buildings, without charge for rent or services, to any credit 
union organized under State law or to any Federal credit union organized 
in accordance with the Federal Credit Union Act, (12 U.S.C. 1770), 
provided that, in either case, that 95 percent of the membership is 
composed of Federal employees, including former Federal employees who 
acquire membership while employed by the Federal Government and retained 
such membership.



Sec. 643.117  Hunting, trapping, and fishing.

    Applications to hunt, trap, and fish on military reservations are 
governed by AR 420-74.



Sec. 643.118  Nonappropriated funds--Authority to permit erection of 
structures.

    The authority of installation commanders to permit structures to be 
erected on military installations with nonappropriated funds, as well as 
the title status of each, is defined in AR 60-10 and AR 210-55. Use of 
existing space and structures for activities of a civilian 
nonappropriated fund is governed by AR 230-81.



Sec. 643.119  Licenses incidental to post administration.

    Installation commanders may authorize the use of property incidental 
to post administration which in the absence of such authority would 
amount to a trespass, such as licenses to merchants to enter the 
reservation to make deliveries. The authority noted herein may not be 
used to grant licenses in situations otherwise covered by this 
regulation.



Sec. 643.120  Post offices.

    Title 10 U.S.C. 4779b, provides that the SA shall assign suitable 
space for

[[Page 110]]

post office purposes at military posts where post offices have been 
established. Space assignment will be accomplished by arrangement 
between the postmaster and installation commander.



Sec. 643.121  Private organizations on DA installations.

    (a) AR 210-1 defines and classifies private organizations, such as 
thrift shops and child-care centers, located on Army installations and 
provides policy guidance for their authorization and operation. 
Installation commanders may authorize the use of available facilities or 
space to such private organizations, without monetary consideration, 
when the use is on a nonexclusive basis and subject to immediate 
termination when possession is required by the installation commander 
for another purpose.
    (b) Where the private organization desires exclusive use of 
facilities or space, or for a specified period of time, the matter will 
be considered a leasing action, the lease will be granted by the DE and 
will provide for payment of a rental consideration. The installation 
commander will consult with the DE if there is a question whether a 
proposed use of facilities or space by a private organization should be 
authorized by the DE under lease or by the installation commander by the 
issuance of a license.



Sec. 643.122  Reserve facilities--Air Force and Navy use.

    MACOM may approve local agreements with other Army, DOD, and Reserve 
elements covering temporary use of existing Army Reserve facilities, 
Provided, however, That the DA is reimbursed in proportionate share for 
the services furnished and that the cost of any alterations that may be 
desired will be borne by the military service concerned. Although no 
specific form is prescribed for those operational agreements, the 
agreements constitute interservice support agreements subject to joint 
AR 1-35/SECNAV INST 4000.20B/AFR 400.27. Nothing in such joint 
regulation disallows use of DE outgrants to supplement coverages of 
interservice support agreements when requested and approved in 
accordance with this regulation. The terms used in the in ter serv ice 
agreements and/or DE outgrants will be those acceptable to the commands 
concerned. Agreements, however, which provide for the exclusive use of 
such property by the Air Force or Navy Reserve, or which involve a 
transfer of funds between services for other than minor utility 
services, or which involve an increase in personnel strength, or other 
complications, will be routed to the appropriate DE for execution of a 
formal permit.



Sec. 643.123  Reserve facilities--Local civic organizations.

    In order to promote community relations in areas where Army Reserve 
Centers have been constructed, local civic and similar nonprofit 
organizations may be permitted to use the armory facilities during such 
periods that will not cause any interference with the primary use 
thereof for the administration and training of the Reserve components of 
the Armed Services of the United States. Procedures and policy are 
outlined in AR 140-488.



Sec. 643.124  Rights-of-way for ferries and livestock.

    Installation commanders are authorized to grant permits for the 
landing of ferries and driving of livestock over military reservations 
under authority of 10 U.S.C. 4777.



Sec. 643.125  Trailer sites.

    (a) Installation commanders are authorized to grant revocable leases 
to military personnel and civilian personnel qualified to occupy public 
quarters for use and occupancy of individual trailer sites within 
approved trailer camp areas, and to revoke or renew such leases. (See AR 
210-50.) Leases will be granted pursuant to 10 U.S.C. 2667. Necessary 
utilities will be provided on a reimbursable basis. In no event will the 
terms of the lease exceed a period of 2 years. DA Form 373 (Lease or 
Trailer Sites) will be used exclusively for this purpose.
    (b) Leases may be revoked for nonpayment of rent, or breach of any 
condition of the lease or military necessity.

[[Page 111]]

    (c) Rents will be collected locally and turned over to the nearest 
Army Finance and Accounting Officer for deposit in accordance with 
procedure set forth in AR 37-103. A copy of the Cash Collection Voucher 
(DD Form 1131) will be forwarded to the appropriate DE.



Sec. 643.126  Transportation licenses.

    Installation commanders are authorized to grant revocable licenses 
and to revoke such licenses in the name of an by authority of the SA, 
for bus and taxicab service on installations. The following policy will 
be observed in granting such licenses; however, if real estate is 
required to be leased in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, 
no commitment will be made to grant licenses until approval is received 
for the lease.
    (a) One or more licenses (revocable at will and for a period not to 
exceed 5 years) may be granted, based upon the free competitive 
proposals of all available companies or individuals.
    (b) DD Form 694 (Transportation License Military Reservation) will 
be used for this purpose.
    (c) Only duly licensed operators will be permitted to operate on 
installations.
    (d) No distinction will be drawn between taxicab and bus 
transportation.
    (e) If use of Government property is desired for such purposes as at 
bus station, waiting rooms, storage space, offices in connection with 
the proposed transportation service, application for a lease will be 
forwarded to the appropriate DE for processing.
    (f) Licenses may be revoked by the installation commander for breach 
of any condition of the license and for military necessity.
    (g) The installation commander will furnish a copy of each such 
license, through channels, to the MACOM or to the head of the agency 
having command responsibility.



Sec. 643.127  Quarters.

    The assignment and rental of quarters to civilian employees and 
other nonmilitary personnel will be accomplished in accordance with AR 
210-50. Responsibility of the Corps of Engineers for the establishment 
of rental rates for quarters rented to civilian and military personnel 
is set forth in AR 210-12.



Sec. 643.128  Veterans' conventions.

    Without reference to higher authority, MACOM may lend certain Army 
real property (including the use of unoccupied barracks) to national 
veterans' organizations for use at State or national conventions or for 
national youth, athletic, or recreational tournaments sponsored by those 
organizations in accordance with AR 725-1.



Sec. 643.129  Youth groups.

    (a) Installation commanders may grant revocable-at-will licenses for 
one-time use, or for intermittent or continuing use of available meeting 
room facilities, without monetary consideration, to on-post youth groups 
such as the Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, and Little League.
    (b) Installation commanders may grant revocable-at-will licenses for 
one-time use, or for intermittent or continuing use, to off-post youth 
groups such as the Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, and the Little League for 
nonexclusive use of recreational areas or unimproved land areas within 
military reservations for recreational or camping purposes. Licenses 
will be granted for up to a period of 1 year without monetary 
consideration and will provide for a hold-harmless clause with respect 
to any and all claims against the Government and will require the repair 
of any damage or destruction resulting from such use.



Sec. 643.130  Joint Carrier Military Traffic Offices (JAMTO, JBMTO, JRMTO, 
SAMTO).

    Installation commanders will furnish office space without charge for 
JCMTO offices established in accordance with AR 55-355.



PART 644_REAL ESTATE HANDBOOK--Table of Contents




                       Subpart A_Project Planning

Sec.
644.1 Preface.

                               Civil Works

644.2 General.
644.3 Navigation Projects.

[[Page 112]]

644.4 Reservoir Projects.
644.5 Mineral Acquisition Practices.
644.6 Feasibility Reports and Design Memoranda.
644.7 Acquisition lines.
644.8 Planning and scheduling real estate activities.

        Military (Army and Air Force) and Other Federal Agencies

644.21 General.
644.22 Site selection.
644.23 Real Estate Planning Documents.
644.24 Acquisition by Transfer from other Government Departments or 
          Agencies (except Public Domain).
644.25 Withdrawal of Public Domain for Defense Purposes.
644.26 Required clearances.
644.27 Authority to issue Real Estate Di rectives.
644.28 Responsibility for acquisition.
644.29 Authority to proceed with acquisition.
644.30 Preliminary real estate work.

                           Subpart B_Appraisal

644.41 General.
644.42 Appraisal report.
644.43 Gross appraisals.
644.44 Fee appraisals.
644.45 Rental value.
644.46 Easements.
644.47 Appraisal of other interests.
644.48 Review and approval.
644.49 Contracts.

                          Subpart C_Acquisition

      Procurement of Title Evidence, Title Clearance, and Closings

644.61 General.
644.62 Title evidence.
644.63 Contracting for title evidence.
644.64 Award of contracts.
644.65 Ordering title evidence.
644.66 Payment for title services.
644.67 Approval of Title by the Attorney General.
644.68 Title Clearance--Certificate of Title and Title Insurance.
644.69 Title Clearance--Easements.
644.70 Closing of cases.
644.71 Final Title Assembly.
644.72 Transfer to Condemnation.

             Acquisition by Purchase, Donation, and Transfer

644.81 General.
644.82 Prerequisites to acquisition.
644.83 Negotiations.
644.84 Counteroffers.
644.85 General negotiation procedures.
644.86 Exceptions and reservations.
644.87 Preparation and execution of offers.
644.88 Other acquisition.

              Involuntary Acquisition by the United States

644.101 General.
644.102 Examples of involuntary acquisitions.
644.103 Litigation Reports.
644.104 Procurement of deed and title assembly.

                 Acquisition by Condemnation Proceedings

644.111 General
644.112 Applicable statutes in condemnation proceedings
644.113 Filing of complaint without declaration of taking
644.114 Acquisition by declaration of taking
644.115 Revestment of title by stipulation
644.116 Distribution, reservations, and title evidence
644.117 Procedure prior to trial
644.118 Awards
644.119 Procedure after final judgment
644.120 Condemnation for local cooperation projects
644.121 Leasehold condemnation requirements

                         Acquisition by Leasing

644.131 General.
644.132 Authority.
644.133 Responsibilities.
644.134 Definitions.
644.135 Lease authorization and approvals.
644.136 Leasing guidelines.
644.137 Maneuver agreements.
644.138 Family housing leasing program.
644.139 Leases for civil works purposes.
644.140 Physical protection.
644.141 Alterations and construction on leased real property.
644.142 Lease forms and instructions.

                     Acquisition of Rights-of-Entry

644.155 General.
644.156 Definition.
644.157 Procedures.

    Procurement of Options prior to Real Estate Directives (Military)

644.165 Purpose and scope.
644.166 Authority and applicability.
644.167 Implementation.
644.168 Exercise of options.

                 Subpart D_Relocation Assistance Program

644.175 Cross reference.

Subpart E [Reserved]

                           Subpart F_Disposal

644.311 General.
644.312 Applicability.

[[Page 113]]

644.313 Authority.
644.314 Rules and regulations of the General Services Administration 
          (GSA).
644.315 Disposal priorities.
644.316 Environmental considerations.
644.317 Preserving historic landmarks and properties.
644.318 Compliance with State coastal zone management programs.
644.319 Protection of wetlands
644.320 Floodplain management
644.321 Nondiscrimination covenant.
644.322 Disposition of proceeds from disposal.
644.323 Neutral language.
644.324-644.325 [Reserved]

          Procedure for Placing Real Property in Excess Status

644.326 Army military real property.
644.327 Air Force military real property.
644.328 Army military leased property.
644.329 Army civil works real property.
644.330-644.332 [Reserved]

         Screening, Reassignment, and Transfer of Real Property

644.333 Screening for defense needs.
644.334 Reassignment and transfer procedures.
644.335 Screening of excess DOD property for nondefense Federal agency 
          needs.
644.336 Notices to Departments of Interior (DI); Health and Human 
          Resources. (HHR); Education; and Housing and Urban Development 
          (HUD).
644.337-644.339 [Reserved]

                 Clearances--Army Military Real Property

644.340 Reports to the Armed Services committees.
644.341 Clearance with the Armed Services committees.
644.342 Prior approval of Department of Defense.
644.343 Additional data for clearance with the committees.
644.344 Coordination with GSA.
644.345-644.347 [Reserved]

Reports of Excess Real Property and Related Personal Property to General 
                      Services Administration (GSA)

644.348 Delegation of authority to division and district engineers.
644.349 Excess property reported for disposal.
644.350 Excess property reported for screening.
644.351 Excess property exempted from reporting.
644.352 Evaluation and reporting of flood hazards.
644.353 Determination of values for reporting.
644.354 Conditional reports of excess.
644.355 Preparation and submission of reports of excess.
644.356 Report on Government title.
644.357 Outgrant instruments, appraisals, and muniments of title.
644.358 Deposit of proceeds from disposal of family housing in the 
          family housing management account.
644.359 Supplemental information.
644.360 Reports submitted for screening.
644.361 Distribution of report of excess.
644.362 Notice of receipt.
644.363 Withdrawals or corrections of reports of excess.
644.364 Supply of forms.
644.365-644.367 [Reserved]

             Care and Custody of Excess and Surplus Property

644.368 Procedures and responsibilities for care, custody, 
          accountability, and maintenance.
644.369 Guidelines for protection and maintenance of excess and surplus 
          real property.
644.370 Transfer of custody to General Services Administration (GSA).
644.371 Contracting for care and custody.
644.372 Care and custody through interim use.
644.373-644.375 [Reserved]

 Return of Public Domain Lands and Lands Obtained on a Temporary Basis 
                       From Another Federal Agency

644.376 Procedure for disposal of public domain land.
644.377 Formal revocation of public land withdrawals and reservations.
644.378 Cancellation of permits.
644.379 Procedure for cancellation of permits.
644.380 Restoration of lands made available by other government 
          agencies.
644.381 Disposal of buildings and other improvements.
644.382-644.384 [Reserved]

                           Predisposal Action

644.385 Record of excess classification
644.386 Utilization for other needs.
644.387 Suspension of acquisition action on installations proposed for 
          disposal.
644.388 Army Military--screening, clearance, preliminary report of 
          excess, except where an EO 11954 survey has been made.
644.389 Army Military--modified predisposal procedures where EO 11954 
          surveys have been made.
644.390 Executive Order 11954 surveys of civil works properties.
644.391 Predisposal conference.
644.392 Air Force--preliminary report of excess.

[[Page 114]]

644.393 Final report of excess to GSA.
644.394 Protection of disposal information.
644.395 Coordination on disposal problems.
644.396 Assignment of personnel to administer.
644.397--644.399 [Reserved]

       Disposal of Fee-Owned Real Property and Easement Interests

644.400 Authorities--general.
644.401 Transfers--general.
644.402 Transfers among the armed services.
644.403 Transfers to Tennessee Valley Authority.
644.404 Transfers to Federal Prison Industries, Inc.
644.405 Transfers to Veterans Administration.
644.406 Transfers to Secretary of Transportation and the National 
          Weather Service.
644.407 Transfers to District of Columbia.
644.408 Interchange of national forest and military and civil works 
          lands.
644.409 Procedures for Interchange of National Forest Lands.
644.410 Procedure for other transfers.
644.411 Form of inter-agency transfer instrument.
644.412 Transfer of custody and accountability.
644.413 Exchanges of fee-owned and easement interests.
644.414 MCA acts.
644.415 Army military and Air Force lands--$50,000 limitation.
644.416 Army civil works lands.
644.417 For MCA family housing.
644.418 Procedure for exchange.
644.419 Public Law 87-852 easements.
644.420 Disposal of property in which the military departments have a 
          continuing interest under special acts of Congress.
644.421 Highway purposes.
644.422 Authorized widening of a public highway, street, or alley.
644.423 Airport development.
644.424 Development of public port or industrial facilities.
644.425 Authority and procedure for disposal of surplus property by DA 
          to eligible public agencies.
644.426 Classification.
644.427 Notice to eligible public agencies.
644.428 Airport property.
644.429 Wildlife purposes.
644.430 Shrines, memorials, or religious purposes.
644.431 Power transmission lines.
644.432 Assignment to Department of Health, Education, and Welfare or 
          successor agencies for health or educational purposes.
644.433 Surplus disposal to private parties.
644.434 Cottage site disposal.
644.435 Procedure.
644.436 Appraisal.
644.437 Disposal plan for fee-owned land.
644.438 Disposal plan for easements.
644.439 Sale and conveyance.
644.440 Application of antitrust laws.
644.441 Preparation and execution of deeds.
644.442-644.443 [Reserved]

            Disposal of Leaseholds and Leasehold Improvements

644.444 Authority.
644.445 Procedure for termination of leases.
644.446 Vacation and protection of premises.
644.447 Joint survey of premises.
644.448 Limits on government obligation to restore.
644.449 Requirement for notice by lessor.
644.450 Items excluded from usual restoration obligation.
644.451 Nature of required restoration.
644.452 Minor restoration cases--determining extent of restoration 
          required.
644.453 Major restoration cases--determining extent of restoration 
          required.
644.454 Negotiating restoration settlements.
644.455 Claims for loss or damage of personal property.
644.456 Rent during the period required for restoration.
644.457 Settlement where part of the premises is surrendered.
644.458 Documenting lease terminations and restoration settlements.
644.459 Preparation of supplemental agreements effecting settlement.
644.460 Supplemental agreement assembly.
644.461 Payment for restoration or settlement in lieu of restoration.
644.462 Performance of restoration work by district engineer--extension 
          of time.
644.463 Termination and settlement of leasehold condemnation 
          proceedings.
644.464 Negotiating stipulation where proposed settlement not 
          acceptable.
644.465 Physical restoration where stipulation not obtained.
644.466 Release and record of physical restoration.
644.467 Condition reports.
644.468 Settlement of claims.
644.469-644.471 [Reserved]

 Disposal of Buildings and Other Improvements (Without the Related Land)

644.472 Authority.
644.473 Methods of disposal.
644.474 Determining method of disposal.
644.475 Excessing Army military and Air Force property.
644.476 Excessing civil works property.
644.477 Civil works property--reimbursement of appropriations.
644.478 Demolition of buildings and other improvements for utilization 
          of salvage material.
644.479 Authority for transfer of buildings and improvements to other 
          Federal agencies.

[[Page 115]]

644.480 Procedure for transfer.
644.481 Responsibility of transferee.
644.482 Assignment to Department of HEW or successor agencies.
644.483 Notification of Department of HEW or successor agencies.
644.484 Procedure for disposal through the Department of HEW or 
          successor agencies.
644.485 Sale of buildings and other improvements.
644.486 Disposal of buildings and improvements constructed under 
          emergency plant facilities (EPF) or similar contracts.
644.487 Procedure for disposal of surplus chapels.
644.488 Soliciting applications for purchase of chapels.
644.489 Conditions of sale of chapels.
644.490 Determining price and provisions of sale for chapels.
644.491 Coordination with the Chief of Chaplains.
644.492 Report on disposal of chapel.
644.493 Release of restrictions on chapels sold.
644.494 Donation, abandonment or destruction.
644.495 Donation to a public body.
644.496 Abandonment.
644.497 Destruction.
644.498-644.500 [Reserved]

Disposal of Standing Timber, Crops, and Embedded Gravel, Sand, and Stone

644.501 Authority.
644.502 Determination of excess status.
644.503 Methods of disposal.
644.504 Disposal plan for timber.
644.505 Disposal plan for embedded gravel, sand or stone.
644.506 Procedure for transfer to another Federal agency.
644.507 Sales.
644.508 Agreement with Small Business Administration (SBA) on sale of 
          timber.
644.509 Status as small business.
644.510 Information for SBA on timber sales.
644.511 Certificate of competency by SBA.
644.512 DA-SBA joint set-aside determination.
644.513-644.515 [Reserved]

  Clearance of Explosive Hazards and Other Contamination From Proposed 
                      Excess Land and Improvements

644.516 Clearance of Air Force lands.
644.517 Clearance of Army lands.
644.518 Determination of categories.
644.519 Responsibilities.
644.520 Contaminated industrial property.
644.521 Limitations on clearance cost.
644.522 Clearance of military scrap.
644.523 Restricting future of artillery and other ranges.
644.524 Reporting contaminated land to the General Services 
          Administration.
644.525 Statement of clearance in reporting excess property to GSA.
644.526 Reporting target ranges.
644.527 Recording statements of clearance.
644.528 Return of contaminated leased land to owners.
644.529 Supplemental agreement with owner of contaminated leased land.
644.530 Conditions in conveying land suspected of contamination.
644.531 Warning to public of danger in handling explosive missiles.
644.532 Reporting accidents.
644.533 Contamination discovered after return of land to owner, or sale.
644.534 Return of public domain land.
644.535 Support in clearance of Air Force lands.
644.536-644.539 [Reserved]

                             Sale Procedure

644.540 Advertising.
644.541 Award of contract.
644.542 Application of anti-trust laws.
644.543 Determination of acceptable offers after advertising.
644.544 Negotiated sales.
644.545 Form of invitation for bids and contract of sale.
644.546 Credit.
644.547 Extensions of time.
644.548 Abstract of bids.
644.549 Payments.
644.550 Sale to employees or military personnel.
644.551 Equal opportunity--sales of timber, embedded sand, gravel, stone 
          and surplus structures.
644.552 Statement of contingent or other fees.
644.553 Preparation and distribution of sales documents and reports of 
          sales.
644.554 Insurance against loss or damages to buildings and improvements 
          by fire or acts of God.
644.555-644.557 [Reserved]

        Inspections to Insure Compliance With Disposal Conditions

644.558 Properties requiring compliance inspections.
644.559 Civilian component training facilities.
644.560 Inspections of civilian component training facilities and other 
          properties conveyed subject to conditions.
644.561 Inspections of civil works properties.

    Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301; 10 U.S.C. 3012, unless otherwise noted.

    Source: 44 FR 3168, Jan. 15, 1979, unless otherwise noted.

[[Page 116]]



                       Subpart A_Project Planning



Sec. 644.1  Preface.

    Subpart A sets out basic procedures to be followed in planning and 
scheduling for the acquisition of lands in connection with Military and 
Civil Works projects. It is not intended to be taken as absolute, 
without modification, but more as a guide to insure all aspects involved 
and potential problems are fully considered in planning for the 
acquisition of additional lands. Proper planning in the initial stages 
of any project can and should eliminate unnecessary delays during the 
acquisition phase.

                               Civil Works



Sec. 644.2  General.

    (a) Purpose. Sections 644.2 through 644.8 describe the authorities 
and procedures of the Corps of Engineers relating to real estate 
planning and project authorization for the acquisition of land and 
interests therein for all water resource projects.
    (b) Applicability. These sections are applicable to all Division and 
District Engineers having civil works real estate responsibilities.
    (c) River and Harbor and Flood Control Projects--(1) River and 
Harbor Projects. The Act of Congress approved April 24, 1888 (33 U.S.C. 
591) authorizes acquisition of land for river and harbor purposes. These 
include the construction, operation, maintenance and improvement of both 
natural and artificial waterways, the construction of locks and dams, 
dikes, bulkheads, jetties, revetment and other bank protection works, 
and spoil disposal dikes and retaining structures for construction and 
maintenance. Unless otherwise specified by Congress, local interests 
furnish, free of cost to the United States, all lands, easements and 
rights-of-way required for initial construction, operation and 
subsequent maintenance. A cash contribution may also be required if 
enhancement of land values results from disposal of spoil dredged from 
project areas (ER 1150-2-301 and EM 1120-2-101).
    (2) Flood Control Projects. The Act of Congress approved March 1, 
1917 (33 U.S.C. 701) authorizes acquisition of land for flood control 
purposes, and section 2 of the Act of Congress approved June 28, 1938, 
as amended (33 U.S.C. 701c-1), authorizes the acquisition of land and 
interests therein for dam and reservoir projects, channel improvements, 
and rectification projects for flood control at Federal expense. Dam, 
reservoir and lake projects are generally constructed entirely at the 
expense of the United States and are maintained and operated with the 
use of Federal funds. Local interests are not required to furnish lands, 
easements and rights-of-way for dam and reservoir projects, unless 
specifically authorized by law for small reservoirs which provide 
localized flood protection (EM 1120-2-101). For local flood protection 
projects, except channel improvement or channel rectification projects 
authorized by the Flood Control Acts of 1936, 1937 and 1938, local 
interests must provide, without cost to the United States, all necessary 
lands, easements, and rights-of-way. They must also hold and save the 
United States free from damages due to the construction, operation and 
maintenance of the project, except where such damages are due to the 
fault or negligence of the United States or its contractors, and 
maintain and operate all the works after completion, in accordance with 
regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Army. Channel improvement 
and channel rectification projects authorized by the Acts of 1936, 1937 
and 1938 are built entirely at Federal expense and no local cooperation 
is required. Exceptions to these rules are provided by law in the case 
of certain specific projects such as hurricane protection, shore 
protection, beach erosion control or other purposes. As in river and 
harbor projects, a cash contribution may also be required if enhancement 
of land values results from disposal of spoil dredged from project areas 
(ER 1150-2-301 and EM 1120-2-101).
    (d) The Navigational Servitude. As a general rule the United States 
does not acquire interests in real estate which it already possesses or 
over which jurisdiction is or can be legally exercised. Irrespective of 
the ownership of the banks and bed of a stream below ordinary high water 
mark, and irrespective of western water rights under the prior

[[Page 117]]

appropriation doctrine, no further Federal interest is required for 
navigation projects in navigable streams below the ordinary high water 
limit. It is required, therefore, that the acquisition plan consider the 
extent of the navigational servitude.
    (1) ER 1165-2-302 contains the practice and procedures regarding 
navigation.
    (2) The navigational servitude affects abutting uplands, in that the 
special site value attributable to their location near a navigable 
stream is noncompensable. However, this has been partially changed by 
section 111 of Pub. L. 91-611. In all cases where real property is 
acquired by the United States for public use in connection with any 
improvements of rivers, harbors, canals or waterways of the United 
States, the compensation to be paid shall be the fair market value of 
such real property based upon all uses to which such real property may 
reasonably be put, including its highest and best use, any of which uses 
may be dependent upon access to or utilization of such navigable waters. 
In cases of partial acquisitions of real property, no depreciation in 
the value of any remaining real property shall be recognized, and no 
compensation shall be paid for any severance to the remaining real 
property which results from loss of or reduction of access from the 
remaining real property to the navigable waters because of the 
acquisition of real property or the purposes for which the real property 
is acquired.
    (3) Injury to private property within or abutting non-navigable 
streams is compensable if inflicted in the course of an exercise of the 
navigation power limited to the navigable mainstream. U.S. v. Kansas 
City Life Ins. Co., 339 U.S. 799 (1950), U.S. v Cress, 243 U.S. 316 
(1917).
    (e) Buildings. Buildings for human occupancy, as well as other 
structures which would interfere with the operation of the project, or 
which would be substantially damaged by inundation, are prohibited below 
the guide acquisition line unless otherwise specifically approved by the 
Chief of Engineers.
    (f) Estates. Standard estates for acquisition of land or interests 
therein are contained in Subpart C. Non-standard estates should be 
submitted to HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) WASH DC 20314 for approval.



Sec. 644.3  Navigation Projects.

    (a) Land to be Acquired in Fee. All lands necessary for permanent 
structures, construction areas, public access areas and fish and 
wildlife purposes will be acquired in fee. No interests need be acquired 
in areas subject to the Government's right of navigational servitude. 
Spoil disposal areas may be acquired in fee upon approval of HQDA (DAEN-
REA-P).
    (b) Lands Over Which Easements are to be Acquired. (1) Permanent 
easements are required for channel improvements, navigation pools, 
navigation aids, and spoil disposal areas for future maintenance. 
Requirements for navigation aids should be coordinated by the District 
Engineer with the local Coast Guard District Commander.
    (2) Temporary easements may be acquired for temporary disposal of 
spoil, and temporary construction and borrow areas.
    (3) In navigation-only projects, the right to permanently flood 
should be acquired in all lands located within the navigation pool and 
the right to occasionally flood should be acquired in lands above the 
pool. However, when the area to be occasionally flooded above the 
navigation pool consists of a narrow band of land, the right to 
permanently flood may be taken therein, to avoid acquisition of two 
different estates from the same ownership, and/or to reduce overall 
costs of acquisition.



Sec. 644.4  Reservoir Projects.

    (a) Joint Land Acquisition Policy for Reservoir Projects. The joint 
policies of the Department of the Interior and the Department of the 
Army, governing the acquisition of land for reservoir projects, are 
published in the Federal Register, dated February 22, 1962, Volume 27, 
page 1734. On July 2, 1966, the Joint Policy was again published in 31 
FR 9108 as follows:

    A joint policy statement of the Department of the Interior and the 
Department of the Army was inadvertently issued as a Notice in 27 FR 
1734. Publication should have been made as a final rule replacing 
regulations then appearing in 43 CFR Part 8. The

[[Page 118]]

policy as it appears in 27 FR 1734 has been the policy of the Department 
of the Interior and the Department of the Army since its publication as 
a Notice and is now codified as set forth below.

   Joint Policies of the Departments of the Interior and of the Army 
                   Relative to Reservoir Project Lands

Sec.
8.0 Acquisition of lands for reservoir projects.
8.1 Lands for reservoir construction and operation.
8.2 Additional lands for correlative purposes.
8.3 Easements.
8.4 Blocking out.
8.5 Mineral rights.
8.6 Buildings.

    Authority: The provisions of this Part 8 issued under Sec. 7, 32 
Stat. 389, sec. 14, 53 Stat. 1197; 43 U.S.C. 421, 389.

    8.0 Acquisition of lands for reservoir projects. Insofar as 
permitted by law, it is the policy of the Departments of the Interior 
and of the Army to acquire, as a part of reservoir project construction, 
adequate interest in lands necessary for the realization of optimum 
values for all purposes including additional land areas to assure full 
realization of optimum present and future outdoor recreational and fish 
and wildlife potentials of each reservoir.
    8.1 Lands for reservoir construction and operation. The fee title 
will be acquired to the following:
    (a) Lands necessary for permanent structures.
    (b) Lands below the maximum flowage line of the reservoir including 
lands below a selected freeboard where necessary to safeguard against 
the effects of saturation, wave action, and bank erosion and to permit 
induced surcharge operation.
    (c) Lands needed to provide for public access to the maximum flowage 
line as described in paragraph 1b, or for operation and maintenance of 
the project.
    8.2 Additional lands for correlative purposes. The fee title will be 
acquired for the following:
    (a) Such lands as are needed to meet present and future requirements 
for fish and wildlife as determined pursuant to the Fish and Wildlife 
Coordination Act.
    (b) Such lands as are needed to meet present and future public 
requirements for outdoor recreation, as may be authorized by Congress.
    8.3 Easements. Easements in lieu of fee title may be taken only for 
lands that meet all of the following conditions:
    (a) Lands lying above the storage pool.
    (b) Lands in remote portions of the project area.
    (c) Lands determined to be of no substantial value for protection or 
enhancement of fish and wildlife resources, or for public outdoor 
recreation.
    (d) It is to the financial advantage of the Government to take 
easements in lieu of fee title.
    8.4 Blocking out. Blocking out will be accomplished in accordance 
with sound real estate practices, for example, on minor sectional 
subdivision lines; and normally, land will not be acquired to avoid 
severance damage if the owner will waive such damage.
    8.5 Mineral rights. Mineral, oil and gas rights will not be acquired 
except where the development thereof would interfere with project 
purposes, but mineral rights not acquired will be subordinated to the 
Government's right to regulate their development in a manner that will 
not interfere with the primary purposes of the project, including public 
access.
    8.6 Buildings. Buildings for human occupancy as well as other 
structures which would interfere with the operation of the project for 
any project purpose will be prohibited on reservoir project lands.

    (b) Application of Joint Policy by Corps of Engineers. In order to 
assure that the water and land areas of reservoirs constructed by the 
Corps are available to the public, the lands which provide access along 
the shore of the reservoir will be supplemented at selected locations 
for concentrated public use. Where projects have either recreation or 
fish and wildlife, or both, as project purposes, additional lands will 
be acquired as set out in the authorization and specified in design 
memoranda. The policy contemplates that the United States own in fee a 
continuous area of land around the reservoir above the water level to 
insure ready access along the shore. However, certain exceptions have 
been adopted, as set forth hereinafter. Under the Joint Policy the Corps 
will take an adequate interest in lands, including areas required for 
public access, to accomplish all of the authorized purposes of the 
project and thereby obtain maximum public benefits therefrom. The 
statements in the policy which define the land interests to be acquired 
in particular areas are guidelines in application of policy.
    (1) Land to be Acquired in Fee. (i) Lands necessary for the dam 
site, construction areas and permanent structures.

[[Page 119]]

    (ii) The lands below a guide contour line (guide acquisition line) 
established with a reasonable freeboard allowance above the top pool 
elevation for storing water for flood control, navigation, power, 
irrigation, and other purposes, referred to in this paragraph as the 
``full pool'' elevation. In nonurban areas generally, this freeboard 
allowance will be established to include allowances for induced 
surcharge operations plus a reasonable additional freeboard to provide 
for adverse effects of saturation, wave action and bank erosion. Factors 
such as estimated frequency of occurrence, probable accuracy of 
estimates, and relocation costs, will be taken into consideration. Where 
this freeboard does not provide a minimum of 300 feet horizontally from 
the conservation pool, defined as the top of all planned storage not 
devoted exclusively to flood control, then the guide acquisition line 
will be increased to that extent. In the vicinity of urban communities 
or other areas of highly concentrated developments, the total freeboard 
allowance between the full pool elevation and the acquisition line may 
be greater than prescribed for nonurban areas generally, and shall be 
sufficient to assure that major hazards to life or unusually severe 
property damages would not result from floods up to the magnitude of the 
standard project flood. In such circumstances, however, consideration 
may be given to easements rather than fee acquisition for select 
sections if found to be in the public interest. However, when the 
project design provides a high level spillway, the crest of which for 
economy of construction is substantially higher than the storage 
elevation required to regulate the reservoir design flood, the upper 
level of fee acquisition will normally be at least equal to the top 
elevation of spillway gates or crest elevation of ungated spillway, and 
may exceed this elevation if necessary to conform with other criteria 
prescribed herein.
    (iii) Lands to be acquired for public use, being those reflected in 
the Recreation Resources Appendix of the Phase I General Design 
Memorandum (ER 1120-2-400). The Phase I General Design Memorandum is 
required to be prepared and submitted for approval prior to submission 
of the Real Estate Design Memorandum.
    (iv) Lands required for operation and maintenance of the project 
for:
    (A) Frequently used operational areas.
    (B) Clearing and disposition of debris.
    (C) Maintenance, repair, and restoration.
    (D) Anticipated erosion.
    (E) Safeguarding public health, and malaria and mosquito control.
    (F) Sanitation.
    (v) Lands specifically authorized by the Congress for recreation and 
fish and wildlife purpose as defined by the Federal Water Project 
Recreation Act (Pub. L. 89-72) and Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act of 
1958 (Pub. L. 85-624, 16. U.S.C. 661 et seq).
    (A) All lands to be acquired for fish and wildlife purposes, either 
mitigation enhancement lands or estates therein required for other 
project purposes, will be presented in such a way as to distinguish 
clearly all such lands under each of the separate authorities involved. 
Specific guidance on fish and wildlife resources is contained in ER 
1120-2-400 and ER 1120-2-404.
    (B) The purpose of Pub. L. 89-72 is to provide a uniform policy with 
respect to recreation and fish and wildlife benefits and costs of 
Federal multiple-purpose water resource projects, and for other 
purposes.
    (1) Pub. L. 89-72, as amended by section 77 of Pub. L. 93-251, does, 
however, create a unique provision relating to local participation in 
the recreation and fish and wildlife developments in water resource 
projects. Provisions of that Act, as amended, must be adhered to and 
contracts for administration of project lands and cost-sharing shall 
follow the amendments contained in section 77 of Pub. L. 93-251.
    (2) Section 3(b) of Pub. L. 89-72 further provides that, 
notwithstanding the absence of an indication of intent as specified 
above, lands may be provided in project planning which would preserve 
the recreation and fish and wildlife potential of the project for 
subsequent development by local interests. The act prescribes that local 
interests must within 10 years after initial operation of the project 
enter into agreements specified above. In the event

[[Page 120]]

such agreements are not obtained, the proposed facilities cannot be 
constructed and the Corps may utilize the lands acquired for any lawful 
purpose within the Corps' jurisdiction or may offer said land for sale 
to its immediate prior owner or his immediate heirs at its appraised 
fair market value at the time of disposal. In the event that an 
agreement with the prior owner or his heirs cannot be reached in 90 
days, disposal of the property will ensue pursuant to usual disposal 
procedures.
    (3) The provisions of Pub. L. 89-72, as amended, are construed to 
apply to planning for projects authorized in 1965 or thereafter. 
Accordingly, all planning for future projects must be coordinated with 
local interests as defined in the law and all design memoranda relating 
to land acquisition or development of recreation or fish and wildlife 
areas must clearly set forth the potential of the project for such 
development and the intent of local interests in fulfilling the 
requirements of this law.
    (4) Public Law 89-72, as amended, does not impose a requirement for 
local participation in all recreation and fish and wildlife areas. 
Development of recreation areas and planning for fish and wildlife areas 
will be in accordance with the guidelines set forth in this Chapter and 
related regulations.
    (vi) Lands for resource preservation and/or enhancement in 
fulfillment of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (Pub. L. 
91-190, 83 Stat. 852) and Executive Order 11514 will be those approved 
in the authorizing document and/or those approved in the Recreation 
Resources Appendix of the General Design memorandum.
    (vii) Uneconomic remnants required to be purchased in fee under 
section 301(9) of Pub. L. 91-646.
    (viii) Recommendations may be made in the Real Estate Design 
Memorandum to eliminate lands from acquisition located within the 
approved guide acquisition line but above the guide contour line which 
are highly developed or devoted to public uses such as parks, golf 
courses, cemeteries, etc. Also, where for reasons of steep terrain, 
presence of highways and railroads, severe severance, or for other 
reasons, sound real estate practice indicates requirement for some 
adjustments in the area above the guide contour line, recommendations 
for such adjustments will be included in the real estate design 
memorandum, or will be subsequently submitted with proposed final real 
property acquisition lines, for approval of the Division Engineer in 
accordance with Sec. 644.7.
    (ix) Lands which will be covered by any sediment delta that is 
expected to form as the result of aggradation of streams draining into 
the reservoir. The estimate of this area shall be based upon the 
probable sediment inflow for a period at least equal to the economic 
life of the project.
    (2) Lands Over Which Easements are to be Acquired. (i) Lands in 
reservoir areas of flood-control-only projects, which do not provide 
conservation pools, except as required for public access.
    (ii) Lands required for a relatively short time for temporary 
structures or for use during the construction period only.
    (iii) The Joint Policy of 1962 provides that flowage easements may 
be acquired in reservoir projects if all four conditions of Section 8-3 
of the Joint Policy are met. For the purposes of land acquisition, to 
distinguish between fee and flowage easement ``remote portions of the 
project area'' as referred to in Section 8-3 of the Joint Policy are 
defined as those lands lying upstream from the conservation pool (the 
top elevation of all storage other than that devoted exclusively to 
flood control use) on the main stream and all significant tributaries 
thereof.
    (iv) Lands downstream from the dam and required only for operational 
purposes.
    (v) In flood control projects which do not have conservation pools, 
the right to occasionally flood should be acquired in all lands, except 
that the right to permanently flood should be acquired in those lands 
which may be subjected to permanent flooding, as in the case of a trash 
pool.
    (3) Levees in Lieu of Acquisition. Where construction of levees or 
flood walls and necessary associated facilities for protection of lands 
and properties located within potential flowage limits of a reservoir is 
proposed in lieu of acquisition of fee title or easements over

[[Page 121]]

such properties, the protective structures shall meet the following 
minimum functional requirements:
    (i) In urban communities or other areas of highly concentrated 
developments where overtopping of levees would result in major hazards 
to life or unusually severe property damage under anticipated future 
conditions, levee grades and designs shall be adequate to withstand 
without failure the occurrence of the standard project flood, assuming 
the reservoir is filled to highest level that is reasonably likely to 
prevail at the beginning of such a flood.
    (ii) Under circumstances where it can be reasonably shown that 
possible overtopping of protective levees or flood walls as proposed 
would not result in unusual hazards to life or major property damage, 
levee grades shall be as high as economically practicable in 
consideration of apparent risks and costs involved, and flowage 
easements or other appropriate assurances from local interests shall be 
obtained insofar as necessary to protect the Government in the event the 
protective structures are overtopped.



Sec. 644.5  Mineral Acquisition Practices.

    (a) Procedure. The procedure of the Corps of Engineers in acquiring 
the necessary land or interests therein to accommodate projects 
authorized by the Congress is to permit the reservation of the minerals 
in the land, unless the reservation is inimical to the operation of the 
project. In all cases wherein a reservation is permitted, the mineral 
interests are subordinated to the primary project purposes, including 
public access and preservation of environmental quality.
    (b) General. (1) The multiplicity of ownerships in mineral 
interests, the variety of minerals and the different methods of mineral 
exploration, recovery and production make it impracticable to define in 
advance specific guidelines concerning the reservation of mineral 
interests and their subordination to primary project purposes in any 
given project. The initial planning documents, real estate design 
memoranda, and master plans will fully discuss and consider the extent 
of acquisition and/or reservation of mineral interests.
    (2) Generally fee title to all subsurface interests will be acquired 
in areas required for all structures, areas required for project 
operations and public use including access, and in areas where the value 
of the subsurface interests is nominal. Reservation of coal, oil, gas 
and other minerals will be permitted whenever any aspect of mineral 
development will not interfere with project purposes. The reservation of 
mineral rights will be predicated upon the Government's right to so 
regulate their development as to eliminate any interference with project 
purposes and to minimize any adverse impact on the environment including 
aesthetic values.
    (c) Reservation of Minerals. (1) When it has been determined that 
the reservation of minerals will not interfere with the purposes of the 
project, the minerals will be subordinated in accordance with the 
following guidelines:
    (i) The estate providing for the subordination will not be utilized 
unless approved by HQDA (DAEN-REA).
    (ii) Any subordination agreement, together with additional 
regulations incorporated by reference, must clearly define:
    (A) The rights and obligations of the Government and the mineral 
owner, operator, and/or lessee.
    (B) The control to be exercised over site development for mining 
purposes.
    (C) Required land reclamation or restoration.
    (D) Restrictions against pollution and degradation of project 
environment and aesthetics.
    (E) Provisions for compliance inspection by the Government of all 
site development and mining activities over which the Government has 
control under paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B) of this section.
    (2) After execution of a subordination agreement as provided above, 
the District Engineer will develop a program for the surveillance of 
mineral activities at each project.
    (3) The representatives of the Division and District Engineers are 
to be fully informed concerning the rights and responsibilities of the 
Government and the mineral owner and/or operator

[[Page 122]]

under the terms of the estates acquired for the subordination of 
minerals, and will periodically inspect all mining activities to insure 
compliance with the terms of the subordination agreement and any plan 
incorporated by reference into such agreement.
    (d) Off-Project Mineral Activity. In connection with all drainage 
basins, where there is present or potential mineral activity upstream 
from a proj ect or nearby lands outside the proj ect limits, the 
District Engineer will:
    (1) Establish and maintain liaison with Federal and State agencies 
having responsibility for the regulation of mineral activities and the 
control of environment in order to prevent adverse effects of mining on 
the project.
    (2) Institute a system for monitoring adverse effects on the project 
such as sedimentation and acid drainage.
    (3) Take steps to insure that Corps personnel in charge of the 
project are familiar with State and Federal laws governing the control 
of mineral recovery and the environment, as well as the Federal or State 
agencies responsible for the enforcement of such laws.
    (4) Division and District Engineers are requested to use the Refuse 
Act of 1899 and any other legal remedies that may be appropriate in a 
particular situation in order to protect the interests of the United 
States and preserve the integrity of the project.



Sec. 644.6  Feasibility Reports and Design Memoranda.

    (a) Feasibility Investigations and Reports. Survey investigations 
and reports are the studies and reports, specifically authorized by 
Congress and made by Division and District Engineers as assigned by the 
Chief of Engineers, to determine the scope, justification, and degree of 
Federal interest in protection and development of harbors, waterways, 
shores and beaches, and river basins. For water resource projects the 
reports include determination of needs of alternative plans of 
protection and development to be considered for recommendation to 
Congress for authorization as Federal projects. Survey reports should 
clearly specify real estate requirements, both immediate and 
prospective, and the responsibilities of Federal and non-Federal 
agencies relative thereto. The real estate estimates in the reports 
should be recent enough to be meaningful for the purpose intended. 
Documentation regarding the estimates, such as when and by whom made, 
nature and extent of field investigation, search for comparable sales 
and similar factual material, shall be maintained.
    (b) Phase I and Phase II General Design Memoranda. (1) The General 
Design Memorandum (GDM) is a report on an authorized project. Its form 
and content are set forth in ER 1110-2-1150. It includes a real estate 
section, which consists of a general discussion of real estate 
requirements for the project, recommendations as to estates to be 
acquired, a gross appraisal of the necessary land and interests therein, 
and other features considered desirable to present all major real estate 
problems and to recommend solutions. Subject to the availability of 
data, minerals in the project area should be covered in the manner set 
forth in Sec. 644.5. Detailed sales data are not necessary, but may be 
included if it is anticipated that recommendations will be made for 
early acquisition of interior tracts.
    (2) Real Estate personnel will prepare the real estate section of 
the GDM. The requirements for current real estate estimates and 
necessary documentation thereof contained in Sec. 644.6(a) are also 
applicable to this paragraph.
    (c) Real Estate Design Memoranda. (1) Following approval of the 
Phase I GDM, a Real Estate Design Memorandum (REDM) will be prepared by 
the Division or District Engineer. Approval of the REDM shall be in 
accordance with ER 1110-2-1150, para 21b(2)(j). No land shall be 
acquired for the project without approval of the initial REDM except (i) 
in the case of an advance land acquisition situation, (ii) acquisition 
for local cooperation proj ect, or (iii) when a letter-type REDM has 
been submitted. The REDM will include the following in the order set 
forth below:
    (A) A statement that this REDM is tentative in nature for planning 
purposes only and that both the final real property acquisition lines 
and the estimate of value are subject to change even after approval of 
this REDM.

[[Page 123]]

    (B) Project authorization, designation, location and date of 
approval of GDM Phase I, including the Recreation Resources Appendix 
(App A, ER 1110-2-1150).
    (C) General description of the area and estimated total acreage. The 
total acreage will be broken down as to fee and easement areas. The fee 
will be further broken down to indicate, separately, the estimated 
acreage required for the various authorized project purposes.
    (D) If any Government-owned land is within the area, indicate the 
Government's estate, degree of interest required for project purposes, 
and views of the local representative of the controlling agency as to 
use for project purposes (see Act of July 26, 1956 (70 Stat. 656) with 
respect to national forest land).
    (E) Appraisal information containing a general statement as to 
character, present use and highest and best use of the land, local 
economic conditions which may affect the trend of real estate values in 
the community and the gross estimate of value for the area to be 
acquired under the REDM. The gross appraisal on which this estimate is 
based should be forwarded concurrently to HQDA (DAEN-REE) WASH DC 20314.
    (F) Information necessary to ascertain responsibility under Pub. L. 
91-646 including but not limited to the following:
    (1) The number of persons, farms and businesses to be displaced.
    (2) An estimate of all costs, including contingencies to be incurred 
as a result of compliance with Pub. L. 91-646. Part 641 of this 
subchapter sets out the items to be considered in estimating these 
costs.
    (3) Information regarding the availability of replacement housing.
    (G) Estimated cost to the United States of lands, easements, and 
rights-of-way necessary for acquisition by the United States for:
    (1) Access roads to project area. A statement will be included as to 
whether existing public roads will be utilized within the purview of 33 
U.S.C. 701r-1 or new rights-of-way for access roads will be acquired, 
with the estimated cost of such new rights-of-way. The proposed plan of 
access during construction will be fully described.
    (2) Relocation of highways, roads, railroads, pipelines, and 
utilities (ER 1180-1-1, Section 73). Statement will be included as to 
whether the Government or the owner(s) will acquire new rights-of-way, 
if any, necessary for the various relocations.
    (H) Number of structures and facilities which will come within the 
purview of section 111 of the Act of Congress approved July 3, 1958 
(Pub. L. 85-500), and a preliminary estimate of Government costs (ER 
1180-1-1, Section 73).
    (I) A study, in accordance with Sec. 644.5, of present or 
anticipated mineral activity in the vicinity of the proj ect which may 
affect the operation thereof. A recommendation including cost estimate, 
if applicable, regarding the acquisition of the minerals should also be 
included in this section of the REDM.
    (J) A discussion of standing timber and other vegetative cover in 
proposed recreation areas and other areas above the conservation pool 
which have recreation or scenic value. Recommendations should be made as 
to the significance of such timber and cover and as to whether 
reservation of standing timber should be permitted in the various parts 
of the fee area.
    (K) A map(s) showing the area which is the subject of the REDM, 
indicating the acquisition guide line, contour line, the tentative 
blocked out fee line, multipurpose pool, and lands in which the 
acquisition of easements is recommended. The map(s) will show, where 
appropriate, the dam site, construction area, borrow areas, spoil areas, 
public access areas, fish and wildlife areas, and recreation areas. In 
addition, the appropriate map(s) will have outlined thereon the items of 
construction or major project features. Access roads and railroad 
rights-of-way required for these areas will also be shown. Chapter 3 of 
ER 405-1-12 relates to the preparation of maps. With respect to a 
project where it is planned to submit several REDMs covering portions of 
the project, the initial REDM will contain a map showing the entire 
project, with the information shown thereon as indicated above, insofar 
as this information covering the entire

[[Page 124]]

project is then available. All subsequent REDMs will contain the same 
type of map, on which will be shown the area(s) on which REDMs have been 
previously submitted with each such area keyed to the number of its 
REDM. Maps shall be of sufficient scale to be legible and to permit 
ready interpretation of pertinent features.
    (L) An aerial mosaic, if available, to provide a pictorial support 
to the rest of the report concerning involved problems.
    (M) Discussion relating to the acquisition or relocation of towns 
and cemeteries within the project area (ER 1180-1-1, Section 73).
    (N) A realistic estimate of administrative costs, giving due 
recognition to existing and foreseeable conditions. To assure direct 
relationship between costs and estimates, the breakdown of these 
estimates will conform to the prescribed acquisition activity cost items 
as set forth under Real Estate Schedule/Cost and Performance, ENG Form 
4564, or any further breakdown which the District Engineer may consider 
desirable. Included as a minimum requirement will be: Estimated 
administrative costs for mapping, surveying, and boundary monumentation, 
appraising, title evidence, negotiating and closing direct purchases, 
condemnation, and relocation assistance.
    (O) Summary of project real estate costs, total all project real 
estate costs by category, i.e., land cost, improvements, severance, Pub. 
L. 91-646 costs, relocations, minerals, contingencies, administrative 
costs, etc.
    (P) Schedule of acquisition.
    (Q) Discussion and recommendations concerning the nonstandard 
estates proposed for acquisition and the real property boundary lines.
    (R) The extent of the existing navigational servitude (ER 1165-2-
302).
    (S) The REDMs will be assigned a single basic number for each 
project; succeeding REDMs will be given alphabetical suffixes to the 
basic assigned number--for example, REDM Nos. 5, 5A, 5B, etc. Copies of 
the letter of transmittal and indorsements thereon will be inserted in 
the front of each copy of the REDM. A cover sheet will list 
chronologically all REDMs (including supplements thereto and brief 
letter-type memoranda) previously submitted, and will show dates 
submitted by the District Engineer and, if approved, dates of approval 
thereof.
    (2) Upon approval of each REDM, the Division or District Engineer 
may, subject to the availability of funds, proceed with the acquisition 
of land and/or interests therein. The REDM, as approved, will constitute 
the overall real estate plan for acquisition of the area covered by the 
REDM. Whenever changes in the approved REDM are required, a 
supplementary REDM describing the proposed changes and setting forth the 
reasons therefor will be submitted. Approval of a supplemental REDM is 
required before acquisition can proceed in the area in which the changes 
are proposed.
    (3) Prior to the approval of the REDM, Division and District 
Engineers should, subject to the availability of funds, proceed with 
preliminary real estate work, in the same manner as set out in Sec. 
644.30. No action will be taken to solicit an offer from a landowner for 
the purchase of his land until the acquisition has been approved and 
subject to availability of funds and compliance with the applicable 
provisions of Pub. L. 91-646.
    (4) An REDM is not required for projects authorized by the Congress 
subject to the condition that local interests furnish without cost to 
the United States the necessary lands, easements, and rights-of-way. 
However, the GDM should include a statement enumerating the requirements 
of local cooperation, the name of the local interests proposing to 
fulfill said requirements, an estimate of land costs, and any other 
information pertinent thereto.
    (5) Number and content of Real Estate Design Memorandum.
    (i) With respect to reservoir projects involving an extensive real 
estate program, it is considered preferable that more than one REDM be 
prepared so that each will cover a segment or group of segments, making 
up the total project, consistent with the planned schedule of 
acquisition.
    (ii) For those projects, requiring two or more REDMs to cover the 
project area, each REDM will include all contiguous lands for each 
public access

[[Page 125]]

point and recreational site proposed within the area covered by that 
REDM. Noncontiguous areas planned for these purposes that are located 
beyond the limits of the REDM involved will be omitted therefrom. This 
procedure does not apply to areas authorized for fish and wildlife 
purposes. Lands authorized specifically for fish and wildlife purposes 
may be included either in a conventional REDM, along with other project 
lands or be submitted as a separate REDM, depending on convenience in 
preparation and size of the area. However, in either event, whenever 
practicable, the entire area proposed for this purpose should be covered 
in one REDM, as a unit.
    (iii) For smaller projects, not involving an extensive real estate 
program, all real estate requirements, including those for public 
access, fish and wildlife, and recreation, may be covered in a single 
REDM.
    (d) Blocking Out. The following are guidelines to be observed to the 
extent possible in preparing the REDM. These guidelines will be adhered 
to by the Division Engineer in his approval of the final real estate 
acquisition lines.
    (1) Close blocking out will be accomplished in accordance with sound 
real estate practices.
    (2) For land acquired in fee, the blocked out final real estate 
acquisition line will be established in such manner as to minimize costs 
and cause the least disruption in the use of the remainder of the 
ownership.
    (3) Severance damages will be avoided to the extent possible 
consistent with real estate requirements for the project. In accordance 
with section 301 of Pub. L. 91-646, if the acquisition of part of a 
tract will render the remainder an uneconomic unit, an offer must be 
made to purchase the entire tract.
    (4) It is conceivable that, in certain instances, acquisition of an 
easement will result in an uneconomic remainder and this requires 
application of section 301 of Pub. L. 91-646, as in paragraph (d)(3) of 
this section.
    (5) A remnant without access need not be acquired if:
    (i) The owner desires to retain the property and releases the 
Government from damages for lack of access, and
    (ii) The obtaining of such release in lieu of acquisition is 
concurred in, in writing, by the local road authority, and the local 
road authority is released from damages due to loss of access.
    (6) For lands to be acquired in fee or easements, close tangent will 
be used, generally following the acquisition line.
    (7) When small portions of additional properties, not otherwise 
needed for the project, are within the acquisition line, they may be 
omitted if to do so will not materially affect the operation and 
maintenance of the project as determined by operational elements.



Sec. 644.7  Acquisition lines.

    (a) Tentative Acquisition Lines. As indicated in Sec. 
644.6(c)(1)(iii)(K), tentative acquisition lines are shown on maps which 
are part of the REDM. However, at that time, the lines will, to some 
extent, be irregular and located without full regard to their effect 
upon fringe tracts. It will, therefore, be necessary to establish final 
acquisition lines, in accordance with sound real estate practices. 
Accordingly, fringe tracts will not be acquired until the final 
acquisition lines are approved by the Division Engineer.
    (b) Submission. As soon as possible after authority has been granted 
to acquire the land and/or interest therein, the District Engineer will 
complete appraisals covering the fringe tracts. Thereupon, a map showing 
proposed final acquistion lines will be submitted to the Division 
Engineer, accompanied by justification and reasons therefor. This 
submission may be for an entire project or by segments or units. 
However, if the final map is submitted on a segment or unit basis, each 
segment or unit must be complete in itself and not be dependent on 
another segment or unit not submitted for approval.
    (c) Approval. The Division Engineer is authorized to approve final 
acquisition lines, but shall not delegate this responsibility to 
District Engineers. This authority is subject to the following:
    (1) Except for the addition or deletion of individial ownerships, or 
portions thereof, on the basis of the criteria contained in Sec. 
644.6(d), approval of any changes in the overall plan will be in 
compliance with ER 1110-2-1150.

[[Page 126]]

    (2) Estates in individual tracts may be changed if consistent with 
the overall plan. Approval, however, will be required from HQDA (DAEN-
REA-P) if the estates are non-standard.



Sec. 644.8  Planning and scheduling real estate activities.

    (a) Normal Scheduling. (1) The objective of a planned program is to 
provide for the early acquistion of land to avoid enhancement in land 
prices and a minimum of inconvenience to the property owners. Also, it 
is essential that there be adequate planning of the land acquisition 
program to insure that there is no interference with unacquired 
properties as a result of construction activities.
    (2) It is essential that adequate funds be programmed on ENG Form 
2213, Advance Engineering and Design Planning Schedule (PB-2B), to 
proceed with real estate planning; preparation of Real Estate Design 
Memoranda; determination of final project boundaries; and preliminary 
real estate work to the point where land acquisition can be started as 
soon as construction funds become available.
    (3) Surveys and boundary monumentation and/or marking shall be 
completed prior to acquistion.
    (4) Funds will be programmed for acquisition of lands for the 
construction area and/or other areas initially required within the first 
year, and for acquisition of lands for the other features of the project 
as rapidly as necessary real estate data can be assembled. For projects 
with major impoundment features and with scheduled construction periods 
of more than two years, funds will be programmed at a uniform level so 
that total real estate requirements will be covered by accepted offers 
to sell or declarations of taking filed in court by the end of two-
thirds of the overall construction period.
    (b) Public Information. (1) The real estate activities of the Corps 
are extremely sensitive, since they disrupt the lives of individuals and 
take their homes, farms and businesses. Therefore, the importance of 
keeping landowners and others having an interest in the land informed of 
the land acquisition program is emphasized. In order to avoid false 
rumors and to permit the affected owners to formulate plans for the 
future, information concerning the land acquisition program, procedures 
with respect thereto, and the specific effect on the individual 
properties, will be furnished to the affected owners at the outset of 
the project.
    (2) Section 302 of Pub. L. 86-645 (33 U.S.C. 597) is quoted, in 
part, for guidance:

    Within six months after the date that Congress authorizes 
construction of a water resource development project under the 
jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Army, the Corps of Engineers shall 
make reasonable effort to advise owners and occupants in and adjacent to 
the project area as to the probable timing for the acquisition of lands 
for the project and for incidental rights-of-way, relocations, and any 
other requirements affecting owners and occupants. Within a reasonable 
time after initial appropriations are made for land acquisition or 
construction, including relocations, the Corps of Engineers shall 
conduct public meetings at locations convenient to owners and tenants to 
be displaced by the project in order to advise them of the proposed 
plans for acquisition and to afford them an opportunity to comment. To 
carry out the provisions of this section, the Chief of Engineers shall 
issue regulations to provide, among other things, dissemination of the 
following information to those affected: (1) Factors considered in 
making the appraisals; (2) desire to purchase property without going to 
court; (3) legal right to submit to condemnation proceedings; (4) 
Payments for moving expenses or other losses not covered by appraised 
market value; (5) occupancy during construction; (6) removal of 
improvements; (7) payments required from occupants of Government-
acquired land; (8) withdrawals by owners of deposits made in court by 
Government; and (9) use of land by owner when easement is acquired.

    (3) Within a reasonable time after initial appropriations are made 
for land acquisition or construction, including relocations, Division 
and District Engineers will conduct meetings with landowners. The United 
States Senators of the state or states and Members of the House of 
Representatives of the district or districts in which the project is 
located should be invited to attend. Normally, the public meetings 
should be scheduled prior to the commencement of the land acquisition 
program. The agenda for the meetings will include not only the nine 
specific items listed in section 302, Pub. L. 86-645, but all other 
items of a nature

[[Page 127]]

that will assist landowners and tenants in understanding all of the 
Corps' real estate procedures such as, but not limited to: Acquisition 
schedules, the type of land interests to be acquired under the Joint 
Policy, approximate acquisition lines, management of the project, etc. 
In addition to the foregoing, pamphlets containing this information and 
the information brochure explaining the benefits to landowners under 
Pub. L. 91-646 will be given wide distribution at approximately the same 
time the landowners meeting program is initiated, and copies will be 
furnished to the appropriate United States Senators and Members of the 
House of Representatives.
    (4) Inquiries, comments of landowners and tenants, and problems 
developed at the landowners meetings should be recorded or, at least, a 
detailed written resume made. HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) should be informed as to 
the outcome of these meetings. Effective follow-up to supply any 
information not available at the meeting, or to consider any particular 
problems presented, is essential to realize the full advantage of the 
public relations program.
    (5) The provisions of this paragraph are applicable to all water 
resource development projects, including all local cooperation projects 
for which real estate is to be acquired in whole or in part by local 
interests. Initial information as to such projects for which real estate 
acquisition is exclusively a local interest responsibility may be given, 
within six months after project authorization, by either the local 
interest or Federal Government, through the media best adaptable under 
the circumstances. Advice should be given as to the timing of 
acquisition of the lands and lesser interests, and also as to the extent 
to which acquisition will be accomplished by the local interests. After 
appropriations, the local interests should be encouraged to sponsor and 
conduct a landowners meeting with attendance by Corps of Engineers 
representatives. If there is a joint responsibility for real estate 
acquisition, the local interests should explain the scheduled 
requirement for possession of the lands involved and their acquisition 
procedures, and the Corps of Engineers representatives should explain 
the procedures followed when lands are condemned by the Federal 
Government on behalf of local interests, and the authority for each 
action.
    (6) If local interests refuse to call a landowners meeting, the 
District Engineer should call such a meeting, to explain the general 
construction features of the project, to inform the landowners and 
tenants that local interests are obligated to acquire the necessary 
lands, to state that we cannot explain the exact procedures which will 
be followed by local interests, but to explain the procedures followed 
when lands are condemned by the Federal Government on behalf of local 
interests. If only a very few landowners and tenants are involved, local 
interests may hold their meeting in the District Engineer's office or at 
a location more convenient to the landowners and tenants. While this 
would not be a formal meeting, the same type of information would be 
furnished. Here, also the District Engineer should call such a meeting 
if local interests refuse to do so.
    (7) To summarize, public (landowners) meetings are required by 
section 302 of Pub. L. 86-645. This requirement applies to local 
cooperation projects as well as to the large Federal water resources 
development projects. The meetings will be held by Division/District 
Engineers, to comply with the law, if local interests refuse to call 
meetings at which information would normally be furnished jointly by the 
local interests and by the Corps of Engineers representatives.
    (8) Real Estate personnel and the Public Affairs Officers of the 
Division and District Engineers should cooperate closely in planning 
vigorous public relations programs as contemplated in this paragraph and 
through the press, radio, and television.
    (c) Land Acquisition Funds for Land Acquisition in Advance of 
Project Construction. (1) A Land Acquisition Fund in the amount of $2 
million was established as a part of the appropriations contained in the 
Public Works for Water, Pollution Control, and Power Development and 
Atomic Energy Commission Appropriation Act, 1971 (Pub. L. 91-439). 
Comments of the House Appropriations Committee in establishing

[[Page 128]]

the Fund are contained in House Committee Report No. 91-1219, 91st 
Congress, 1st Session, as follows:

    New land acquisition fund. The committee has approved the budget 
proposal to allocate $2 million to establish a fund for land 
acquisition, in advance of project construction, to alleviate severe 
hardship cases and to avoid price escalation. The proposal has been 
approved with the understanding that prior committee approval will be 
obtained for initial purchases in each project area and that use of the 
fund shall be confined to those projects on which planning has 
progressed to the point that the damsite has been finalized, and it is 
known with certainty the lands to be acquired for the project.


This fund was increased to $3 million by the Public Works for Water and 
Power Development and Atomic Energy Commission Appropriation Act of 1973 
(Pub. L. 92-405).
    (2) Applicability. Expenditures from the Fund are applicable to 
authorized water resource development projects for which land 
acquisition is a Federal responsibility.
    (3) Guidelines for Utilization of the Fund for Advance Land 
Acquisitions. (i) The Fund will be used to acquire private and non-
Federal publicly-owned properties at authorized water resource 
development projects on which planning has progressed to the point that 
the damsite has been finalized and it is established with certainty that 
the individual properties will be required for the project.
    (ii) Only those individual properties will be considered for 
acquisition where it can be shown that advance acquisition of the 
properties will alleviate severe hardship to the landowner and/or will 
avoid unusual land price escalation. Unusual price escalation cases 
involve those individually owned properties where it can be demonstrated 
that the land value will materially escalate, prior to commencement of 
the land acquisition program for the project from future appropriations 
for land acquisition or construction, because of imminent actions which 
will change the highest and best use of land, such as zoning actions, 
planned construction on the land and other changes in real estate market 
factors which will materially escalate land values. Normal land 
escalation occurring to all properties in general within a project will 
not be considered as a basis for acquisition. Hardship cases include, 
but are not necessarily limited to, cases involving the following:
    (A) The landowner has a valid contract to purchase a replacement 
property and failure to dispose of his property inside the project will 
force him to default the contract, forfeit his deposit, or otherwise 
lose the benefits of the contract, and other replacement property is not 
available within the same area under similar terms;
    (B) The property owner is forced to relocate from the area due to 
his employment or other circumstances beyond his control, and the 
Government's project has so affected the sale of properties within the 
project area as to make a sale to another private party at a fair and 
reasonable price extremely difficult; and
    (C) Illness of the owner or other members of his family, or other 
personal hardship makes his relocation from the area necessary and the 
Government's project has so affected the sale of properties within the 
project area as to make a sale to another private party at a fair and 
reasonable price extremely difficult.
    (D) As indicated above, these examples are not intended to exclude 
other cases where, in the exercise of sound judgment, actual hardship is 
found to exist.
    (iii) Individual tract ownerships recommended for advance 
acquisition by Division and District Engineers and approved by OCE will 
be acquired by direct purchase or through the filing of condemnation 
proceedings, in accordance with normal procedures.
    (4) Procedures. Individual tract ownerships which Division and 
District Engineers consider are hardship cases or involve unusual price 
escalation, within the guidelines set forth in paragraph (c)(3) of this 
section should be recommended to OCE for acquisition.
    (i) Full justification must be submitted to HQDA (DAEN-CWB) WASH DC 
20314 in support of the recommendation to acquire the individual 
ownerships.
    (ii) If the recommendation is approved, action will be taken by OCE 
to

[[Page 129]]

obtain approval of the House and Senate Committees on Appropriations. 
Upon receipt of Committee approvals, the Division Engineer will be 
authorized to proceed with the acquisition action if sufficient funds 
are available from the Land Acquisition Fund.
    (iii) Appropriate records will be maintained by District or Division 
Engineers of allocations made from the Fund which are used for approved 
acquisition cases. These funds will be accounted for under a designated 
account number.
    (iv) When appropriations for land acquisition or construction of the 
Federal project are specifically made by the Congress, the initial 
allowance of funds to the project will be reduced by the amount 
previously allotted from the Land Acquisition Fund in order to replenish 
the Fund for use at other projects.
    (d) Acquisition for State or Local Interests--Resettlement Sites. 
(1) Section 209 of Pub. L. 90-483 (82 Stat. 745) enacted August 13, 
1968, provides that the Secretary of the Army may, prior to the approval 
of title by the Attorney General, acquire, enter upon, and take 
possession of lands or interests in lands by purchase, donation, 
condemnation or otherwise, whenever any State, or any agency or 
instrumentality of a State or local Government, or any nonprofit 
incorporated body organized or chartered under the law of the State, or 
any nonprofit association, shall undertake to secure any lands or 
interests therein as a site for the resettlement of families, 
individuals, and business concerns displaced by a river and harbor 
improvement, flood control or other duly authorized water resource 
project, and
    (i) It is determined by the Secretary of the Army that the State or 
local interest is unable to acquire the necessary land, or unable to 
acquire it with sufficient promptness, and
    (ii) The Governor of the State in which the site is located has 
requested such acquisition.
    (2) Cost of Acquisition. The Act also provides that:
    (i) All expenses of acquisition accomplished under the authority of 
the Act, including any award that may be made in a condemnation 
proceeding, the cost of title evidence, appraisals and any other costs 
incident to such acquisition, shall be paid by the State, agency, 
instrumentality or nonprofit body.
    (ii) The State, agency, instrumentality or nonprofit body may repay 
such amount from any funds made available to it by any Federal 
department, agency, or instrumentality, other than the Department of the 
Army.
    (iii) Pending such payment, the Secretary of the Army may expend 
from any funds appropriated for the project such sums as may be 
necessary to carry out section 209, Pub. L. 90-483.
    (iv) To secure such payment, the State, agency, instrumentality or 
nonprofit body may be required to execute a proper bond before 
acquisition is commenced.
    (v) Any sums paid by a State, agency, instrumentality or nonprofit 
body under section 209 shall be credited to the appropriation for the 
project.
    (3) Determinations Required Before Application of section 209. No 
acquisition by the Department of the Army may be undertaken under this 
section until the Secretary of the Army has determined, after 
consultation with appropriate Federal, State and local government 
agencies, that:
    (i) The development of a site is necessary in order to alleviate 
hardships to displaced persons;
    (ii) The location of the site is suitable for development in 
relation to present or potential sources of employment; and
    (iii) A plan for development of the site has been approved by 
appropriate local government authorities in the area or community in 
which the site is located.
    (4) Action by District or Division Engineer. When the District 
Engineer is of the opinion that section 209 may be applicable to a given 
situation, after consultation with State and State agency officials, the 
Governor of the State should be advised of the pertinent provisions of 
the law and the assistance that can be rendered by the Secretary of the 
Army under the terms and conditions of the law at the request of the 
Governor. If planning towards resettlement is undertaken by a State, 
agency, instrumentality or nonprofit body, the District Engineer will 
keep advised of

[[Page 130]]

the progress of such local planning and will furnish guidelines and 
consultation to the local interests during development of the plan.
    (5) Implementation of the Plan of Resettlement. When the final plan 
has been developed and approved by the appropriate Federal, State and 
local governmental agencies (which will include information showing that 
the site is necessary to alleviate hardships to displaced persons and 
suitable for development in relation to present or potential sources of 
employment), a showing has been made that the State is unable to acquire 
the necessary lands or interests therein or is unable to acquire the 
lands with sufficient promptness, the Governor has executed a request 
that the Secretary of the Army acquire the lands under the terms and 
conditions of the Act, and the State or agency of the State has executed 
a proper bond in an amount deemed necessary to cover total expenditures 
to be made by the Army for the land acquisition, the District Engineer 
should submit to HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) WASH DC 20314 a brief Real Estate 
Design Memorandum covering the land to be acquired under the plan. The 
REDM should be accompanied by the final approved plan and the 
information listed above in order that the Secretary may make the 
determinations as required by section 209(b) of Pub. L. 90-483. No 
action will be taken by the District Engineer to acquire the land, 
proposed for acquisition in the plan and the REDM, until receipt of 
authority from DAEN-REA-P to proceed with the acquisition. A complete 
record will be maintained of all land and administrative costs incident 
to the acquisition as a basis for a request for reimbursement to the 
State and/or the State agency or agencies. Upon authorization to the 
District Engineer to proceed with land acquisitions of the site, normal 
Corps land acquisitions procedures will be followed.
    (6) Conveyance of the Site to the State or State Agency or Agencies. 
In accordance with section 209(c) of Pub. L. 90-483, upon completion of 
the acquisition of the site, a proper deed will be submitted to HQDA 
(DAEN-REA-P) WASH DC 20314 for execution by the Secretary of the Army, 
for conveyance of the land to the State or State agency, as appropriate. 
Evidence must be submitted that the terms and conditions of the deed 
have the approval of the Governor and the agency to which conveyance is 
to be made. The deed will not be delivered until reimbursement has been 
made to the United States for the land and administrative costs expended 
by the District Engineer incident to the acquisition of the site.

        Military (Army and Air Force) and Other Federal Agencies



Sec. 644.21  General.

    (a) Purpose. Sections 644.21 through 644.30 describe the procedures 
of the Corps of Engineers relating to real estate planning and project 
authorization for the acquisition of land and interests therein for 
military projects, for the Department of Energy (DOE), and for other 
Federal agencies as required.
    (b) Applicability. Provisions of these sections are applicable to 
the Office of the Chief of Engineers and all Division and District 
Engineers having real estate responsibilities.
    (c) General Procedures. (1) AR 405-10 and AFR 87-1 outline the 
policies of the Department of the Army and the Department of the Air 
Force, respectively, with respect to real estate acquisitions.
    (2) The policies of the Department of Energy (DOE) with respect to 
acquisition of real estate are generally set forth in requests of that 
agency for preparation of real estate design memorandums.
    (3) The purpose of the planning function is to establish a sound 
basis for the acquisition of land and interests therein in accordance 
with existing law and broad procedures of higher authority; to collect 
all necessary real estate data; to correlate and evaluate these data 
from the standpoint of establishing the necessity for the proposed 
acquisition; to establish that no Government-owned or Government-
controlled lands are available for the intended use; to determine the 
required estate, in accordance with existing policies, sufficient to 
protect the interests of the Government; and in general, to prepare each 
project for submission

[[Page 131]]

to the head of the interested department or agency, or his designee, 
and, where necessary, to the Department of Defense and the Committees on 
Armed Services of the Senate and House of Representatives, for approval.
    (4) In the preparation of Real Estate Planning Reports, or Real 
Estate Summaries, consideration will be given to the procedures and 
criteria expressed in the regulations cited herein.



Sec. 644.22  Site selection.

    When a requirement develops for a new installation or the extension 
of an existing installation, site selection will be the primary 
responsibility of the using service. A representative of the appropriate 
Division or District Engineer will participate in selection of sites for 
the Department of the Army and, upon request, in Department of the Air 
Force site selection and preliminary investigations. Commanders and site 
boards should be informed of any available lands, including marginal 
lands in civil works projects and available lands under the control of 
other departments and agencies, suitable for the desired purpose. The 
using service will request the Chief of Engineers or the appropriate 
Division or District Engineer to prepare a Real Estate Planning Report 
or Real Estate Summary, making reference to the prior Site Selection 
Report if one was prepared.



Sec. 644.23  Real Estate Planning Documents.

    (a) Real Estate Planning Reports. (1) A Real Estate Planning Report 
(REPR), as shown in Figure 2-1 in ER 405-1-12, will be prepared by the 
Division or District Engineer for all major fee and easement projects 
other than Reserve Component projects and extinguishment of grazing 
privileges on Federal lands. The request for such REPR may be initiated 
by any command or echelon of the Army or Air Force (or by the Washington 
Headquarters or field operations offices of DOE for a Real Estate Design 
Memorandum). Certain items contained in Figure 2-1 (ER 405-1-12) relate 
only to Department of the Air Force land acquisition programs for 
runways and approach zones and are not applicable to other projects. 
Such items will be omitted from REPRs where not applicable. When 
forwarding the REPR, a copy of the Reviewing Appraiser Comment, 
concerning the estimated land values assigned therein, should be 
included as an inclosure to the transmittal letter.
    (2) On Department of the Air Force projects where estimated cost is 
not in excess of $25,000, brief REPRs are to be prepared for issuance of 
directives by the approprate Air Force Regional Civil Engineer (AFRCE). 
Such reports need not be submitted to the Chief of Engineers except in 
those cases in which the major command submits a copy to Headquarters, 
USAF. This report should contain adequate information on the items 
listed in the following outline but need not be limited thereto:
    (i) Requirement for the property.
    (ii) Cost estimate of the property with indication of the method 
used in arriving at the estimate.
    (iii) Summary sheet showing the acreages, interests to be acquired, 
improvements and estimated costs, including the administrative costs of 
acquiring the real property and all costs in connection with the Uniform 
Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970 
(Pub. L. 91-646).
    (iv) Map showing property to be acquired, ownerships, and relation 
to existing installation, where appropriate.
    (v) In reports covering the acquisition of runway clearance 
easements, a profile, topographic, and obstruction drawing should be 
furnished.
    (vi) Discussions of any peculiar or unusual problems anticipated in 
connection with the proposed acquisition including relocation assistance 
required by Pub. L. 91-646.
    (vii) Recommendations of the office preparing the report.
    (b) Planning Documents for Reserve Component Acquisitions. Figure 2-
2 in ER 405-1-12 is a sample of an REPR for use in acquisition of land 
for the U.S. Army Reserve Program. This report omits some items which 
appear in the usual planning report but includes other items 
particularly applicable to U.S. Army Reserve sites.

[[Page 132]]

    (1) Real Estate Planning Report. The REPR for Reserve Component 
acquisitions should contain the following:
    (i) A list of all sites inspected with reasons for rejection of the 
other sites.
    (ii) Description of physical characteristics of the site.
    (iii) Type and extent of grading and drainage required.
    (iv) Soil and foundation conditions with classification of 
overburden materials (to be determined by test borings only if 
conditions indicate this necessity).
    (v) Availability of adequate access, water supply, electricity, gas 
for space heating, sewage disposal, drainage conditions, and telephone 
services. Where it is necessary to construct or extend streets, water, 
sewer, or other utility facilities to serve the selected site, a written 
commitment will be obtained from the municipal authorities assuring the 
United States that the municipality will perform such work without cost 
to the United States, or indicating the proportionate share of the costs 
the municipality will bear. This commitment will be made a part of the 
REPR.
    (vi) Cost estimates of supporting facilities and any unusual 
building foundations, itemized to the degree practicable to indicate 
items, quantities, sizes, unit prices and totals.
    (vii) A preliminary site plan, showing existing conditions and 
proposed layout, to insure adequacy of the site for its intended 
ultimate use.
    (viii) A formal legal commitment in the form of a resolution or 
other instrument authorizing a long-term, nominal-rental lease or a 
donation, together with a reference to the authority to grant the lease 
or make the donation, in instances where land is owned by a State, 
county, city or other political subdivision.
    (ix) A draft of the proposed lease in terms acceptable to the 
lessor, taking into consideration the requirements in DOD Directive 
4165.16.
    (2) Agreements for Joint National Guard-Army Reserve Center. Title 
10, U.S.C., 2231 through 2238, DOD Directives 1225.2 and 1225.5, and AR 
140-478 contain policy and directions for the establishment of this type 
of training facility. The Division or District Engineer will participate 
in negotiation of the joint-use agreement and preparation of the 
necessary instruments, in coordination with local Army Reserve and 
National Guard representatives. A copy of the agreement so negotiated 
will be attached to each copy of the REPR prior to its distribution for 
review. DOD Directive 1225.2 provides in part: ``The agreement shall 
remain in full force and effect for the fixed term of years which 
represents the estimated useful life of the facility.'' This provision 
has generally been interpreted as fixing the use term at 25 years, 
although the probably useful life of a well-maintained armory type 
structure is much longer. The DOD provision states a minimum 
requirement; however, it does not preclude the Army from securing a 
longer period of use. In order to secure a use term more commensurate 
with the Government investment, joint-use agreements, at a minimum, will 
be set up on a 25-year basis, with the option on the part of the 
Government to renew for an additional 25-year period under the same 
terms and conditions.
    (3) Real Estate Summary. Considerable time, effort and funds can be 
saved if REPRs are foregone in those cases involving acquisition of 
property for U.S. Army Reserve and Army National Guard use by transfer 
from another military department or the General Services Administration. 
The Real Estate document in support of such proposed acquisitions will 
be a Real Estate Summary which will contain the following elements only:
    (i) Authority for request.
    (ii) Acreage and estate.
    (iii) Estimated gross fair market value.
    (iv) Map.
    (v) Excess status of land.
    (vi) Description of improvements (including building numbers and 
square feet).
    (vii) Justification for use of the property as provided by the 
Command. Proposed construction (if any) should be included.
    (viii) Engineering Feasibility Study (if construction is planned).
    (ix) Draft Acquisition Report is required for clearance under title 
10

[[Page 133]]

U.S.C. 2662 if estimated gross fair market value is over $50,000 for 
acquisition by transfer from another military department.
    (c) Lease Planning Reports. Reference is made to AR 405-10 and AFR 
87-1, concerning requests for leasehold acquisitions. A Lease Planning 
Report will be submitted upon request of the Chief of Engineers or the 
using service. Figure 2-3 in ER 405-1-12 is a sample of a Lease Planning 
Report.
    (d) Grazing Land Reports. (1) When Federal grazing lands are a part 
of a project and it is proposed to cancel, or to prevent the use of, 
grazing privileges thereon, under authority contained in the Act of 
Congress approved July 9, 1942, as amended (43 U.S.C. 315q), the REPR 
will be utilized with appropriate changes. The report will disclose each 
of the ranch units comprising grazing privileges, indicating, in 
tabulated form, the name of each operator, acreage owned in fee, acreage 
of State-owned land held under lease, acreage of railroad land held 
under lease, acreage of other privately owned land held under lease, 
acreage under Federal grazing permits or licenses, total acreage in 
ranch unit, total carrying capacity of ranch unit, and actual number of 
stock being carried on each ranch unit; whether proj ect will be 
classified as a permanent or temporary installation; other acquisition 
problems, such as mining and water rights or claims, which may be 
encountered; and a project map indicating project boundaries, Federal 
and State-owned lands, and location of mining and water rights or 
claims.
    (2) The cost estimate will be prepared in accordance with subpart B.
    (e) Distribution and Approval of Planning Reports--(1) Army 
Projects. Upon completion of a fee and/or easement planning report or a 
Lease Planning Report, the report will be processed as outlined in AR 
405-10. Information will be included in the transmittal letter 
concerning status of environmental assessment or impact statement.
    (2) Air Force Projects. (i) Upon the completion, review and approval 
of a fee and/or easement planning report, the District Engineer will 
forward copies of the planning report to the Division Engineer who will 
forward the original and one copy with appropriate recommendations to 
HQDA (DAEN-REA-L) WASH DC 20314. Simultaneously with this action, the 
Division Engineer will furnish the Major Air Command with six copies of 
the planning report for review, approval, and subsequent transmittal to 
Headquarters, USAF.
    (ii) After preparation, review and approval, the District Engineer 
will submit the Lease Planning Report, wherein the estimated annual 
rental is in excess of $25,000, to the Division Engineer. Upon review 
and approval, the Division Engineer will forward the original and a 
copy, with appropriate recommendations, to DAEN-REA-L. Simultaneously 
with this action, the Division Engineer will furnish the Major Air 
Command with two copies of the report. The Chief of Engineers will 
review the report and forward the original to Headquarters, USAF, with 
appropriate recommendations.
    (3) DOE Projects. Upon completion of a fee and/or easement real 
estate design memorandum and review and approval by the District 
Engineer and, in turn, the Division Engineer, a copy of the report will 
be submitted to the appropriate DOE office for review and approval. When 
notice of approval is received, the District Engineer will transmit, 
through the Division Engineer, the original and two copies of the REDM, 
with recommendations, and evidence of approval by the DOE field office, 
to HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) WASH DC 20314. Upon review and approval, the Chief 
of Engineers will transmit the original and one copy of the REDM to 
Headquarters, DOE, for approval and further action.



Sec. 644.24  Acquisition by Transfer from other Government Departments 
or Agencies (except Public Domain).

    When a requirement develops for the acquisition of Government-owned 
real property and an appropriate request is received for the 
acquisition, the District Engineer will prepare and submit, through the 
Division Engineer, to HQDA (DAEN-REA-L) WASH DC 20314 a Real Estate 
Planning Report (Figure 2-1 in ER 405-1-12) (or a brief report, if it is 
determined this would be sufficient) setting forth the requirements

[[Page 134]]

for the property, the market value thereof, the ``in place'' value of 
existing improvements, the estimated cost of the proposed construction, 
attitude of the local representative of the department or agency having 
control, and such other items as are necessary to give full discussion 
of the real estate implications, for consideration and the obtaining of 
a real estate directive for the acquisition by transfer.



Sec. 644.25  Withdrawal of Public Domain for Defense Purposes.

    (a) The Act of Congress approved February 28, 1958 (Pub. L. 85-337, 
72 Stat. 27) provides that all withdrawals and reservations of public 
domain land, water, or land and water, or restrictions on use of areas 
in the Continental Shelf, aggregating an area of more than 5,000 acres 
for any one defense project, shall be by Act of Congress. Upon receipt 
of a request for withdrawal or reservation of lands of the public domain 
or for restrictions on exploration and exploitation in the Continental 
Shelf, and in order that the Chief of Engineers may present the project 
to higher authority for approval and submission to the Congress, if 
approved, the District Engineer will prepare and submit, through the 
Division Engineer, to HQDA (DAEN-REA-L) WASH DC 20314 a Real Estate 
Planning Report, including the following items.
    (1) A copy of the request from the Army or the using service.
    (2) Complete information relative to the eight items specified in 
section 3 of Pub. L. 85-337 (43 U.S.C. 156).
    (3) If the proposed withdrawal constitutes an expansion of an 
existing installation, pertinent data relative to the lands constituting 
the existing installation.
    (4) Information relative to outstanding mineral, grazing, water and 
other rights.
    (5) A statement as to the estimated cost:
    (i) Of extinguishing such rights; and
    (ii) Of suspending the exercise of such rights on a leasehold 
(annual rental) basis.
    (6) Map(s) indicating the exterior boundaries of the project; 
excepted areas, if any; location of mineral rights, water rights, and 
other resources discussed in the report.
    (b) The District Engineer will also prepare and include a draft of 
application for withdrawal covering the eight items specified in section 
3 of Pub. L. 85-337.
    (c) Upon receipt of the REPR and draft of application for 
withdrawal, the Chief of Engineers will prepare a Real Estate Directive.
    (d) The REPR, draft of application for withdrawal, and Real Estate 
Directive will be transmitted through the Chief of Staff and the 
appropriate Assistant Secretary of the Army to the Assistant Secretary 
of Defense (Manpower, Reserve Affairs and Logistics) for approval of the 
acquisition and for coordination with the Department of the Interior 
(Bureau of Land Management). Upon receipt of approval from the ASD 
(MRA&L), the Chief of Engineers will dispatch the application to the 
Department of the Interior and will draft the necessary legislation for 
processing through normal legislative channels.
    (e) It has been determined that the words ``in the aggregate'' in 
section 2 of Pub. L. 85-337 shall be interpreted as applying only to 
withdrawals of land since enactment of Pub. L. 85-337. For example, if 
4,500 acres of public land had been withdrawn prior to enactment of Pub. 
L. 85-337 and the new application for withdrawal covers 1,000 acres, the 
requirements of Pub. L. 85-337 do not have to be satisfied. If the new 
application covering 1,000 acres is honored and the withdrawal completed 
and a later requirement for 4,500 acres of public lands developed, the 
requirements of Pub. L. 85-337 would have to be satisfied.
    (f) Pub. L. 85-337 and the above instructions do not relate to the 
use of public lands under permit.
    (g) In Department of Air Force cases, the District Engineer will 
continue to prepare such REPR's and to furnish such other services as 
are requested by the Major Air Commands.
    (h) When the REPR contains a proposal for the acquisition of 
minerals, the local office of the Bureau of Land Management, Department 
of the Interior, will be furnished with a copy of

[[Page 135]]

the Mineral Section of the planning report, which will indicate the 
number and types of claims, areas involved, and the gross appraisal. 
Accompanying this Mineral Section will be a request that the Bureau of 
Land Management place an item in the next available budget for the funds 
required for the validation of the mineral claims involved. A copy of 
the Mineral Section, together with a copy of the request to the local 
office of the Bureau of Land Management, will be forwarded to HQDA 
(DAEN-REA-L) WASH DC 20314 for coordination with the Director, Bureau of 
Land Management, Department of the Interior, Washington, DC 20240.



Sec. 644.26  Required clearances.

    (a) As stated in AR 405-10 and AFR 87-1, no real estate or interests 
therein will be acquired until there is legislative authorization for 
the acquisition (41 U.S.C. 14) and an appropriation available for the 
purpose.
    (b) AR 405-10 and AFR 87-1 also outline the clearances which must be 
made within the Departments of the Army and the Air Force, with the 
Department of Defense, and with the Committees on Armed Services of the 
Senate and the House of Representatives before acquisition may proceed. 
The Chief of Engineers is responsible for initiating all clearance 
actions as to Army acquisitions. The Director of Engineering and 
Services (AF/PRE) and the Director of Planning, Programming and Analysis 
(AF/RDXI), as to industrial installations, of Headquarters, USAF, are 
responsible for initiating all clearance actions as to Air Force 
acquisitions.



Sec. 644.27  Authority to issue Real Estate Directives.

    Where there is legislative authorization, an appropriation is 
available, and necessary clearances have been obtained, the formal Real 
Estate Directive (designating the land to be acquired, the estate to be 
acquired, and the amount of funds available for the acquisition) will be 
issued by the head of the interested department or agency, or his 
designee.
    (a) Authority to issue all Department of the Army Real Estate 
Directives is vested in the Chief of Engineers. The Chief of Engineers 
has been delegated authority from the Secretary of the Army, and has 
redelegated to Division and District Engineers authority, to approve:
    (1) Acquisition of permits from other Government departments and 
agencies, excepting the use of space in the National Capital Region.
    (2) The making of minor boundary changes in approved projects to 
avoid severance damages, by including or excluding small tracts of land 
which will not decrease the usefulness of the project for the purpose 
for which being acquired.
    (b) The delegated authority referred to in paragraph (a) of this 
section was redelegated to Division and District Engineers, provided it 
can be accomplished without the allotment of additional funds: And 
provided, That there is an existing Real Estate Directive. When there is 
a change in scope (area and/or funds), recommendation will be made to 
the Chief of Engineers for amendment of the directive.
    (c) The Chief of Engineers has been delegated authority to approve 
for the Secretary of the Army leasehold acquisitions, including renewals 
and extensions, and space assignments from the General Services 
Administration, where the estimated annual rental for any single project 
is not in excess of $50,000 and the acquisition is not controversial, 
unusual, or inconsistent with Department of the Army policies, excepting 
the acquisition by lease of industrial and commercial facilities; 
projects requiring a certificate of necessity in accordance with the Act 
of Congress approved June 30, 1932, as amended (40 U.S.C. 278a); and 
space in the National Capital Region. This authority has been 
redelegated to the Division Engineer where the annual rental does not 
exceed $25,000.
    (d) Authority to issue all Department of the Air Force Real Estate 
Di rectives is vested in the Real Property Division, Directorate of 
Engineering and Services, HQ, USAF. Major Air Commands and Air Force 
Regional Civil Engineers may issue Real Estate Directives for 
acquisitions not exceeding $50,000 in cost.
    (1) Division Engineers will assign numbers to Real Estate Directives

[[Page 136]]

issued by Air Force Regional Civil Engineers. The numbers will be in a 
consecutive series for each Division and will be preceded by a symbol 
identifying the Division to which the directive is issued.
    (2) All revisions to Real Estate Di rectives will be designated as 
amendments to the basic Real Estate Directive and will be appropriately 
numbered.
    (3) Division Engineers will forward the original and one copy of 
each Directive, and each amendment thereto to HQDA (DAEN-REA-L) WASH DC 
20314.
    (4) Commanders of Major Air Commands will approve requests for 
leases, lease renewals, and space assignments from the General Services 
Administration, where the estimated cost of the project does not exceed 
$50,000 per annum, and subject to any necessary clearances, excepting, 
however, the leasehold acquisitions listed in AFR 87-1.
    (e) Authority to issue DOE Real Estate Directives has been delegated 
by the General Manager to the Directors of Operating Divisions, DOE.



Sec. 644.28  Responsibility for acquisition.

    HQDA (DAEN-REA-L) is responsible for acquiring real estate for the 
Departments of the Army (military) and Air Force. HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) is 
responsible for acquiring real estate for the Department of the Army 
(civil works), DOE, and other Federal agencies as required.



Sec. 644.29  Authority to proceed with acquisition.

    (a) Upon receipt of the formal Real Estate Directive by the Chief of 
Engineers, with necessary clearances made and an allotment of funds to 
the District Engineer, the Division Engineer will be authorized to 
proceed with acquisition in accordance with the directive and the 
procedures outlined in subpart C and Pub. L. 91-646 instructions. Where 
authority has been delegated, the Division or District Engineer may 
proceed with the acquisition upon receipt of proper directive, any 
necessary clearances, and allotment of funds.
    (b) Under no circumstances will offers be made to landowners or 
construction initiated prior to the issuance of instructions from the 
Chief of Engineers to proceed with the acquisition.
    (c) The Division or District Engineer will maintain liaison with the 
local commander and advise him when possession of the land is available.



Sec. 644.30  Preliminary real estate work.

    (a) Preliminary real estate work is defined as that action taken 
with regard to the individual ownerships leading up to, but not 
including, solicitation of offers from landowners. It includes 
preparation or procurement of tract ownership data (ENG Form 900--Tract 
Ownership Data, where its use is considered desirable), legal 
descriptions and mapping, title evidence, and individual tract 
appraisals. At this stage of the acquisition program, it will be 
necessary to make some contact with landowners, tenants, or other 
interested persons; for example, the appraiser's discussion of the 
property with the owner, his agent, or other representative (Pub. L. 91-
646, sec. 301(2)). In any such contacts, information should be confined 
to the fact that acquisition of the real property is being considered; 
no acquisition action can be taken until funds are made available; and, 
after acquisition is approved, as much advance notice as possible will 
be given to all interested parties. Supply of ENG Form 900 may be 
requisitioned from the OCE Publications Depot in the prescribed manner.
    (b) Preliminary real estate work on Army projects will be conducted 
as soon as design has progressed to the point at which the exact land 
needed has been firmly determined, or as soon as the District Engineer 
has determined that it is practicable to proceed.
    (c) Preliminary real estate work on Air Force projects will be 
conducted upon request of Headquarters, USAF, or Major Air Command 
installations, and at the request of any of those persons designated for 
industrial acquisitions.

[[Page 137]]



                           Subpart B_Appraisal



Sec. 644.41  General.

    (a) Purpose. (1) Subpart B describes the general procedures and 
standards governing all appraisal work undertaken in connection with the 
real estate responsibilities of the Corps of Engineers.
    (2) These guidelines are to promote and encourage the utilization of 
uniform appraisal methods, standards, and techniques. Their use should 
result in the most effective solutions to the many appraisal problems 
with which the Corps of Engineers is confronted in the implementation of 
its real estate programs involving acquisition, disposal, and management 
of all kinds of real property. They are to encourage the appraiser to 
include in his appraisal process sufficient factual data and other 
supporting information to develop sound, unbiased, and independent 
market value estimates; promote appraisal reporting techniques that 
reflect acceptable judicial concepts, intelligent and convincing 
reasoning; and provide a sound basis for negotiations and valid 
testimony in court.
    (b) Applicability. Provisions of this subpart are applicable to the 
Office of the Chief of Engineers and all field operating agencies having 
real estate responsibilities.
    (c) Procedures and Standards. (1) In acquiring, disposing, and 
managing real estate, or any interest therein, it is the practice of the 
Department of the Army to impartially protect the interests of all 
concerned.
    (2) The fair market value of the pertinent real estate interest in 
each parcel or tract of real property being acquired, disposed of or 
managed will be developed by a competent appraiser preparing an adequate 
appraisal report indicating sound estimates of values of each estate 
required. The appraisal may be prepared by either a staff employee or by 
a self-employed contract appraiser; however, each must have demonstrated 
the ability to exercise good judgment and must have had adequate 
experience in estimating the market value of the particular type of 
property involved. The qualifications and selection of staff appraisers 
will be based on the Civil Service Standards for the GS-1171 Series. A 
contract appraiser must also meet the experience requirements set forth 
in the Civil Service Standards.
    (3) It is the practice of the Chief of Engineers to engage the 
services of competent appraisers and consultants to augment staff 
capabilities in the appraisal of various real estate interests to be 
acquired, disposed of or managed by the Corps. Preference will be given 
to local appraisers and consultants, if qualified, and the costs of 
their services will be paid by the Government. Any appraiser having an 
interest in the property being appraised or any relationship, family or 
business, to the owner thereof, will be disqualified from appraising 
that particular tract.
    (4) Normally, only one appraisal per ownership or tract will be 
obtained. However, in cases involving controversial appraisal problems 
or precedent setting patterns of value in first priority areas of large 
projects, more than one appraisal of the same property may be obtained 
if considered necessary by the Division or District Engineer. If 
negotiations with the owners have reached an impasse and it appears that 
the filing of condemnation proceedings will be necessary to acquire the 
land or interest therein, the joint Corps of Engineers-Department of 
Justice policy provides that in fee takings, where the value of the 
property is between $50,000 and $100,000 only one appraisal need be 
provided to the Department of Justice so long as it is a contract 
appraisal; two appraisals will be provided for values exceeding 
$100,000. In the filing of condemnation proceedings for easement takings 
in excess of $50,000 two appraisals will be required. At least one of 
the two appraisals must be made by a contract appraiser. More often than 
not, both will be by contract appraisers.
    (5) Each appraisal report will be carefully reviewed and acted upon 
by a qualified reviewing appraiser.
    (6) It is essential that negotiations for any required real estate 
interests be conducted on the basis of an approved appraisal that 
reflects current fair market value. Any appraisal report with an 
effective date of six months or more prior to initiation of negotiations

[[Page 138]]

with the landowner or the date of filing of a condemnation action is 
considered outdated and should be reviewed and brought up to date to 
reflect current market conditions.
    (7) The appraiser may be called upon, in condemnation proceedings or 
otherwise, to establish the validity and competence of his estimates. He 
must familiarize himself with basic rules of trial evidence so that his 
testimony will be admissible and of probative value. Since, as a 
witness, he must be prepared to offer convincing testimony, his report 
should contain an analysis of all factual data upon which his estimates 
are based.
    (8) Local representatives of the Department of Justice are available 
for consultation in matters pertaining to acquisitions and legal 
principles involved in valuation problems.
    (9) Appraised valuations and the supporting appraisal reports, for 
acquisition or disposal purposes, are privileged information and the 
appraiser should not divulge his findings and opinions to anyone except 
authorized officials of the Government. Section 301(3), Pub. L. 91-646, 
January 2, 1971, dictates that written statement of, and summary of the 
basis for, the amount of the estimate of just compensation, shall be 
furnished the property owner. This does not mean that the appraisal 
report or any part of it should be given to the landowner, but only a 
summary of the amount and methods of appraisal.
    (10) The appraiser is usually the first personal contact the owner 
has with a representative of the Government. The owner is generally the 
prime source of information pertaining to the history, condition, 
management, and operation of the property. It has always been the Corps' 
practice for the appraiser to contact and consult with the owner of a 
property prior to and during the inspection of the tract. Section 
301(2), Pub. L. 91-646, January 2, 1971, dictates that ``* * * the owner 
shall be given an opportunity to accompany the appraiser during his 
inspection of the property.'' Before the appraiser makes his first visit 
to the property, he must make every effort to contact the owner and 
invite him or his designated agent or representative to accompany him on 
his actual field inspection. If personal contact is not possible, a 
registered letter should be sent to the owner. The appraisal report 
should reflect when and how the owner or his representative was 
contacted, whether or not he accompanied the appraiser, and any other 
pertinent comments.
    (d) Definition of Market Value. ``Under established law the 
criterion for just compensation is the fair market value of the property 
at the time of the taking. `Fair market value' is defined as the amount 
in cash, or on terms reasonably equivalent to cash, for which in all 
probability the property would be sold by a knowledgeable owner willing 
but not obligated to sell to a knowledgeable purchaser who desired but 
is not obligated to buy. In ascertaining that figure, consideration 
should be given to all matters that might be brought forward and 
reasonably be given substantial weight in bargaining by persons of 
ordinary prudence, but no consideration whatever should be given to 
matters not affecting market value. The cash or on terms reasonably 
equivalent to cash, requirement is important and numerous courts have 
noted this factor.'' (Source: ``Uniform Appraisal Standards For Federal 
Land Acquisitions,'' Interagency Land Acquisition Conference, 
Washington, DC, 1973.) This definition is considered to be consistent 
with another definition approved by the American Institute of Real 
Estate Appraisers which sets out market value ``as the highest price 
estimated in terms of money which a property will bring if exposed for 
sale in the open market, allowing a reasonable time to find a purchaser 
who buys with knowledge of all the uses to which it is adapted and for 
which it is capable of being used.''
    (e) Use of Appraisal Procedures. (1) The appraisal of real estate is 
the estimation of the fair market value of a specified interest in a 
particular ownership of property, and the appraisal profession has 
developed certain basic appraisal techniques and procedures. There are 
three approaches to value which have become standardized--the cost 
approach; the market approach; and the income approach.

[[Page 139]]

    (2) In the COST APPROACH, the appraiser estimates the cost of 
reproduction of the buildings and land improvements. A deduction is made 
for depreciation due to physical deterioration, and also for functional 
and economic obsolescence. The value of the land is then estimated by 
comparison with sales of similar unimproved tracts and added to the 
depreciated value of the improvements. This procedure is also referred 
to as the Summation Approach. This approach is always applicable in the 
valuation of publicly owned structures such as schools, fire houses, 
etc.
    (3) In the MARKET APPROACH, the appraiser compares the subject 
property on an overall basis with similar properties which have recently 
sold. Adjustments are made for all factors of dissimilarity. All known 
sales are considered, but the appraiser selects only those which are 
verified to be good ``arms length transactions'' and considered to be 
most similar to the property appraised. After these sales are analyzed 
and adjusted to the subject, this data is then correlated into a final 
estimate of value as indicated by the market.
    (4) In the INCOME APPROACH, the appraiser estimates the probable 
gross and net income to be expected from the rental of the property, 
adjusts for the quality and durability of this income stream, and 
processes this income into a value estimate by use of an appropriate 
capitalization rate.
    (5) The appraiser then correlates the indicated value estimates from 
the three approaches into a final estimated market value. Consideration 
is given to the relative strengths and weaknesses of each approach. 
Normally, the most weight is given to the approach commonly used by the 
typical purchasers of the type of property appraised. In almost all 
routine appraisals the market approach is most applicable.
    (f) Importance of the Appraisal Function. The measure of success or 
failure in any real estate transaction is inseparably bound up in the 
matter of price. The heart of the real estate business is the price 
estimate or appraisal. The importance of sound appraisals for the 
Department of the Army cannot be over-emphasized. The courts have 
established basic rules governing exercise of the power of eminent 
domain.
    (g) Appraisal is an ``Estimate.'' The market value of any real 
estate interest is not a matter of exact determination, and the 
appraiser does not ``establish'' or ``determine'' the value. An 
appraisal is an ``estimate'' of current value based upon and supported 
by an analysis of all the factors, physical, economic, and social which 
influence the present and future benefits to be derived from the 
ownership of the property appraised.
    (h) The Appraisal Format. In order to establish a degree of 
uniformity throughout the Corps as to an appraisal format, all staff 
appraisers and contract appraisers will follow the outline as set forth 
in the ``Uniform Appraisal Standards For Federal Land Acquisition'' and 
Sec. 644.42.



Sec. 644.42  Appraisal report.

    (a) Preface. The appraisal report is an important document which 
serves as a material aid in the acquisition of required real estate 
interests. It is also an indispensable factor in justifying expenditures 
of public funds. It is essential that the report indicates conclusively 
that the appraiser has considered and analyzed all available data and 
used logical reasoning and judgment in developing his value conclusions.
    (b) Scope of Reports. (1) It is the Corps' practice that all 
appraisal reports will be prepared in narrative form. The report will 
include, as a minimum, all essential data which will disclose the 
purpose, the scope of the problem and the principal techniques and 
approaches employed. The report should contain all the pertinent 
supporting data required to sustain the appraiser's final conclusion of 
market value.
    (2) The use of preprinted narrative sales data sheets is authorized. 
Care should be exercised to properly relate each sale to subject in the 
narrative. Use of individual forms is also authorized for tabular 
exercises, such as the ``cost approach.'' In every instance the 
narrative should reflect the appraiser's reasoning.

[[Page 140]]

    (c) Narrative Report Format. (1) The following report format is 
taken verbatim from ``Uniform Appraisal Standards For Federal Land 
Acquisitions,'' published by the Interagency Land Acquisition 
Conference, 1973.

    B-1. Contents of appraisal report: The text of the appraisal report 
shall be divided into four parts as outlined below:

                          PART I--INTRODUCTION

    1. TITLE PAGE. This shall include (a) the name and street address of 
the property, (b) the name of the individual making the report, and (c) 
the effective date of the appraisal.
    2. TABLE OF CONTENTS.
    3. LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
    4. PHOTOGRAPHS. Pictures shall show at least the front elevation of 
the major improvements, plus any unusual features. There should also be 
views of the abutting properties on either side and that property 
directly opposite. When a large number of buildings are involved, 
including duplicates, one picture may be used for each type. Views of 
the best comparables should be included whenever possible. Except for 
the overall view, photographs may be bound as pages facing the 
discussion or description which the photographs concern. All graphic 
material shall include captions.
    5. STATEMENT OF LIMITING CONDITIONS AND ASSUMPTIONS.
    6. REFERENCES. If preferred, may be shown with applicable approach.

                          PART II--FACTUAL DATA

    7. PURPOSE OF THE APPRAISAL. This shall include the reason for the 
appraisal, and a definition of all values required, and property rights 
appraised.
    8. LEGAL DESCRIPTION. This description shall be so complete as to 
properly identify the property appraised. If lengthy, it should be 
referenced and included in Part IV. If furnished by the Government and 
would require lengthy reproduction, incorporate by reference only.
    9. AREA, CITY AND NEIGHBORHOOD DATA. This data (mostly social and 
economic) should be kept to a minimum and should include only such 
information as directly affects the appraised property together with the 
appraiser's conclusions as to significant trends.
    10. PROPERTY DATA:
    a. Site. Describe the soil, topography, mineral deposits, easements, 
etc. A statement must be made concerning the existence or nonexistence 
of mineral deposits having a commercial value. In case of a partial 
taking, discuss access both before and after to remaining tract. Also 
discuss the detrimental and hazardous factors inherent in the location 
of the property.
    b. Improvements. This description may be by narrative or schedule 
form and shall include dimensions, cubic and/or square foot 
measurements, and where appropriate, a statement of the method of 
measurement used in determining rentable areas such as full floor, 
multitenancy, etc.
    c. Equipment. This shall be described by narrative or schedule form 
and shall include all items of equipment, including a statement of the 
type and purpose of the equipment and its state of cannibalization. The 
current physical condition and relative use and obsolescence shall be 
stated for each item or group appraised, and, whenever applicable, the 
repair or replacement requirements to bring the property to usable 
condition.
    Any related personalty or equipment, such as tenant trade fixtures, 
which are not attached or considered part of the realty, shall be 
separately inventoried. Where applicable, these detachable or 
individually owned items shall be separately valued.
    d. History. State briefly the purpose for which the improvements 
were designed, dates of original construction and/or additions; include, 
for privately owned property, a ten-year record as to each parcel, of 
all sales and, if possible, offers to buy or sell, and recent lease(s); 
if no sale in the past ten years, include a report of the last sale.
    e. Assessed value and annual tax load. If the property is not taxed, 
the appraiser shall estimate the assessment in case it is placed upon 
the tax roll, state the rate, and give the dollar amount of the tax 
estimate.
    f. Zoning. Describe the zoning for subject and comparable properties 
(where Government owned, state what the zoning probably will be under 
private ownership), and if rezoning is imminent, discuss further under 
item 11.

                   PART III--ANALYSES AND CONCLUSIONS

    11. ANALYSIS OF HIGHEST AND BEST USE. The report shall state the 
highest and best use that can be made of the property (land and 
improvements and where applicable, machinery and equipment) for which 
there is a current market. The valuation shall be based on this use.
    12. LAND VALUE. The appraiser's opinion of the value of the land 
shall be supported by confirmed sales of comparable, or nearly 
comparable lands having like optimum uses. Differences shall be weighed 
and explained to show how they indicate the value of the land being 
appraised.
    13. VALUE ESTIMATE BY COMPARATIVE (MARKET) APPROACH. All comparable 
sales used shall be confirmed by the buyer, seller, broker, or other 
person having knowledge of the price, terms and conditions of sale. Each 
comparable shall be weighed

[[Page 141]]

and explained in relation to the subject property to indicate the 
reasoning behind the appraiser's final value estimate from this 
approach.
    14. VALUE ESTIMATE BY COST APPROACH, IF APPLICABLE. This section 
shall be in the form of computative data, arranged in sequence, 
beginning with reproduction or replacement cost, and shall state the 
source (book and page if a national service) of all figures used. The 
dollar amounts of physical deterioration and functional and economic 
obsolescence, or the omission of same, shall be explained in narrative 
form. This procedure may be omitted on improvements, both real and 
personal, for which only a salvage or scrap value is estimated.
    15. VALUE ESTIMATE BY INCOME APPROACH, IF APPLICABLE. This shall 
include adequate factual data to support each figure and factor used and 
shall be arranged in detailed form to show at least (a) estimated gross 
economic rent or income; (b) allowance for vacancy and credit losses; 
(c) an itemized estimate of total expenses including reserves for 
replacements.
    Capitalization of net income shall be at the rate prevailing for 
this type of property and location. The capitalization technique, method 
and rate used shall be explained in narrative form supported by a 
statement of sources of rates and factors.
    16. INTERPRETATION AND CORRELATION OF ESTIMATES. The appraiser shall 
interpret the foregoing estimates and shall state his reasons why one or 
more of the conclusions reached in items (13), (14), and (15) are 
indicative of the market value of the property.
    17. CERTIFICATION. This shall include statement that Contractor has 
no undisclosed interest in property, that he has personally inspected 
the premises, date and amount of value estimate, etc.

                      PART IV--EXHIBITS AND ADDENDA

    18. LOCATION MAP. (Within the city or area)
    19. COMPARATIVE MAP DATA. Show geographic location of the appraised 
property and the comparative parcels analyzed.
    20. DETAIL OF THE COMPARATIVE DATA.
    21. PLOT PLAN.
    22. FLOOR PLANS. (When needed to explain the value estimate.)
    23. OTHER PERTINENT EXHIBITS.
    24. QUALIFICATIONS. (Of all Appraisers and/or Technicians 
contributing to the report.)

    (2) The following exceptions are made to the above format:
    (i) Estate, either a copy of the estate appraised should be included 
in the report or by reference in the report to the appropriate estate.
    (ii) Legal description must be included in the appraisal report, 
either in the body or as an exhibit.
    (3) Photographs of important buildings and unusual land conditions 
are considered an integral part of each appraisal report. Judgment 
should be exercised in conserving time and expense, and several small 
buildings can often be covered in one photograph. The use of color film 
and photographs is encouraged, especially wherein development cost 
either ``in-house'' or by outside firms is reasonable.
    (d) Brief Appraisals. (1) Brief narrative appraisal reports, of a 
one-to-four page composition, are authorized for use in many instances 
wherein the evaluation or per annum rental value does not exceed $3,600. 
The use of this type of report is encouraged and authorized for:
    (i) Family housing appraisals, (ii) inleasing of privately-owned 
quarters and outleasing of government-owned quarters to civilian 
tenants, (iii) the purchasing or leasing of undeveloped land, (iv) 
rentals of small office-type space (example: Recruiting facilities), (v) 
rights of way for utility lines and roadways, (vi) leases; easements, 
and (vii) other minor interests in real property.
    (2) Appraisals exceeding $2,000 per annum rental are subject to the 
Economy Act, and the fee value must be shown if improvements are 
included. A brief or short form-type of appraisal is adequate.
    (3) All appraisals will be supported by at least three comparable 
sales or rentals of similar properties. A narrative discussion of each 
will be included. In bulk acquisition projects the use of prepared sales 
data sheets is authorized and encouraged. Each sale or rental must be 
discussed and compared to the subject property within the narrative of 
the report.
    (4) Brief narrative appraisals will be reviewed under the same 
requirements as normal appraisal reports.



Sec. 644.43  Gross appraisals.

    (a) Preparation. (1) The gross appraisal sections of real estate 
design memoranda and planning reports are subject to minute scrutiny by 
higher

[[Page 142]]

authority in the Department of Defense and by Congressional Committees. 
It is essential that they be meticulously prepared to reflect actual 
market conditions and unit prices.
    (2) Each gross appraisal will be supported by detailed analyses of 
an adequate number of typical comparable sales. Each index sale will be 
analyzed to show various land classifications and values, building 
contribution estimates and other relevant information. The sales prices 
should be verified by someone having knowledge of the transaction.
    (3) Where letter-type or brief real estate design memoranda on civil 
works projects are submitted, comparable sales data will be presented in 
one of the following methods:
    (i) Be submitted within the report in a brief manner, with at least 
three truly comparable sales discussed in narrative form and comparisons 
shown to the subject lands covered by the memorandum.
    (ii) Be referenced to the last real estate design memorandum issued 
on the same project and if values have changed in the interim, 
additional sales data submitted to support the changes. If the last 
design memorandum is over a year old, new supporting data must be 
submitted.



Sec. 644.44  Fee appraisals.

    (a) Definitions and Procedures. (1) The complete and unrestricted 
ownership of all the rights to the full use and enjoyment of a parcel of 
real estate is called the ``fee simple estate.'' An appraisal of this 
interest is referred to as ``Fee Value.''
    (2) Most fee appraisals require the use of all three of the standard 
appraisal approaches.
    (b) Applicability. Appraisals of the fair market value of the free 
and clear fee title to the subject property is necessary in the greatest 
majority of the Corps of Engineers' real estate responsibilities be it 
acquisition (full or partial), disposal, inleasing, outleasing, rentals, 
etc. In almost every case the monetary value of the required estate and 
interest is based on the fee value of the property; therefore, the 
Corps' greatest appraisal requirement is for fee appraisals.
    (c) Approaches. (1) It is recommended that whenever possible all 
three of the standard appraisal approaches, Cost-Market-Income, be used 
in a fee appraisal. However, if due to the type of property, is is not 
practical, beneficial, or necessary to use a particular approach, the 
appraiser is required to indicate in his report that consideration was 
given to its use and discuss why it was not used.
    (2) In the Cost Approach it is extremely important that the 
appraiser document all items of costs for development, construction, 
utilities, etc. It also is extremely important that he fully consider 
all forms of depreciation such as physical deterioration, functional 
obsolescence, economic obsolescence, etc., and justify his methods and 
factors used in developing his depreciation factors.
    (3) The Market Approach or Comparative method of appraisal is the 
most direct approach to a market value estimate and is preferred above 
all others. It is basically an application of the principle of 
substitution wherein the sales of similar type properties are analyzed 
to develop a price at which an equally desirable and similar property 
can be obtained. It involves the collection and analyzing of current 
sales of comparable properties and comparing these sales to the subject 
property. Since no two properties are identical, the appraiser must make 
adjustments for differences between the two. Adjustments may be by a 
dollar amount (per unit, per acre, or lump sum) or on a percentage 
basis. Full support and justification must be given for each amount. 
Adjustments may be shown either by a tabular analysis or by a narrative 
discussion.
    (4) The market value of an income-producing property is quite often 
governed by the net income it will produce. The fair market value may be 
estimated by developing the expected net income and processing it into a 
value estimate by use of an appropriate capitalization rate. The keynote 
of this approach lies in the sound development of a proper rate. The 
appraiser must have a basic knowledge of the principle and techniques 
involved and must be certain that he has adequate data to

[[Page 143]]

develop this rate and properly process the income into a fair market 
value.
    (5) It is most important that the valuation estimates developed by 
all of the approaches used are correlated into one conclusive value. In 
those cases where there is a substantial spread among values, the 
appraiser is cautioned to recheck all his data and figures for accuracy. 
The cost figures and depreciation factors should be checked in the Cost 
Approach; the sales data should be further documented and analyzed in 
the Market Approach; and the Income Method may require a recheck of the 
soundness of the capitalization rate.
    (d) Partial Takings. (1) A substantial number of acquisitions 
require only portions of an ownership necessitating a ``partial 
taking.'' In these cases the appraiser is required to estimate the value 
of the whole ownership before the taking; the value of the remainder--
the difference being the value of the part taken. Many times the 
remainder is of less value after the taking, indicating a ``severance 
damage.'' The appraiser is usually required to allocate the total taking 
value between the value of the part acquired and the severance damage to 
the remainder by reason of the taking.
    (2) In order to promote uniformity in the reporting format, the 
following example of the ``before'' and ``after'' method is presented 
for guidance:

A 220-acre parcel of land is to be acquired from a 420-acre
 farm:
Value ``before'' the taking ($300 p/ac).....................    $126,000
Value of remainder ``after'' taking ($200 p/ac).............      40,000
                                                             -----------
Total Value of part taken, including severance damage to         $86,000
 remainder..................................................
Value of 220 acres taken ($300 p/ac)........................      66,000
                                                             -----------
Severance Damage to Remainder...............................     $20,000
 

    (3) The appraisal of the property before the taking must be a 
complete narrative-type appraisal containing adequate market data to 
support the total value. The report then must also include a full 
appraisal on the remainder portion of the property consisting of a full 
description of the residue immediately after the taking and a complete 
set of market data and sales other than those used in the ``before'' 
evaluation. If the remainder parcel has diminished in value as a result 
of the taking, the appraiser must have adequate support and 
justification for the reduction in value.
    (4) In the case of partial takings, consideration must also be given 
to offsetting benefits applicable to the remaining property. A 
combination of legal interpretation of the law and judicial decisions 
with regard to such benefits must be used in determining whether 
offsetting benefits are applicable. Reference is made to paragraph A-9 
and A-10 in the ``Uniform Appraisal Standards For Federal Land 
Acquisitions.''
    (5) Paragraph A-13 of the ``Uniform Appraisal Standards'' is also 
referenced in connection with guidance regarding ``navigation 
servitude.''
    (e) Appraisal Certificate. (1) No appraisal report will be 
considered acceptable without appropriate certification by the appraiser 
responsible for the contents of the report and the conclusion of values. 
The certification can be in the front or the back of the report, 
consistent with Division or District policy.
    (2) An appropriate certification shall be substantially in 
accordance with the following: I certify that I have carefully examined 
the property described herein and that the estimates as developed in the 
report represent my unbiased opinion and judgment. I further certify 
that I have no interest, past, present or prospective, in the subject 
property which would affect my opinion and that the present fair market 
value of the (insert estate appraisal) is subject only to all the 
assumptions and limitations as specifically set forth. (Date and 
signature of appraiser.)



Sec. 644.45  Rental value.

    (a) Definition. (1) The fair rental value of the property is the 
amount which, in a competitive market, a well-informed and willing 
lessee would pay and which a well-informed and willing lessor would 
accept for the temporary use and enjoyment of the property.
    (2) Appraisals to establish fair rental values will be made in 
accordance with acceptable standards of appraisal applicable to the 
particular type of property and in accordance with general appraisal 
practices and procedures heretofore described in relating to all 
appraisal work. The preparation of time-

[[Page 144]]

consuming and lengthy appraisal reports should be kept to a minimum, 
particularly with regard to rental properties of low value. A brief 
summary of the essential facts will be sufficient to support leases by 
the Government of building space or unimproved land where the net rental 
value is not in excess of $3,600 per annum.
    (b) Applicability. All provisions of this subpart are applicable to 
``inleasing'' of real property for use of the Government, and equally 
applicable to ``outleasing'' of Government-owned real property. Section 
644.45(l) Government Quarters, is normally applicable only to 
``outleasing'' of quarters to civilian employees. The provisions are, 
however, also considered valid considerations in appraising 
``inleases,'' wherein privately-owned housing is being rented for 
occupancy by military personnel in lieu of quarters allowances.
    (c) Services. In the absence of an agreement or contract, a lessor 
is not bound to furnish any utilities or building services of any kind, 
and such services may not be acquired under the power of eminent domain. 
It is, therefore, necessary for the appraiser to include in his report 
as separate items the estimated cost of all customary services that may 
be required to permit the normal use and occupancy of the property.
    (d) Market Value of Fee. (1) Where temporary use of an entire 
building or other independent unit of an ownership is proposed, the 
appraisal will ordinarily report both the market value of the fee title 
and the fair annual rental value. However, no appraisal of fair market 
value of fee title is required in any case where assessed value, 
supported by statement of the assessor and ENG Form 869-R (15% Valuation 
Certificate), can be used for compliance with existing law, Section 322 
of the Act of June 30, 1932 (40 U.S.C. 278a), known as the ``Economy 
Act.'' Fee value is not required for land only leases, as the Economy 
Act is not applicable.
    (2) An exception to the above procedure is in regard to the 
appraisal of family housing units. As an alternative, the appraiser can 
support his rental valuation by use of comparable rentals and a 
statement that the lease value does not exceed 15% of the fair market 
value.
    (e) Lease of Minor Portions of Buildings. Where appraisals are 
required to establish rental value of a minor portion of a building, it 
will not be necessary to estimate the fee value of the entire property, 
provided that the net annual rental does not exceed $2,000. A sound 
rental value can ordinarily be estimated by comparison with established 
rentals in subject property and in adjacent similar properties in the 
community. However, care should be exercised to insure the 
reasonableness of the reported comparable rental values. The appraiser's 
report must include sufficient data on these current rentals to support 
adequately the rental estimate for the subject space.
    (f) Unexpired Lease. Where the premises to be acquired are occupied 
by tenants under leases which cannot be terminated at will by the 
landlord, the appraiser's report will set forth in detail the terms of 
the existing leases and will show the value of the tenant's interest. 
The value of the tenant's interest is based on the fair rental value 
(economic rent) of the part of the property occupied by the tenant for 
the unexpired term of the lease, or for the term condemned, whichever is 
shorter, less the rent which the tenant is obligated to pay (contract 
rent) under the existing lease. The difference between the economic and 
contract rent is known as ``bonus rent.''
    (g) Bonus Value. Wherein a ``bonus rent'' is reflected as being the 
difference between economic and contract rent, a full narrative 
discussion will be included in the report. It is of paramount importance 
that the present economic rental be supported by the rental market data. 
The ``bonus value'' is the present worth of the discounted bonus rent.
    (h) Rental Appraisal Report. The appraisal report will contain 
adequate facts and discussions relative to the following:
    (1) Land description, showing street frontages and lot depths.
    (2) Adequate description of improvements and furnishings, including 
type of construction, total floor space, floor

[[Page 145]]

load for storage space, number of rentable rooms, or income-producing 
space, nonproductive or public space, total cubic content, and 
reproduction cost of improvements less depreciation.
    (3) Assessed valuation and lawful ratio to market value, if the 
annual rental value exceeds $2,000.
    (4) Analysis and discussions of current rentals of similar 
properties and rental history of the property appraised.
    (5) Discussion of the appraisal process and rental rates applicable 
to the terms of the proposed lease, particularly as to any differential 
in the rate of return applicable to customary long term rentals.
    (6) Statement showing distribution of appraised annual rental as 
allocated to fixed charges and fair rate of return on land, buildings, 
and any furnishings or equipment that are included in the proposed 
taking.
    (i) Special Purpose Properties. Appraisals to estimate the rental 
value of hotels, clubs, hospitals, and other highly specialized 
properties will include full information on the income capacity of the 
property under average competent management and under accepted standards 
of operation for the particular type of property involved. The appraisal 
reports will, among other things, contain an analysis and discussion of 
the following items:
    (1) Financial history of property, including indebtedness, the 
actual past income or earnings of the property based upon audit reports 
for the past five years or longer, and any unaudited current months of 
the fiscal year. In the absence of audits, corporate statements may be 
furnished if properly certified.
    (2) Discussion of the past operation and management methods with 
comments relative to any excessive or insufficient charges appearing in 
the financial statements obtained.
    (3) Appraiser's estimate of the stabilized income of the property.
    (4) Appraiser's estimate of profits available for typical lessee-
operator.
    (5) Recommendations of the appraiser as to the relative merits of 
acquiring fee title to the property as against acquiring a leasehold 
interest.
    (j) Farms and Rural Properties. Appraisals to estimate the rental 
value of farms and other types of rural properties will report the 
present market value of the fee title, the fair annual rental value, and 
any direct damage to growing crops, standing timber, or improvements to 
be removed or destroyed. The damage will be reported separately from the 
rental value in order to permit the reflection of the damage in the 
primary rental term.
    (k) Industrial Installations. (1) Appraisal reports will be obtained 
to support all leases of industrial installations or portions thereof. 
It is important that appraisals of operating industrial installations be 
prepared by specially qualified appraisers or consultants intimately 
familiar with the particular processes and production capabilities and 
related factors having any bearing on the value of a particular plant.
    (2) The appraisers selected to estimate the rental value should be 
fully informed as to all known prospective lessees and the amount of any 
bids, or offers made for the use of the property, and as to all terms, 
conditions, and limitations under which the property will be made 
available for use or operation.
    (3) The appraisal reports will include a detailed inventory setting 
forth all physical factors pertaining to the land, buildings, machinery, 
and equipment and an adequate discussion of all local factors 
influencing the profitable use of the facility. Data pertinent to the 
prevailing rentals for other Government and privately-owned industrial 
plants and warehouses considered reasonably similar to the facilities to 
be leased will also be included. The conclusions of the appraiser as to 
other matters of importance to the Department of the Army in its leasing 
operations will likewise be presented. The appraiser should bear in mind 
that idle manufacturing plants, and all industrial properties, as a 
general rule, are valuable only to the extent and degree that they are 
usable in actual production. It is also a generally accepted economic 
fact that the plant and fixed equipment (real estate) is the production 
factor for which a return can ordinarily be realized after the cost of 
all

[[Page 146]]

other factors in production has been provided. Military necessity has 
required the construction of many plants which are designed for special 
purposes and which may tend to defeat the ordinary approaches to the 
market rental value problem. In the absence of comparable rentals of 
similar properties or other reliable comparative guides to value for 
temporary use, market rental value should be estimated with particular 
consideration to the following methods:
    (i) Reasonable Return on Estimated Fair Value. For this purpose 
``fair value'' is defined as the prudent cost of reproduction less 
depreciation of only that portion of the property that is readily 
adaptable or capable of competition with alternative properties which 
may be available to or constructed by the proposed lessees. Items of 
equipment and any portions of a plant that do not directly contribute to 
the specific use may be eliminated from consideration and the rental 
return estimated only on items and space actually adaptable for use in 
the proposed enterprise. The appraiser is particularly concerned with 
any competitive disadvantages or penalties accruing to subject property 
by comparison with the alternatives available to prospective users. The 
rental estimate should therefore be appropriately modified with respect 
to adequate allowances for amortization of necessary alterations to be 
made by the lessee. Other operating disadvantages that might tend, from 
the competitive viewpoint, to result in increased operating cost or 
other penalties that might in any way be brought forward in negotiations 
to establish an acceptable rental price must also be considered.
    (ii) Ratio of Plant Costs to Productive Capacity. In many lines of 
industrial enterprise, it may be possible to obtain comparable operating 
experience ratios with reference to relation of average annual real 
estate costs or plant investment charges to the gross annual production. 
The difficulties of estimating production levels and obtaining 
sufficiently accurate data as to actual operating experience are fully 
appreciated. Suggested sources of such information are annual statements 
of prospective lessees and their competitors. It is believed that this 
approach to the appraisal problem is fundamentally sound, particularly 
so when there is an indicated demand for the full capacity of an 
industrial plant as originally designed, and that this method will serve 
as a reasonable check and balance against return on ``fair value.'' It 
should also be very helpful as a guide to the rate of capitalization in 
the ``fair value'' approach to the rental problem.
    (iii) Taxes. The appraisal will not be influenced by the fact that 
the Government is not presently required to pay taxes on the property.
    (iv) Savings. When appropriate, the estimated savings in 
maintenance, protection, repair and restoration, if any, will be 
obtained by the Management and Disposal Branch from the using service or 
other competent authority and furnished to the appraiser preparing the 
appraisal report.
    (l) Government Quarters. (1) Rental schedules for Government 
quarters furnished to civilian employees will be supported by written 
appraisal reports reflecting adequate coverage of the following items:
    (i) Construction Details. Physical description of quarters will 
include the general grade of construction work, materials and 
decorations, number of rooms, floor space, porches, garages, general 
appearance and condition.
    (ii) Equipment and Accessories:

Refrigeration
Cooking facilities
Kitchen cabinets
Closet space
Built-in conveniences
Screening
Elevators
Telephone service
Utilities
Plumbing

    (iii) Furniture and Furnishings.
    (iv) Site Conditions:

Lot size
Lot size per living unit
Access (street and road frontage)
Restrictions
Land improvements (walks, driveways, shrubbery, lawns, topography, etc.)
Hazards and/or amenities

    (v) Neighborhood Development and Data:

Local zoning regulation

[[Page 147]]

Public transportation
Schools
Shopping facilities
Recreational facilities
Supply and demand for housing
Population statistics
General trends

    (vi) Comparable Rental Data. Data will include results of a 
comprehensive survey of current rental rates applicable to the most 
similar privately-owned housing in the nearest competitive or comparable 
neighborhood or community. Typical rental rates will be compiled, 
analyzed and tabulated, and subject properties identified and described 
in the same manner as prescribed above for Government quarters. The 
appraisal report should include a vicinity map showing location of 
rental units listed for comparison in relation to the location of the 
quarters being appraised.
    (vii) Comparative Relationships. The appraisal report will include a 
discussion of relative merits of Government quarters by comparison with 
private housing units. Rental rates of housing controlled by 
governmental agencies or subsidized by private industry will not be used 
as a basis for comparison.
    (viii) Correlation of Rental Units. A discussion of basic reasoning 
supporting the final rental value unit for each distinctive rental 
bracket is imperative.
    (ix) Photographs. Photographs of typical views of the quarters 
appraised and typical private housing units cited as comparable rentals 
will be included in each report.
    (x) Appraisal Certificate. Rental appraisal reports will not be 
considered acceptable without appropriate certification substantially in 
accordance with: ``I certify that the above rental values represent my 
unbiased opinion of the present fair market rental value of the quarters 
described. I am not now a tenant residing in such quarters nor do I have 
any intention of becoming a tenant therein.''
    (2) Reappraisals of rental quarters are required every fifth year 
subsequent to previous appraisal. Rental rates will be adjusted annually 
between appraisals by application of the Consumer Price Index (CPI) 
maintained by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, Department of Labor, and 
as further required in accordance with Transmittal Memorandum No. 2, OMB 
Circular A-45, revised October 30, 1974.



Sec. 644.46  Easements.

    (a) Definition. An easement is a property right of specified use and 
enjoyment falling short of fee ownership. It follows that the value of 
an easement is less than the market value of fee title to the same 
portion of property (exclusive of severance damages to residual 
portions).
    (b) Measure of Value. The measure of compensation for an easement is 
the amount by which market value of the ownership is diminished by the 
imposition of the easement. This should be developed by use of the 
``before'' and ``after'' method of appraisal, the difference being the 
value of the taking.
    (c) Flowage Easements. (1) The appraisal of flowage easements will 
not be undertaken until flood frequency surveys have been completed and 
approved by proper authority. The flood frequency data will be made 
available to the appraisers with the definite understanding that it is 
to be accepted as one of the controlling factors in estimating the 
market value of the easements. The appraiser's certificate should be 
qualified to include the assumption that the frequency data is correct 
and that he has no responsibility therefore.
    (2) The market value of fee simple title to each property over which 
a flowage easement is required will first be appraised in the usual 
manner. This estimate will be followed by appraisal of the market value 
of the property after imposition of the easement. The market value of 
the easement is then computed on the basis of the amount the market 
value of fee title is reduced by imposition of the easement. The 
appraiser will give full consideration to all factors having a bearing 
on the reduction in value of the parcel on which the easement is to be 
imposed. Each appraisal report will include complete information as to 
estimated flood frequency pertaining to each parcel appraised.
    (3) The appraiser's major problem in appraising tracts having 
considerable value is the development of his value estimate after the 
imposition of the

[[Page 148]]

easement. The market data approach to value is limited in this phase of 
the appraisal to index sales of land reflecting the ``use adaptability'' 
of lands to a less profitable purpose. Typical of such change in highest 
and best use are the conversion of row crop land and orchard land to 
pasture and forestry. Likewise, the cost approach to value is applicable 
only to land improvements and structures to be removed or destroyed. It 
is, therefore, considered essential that flowage easement appraisals 
reflect, in adequate detail, changes in utility by the development and 
use of the earnings approach to value before and after imposition in all 
cases involving lands capable of producing income. The ratios thus 
developed in ``before'' and ``after'' values for income producing lands 
should prove to be helpful in developing appropriate ratios for 
nonproductive lands.
    (4) In those instances where the type of land, topography, flood 
frequency and duration data clearly indicate that a minimal change in 
value (not to exceed $100) will result from exercise of the required 
rights, a brief appraisal is authorized. The appraisal report will 
contain as a minimum a complete statement of pertinent facts, including 
information regarding flood frequency and duration data pertaining to 
the property appraised. In the event condemnation is required to acquire 
the necessary rights, an acceptable ``before'' and ``after'' appraisal 
will be prepared prior to the institution of condemnation proceedings.
    (5) A tract map showing each contour level of varying flood 
frequency will be made a part of each appraisal report. This map should 
facilitate review of the appraisals and serve as an aid to the 
negotiator in his contacts.
    (d) Other Easements. It is recognized that many other types of 
easements, i.e., road, pipeline, restrictive, borrow, transmission line, 
flight, spoil, etc. are to be appraised. In all instances, the measure 
of value is still the same, the amount by which the market value of the 
ownership is diminished by the imposition.



Sec. 644.47  Appraisal of other interests.

    (a) Minerals. (1) In all cases, the value of the subsurface will be 
included or accounted for in the appraisal report in such manner that 
negotiations may be readily conducted to acquire or extinguish 
subsurface rights if they are outstanding in third parties or if it 
develops that the vendors desire to reserve them. In those instances 
where minerals are held separately in large blocks underlying several 
individual surface tracts, a statement to this effect should be included 
and the plan for appraising the mineral estate identified. Unless the 
person who is appraising the surface has had training and experience in 
appraising minerals, the subsurface appraisal should be made separately 
by an appraiser qualified to perform this service. Since the removal of 
certain minerals may destroy the usefulness of the surface, care should 
be exercised to avoid duplication of value.
    (2) In the event that subsurface valuation is unfamiliar to the 
Division or District requiring same, HQDA (DAEN-REE) WASH DC 20314 
should be contacted for advice and recommendations. Mineral valuation 
engineers within the Corps may be utilized on a cost reimburseable basis 
for furnishing gross or tract appraisals.
    (b) Timber. (1) Where the land being appraised has only young trees 
or timber not of merchantable size, the value thereof will be included 
with the value of the land. If the timber is of merchantable size, a 
timber cruise will be made by a professional forester and the timber 
classified in the appraisal according to species, type, range of size, 
quantity, unit value, and total value. A discussion of logging, haulage, 
and market conditions will be given. The total value of timber shall be 
the amount by which the timber enhances the market value of the bare 
land.
    (2) Extreme care must be exercised in the use of separate timber 
estimates for appraising timber land, so as to avoid ``doubling up.'' 
Where a timber cruise or estimate is used, comparable sales of recently 
timbered land should be used to support the remaining land value. Where 
such sales are not available, care must be utilized to extract the 
timber value from sales of timber land. The optimum situation would be 
to have sales that were also cruised; however, this does not often 
happen.

[[Page 149]]

    (c) Growing Crops. (1) Crop appraisals will not ordinarily be 
necessary except in those cases where the Division or District has 
determined that possession of the cropland is necessary prior to the 
normal harvest period. Where the Division or District Engineer has 
determined that the landowner or his tenant cannot be permitted to 
harvest the crops, they will be appraised as separate property items.
    (2) The crop appraisal will identify the crops by type, number of 
acres, estimated yield per acre taking into account all hazards, the 
unit value, gross market value at maturity based upon current local 
prices for the commodities less cost of bringing to maturity, harvest, 
and delivering to available markets. The expected harvest period will be 
reported, together with other pertinent information, in order to 
indicate an approximate date when the cropland may be available for 
construction purposes.
    (d) Use of Government-owned Property. (1) An appraisal will be made, 
when required, to justify the consideration reserved in all leases, 
licenses and easements, except those specifically mentioned in paragraph 
(d)(3) of this section. The appraisal will be made in accordance with 
acceptable standards applicable to the particular type of property and 
the use to be made thereof in the proposed grant, and in accordance with 
the general appraisal practices and standards heretofore outlined in 
this chapter. Ordinarily the appraisals of property involving 
substantial improvements will include, in addition to complete coverage 
of all factors influencing the use of the property appraised, complete 
information as to the following:
    (i) Data of acquisition and completion of Government construction.
    (ii) Complete cost data as to original purchase price and Government 
construction.
    (iii) Detailed discussion of the predominant uses to which the 
property is adaptable.
    (iv) Competitive position of the property with respect to 
availability of privately-owned properties for similar use.
    (v) Estimate of market value of fee title.
    (vi) Estimate of annual rental value assuming unrestricted use over 
a reasonable period of time.
    (vii) Estimate of annual rental value under proposed Government 
restrictions.
    (2) Time consuming and lengthy appraisal reports should be avoided 
in the case of low value grants involving Government-owned property. The 
consideration in such cases may be substantiated by a simplified 
appraisal report by a qualified appraiser setting forth only such facts 
as are required to validate his conclusions as to value. In such 
instances, a physical inspection of the property may be waived where the 
appraiser is sufficiently familiar with the property under appraisals 
and local market conditions to prepare a reasonable value estimate of 
the estate to be appraised. When a property is not physically inspected, 
it will be so noted in the appraisal report. The decision concerning the 
necessity for a physical inspection of the property and analyzing local 
market conditions will rest with the appraiser signing the appraisal 
certificate since he is personally responsible for the value conclusion 
developed in the appraisal report. A low value grant for the purpose of 
this paragraph is defined as any grant for which the fair market rental 
value (before applying any offset in rental for estimated savings in 
maintenance, protection, repair and restoration) does not exceed the 
following:

Easement--$500 for the term.
Lease or License--$500 per annum if granted for not more than a five-
year period and is granted after advertising.

    (3) The following are exempt from the above requirements:
    (i) Leases for land on which to construct new credit union 
facilities, under long-term leases. See DOD Directive No. 1000.10 for 
formula.
    (ii) Concession leases under Graduated Rental System.



Sec. 644.48  Review and approval.

    (a) Procedure. (1) Upon completion of an appraisal, the signed 
report is to be reviewed by a reviewing appraiser to assure that the 
information and data developed by the appraiser substantiates the 
estimated valuation. The review function also serves as a means of

[[Page 150]]

resolving differences that might be found in two or more individual 
appraisals of a single property. The reviewing appraiser is also 
responsible for maintaining consistency in appraisals for the various 
properties in a project.
    (2) A review of all real estate appraisals is considered of vital 
importance to the successful operation of the real estate mission of the 
Corps of Engineers. It is essential that each and every appraisal be 
given an independent review and check by a thoroughly qualified 
reviewing appraiser. This will insure that the appraisal represents 
relative concurrence as to value of not less than two real estate 
appraisers professionally qualified by previous experience in appraising 
the particular type of property involved. The reviewing appraiser should 
familiarize himself with the property to the extent that he can 
adequately present and support his opinion when called upon to do so.
    (3) The review action will be documented by a separate narrative 
memorandum signed and dated by the authorized reviewing appraiser. Such 
review memorandum will indicate, but not be limited to, the following:
    (i) Date and nature of physical inspection of the subject property.
    (ii) Statement relative to reviewer's knowledge of comparable sales 
used.
    (iii) Reviewer's opinion as to the appraiser's valuation.
    (iv) Other pertinent data, if any, relative to the property or 
comparable sales that the reviewer feels would lend additional credence 
to value estimate.
    (v) Reviewer's certification of approval, disapproval, or 
recommendation.
    (4) If more than one appraisal is obtained for an ownership, all 
should be reviewed by the same reviewing appraiser. The reviewer can 
cover all appraisals in one review memorandum, or write individual 
reviews.
    (5) No alterations or additions will be made to a signed appraisal 
report by anyone other than the appraiser who signed the report. A 
reviewer cannot change the value reflected or approve an amount other 
than the appraiser's final conclusion of value. His alternative is 
disapproval.
    (6) A reviewing appraiser may not review other appraisal reports 
covering a property that he has himself previously appraised. In this 
instance the reports must be assigned to another reviewer or be 
forwarded to the next level of review for appropriate action.
    (7) Appraisal reports obtained by the Department of Justice and 
submitted for Corps review are to be treated in the same manner as those 
obtained by the Corps.
    (b) Delegation. (1) Division Engineers have been authorized to 
approve or take action as appropriate on all real estate appraisal 
reports made for the purpose of purchase, disposal, or any use of real 
property in which the estimated fair market value (of the part to be 
acquired, if a partial taking) does not exceed $250,000, or the 
estimated fair market rental value does not exceed $150,000 per annum.
    (2) Division Engineers have been authorized further, at their 
discretion, to redelegate any part of this authority, up to $150,000, to 
District Engineers.
    (3) All appraisals exceeding $250,000 will be forwarded to HQDA 
(DAEN-REE) WASH DC 20314 for final review, approval, and/or appropriate 
action. Each report will be thoroughly reviewed at all levels, including 
the Project, District and Division.
    (4) A copy of all those reports between $100,000 and $250,000 will 
be forwarded to DAEN-REE for post review and retention.
    (5) In addition to those reports which exceed the delegated 
authority, DAEN-REE will review and take appropriate action on complex, 
difficult and controversial appraisals. Where more than one appraisal 
has been made within either of these categories, a copy of each 
appraisal report should be submitted for review regardless of variances 
in opinions of value. At times, the Division Engineers may receive 
specific instructions as to appraisals which may require final approval 
of DAEN-REE. Also, from time to time, DAEN-REE may call for and review 
typical appraisals prepared by individual appraisers.
    (c) Reconciliation of Appraisal Reports. In the event that a 
reviewing appraiser

[[Page 151]]

does not agree with the value conclusion of the appraiser, the following 
steps should be taken:
    (1) Attempt to reconcile differences with the appriser in a face-to-
face meeting. The reviewing appraiser should present his additional 
evidence of value to the appraiser and discuss the report weaknesses, if 
any.
    (2) In the event reconciliation and approval are not possible, the 
reviewer must then forward the report and review certificate to higher 
authority for resolution and request that another appraisal be obtained.
    (d) Qualifications of Reviewing Appraisers. (1) A reviewing 
appraiser should have a minimum of five years experience in the field of 
real estate appraising. He should also have taken and successfully 
completed two or more appraisal courses offered by professional 
appraisal organizations. His experience record should indicate that he 
has thorough knowledge of all the standard appraisal techniques and 
approaches and has the ability to analyze the market and all pertinent 
data which affects value.
    (2) Upon selection and appointment by the District Engineer of 
qualified staff personnel to act as reviewing appraisers, a copy of 
their qualifications and experience records, along with a copy of the 
appointing orders, will be forwarded to HQDA (DAEN-REE) WASH DC 20314.
    (e) Code of Ethics. Under no circumstances will an appraiser be 
directed to make an appraisal at any predetermined amount or to change 
his opinion of value on any property appraised. It is recognized that 
the review function will develop some differences of opinion. However, 
where those differences cannot be resolved on a higher ethical basis, 
predicated upon sound reasoning and adequate data properly analyzed and 
applied, an additional appraisal will be obtained.



Sec. 644.49  Contracts.

    (a) Appraisal Reports. (1) Within their contract authority, Division 
and District Engineers may contract with recognized appraisal firms, 
corporations and individuals for necessary appraisal reports on a lump 
sum basis. Following the award of any appraisal contract in excess of 
$5,000 a copy of such contract will be forwarded by the issuing office 
direct to HQDA (DAEN-REE) WASH DC 20314, immediately upon execution.
    (2) Requests from Division and District Engineers to the Chief of 
Engineers for names of appraisers qualified to make particularly complex 
appraisals are invited.
    (3) Division and District Engineers will develop and maintain 
current lists of qualified appraisal firms, corporations and 
individuals, from which contractor selection will be made. These lists 
should be appropriately grouped or rated in accordance with special 
qualifications and experience in connection with various and specific 
types of appraisal problems.
    (4) Prior to receipt of proposals and negotiations with appraisers, 
a target fee (Government estimate) will be developed with due 
consideration to the relative skill and ability required in solving the 
appraisal problem and the appraiser's time and expense required for 
preparing the desired reports.
    (5) In the negotiation of appraisal contracts the following items 
are to be considered:
    (i) The appraisal of real estate is a recognized profession governed 
by a code of ethics prohibiting competition in obtaining appraisal 
assignments. All negotiations for proposals will be conducted on an 
individual basis, with adequately qualified appraisal firms, 
corporations or individuals competent to deliver the required appraisal 
reports on schedule.
    (ii) In view of the technical nature of appraisals, Division and 
District Engineers shall give consideration to designating qualified 
member(s) of their real estate staffs as contracting officer's 
representative(s) with full responsibility for all cost estimates 
involved in contracting for appraisal services and reports. Such 
contracting officer's representative(s) may also, in the designation of 
the contracting officer, be utilized to conduct negotiations with the 
prospective contractors, serve as ordering officer pursuant to the 
contracts, certify invoices and act in any other capacity within their 
authority as contracting officer's representative(s).

[[Page 152]]

    (6) A copy of the narrative, detailed record of contract 
negotiations will be forwarded to DAEN-REE, along with the contract as 
specified above.
    (7) In contracting for appraisal reports, contract forms as set 
forth in Armed Services Procurement Regulations (ASPR) (chapter I of 
this title) and ER 1180-1-1 (Engineer Contract Instructions) will be 
used. An outline of the qualifications of the appraiser employed to 
perform the contemplated services shall be included in the contract 
assembly.
    (b) Expert Appraisal Services. Employment of qualified real estate 
appraisers and consultants may be effected utilizing the pertinent 
provisions of ASPR and ER 1180-1-1.
    (c) Obtaining Appraisal Reports by Purchase Order. (1) Division and 
District Engineers are urged to utilize an authorized type of purchase 
order, such as DD Form 1155, in lieu of long-form contract, provided 
that:
    (i) It is in the best interest of the Government, cost wise, not to 
issue the long-form contract.
    (ii) The contractor has performed satisfactorily on at least one 
contract within the prior three fiscal years.
    (iii) The total order, by such purchase orders, from the contractor 
does not exceed $10,000 for the project during the current fiscal year.
    (iv) The order is accompanied by a brief history of negotiation 
signed by both the contractor and the contracting officer's 
representative(s).
    (2) Care should be exercised to insure that the above provisions are 
used only to order supplementary reports, single appraisals, and other 
``one-time'' reports needed.
    (d) Department of Justice Consultation. Authorized local 
representatives of the Department of Justice will be consulted 
concerning the acceptability of the appraiser(s) prior to negotiating 
any appraisal contract covering tracts proposed for acquisition. The 
local representative must also approve the per diem fee to be utilized 
in the appraisal contract. Where agreement cannot be reached between the 
Division or District Engineer and the local representative of the 
Department of Justice as to the selection of the appraiser(s), a 
complete report will be submitted to DAEN-REE, for resolution with the 
Attorney General.
    (e) Interdepartmental Services. Division Engineers are authorized to 
arrange for interdepartmental services of qualified specialists in the 
regular employ of other Government agencies in connection with special 
problems concerning mineral deposits, water rights, timber cruises, etc. 
Division Engineers are further authorized, in their discretion, to 
redelegate this authority or any part thereof to District Engineers.



                          Subpart C_Acquisition

      Procurement of Title Evidence, Title Clearance, and Closings



Sec. 644.61  General.

    (a) Purpose. Sections 644.61 through 644.72 describe the procedures 
relating to the procurement of title evidence, title clearance, and 
closings for the acquisition of real estate and interests therein for 
all land acquisition programs administered by the Chief of Engineers. 
Exceptions in connection with the acquisition of properties under the 
Homeowners Assistance Program are set forth in subpart E.
    (b) Applicability. These sections are applicable to all Division and 
District Engineers having real estate responsibility.
    (c) Guidelines. (1) The satisfactory progress of land acquisition 
programs necessitates the prompt procurement of title evidence and 
prompt title clearance. One of the following types of title evidence 
should be obtained, after considering the cost of the several types and 
other factors mentioned below. To effect these objectives, careful 
planning is essential, including a determination of the most acceptable 
and available type of title evidence and the source from which such 
title evidence may be procured. The Chief of Engineers is responsible 
for procuring all title evidence, including title evidence needed for 
lands which are acquired by condemnation proceedings. The early 
procurement and examination of the title evidence and title clearance 
will expedite payment to landowners from whom offers are obtained or 
against whom condemnation proceedings are filed.

[[Page 153]]

    (2) Insured certificates of title or policies of title insurance 
shall be obtained wherever possible. This is on the theory that the 
Government is buying title searching service as well as the title 
evidence itself and is avoiding the time and cost of examining abstracts 
of title, generally voluminous in nature.
    (3) Where it is not possible to obtain certificates of title or 
title insurance, abstracts of title may be obtained, as a last resort.
    (4) As used in these sections, an abstract of title is a synopsis or 
digest of all instruments of record affecting the title to a specific 
parcel of land. It neither guarantees nor insures the title. A 
certificate of title is a contract whereby a title company certifies 
that title to a specific parcel of land is good and unencumbered of 
record in a named person excepting only such defects and encumbrances as 
are shown therein. The liability of the company is limited to an amount 
specified in the certificate. A title insurance policy is a contract 
which insures that the owner or mortgagee will not suffer any loss or 
damage by reason of defects in the title to the property, or liens or 
encumbrances thereon existing at the date of the policy, except those 
defects, liens, or encumbrances which the policy specifically excepts. 
Liability thereunder is not limited to matters of record but extends to 
matters beyond the record.
    (5) The Directory of the American Land Title Association may be 
obtained upon request to the Association at 1828 L Street, NW., 
Washington, DC 20036, or to any major title insurance company. This 
Directory lists, by States, the abstract and title companies which 
provide title insurance. These companies are acceptable to the Attorney 
General. Requests for furnishing title certificates or title insurance 
should be made to the major title insurance companies in addition to 
local abstractors and title companies.
    (6) From past experience, it is considered that the procurement of 
certificates of title or title insurance is more economical than 
abstracts of title and the use of these types of title evidence 
expedites payment to landowners. In the majority of the States either 
certificates of title or title insurance are obtainable and the premium 
for issuance of such certificates or policies is based on a schedule of 
fees approved by the State Insurance Commission or some similar State 
agency. The premium fixed by such schedules, in most cases, includes the 
charge for title examination (preliminary certificate of title or 
preliminary binders) and the charge for insurance (final certificates of 
title or title guarantee policy) and any variance from the prescribed 
fees is considered a violation of the Sate law or regulation. Most State 
Insurance Commissions have recognized and approved the forms of 
certificates of title and title insurance policies prescribed by the 
Attorney General and have authorized their use in lieu of owners' 
policies. Division and District Engineers should familiarize themselves 
with the State title insurance laws and regulations. If prices quoted by 
all possible sources seem exorbitant, the matter should be referred to 
HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) WASH DC 20314 for action.



Sec. 644.62  Title evidence.

    (a) Acceptable Types of Title Evidence. (1) Certificates of title 
are acceptable title evidence. Certificates of title must be in a form 
acceptable to the Attorney General. An acceptable form of certificate of 
title which has been approved by the Attorney General has been issued by 
the Chief of Engineers as ENG Form 903, Certificate of Title.
    (i) In contracting for certificates of title, ENG Form 1016, 
Specifications for Furnishing and Delivering Certificates of Title 
Owner's Title Guarantee (Insurance) Policies and Continuations Thereof, 
will be used.
    (ii) Any title or abstract company approved by the Department of 
Justice and authorized and qualified to issue certificates of title in 
the State where the land is located will be acceptable to furnish 
certificates of title (Department of Justice ``Standards for the 
Preparation of Title Evidence in Land Acquisitions by the United States, 
1970.'') In those few jurisdictions where bar associations or other 
public or professional bodies hold that the issuance of certificates of 
title is the issuance of title opinions and therefore the practice of 
law and where title companies as corporations cannot engage in the

[[Page 154]]

practice of law, insured certificates of title may be procured from 
attorneys, acceptable to the Lands Division of the Department of 
Justice, acting as agents for title companies. The procedure for the 
selection of attorneys is set forth in Sec. 644.63(b).
    (iii) Certificates of title will be based on a search of all records 
affecting the title to the land and be unqualified as to the period of 
search. In the event that it is not practicable to obtain certificates 
of title, unqualified as to the period of search, all pertinent facts 
will be referred to the Department of Justice for consideration and 
approval.
    (iv) Certificates of title or title insurance policies shall not 
limit the liability of the title company to a sum less than 50 percent 
of the reasonable value of the property. If property is acquired by 
donation or exchange, the value will be determined by the Corps of 
Engineers. However, as to acquisitions valued at more than $50,000, the 
liability of the title company may be limited to 50 percent of the first 
$50,000 and 25 percent of that portion of the value in excess of that 
amount. This limitation on the general rule has been approved by the 
Department of Justice. The appropriate ENG Forms for specifications for 
supplying title evidence may be amended, if that limited liability can 
be obtained. A certificate of title or title insurance policy by one 
title company for a single acquisition valued at more than 25 percent of 
the admitted assets (after deducting existing liabilities secured or 
unsecured and excluding any trust or escrow funds) of the issuing 
company is not acceptable.
    (v) Generally, it is not necessary to obtain a final certificate of 
title when land is acquired by condemnation proceedings. However, it may 
be necessary that an intermediate certificate of title be obtained 
setting forth the limitation of liability of the title company. Division 
and District Engineers will be governed by the requirements of the local 
United States Attorney as to the necessity of obtaining an intermediate 
or final certificate of title.
    (vi) Certificates of title, whether preliminary, intermediate, or 
final, will be procured in sufficient numbers to satisfy the needs of 
the District involved. Normally an original and two signed copies of 
each certificate of title will suffice.
    (vii) The specifications may be supplemented to require the title 
company to have a local representative stationed convenient to the 
project office, when, because of the nature of the project (anticipated 
complexities of title; high purchase prices, or other reasons), it is 
considered advisable that a local representative be available to perform 
preclosing interim title searches on request of the Contracting Officer.
    (viii) The title company's local representative must be authorized 
to pass on the sufficiency of the proposed deed to the United States; to 
give final approval of curative material furnished to satisfy title 
objections set forth in certificates of title; and to testify in court 
relative to the status of title, if called upon to do so.
    (2) Title guarantee or title insurance policies are acceptable title 
evidence.
    (i) Interim binders on owner's title guarantee or title insurance 
policies supplemented by an owner's title guarantee policy or title 
insurance policy in the forms approved by the Attorney General (ENG Form 
1014), Interim Binder on Owner's Title Guarantee (Insurance) Policy, and 
ENG Form 1015, Owner's Title Guarantee (Insurance) Policy will be 
acceptable as evidence of title only in acquisition in those States 
where certificates of title may not be issued. ENG Form 3893-R is the 
form of endorsement for use with the title insurance policies when 
changes or corrections become necessary. No other substantial variation 
in the form of interim binder or the form of title guarantee or title 
insurance policy will be acceptable without prior approval of the 
Attorney General.
    (ii) Companies contracting to issue such interim binders or 
preliminary reports and title guarantee or title insurance policies must 
have authority under the laws of the State of their incorporation and 
their charter to issue the same. They must also be financially sound and 
be willing and able to issue such binders and policies for all tracts 
for the amount of liability as set forth above.
    (iii) In contracting for title guarantee or title insurance 
policies, ENG

[[Page 155]]

Form 1016, Specifications for Furnishing and Delivering Certificate of 
Title Owner's Title Guarantee (Insurance) Policies and Continuations 
Thereof, will be used.
    (iv) The interim binder or preliminary report must disclose the 
title holders of record and contain full information on all matters set 
forth in the binder as affecting the title. This data must be in 
sufficient detail to enable an attorney examining the report to 
determine the nature and extent of such matters and their effect on the 
validity of the title of the land described therein. The contents of the 
report must meet the requirements of ENG Form 1016.
    (v) The provisions of paragraphs (a)(1) (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and 
(viii) of this section also apply to title guarantee or title insurance 
policies.
    (3) Abstracts of title may be acceptable title evidence.
    (i) Abstracts if title complying with the rules for abstracts in 
``Standards for the Preparation of Title Evidence in Land Acquisitions 
by the United States'' issued by the Department of Justice, 1970, are 
acceptable title evidence if prepared by abstractors acceptable to the 
Attorney General. These may include abstractors employed by a department 
or agency of the Government. Corps of Engineers personnel generally will 
not prepare abstracts of title. However, where there is a comparatively 
small amount of abstract work to be performed, it may be desirable to 
have the abstracts prepared by qualified Government personnel. In such 
cases, the prior approval of the Chief of Engineers will be obtained. 
The request should justify the preparation of abstracts by Government 
personnel.
    (ii) The form and contents of abstracts of title will meet the 
requirements in the ``Standards for the Preparation of Title Evidence in 
Land Acquisitions by the United States'' (Department of Justice, 1970) 
and ENG Form 1012, Specifications for Furnishing and Delivering 
Abstracts of Title.
    (iii) The period of search of an abstract of title to be acceptable 
to the Attorney General will, wherever possible, begin with some 
undisputed source of title such as an original grant or patent from the 
sovereign. Where it is impossible or impracticable to begin with such 
grant or patent, refer to ``Standards for the Preparation of Title 
Evidence in Land Acquisitions by the United States'' (Department of 
Justice, 1970) and ENG Form 1012 for guidance.
    (iv) In contracting for abstracts of title, ENG Form 1012 will be 
used. ENG Form 1012 provides for an unlimited period of search. For the 
purpose of conserving Government funds and in applicable easement 
acquisitions, Division and District Engineers are authorized to modify 
ENG Form 1012 to provide for the mimimum period of search allowable 
under the regulations of the Department of Justice, when deemed to be to 
the best interest of the Government.
    (4) Where the consideration to be paid by the Government is $1,000 
or less, acquisition in fee may be based upon a title search by a staff 
attorney when it is deemed to be in the best interest of the Government. 
The Preliminary Certificate of Title, ENG Form 909, shall be based upon 
a search of the local land records beginning with a deed or other 
instrument transferring title recorded at least 40 years prior to the 
date of the preliminary certificate. The Final Certificate of Title on 
ENG Form 1013, shall be executed by a qualified Corps of Engineers' 
attorney, preferably the same attorney who executed the preliminary 
certificate, and shall be based on a further search of the local land 
records from the date of the preliminary certificate to and including 
the date and time of recordation of the deed to the United States or to 
the date title passes in a condemnation proceeding. The attorney 
preparing such preliminary or final certificate of title shall also 
prepare an Abstract of Title evidencing the results of his search of the 
records. The Certificate of Title will set forth in detail all liens, 
encumbrances, outstanding interests and other estates adversely 
affecting the title.
    (b) Easements. The standards and requirements as to title evidence 
for fee acquisition, set forth above, will be observed in the 
acquisition of all easements, except as follows:
    (1) Preliminary certificates of title of approved title companies 
for easement

[[Page 156]]

acquisitions will be in the same form approved by the Attorney General 
for fee acquisitions and issued by the Chief of Engineers as ENG Form 
903. Final certificates of title in easement acquisitions, however, must 
show title to the easement vested in the United States in the same land 
described in the certificate and the deed to the United States. A form 
of final certificate of title for easements approved by the Attorney 
General and issued by the Chief of Engineers as ENG Form 1017, Final 
Certificate of Title for Easements, will be used in easement 
acquisitions.
    (2) In contracting for certificates of title to easements, ENG Form 
1016, Specifications for Furnishing and Delivering Certificates of 
Title, Owner's Title Guarantee (Insurance) Policies and Continuations 
Thereof, may be used provided the following paragraph is substituted in 
the detailed specifications: ``Each certificate of title shall be 
executed in triplicate on legal size paper. Preliminary certificates of 
title shall be in the form attached hereto, ENG Form 903, and final 
certificates of title for easements, showing title vested in the United 
States, shall be in the form attached hereto, ENG Form 1017.''
    (3) In jurisdictions where it is not possible to obtain certificates 
of title commercially, title guarantee (insurance) policies may be 
obtained. In such cases, appropriate adjustment in forms and 
specifications will be made, comparable to those prescribed for 
certificates of title to easements above.
    (4) For easements costing more than $100 but not in excess of 
$5,000, the requirements of the Attorney General have been waived. In 
such cases, it is acceptable to use certificates of title prepared and 
executed by a qualified Corps of Engineers' attorney. The Preliminary 
Certificate of Title, ENG Form 909, shall be based upon a search of the 
local land records beginning with a deed or other instrument 
transferring title recorded at least 25 years prior to the date of the 
preliminary certificate. The Final Certificate of Title on ENG Form 
1013, shall be executed by a qualified Corps of Engineers' attorney, 
preferably the same attorney who executed the preliminary certificate, 
and shall be based on a further search of the local land records from 
the date of the preliminary certificate to and including the date and 
time of recordation of the deed to the United States or to the date 
title passes in a condemnation proceeding. The attorney preparing such 
preliminary or final certificate of title shall also prepare an Abstract 
of Title evidencing the results of his search of the records. The 
Certificate of Title will set forth in detail all liens, encumbrances, 
outstanding interests and other estates adversely affecting the title.
    (5) As to easements which cost $100 or less, acquisition shall be in 
accordance with the provisions of paragraph (5) on page 5 of ``Standards 
for the Preparation of Title Evidence in Land Acquisitions by the United 
States'' (Department of Justice, 1970) which permit such acquisition to 
be based on a last owner search. Any search authorized by these 
provisions may be conducted by a qualified attorney employed by the 
Corps of Engineers.



Sec. 644.63  Contracting for title evidence.

    (a) Survey of Area and Source of Title Evidence. Contemporaneously 
with the preparation of the real estate design memorandum, or real 
estate planning report, the Division or District Engineer is requested 
to:
    (1) Give careful consideration to the problems involved to determine 
the most acceptable type of title evidence, its source, availability of 
title plants, costs, and time of procurement, so that the most 
advantageous bid(s) may be received and accepted and the acquisition 
schedule maintained. In considering costs of abstracts of title versus 
certificates of title or title insurance, the workhours involved in the 
examination of abstracts of title by both Corps and Department of 
Justice personnel should be considered.
    (2) Determine the total number of tracks in the project area. In 
major projects, it may be desirable to invite bids for title evidence 
for each county or other specified areas, in addition to the entire 
project, in order to maintain the acquisition schedule.
    (3) Determine the names and addresses of title companies and 
abstractors available to furnish title evidence and whether such 
companies or abstractors

[[Page 157]]

have been approved by the Attorney General as acceptable companies or 
abstractors. Current information on approved title companies and 
abstractors may be obtained direct from the Land and Natural Resources 
Division, Department of Justice, WASH DC 20530.
    (b) Selection Procedure. (1) Normally selection of persons or firms 
to perform title evidence services will be based upon formal advertising 
in accordance with the Armed Services Procurement Regulation (ASPR) 
(chapter I of this title).
    (2) In those States where the furnishing of title evidence is held 
to constitute the practice of law and the State canons of legal ethics 
prohibit attorneys from engaging in competitive bidding for such 
services, contracts for title evidence services must necessarily be 
negotiated. In such cases, negotiations shall be conducted with 
attorneys or law firms duly authorized to practice law in the 
jurisdiction within which the real property is located. Division and 
District Engineers shall notify HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) WASH DC 20314 before 
negotiating for title evidence, and submit the list of attorneys with 
whom negotiations may be conducted. Selections shall be in accordance 
with the procedures set forth below:
    (i) A contract for title services shall be based upon, but not 
limited to, consideration of the following professional qualifications 
necessary for the satisfactory performance of the services required:
    (A) Professionally trained for type of work;
    (B) Specialized experience in the type of work required;
    (C) Capacity to accomplish the work in the required time;
    (D) Past experience, if any, with respect to performance on Corps of 
Engineers contracts;
    (E) Location in the general geographical area of the project to 
which the services relate: Provided, That there is an appropriate number 
of qualified attorneys or law firms therein for consideration; and
    (F) Volume of work previously awarded, with the objective of 
effecting an equitable distribution of title evidence contracts among 
qualified attorneys and law firms.
    (ii) A preselection list of qualified attorneys and law firms shall 
be prepared by a preselection board from data submitted by interested 
attorneys and law firms and from other pertinent information which may 
be available. The list shall be approved by the District Engineer or his 
designee.
    (iii) A selection board shall review the qualifications of each of 
the attorneys or law firms on the preselection list, in accordance with 
the procedure established in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section and 
shall recommend to the District Engineer, in order of preference, a 
minimum of three for approval for contract negotiations.
    (iv) Upon approval of the selections by the District Engineer and 
such approval as may be required by paragraph (b)(2)(vi) of this 
section, negotiations shall be initiated with the first selected 
attorney or law firm. If the negotiations result in a price which 
exceeds the Government estimate, revised to correct errors of fact or 
judgment, if any, by more than ten percent, the Contracting Officer 
shall terminate the negotiations and request a proposal from the 
attorney or law firm next in order of preference.
    (v) Preparation of preselection lists and selections for contracts 
estimated to cost more than $10,000, shall be accomplished by formally 
constituted boards consisting of at least three members, one of whom 
shall be the District Counsel or an attorney on his staff, and one of 
whom shall be the Chief, Real Estate Division, or a member of his staff.
    (vi) Special approval shall be required for certain selections as 
indicated below:
    (A) When the estimated cost of a contract to be negotiated exceeds 
$100,000, the selection shall require the approval of the Division 
Engineer.
    (B) When an attorney or law firm, to which the District has awarded 
contracts totalling over $100,000 during the current fiscal year, has 
been selected by the District for additional negotiations, the selection 
shall require the approval of the Division Engineer.
    (C) When the estimated cost of a contract to be negotiated exceeds 
$200,000,

[[Page 158]]

the selection shall require the approval of the Director of Real Estate, 
OCE, or his designee, with the concurrence of the Chief Counsel or his 
designee.
    (c) Forms to be Used. When purchasing title evidence, Standard Form 
33, Solicitation, Offer, and Award, which form embraces an invitation, 
bid, and acceptance, should be used with copies of ENG Form 1012 or ENG 
Form 1016, depending upon the type of title evidence to be obtained. 
Standard Form 33 will state that time is of the essence; that ability to 
comply with delivery requirements is mandatory; that the specifications 
attached thereto constitute a part of the proposed contract; the 
quantity and description of the supplies by item to be furnished; the 
time, place, and method of delivery; and the primary period of contract 
and extensions. Bids must be submitted in the form required by the 
invitations for the bids, so that the successful bid can be accepted on 
Standard Form 33 and a formal contract consummated thereby. The contract 
must incorporate all the covenants, terms, and conditions which are 
contemplated.
    (d) Base Price vs. Per-Item Basis. The invitation will call for the 
furnishing of an approximate number of certificates of title, abstracts 
of title, or preliminary binders and title guarantee (insurance) 
policies, as the case may be, at a stated price per certificate of 
title, abstract, or preliminary binder and title guarantee (insurance) 
policy. If this basis of payment is not possible, payment for abstracts 
may be made on a per-item or per-page basis and certificates of title 
and interim binders and title guarantee (insurance) policies may be paid 
for in accordance with an established rate schedule based on the cost of 
the property. Where necessary, alterations in the payment paragraphs of 
the specifications may be made in order to comply with local practices, 
State statutes, or other special requirements.
    (e) Specifications. The specifications for title service will follow 
ENG Form 1012 for abstracts, ENG Form 1016 for certificates of title and 
ENG Form 1014 for interim binders on owner's title guarantee (insurance) 
policies. Additional provisions may be added as circumstances require, 
but basic requirements will not be changed.
    (f) Several Contracts for Title Evidence. To meet the acquisition 
schedule, it may be necessary to enter into several contracts for title 
evidence to lands within a designated project area. In such cases, the 
portions of the projects to be covered by each contract will be defined 
according to established political subdivisions, such as districts, 
townships, counties, or any specified part thereof.



Sec. 644.64  Award of contracts.

    (a) Contract Awards. Contract awards will be made only by duly 
qualified contracting officers in accordance with applicable procurement 
regulations.
    (b) Review of Title Evidence Contracts. The Contracting Officer, if 
an employee of the Real Estate Division, or otherwise the Real Estate 
representative designated by the Division or District Engineer, will 
review contracts for title evidence. If this review is made by a Real 
Estate employee other than a Contracting Officer, he will advise the 
Contracting Officer relative thereto. The Contracting Officer or the 
Real Estate representative will ascertain that the Department of Justice 
has approved the bidder, and the contract will not be awarded to any 
bidder not so approved. The Contracting Officer or the Real Estate 
representative who is to advise him, will familiarize himself with 
``Standards for the Preparation of Title Evidence in Land Acquisitions 
by the United States,'' issued by the Department of Justice, 1970.
    (c) Distribution. Upon acceptance, copies of title evidence 
contracts will be distributed in the same manner as other contracts.



Sec. 644.65  Ordering title evidence.

    (a) Placing Orders. Where the contract does not specify the order in 
which title evidence for particular tracts will be furnished, orders 
will be submitted to the abstractor or title company on ENG Form 1011, 
Order for Title Evidence. An accurate legal description of the tract of 
land involved will be attached to the order or will be typed thereon.
    (b) Orders Based on Contiguous Areas. If the contract does not 
contain a list

[[Page 159]]

of tracts for which title evidence is to be furnished, orders will be 
based on contiguous areas of land in identical ownership and will be 
deemed to be contiguous even though crossed by roads, railroads, rights-
of-way, or streams. In such event the variation in quantity shall not 
exceed plus or minus ten percent as prescribed by ASPR. If there has 
been a severance of surface and subsurface estates, determination of 
what constitutes a tract will be based on ownership of the surface. 
However, in unusual cases where such a contiguous area is composed of 
several parcels derived through separate chains of title and requiring 
separate searches of each chain of title down to a comparatively recent 
date or where such contiguous area lies in more than one section, the 
Contracting Officer may contract to pay a specified reasonable 
additional charge for each such additional chain or section if such 
additional charge is customary in the locality where the land lies.
    (c) Type of Title Evidence. The order will set forth the type of 
evidence to be furnished. When abstracts are contracted for, the 
following rules will be observed:
    (1) If an abstract of title in satisfactory form cannot be procured 
from the landowner, a new abstract will be ordered.
    (2) If an abstract in satisfactory form is procured from a 
landowner, the abstract will be transmitted to the abstractor with an 
order for a continuation of the old abstract.



Sec. 644.66  Payment for title services.

    (a) Approval. The Contracting Officer will approve payment for all 
title evidence obtained in connection with the acquisition of land from 
funds available to the Division or District Engineer for that purpose, 
whether the land is acquired by purchase or condemnation.
    (b) Review. When abstracts are furnished on a per-item or per-page 
basis, the contents must be carefully reviewed by a qualified 
representative of the Division or District Engineer, to insure that 
bills are not excessive and that abstracts do not include superfluous 
material. Where erroneous or superfluous material is included in 
abstract, the bills involved will be corrected so that payment for such 
material is not made. All title evidence will be examined to determine 
that there has been full compliance with the specifications.
    (c) Payment for Title Evidence. Payments for title evidence will be 
made by the Contracting Officer from available funds for the project to 
which the title evidence pertains, upon receipt of certified and 
approved vouchers.
    (d) Preparation of Invoices for Title Services. The abstractor or 
title company will submit a certified invoice for services rendered, to 
the office to which the title evidence was delivered for review. The 
invoice must specify the particular type of title evidence furnished, 
the tract number, name of owner, name of project, and contract number. 
Invoices found to be correct will be certified as to receipt of the 
services by the receiving office and will be transmitted to the Division 
or District Engineer for further action and payment.



Sec. 644.67  Approval of Title by the Attorney General.

    (a) General. Section 355 of the Revised Statutes of the United 
States, as amended (40 U.S.C. 255), formerly required the written 
opinion of the Attorney General in favor of the validity of the title to 
lands as a prerequisite to the expenditure of public funds thereon.
    (b) Delegation. Pursuant to the provisions of Pub. L. 91-393, 
approved September 1, 1970, authority to approve title to lands being 
acquired for the use of the Department of the Army, or of any other 
department or agency for which the Department of the Army is authorized 
to acquire land, has been delegated to the Department of the Army, 
subject to the supervision and review of the Attorney General. 
Generally, military authorization and/or appropriation legislation 
expressly authorizes construction on the land prior to approval of 
title.
    (c) Redelegation. The authority delegated to the Department of the 
Army pursuant to Pub. L. 91-393 has been redelegated to Division and 
District Engineers with real estate responsibility.

[[Page 160]]

    (d) Issuance of Title Opinions. Division and District Engineers are 
authorized to designate staff attorneys to give written approval of the 
sufficiency of title to land for the purposes for which the property is 
being acquired. Such attorneys shall issue preliminary and/or final 
opinions of title.
    (1) Attorneys designated for such purposes will have as a minimum 
five years legal experience, from the date of admission to a State bar, 
including three years experience in the law of real property. Real 
estate attorneys on the staffs of Division and District Engineers, who 
possess these qualifications, will be designated by the Division and 
District Engineers, in writing, to pass on the sufficiency of title to 
lands pursuant to the said delegation. The names of such attorneys shall 
be furnished to HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) WASH DC 20314 as soon as possible.
    (2) A final opinion of title shall be issued in all acquisitions, 
except for easement acquisitions not in excess of $1,000 which are 
governed by Sec. 644.69(b).
    (3) Division and District Engineers are authorized to waive the 
issuance of written preliminary opinions of title where the closing of 
the case is based upon a certificate of title or title insurance issued 
by an acceptable and approved title company, in either fee or easement 
acquisitions.
    (4) A preliminary and a final opinion of title shall be issued in 
all fee and easement acquisitions involving abstracts of title, except 
for easement acquisitions not in excess of $1,000 which are governed by 
Sec. 644.69(b).
    (5) Any final title opinion issued pursuant to the delegated 
authority shall substantially follow the format of the Attorney's Final 
Title Opinion (Figure 5-3 of ER 405-1-12).
    (e) Opinion of Attorney General. Whenever the District or Division 
Engineer determines that a title defect is of such character that a 
possibility exists that it may be waived, the case shall be submitted to 
HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) WASH DC 20314 for review and transmittal to the 
Attorney General for a title opinion. The letter of submittal shall 
contain or be accompanied by the information and data required by Sec. 
644.72(b).
    (f) Rejection Opinion. If it is obvious that no possibility of 
waiver of a title defect exists, a title opinion shall be issued 
according to the procedure set forth in Sec. 644.67(d). Copies of such 
opinion shall be submitted with the condemnation assembly.



Sec. 644.68  Title Clearance--Certificate of Title and Title Insurance.

    (a) Curative Action. Upon receipt of an acceptable certificate of 
title, ENG Form 903 or an interim binder on an owner's title guarantee 
or insurance policy, ENG Form 1014, the title evidence will be reviewed 
by a qualified real estate attorney of the Corps of Engineers. Where the 
title evidence indicates that the acquisition of the land or interest 
therein by purchase is feasible, and a satisfactory ENG Form 42, Offer 
to Sell Real Property, or ENG Form 2970, Offer to Sell Easement, is 
received from the landowner and accepted by the Government, curative 
action will be conducted and curative material will be processed as 
follows:
    (1) With regard to the title objections set forth in Schedule ``B'' 
of certificates of title or interim binders, it will be necessary to 
take such curative action as will insure the issuance of a final 
certificate of title or title guarantee or insurance policy showing 
title vested in the United States of America, subject only to those 
objections, if any, which have been administratively waived.
    (2) As set forth in the title contract, the title company will 
authorize its local representative to give final approval of curative 
material furnished to satisfy such objections and insure their 
elimination from the final certificate of title or title guarantee or 
insurance policy. As such curative material is approved, the local 
representative of the title company will:
    (i) Initial, or otherwise indicate, on the margin of the preliminary 
certificate or interim binder, the fact that the objection has been 
eliminated through the procurement of satisfactory curative material.
    (ii) Determine whether or not he wishes the curative instrument 
recorded and if the instrument is to be recorded, so indicate on the 
margin of the certificate or interim binder. By the express terms of the 
offer to sell, the vendor is responsible for payment

[[Page 161]]

of recording fees on such curative material.
    (iii) Where curative material is not recorded, the title company 
will be permitted to retain such material if they wish it for their 
files; otherwise, it will be placed with the title assembly. If the 
original curative instruments are retained by the title company, true 
copies will be transmitted with the Final Title Assembly to HQDA (DAEN-
REA-P) WASH DC 20314.
    (b) Intermediate Certificates or Interim Binders. In the following 
types of cases, it may be necessary, after examination of the 
preliminary certificates of title or interim binder, to obtain 
intermediate certificates of title or interim binders in order to 
perfect title prior to closing the transaction:
    (1) When the signer of the offer is not the record title holder but 
is the holder of a contract for purchase, recorded or unrecorded, the 
preliminary certificate of title or interim binder will show title in 
the record title holder. In such cases, the certificate or binder will 
make appropriate reference to the contract. It will recite the action 
necessary to complete the contract and effect transfer of title from the 
record holder to the contract purchaser. When the deed to the contract 
purchaser is recorded, an intermediate certificate of title or interim 
binder, in proper form, will be obtained.
    (2) In those cases in which record title is vested in a deceased 
person, the preliminary certificate of title or interim binder may be 
issued in the name of the deceased record owner, followed by the word 
``deceased,'' and will be accompanied by a letter from the title company 
stating whether a judicial proceeding will be required, or whether 
affidavits of heirship, or other forms of proof, will suffice to permit 
the issuance of intermediate certificate or binder showing title vested 
in the heirs of the deceased.
    (i) Where a judicial proceeding is required, action will immediately 
be taken by the owners to perfect title by such proceeding, and, upon 
completion, an intermediate certificate of title or interim binder 
should be obtained. If such action cannot be completed within 60 days, 
action will be taken to acquire the tract by condemnation, Sec. 
644.72(a).
    (ii) Where a judicial proceeding is not required, it will be 
necessary to effect the necessary curative action and obtain an 
intermediate certificate or interim binder showing title in the heirs of 
the deceased record owners.
    (3) In those cases in which conveyance to the United States is to be 
made by a fiduciary, a corporation, a political subdivision, or an 
unincorporated association, the certificate of title or interim binder 
will state whether the proposed grantor has legal authority to convey 
valid title to the United States, and, if so, will cite the source of 
the authority. If the preliminary certificate of title or interim binder 
does not so indicate, it will be returned to the title company for 
correction or for issuance of an intermediate certificate of title or 
interim binder.
    (4) Where the certificate of title or interim binder contains any 
objection, or reference to liens of taxes, assessments, bonds, or other 
indebtedness of a road improvement, school, drainage, or other type of 
special improvement district, the specifications provide that the 
certificate or interim binder will also contain reference to the statute 
or statutes, under which the district was created, its bonds issued, and 
its taxes levied; the amount of taxes and assessments levied and bonds 
issued; and other additional pertinent information. If the preliminary 
certificate or interim binder does not contain sufficient information to 
enable an examining attorney to determine the nature and extent of the 
lien, if any, on the land, of such taxes, assessments and bonds, it will 
be returned to the title company for correction or for issuance of an 
intermediate certificate of title or interim binder. If the preliminary 
certificate or interim binder does not clearly indicate that the bonds 
or taxes of such district become a lien annually at the same time as the 
lien of ad valorem taxes attaches to land in the State and that the lien 
is of the same nature as the lien of ad valorem taxes, the information 
specified above must be obtained and a determination must be made as to 
the nature and extent of the liens of such bonds and taxes.

[[Page 162]]

    (5) Where the certificate of title or interim binder discloses a 
covenant or condition restricting the use of the land, the certificate 
or interim binder will set forth the restriction, will quote the 
provision imposing the restriction or creating the right of reverter for 
a breach thereof, and will state whether a release will eliminate the 
objection. If such information is not contained in the preliminary 
certificate of title or interim binder, it will be returned to the title 
company for correction or for issuance of an intermediate certificate of 
title or interim binder. If a release will eliminate the objection, 
action will be taken to obtain an appropriate release from the person or 
persons holding the right of reverter. Should the title company hold 
that the title cannot be perfected by a release or if an acceptable 
release cannot be obtained, action will be taken to acquire the tract by 
condemnation.
    (6) When the specifications require the title company to include any 
of the above information in the preliminary certificate of title or 
interim binder and it is necessary to obtain an intermediate certificate 
of title or interim binder due to the omission of such information from 
the preliminary report by the title company, the intermediate 
certificate of title or interim binder will be furnished without cost to 
the United States.
    (c) Question of Law. Any difficult or complicated question of law 
raised by an objection or exception in a preliminary or intermediate 
certificate of title or interim binder should be submitted to HQDA 
(DAEN-REA-P) WASH DC 20314 for review and transmittal to the Attorney 
General for an opinion. The letter of submittal shall contain a full 
statement of the facts and references to the provisions of applicable 
statutes and pertinent decisions of state courts on the question 
involved. This action should be taken before closing. This action should 
also be taken on questions involving the nature and extent of the liens 
of bonded indebtedness, assessments, or taxes to meet the bonded 
indebtedness of special improvement districts, or relating to 
restrictive covenants.



Sec. 644.69  Title Clearance--Easements.

    (a) Easements Costing in Excess of $1,000. Curative action and 
clearance of title to easements costing in excess of $1,000 will be the 
same as in fee acquisitions, as outlined above, except as follows:
    (1) Under an agreement with the Department of Justice, title to 
easements will be approved subject to outstanding encumbrances, such as 
mortgages, deeds of trust, judgments, and vendors' liens, where the 
tract is not encumbered in excess of 50 percent of the reasonable value 
of the remaining property, and the consideration being paid for the 
easement does not represent a sum in excess of ten percent of the value 
of the remaining property. (As to taxes, see Sec. 644.70(k)(6).)
    (2) For the purpose of making the determinations necessary to apply 
the formula set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, resort may be 
had to the tract appraisal, provided it is based on a ``before and 
after'' approach, in which case the amount of the ``after'' appraisal 
will be used as the reasonable value of the remaining property. In the 
event no such appraisal has been made, a memorandum estimate by a 
qualified appraiser (staff or contract) will be obtained. Determination 
of the total encumbrances may be made on the basis of the face of the 
encumbering instruments. However, if it is necessary to determine that 
the total amount of the outstanding liens as of the date of closing has 
been reduced to an amount less than 50 percent of the reasonable value 
of the remaining property, such reduction must be evidenced by signed 
statements from the lienees or their authorized representatives. The 
appraisal or memorandum estimate and the lienee statements will be 
placed in the tract file.
    (3) On the basis of the determinations described in paragraph (a)(2) 
of this section, the appropriate information will be inserted on ENG 
Form 3536, Statement Concerning Outstanding Encumbrances, which will be 
signed by the closing agent. The original will appear as a separate 
document in the Final Title Assembly submitted to HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) WASH 
DC 20314.
    (b) Easements Costing Not in Excess of $1,000. (1) Requirements for 
the release

[[Page 163]]

or subordination to such easements of mortgages, deeds of trust, 
judgments, vendors' liens, taxes which are a lien, whether or not 
presently due and payable, and similar encumbrances will ordinarily be 
the same as for easements costing in excess of $1,000.
    (2) In unusual circumstances, these requirements need not be applied 
if the purchase price of the easement is insufficient to satisfy the 
liens and interest, or the amount of such liens or interest is small in 
comparision with the value of the land in which the easement is being 
acquired, and in comparison with the cost of condemnation proceedings to 
clear the title. In such cases, the Division or District Engineer (or 
the Chief, Real Estate Division, if delegated such authority) may waive 
such title infirmities as he determines will not interfere with the use 
of the easement by the Government or jeopardize the interests of the 
United States: Provided:
    (i) The easement deed contains a general warranty covenant by the 
grantor to satisfy all such unpaid taxes and other liens and to warrant 
the title against any encumbrances or interests left outstanding.
    (ii) The Division or District Engineer (or the Chief, Real Estate 
Division, if delegated the authority) has determined that such 
outstanding liens, encumbrances, or interest, if left outstanding, will 
not interfere with the Government's use of the easement, or will not 
jeopardize the interests of the United States, and in his opinion the 
title is sufficient. A certificate to this effect should be attached to 
the Final Title Assembly.
    (c) Curative Action. (1) Curative action will be initiated promptly 
in all cases to eliminate all title defects or encumbrances, except 
those which may be administratively waived, those which may be 
eliminated by the payment of money and cleared at the time of closing, 
and those which may be waived as hereinafter provided. Curative material 
need not be recorded, however, until the closing of the transaction.
    (2) All encumbrances, defects, outstanding interests, and other 
matters shown in the preliminary certificates of title or interim 
binders, must be cured and eliminated before delivery of the purchase 
check, except those of a nature which have been waived as not 
interfering with the Government's use of the easement or as not 
jeopardizing the interest of the United States.



Sec. 644.70  Closing of cases.

    (a) Closing and Settlement Officers. Payment and closing of cases 
will be initiated immediately upon completion of curative action, by 
qualified Closing Officers employed by the Corps of Engineers. To be 
qualified, a Closing Officer must be employed in the Real Estate 
Division of a Division or District Office, or in a Real Estate Project 
or Suboffice, in an Attorney-Advisor position, or in a Realty Officer 
position if he is a member in good standing of the Bar of a State, 
Possession, or the District of Columbia, and has been instructed in 
Federal procedure and in the requirements for closing land acquisition 
transactions by a Division or District Closing Officer and has been 
approved by the Division or District Engineer to close land acquisition 
transactions independently. It is no longer necessary for Closing 
Officers to be individually bonded. Contracting for closing services 
will require prior approval of HQDA (DAEN-REA-P).
    (b) Payment. Payment for land, or interests therein, will be made 
from funds available to the Division or District Engineer.
    (c) General. The details of the closing necessarily differ according 
to the number of vendors and the outstanding interests, the number and 
variety of the encumbrances and title objections to be met, and 
miscellaneous other details resulting from complications in the 
particular title. Upon receipt of the check and title papers, the 
Closing Officer will review the entire file relating to the acquisition, 
fully acquaint himself with the terms and conditions of the sale, and 
with the condition of the title, and will ascertain whether there are 
any special conditions to be performed, or requirements to be met, on 
the part of the landowner or the Government and what objections to the 
title are to be eliminated before valid title may vest in the United 
States.
    (d) Curative Data. The Closing Officer will determine the character 
and

[[Page 164]]

amount of all outstanding interests in, liens on, or claims against the 
land, which are to be satisfied out of the purchase price, and see that 
necessary curative action has been taken and curative data obtained to 
cure all defects in and meet all objections to the title. If the title 
evidence consists of a certificate of title of a title company, or a 
title guarantee policy, approval of the curative material, obtained to 
eliminate the title objections, must be obtained from the title company.
    (e) Continuation of Title Search. The Closing Officer will satisfy 
himself that no change has occurred in the land records from the date of 
the prior certification which will adversely affect the title to the 
real estate interest being acquired by the United States. Where deemed 
appropriate because of the complexities of the title, the amount of the 
purchase price, or other reason, the local representative of the title 
company or the abstracter will be requested to examine the title records 
for the purpose of making this determination, and a continuation of the 
title evidence should be obtained, if considered necessary. Otherwise, 
the interim title search may be made by the Closing Officer.
    (1) If no adverse change in the status of title has occurred since 
the date of the preliminary or the latest certification of the title by 
the abstracter or the title company, as the case may be, the Closing 
Officer will proceed to close the case.
    (2) In case of change in ownership during the period, the Closing 
Officer will order a continuation of the abstract or an intermediate 
certificate of title or interim binder, as the case may be, and take 
such action as necessary to cure the title.
    (f) Payment and Closing Sheet. ENG Form 1566, Payment and Closing 
Sheet and Receipt for United States Treasurer's Check, covering all 
charges to be eliminated by payment of money to be deducted from the 
purchase money check, will be prepared in advance of closing. This sheet 
will show, in detail, all disbursements of the purchase money, including 
all amounts to be expended for satisfaction of:
    (1) Taxes and assessments.
    (2) Outstanding judgments--State and Federal.
    (3) Mortgages, deeds of trust, and other liens.
    (4) Amounts received under any contract or bond.
    (5) Landowner's balance after all charges are deducted from the 
purchase price.
    (g) Division or District Inspection of Premises. The Closing Officer 
or other authorized Division or District employee will personally make 
an inspection of the premises to ascertain whether any person is 
occupying the property in whole or in part.
    (1) The Closing Officer or an authorized Division or District 
employee will prepare ENG Form 798, Certificate of Inspection and 
Possession.
    (2) If any person other than the vendor is found in possession, the 
Closing Officer will secure a disclaimer on ENG Form 1290, Disclaimer. 
The disclaimer will be modified to make allowance of any provision in 
the offer to sell permitting possession after closing.
    (3) The Closing Officer or an authorized Division or District 
employee will check to determine that the buildings, improvements, and 
crops listed on the appraisal report are still on the land being 
conveyed. Where buildings, improvements, and crops have been reserved by 
the landowner, it will be determined that only the items reserved have 
been removed. Whenever possession of land is surrendered to the 
Government before the time of payment and closing, and immediate 
inspection and report ENG Form 1567, Report on Vacation of Property, 
will have been made. The Closing Officer may rely upon this report for 
the inspection required in the first part of this paragraph unless he is 
aware of circumstances which would make a supplemental inspection and 
report proper. If no such inspection and report have been made and 
possession has been surrendered to the Government, the inspection and 
report must be made at this time.
    (4) The Closing Officer or an authorized Division or District 
employee will determine whether there have been repairs or improvements 
to or construction on the premises which might give rise to mechanics 
liens.

[[Page 165]]

    (5) The ENG Form 798 will be executed and placed with the title 
papers. If executed by an employee other than the Project Manager or 
Closing Officer, it must be approved by the Project Manager or Closing 
Officer, to indicate that the Project Manager or Closing Officer has 
authorized the employee signing the certificate to make the inspection 
and is satisfied it has been properly done.
    (h) Deed to the United States. (1) The deed to the United States 
will be drafted in accordance with the ``Standards for the Preparation 
of Title Evidence in Land Acquisition by the United States,'' issued by 
the Department of Justice in 1970.
    (2) Where the landowner's name appears in various forms among the 
title papers, full use will be made of the ``also known as'' clause in 
identifying the grantor in the deed to the United States.
    (3) The deed shall contain a quitclaim clause by which the grantor 
quitclaims to the United States all right, title, and interest which the 
grantor may have in the banks, beds, and waters of any streams bordering 
the said land to be conveyed, and also all interest in alleys, roads, 
streets, ways, strips, gores, or railroad rights-of-way abutting or 
adjoining said land and in any means of ingress or egress appurtenant 
thereto.
    (4) Recording fees, transfer taxes, and similar expenses incidental 
to conveying real property to the United States; penalty costs for 
prepayment of any preexisting recorded mortgage entered into in good 
faith encumbering such real property; and the pro rata portion of real 
property taxes paid which are allocable to a period subsequent to the 
date of vesting title in the United States, or the effective date of 
possession of such real property by the United States, whichever is the 
earlier, shall be paid by the Government pursuant to authority of 
section 303, Pub. L. 91-646, approved January 2, 1971.
    (i) Satisfaction of Liens and Encumbrances. All mortgages, deeds of 
trust, judgments, mechanics liens, and similar encumbrances will be 
satisfied and released or discharged of record. In the acquisition of 
easements, liens and encumbrances should be satisfied, released or 
subordinated to the Government's easement, except as provided in Sec. 
644.69(a) or unless administratively waived under Sec. 644.69(c).
    (j) Payments to Tenants and Lessees. Amounts due lessees, or other 
tenants, under ENG Form 1564, Consent to Offer to Sell, will be paid 
from the purchase price or by the landowner direct. In either case, 
proper receipts and releases will be obtained.
    (k) Satisfaction and Release of Liens of Taxes and Assessments. (1) 
Except as provided in Sec. 644.69(b) and paragraph (k)(6) of this 
section, all taxes and assessments which, under the law of the State 
where the land is located, are a lien on the property as of the date of 
the delivery and recordation of the deed to the United States must be 
paid at or before closing, unless provision for their payment is made as 
follows:
    (i) Where closing takes place before the completion of the 
assessment and levy of the taxes necessary to the determination of the 
amount of the taxes, or before the taxes are due and payable, a 
sufficient sum will be withheld from the purchase price to satisfy such 
taxes when the amount is later determined or they later become due and 
payable. In cases where the amount of taxes has not been determined, an 
estimate will be made, after consultation with the assessor and 
consideration of the amount of taxes paid on the land for the preceding 
year. The amount withheld should be at least 20 percent in excess of the 
amount of taxes assessed against the property for the preceding year.
    (ii) If the taxes are not due and payable under State law, though 
the amount has been determined at the time of closing, payment will not 
be made to the collector or other official charged with the collection 
of taxes, unless he has authority to accept payment and receipt for them 
in advance of the due date.
    (2) Funds withheld for the payment of taxes will be transmitted 
promptly to the Division or District Engineer in the form of cashier's 
check or money order payable to the Treasurer of the United States, 
unless the taxes are

[[Page 166]]

paid or held in escrow by the title company. The Closing Officer, in 
transmitting such payments, must clearly identify, by name, the vendor 
from whom the tax money was withheld, and must identify the land for 
which the taxes were withheld by its tract number in the project. He 
must also identify the taxes for payment of which the money has been 
withheld by specifying the type of taxes, such as county, city, or 
school. He will set forth the year each became or becomes due and fully 
explain the manner in which payment or withholding has been handled in 
order that proper payment will be effected by the Division or District 
Engineer when the taxes are due and payable. Any balance of the amount 
withheld and not needed to satisfy the taxes will be refunded to the 
grantor.
    (3) Where payment of the taxes is not possible at the time of 
closing and funds are withheld for this purpose, the Closing Officer 
will immediately notify the local tax official that title to the 
particular tract has been conveyed to the United States and that funds 
have been withheld for the payment of taxes, specifying the taxes for 
which an amount has been withheld and stating that such funds are in the 
custody of the Division or District Engineer. In giving such notice, he 
will use ENG Form 894, Notice to Tax Official.
    (4) When the taxes become due and payable, the Division or District 
Engineer will pay such taxes from the funds withheld from the purchase 
price. Any excess between the amount of taxes actually paid and the 
amount withheld will be refunded to the grantor by the Division or 
District Engineer. Refund checks will be transmitted to the grantor only 
after it has been definitely determined that all taxes which were liens 
on the tract are shown as satisfied on the books of the tax collector. 
This is necessary to avoid the possibility of a refund being made before 
satisfaction of all tax liens. The tax receipt should be forwarded to 
HQDA (DAEN-REP-S) WASH DC 20314 for filing with the original title 
papers.
    (5) Where the evidence of title consists of certificates of title or 
title insurance, and funds are withheld for payment of taxes, the amount 
so withheld may be turned over to the title company, provided:
    (i) The title company is financially responsible and will agree to 
issue a final certificate of title or title policy in which no tax liens 
or unpaid taxes will be noted or, if noted, will be followed by the 
statement:

    For the payment of which provision has been made by deposit of a 
sufficient sum with this company.

    (ii) The title company will enter into an escrow agreement with the 
grantor to hold such sum for the satisfaction of the taxes when they 
become due, and to return to the grantor any excess remaining after 
their payment.
    (6) Agreements have been reached with the Department of Justice 
that, in the acquisition of easements, the following will apply:
    (i) No provision need be made for the payment of taxes which are a 
lien but are not due and payable, provided that the purchase price of 
the easement, including severance damage, is not in excess of 50 percent 
of the reasonable value of the entire contiguous property of the vendor. 
In the event the value of the easement has been determined by a ``before 
and after'' appraisal, the amount of the ``after'' appraisal will be 
utilized in making the necessary determination. In the event no such 
appraisal has been made, it will not be necessary to prepare a complete 
appraisal of the value of the contiguous property. In lieu thereof, a 
memorandum estimate by a qualified appraiser (staff or contract) will be 
obtained and placed in the tract file. In either case, the appropriate 
information will be inserted on ENG Form 3536, Statement Concerning 
Outstanding Encumbrances.
    (ii) It will not be necessary to withhold funds for payment of 
current taxes which are due and payable, if the purchase price of the 
easement is insufficient to pay such taxes. In such case, Item 4 of ENG 
Form 3536 and the third block of that form will be completed.
    (iii) ENG Form 3536 will be signed by the Closing Officer and the 
original will appear as a separate document in the Final Title Assembly.
    (l) Payment and Recordation of Deed. (1) No disbursement of the 
purchase price shall be made until:

[[Page 167]]

    (i) A duly executed deed has been accepted;
    (ii) All outstanding charges, liens, or encumbrances on the land 
have been satisfied and discharged, or a sufficient sum has been 
withheld from the purchase price to satisfy and discharge such charges, 
liens and encumbrances; and
    (iii) The title is sufficient for the purposes for which it is being 
acquired, and all objections thereto have been eliminated or 
administratively waived in writing.
    (2) When the requirements of paragraph (l)(i) of this section have 
been satisfied, the balance of the purchase price shall be delivered to 
the landowners.
    (3) The deed and all instruments which release liens or encumbrances 
on the property shall be promptly recorded.
    (m) Closing of Easements Acquisitions--(1) Easement Costing in 
Excess of $1,000. Closing requirements and procedures with respect to 
easements costing in excess of $1,000 are the same as in fee 
acquisitions, except as to mortgages, deeds of trust, judgments, 
vendors' liens, and similar title infirmities (Sec. 644.69(a)), and as 
to taxes which are liens but which are not due and payable (paragraph 
(k)(6) of this section).
    (2) Easements Costing Not in Excess of $1,000. Closing requirements 
and procedures with respect to easements costing not in excess of $1,000 
are the same as a fee acquisition except that title infirmities may be 
waived as provided in Sec. 644.69(b).
    (n) Payment and Closing Under Power of Attorney. Where the landowner 
is unable or unwilling to be present personally or to pay from his own 
funds the amount necessary to satisfy all encumbrances and expenses, the 
following steps may be taken:
    (1) Obtain a power of attorney from the landowner. Standard Form 
232, Power of Attorney by Individual for the Collection of a Specified 
Check Drawn on the United States Treasury, will be used. If the 
landowner is a corporation, Standard Form 236, Power of Attorney by a 
Corporation for the Collection of a Specified Check Drawn on the 
Treasurer of the United States, and Standard Form 237, Resolution by 
Corporation Conferring Authority Upon an Officer to Execute a Power of 
Attorney for the Collection of Checks Drawn on the Treasurer of the 
United States, will be used. The power of attorney will be drawn in 
favor of the Closing Officer making the payment and closing. Immediately 
after the post office address of the Closing Officer, the following will 
be inserted, ``Agent for the Disbursing Officer.'' This insertion must 
be initialed by the person(s) executing the power of attorney. (Above 
forms are available through the local GSA Regional Office.)
    (2) Obtain from the landowner ENG Form 1569, Order to Disburse Under 
Power of Attorney. It will be noted that this form specifically recites 
types of indebtedness or expense, the names of the persons to be paid 
under the power of attorney, and the estimated, but not necessarily the 
exact, amounts thereof. It is important that all items (including cost 
of revenue stamps, recordation fees for curative material, and bank 
service charges) be itemized on the form.
    (3) The Closing Officer then will take the necessary action for and 
on behalf of the landowner to discharge the indebtedness and pay 
expenses under the ENG Form 1569.
    (4) If it is possible to have all interested parties, other than the 
landowner, present at one time and to make all payments simultaneously, 
a round table closing will be conducted. The Closing Officer, under the 
power of attorney and order to disburse, will endorse and cash the 
Treasurer's check and will make the individual disbursements in actual 
cash.
    (5) If it is possible to determine definitely all items of payment 
simultaneously, but it is not possible to have all interested parties 
present at one time, the Closing Officer will, under the power of 
attorney and order to disburse, endorse and cash the Treasurer's check, 
obtain separate cashier's checks for all items of payment (including the 
bank services charge for the issuance of such checks), and deliver the 
checks.
    (6) Where it is not possible to determine definitely all items of 
payment simultaneously, the Closing Officer, under power of attorney and 
order to disburse, will endorse and cash the

[[Page 168]]

Treasurer's check and will obtain separate cashier's checks for all 
items of payment for which disbursements may be properly made and for 
any balance representing the total of any items, the amounts of which 
cannot be definitely determined; in other words, for the residue of the 
amount of the United States Treasurer's check. In every instance, the 
cashier's checks will be drawn to provide for endorsement by the Closing 
Officer or landowner as later determined to be appropriate.
    (7) Curative material which requires recordation will be recorded 
for and on behalf of the landowner and will then be placed with the 
title papers.
    (8) The usual tax receipts, mortgage releases, judgment 
satisfactions, etc., will be obtained for each monetary encumbrance 
which has been discharged. These instruments will be placed with the 
title papers, unless the landowner wishes to retain them.
    (9) Separate receipts on ENG Form 1571, Receipt for Payment Under 
Power of Attorney, must be obtained for each disbursement made under the 
power of attorney and order to disburse, including a receipt for the 
balance of the purchase price paid to the landowner. One copy of such 
receipt will be placed in the project files.
    (10) The Closing Officer will prepare an original and two copies of 
ENG Form 1570, Report of Disbursement Under Power of Attorney, showing 
the exact amount of each disbursement made under the power of attorney 
and order to disburse. The Closing Officer will prepare an original and 
two copies of appropriate certification thereon. The original and two 
copies will be signed by the landowner, who will retain one copy. The 
Closing Officer will place one copy in the files of the project office 
and will place the original with the title papers. The separate receipts 
on ENG Form 1571 for each disbursement made will be attached to the 
original ENG Form 1570.
    (o) Procurement of Check. (1) After acceptance and distribution of 
the offer assembly and the acquisition is ready for closing, the 
following instruments and supporting data will be transmitted to the 
Finance and Accounting Officer for scheduling of SF 1166, Voucher and 
Schedule of Payments, and issuance of check:
    (i) Two true copies of the preliminary opinion of the Attorney 
General, where required; or
    (ii) Two true copies of a preliminary certificate of title or title 
guarantee policy where the preliminary opinion of the Attorney General 
is not required; or
    (iii) Two copies of ENG Form 909, Attorney's Preliminary Certificate 
of Title, in easements acquisition which cost less than $1,000; and
    (iv) Two true copies of other supporting data evidencing amount due 
and payable, such as statement of closing attorney; and
    (v) Two true copies of the offer assembly or deed executed by the 
vendor, if offer form has not been utilized.
    (2) The following statement, appropriately modified, signed by the 
Chief, Real Estate Division, may be transmitted in lieu of the above 
listed certificates:

    I certify that the check requested hereby is to pay an obligation of 
the United States as reflected on the attached (Offer to Sell) (easement 
or deed). I further certify that the parties signatory to this document 
and shown on the voucher as payees are the same parties reflected in a 
preliminary certificate of title issued by the ---------- Title Company 
in the possession of the Real Estate Division of this office. The 
completion of the transaction will be in accordance with existing 
regulations pertaining to the closing of real estate acquisitions.


The landowner's signature on a voucher is not necessary. On payments 
involving civil funds, paragraph 3-7g, ER 37-2-10, will be followed.
    (p) Procedure After Payment. When the above closing requirements 
have been met, the Closing Officer will:
    (1) Immediately order a final continuation of the type of title 
evidence which has been contracted for. The final title evidence must be 
dated as of the date of recordation of the deed to the United States, or 
a subsequent date, to show a valid title vested in the United States of 
America subject only to those title defects which have been 
administratively waived or to those liens and encumbrances for which 
sufficient funds were withheld from the

[[Page 169]]

purchase price to satisfy and discharge them.
    (2) Check carefully ENG Form 1566, Payment and Closing Sheet and 
Receipt for United States Treasurer's Check, to see that funds have been 
properly disbursed.
    (3) Review the continued abstract, final certificate of title, or 
title insurance policy, as soon as they are prepared and determine that 
the proper preliminary and final title evidence and related papers on 
the case have been completed in proper order. Thereupon a Final Title 
Opinion will be prepared.
    (4) Transmit as the Final Title Assembly to HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) WASH 
DC 20314, the Final Title Opinion, title evidence and related papers. 
This Final Title Assembly must be chronologically arranged and securely 
fastened for permanent filing, and should include the following:
    (i) Abstract of title, properly continued through time of closing; 
or preliminary, intermediate, and original of final certificate of 
title; or interim binder and original of the Title Guarantee (Insurance) 
Policy.
    (ii) Curative instruments and material pertaining to title defects 
appearing in the abstract, the final certificate of title, or the title 
guarantee or insurance policy.
    (iii) Deed to the United States, executed, stamped, acknowledged, 
and recorded.
    (iv) Copy of the accepted offer to sell (ENG Form 42 or ENG Form 
2970).
    (v) Completed ENG Form 798.
    (vi) Completed ENG Form 1566.
    (vii) Statement regarding payment of taxes or amount withheld to pay 
the taxes.
    (viii) Where required, completed ENG Form 1290.
    (ix) If the power of attorney procedure is followed, power of 
attorney on proper Department of the Treasury Form and completed ENG 
Forms 1569 and 1571.
    (x) Certified copy of any waiver letter or certificate.
    (xi) Any other papers relating to the title or closing of the case.
    (xii) An additional copy of the deed and the Attorney's Final Title 
Opinion for review by the Attorney General.
    (5) A copy of the executed and recorded deed will be retained by the 
Division or District Engineer for the proj ect files.
    (6) Similar action will be taken by the Closing Officer in 
acquisition of easements costing not in excess of $1,000.



Sec. 644.71  Final Title Assembly.

    (a) Disposition of Final Title Assemblies. The final title opinion 
and related papers will be forwarded to HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) WASH DC 20314 
for review and disposition. In addition, copies of deeds and related 
papers in acquisitions for the Strategic Petroleum Reserve Program of 
the Department of Energy will be forwarded to: Department of Energy, 
Strategic Petroleum Reserve Project Management Office, 900 Commerce Road 
East, New Orleans, Louisiana 70123.
    (b) Division/District Files. True copies will be retained for 
Division or District files.



Sec. 644.72  Transfer to Condemnation.

    (a) Transfer of Tracts from Purchase to Condemnation. If at any 
time, in the course of acquisition by purchase, it becomes apparent that 
title clearance and closing cannot be completed within 60 days of the 
offer to sell, action will immediately be taken to acquire the land by 
condemnation in order to make funds available to the landowner.
    (b) Contents of Letter of Submittal. In such cases the letter of 
submittal will contain or be accompanied by:
    (1) All title evidence.
    (2) An analysis of the title defects and a statement of the attempts 
which have been made to cure the defects.
    (3) A statement of the attempts to have the title infirmities waived 
by the title company and the reasons for refusal; or
    (4) The curative material which has been obtained to remedy the 
infirmities; and
    (5) Two copies of the offer to sell from the apparent owners.

[[Page 170]]

             Acquisition by Purchase, Donation, and Transfer



Sec. 644.81  General.

    Sections 644.81 through 644.88 describe the procedures of the Corps 
of Engineers relating to the acquisition of land and interests therein 
for both military and civil works projects by purchase, donation and 
transfer.
    (a) Applicability. These sections are applicable to all Division and 
District Engineers having real estate responsibilities.
    (b) Acquisition Authority--(1) Limitation. Acquisition of land for 
use by the United States requires express authorization (10 U.S.C. 2676, 
41 U.S.C. 14).
    (2) Military. Title 10 U.S.C. 2571 authorizes transfer of real 
property between Defense elements without compensation if the 
Secretaries approve. Title 10 U.S.C. 2662 provides that acquisition of 
fee title or transfer of real property owned by the United States to 
another Federal agency, military department or a state must be reported 
to the Committees on Armed Services of the Senate and House of 
Representatives if the estimated value is more than $50,000 and the 
transaction may not be consummated until after 30 days have expired from 
the date the report is submitted to the Committees. Title 10 U.S.C. 2663 
provides for acquisition by the Secretary of a military department 
during time of war or when war is imminent of any interest in land, 
including temporary use, required for a Defense installation, munitions 
plant or power plant for production of munitions, through negotiation 
and purchase, by condem nation or by gift. Title 10 U.S.C. 2672 provides 
that the Secretary of a military department may acquire any interest in 
land, including temporary use, by gift, purchase, exchange of United 
States owned land or otherwise, that he or his designee determines is 
needed in the interest of national defense and does not cost more than 
$50,000 exclusive of administrative costs or the amounts of deficiency 
judgments.
    (3) Civil Works. Acquisition of real property for civil works 
projects for which provision has been made by law is authorized in 33 
U.S.C. 591-595a and 701. As in the case of military projects, the 
Secretary of the Army is also authorized to accept donations of lands 
and materials required for civil works projects.
    (c) Rights-of-Entry. Rights-of-entry for construction may be 
obtained by the Division or District Engineer, after he has been 
authorized by the Chief of Engineers to acquire the land, pending 
completion of acquisition by purchase or the filing of condemnation 
proceedings with declaration of taking. In the event the landowner will 
not voluntarily grant a right-of-entry, an appraisal of the required 
interest should be made and negotiations conducted on the basis thereof. 
If the negotiations are not successful, a declaration of taking should 
be submitted to acquire the necessary rights. The same procedure will be 
used for acquiring rights-of-entry for other purposes, such as survey 
and exploration.



Sec. 644.82  Prerequisites to acquisition.

    (a) Authority to Begin Acquisition. Action to acquire a tract of 
land will not be initiated until the Real Estate Design Memorandum (for 
all projects except military) or Real Estate Planning Report (for Army, 
other than Civil Works, and Air Force projects) is approved and specific 
authorization of the Chief of Engineers, or the appropriate Air Force 
Regional Civil Engineer (AFRCE), to proceed with the acquisition of the 
project is received by the Division and District Engineer and funds have 
been made available. Upon such approval, the Division or District 
Engineer is authorized to initiate action for the acquisition of the 
estate approved for the particular project in accordance with the 
procedures hereinafter set forth.
    (b) Tract Description. Authority to initiate engineering planning of 
a proj ect will state the mapping procedures provided for in Chapter 3, 
ER 405-1-12. It is necessary that land requirements be determined, that 
the various tracts be identified by ownership, and that accurate tract 
descriptions be developed. Tract ownership data may be developed by 
Division or District personnel from the local land records or procured 
by contract from a qualified local Government official, abstractor or 
title company representative.

[[Page 171]]

    (c) Title Evidence. With approval to proceed with acquisition, title 
evidence contracts can be initiated. The procedures for obtaining title 
evidence are covered in Sec. Sec. 644.61 through 644.72. Preliminary 
title evidence to confirm ownership and status of the title is 
prerequisite to negotiating for acquisition of the land or interests 
therein.
    (d) Appraisals. Concurrently with the procurement of title evidence, 
the appraisal of the land should begin. The appraisal, when approved, 
forms the basis for the determination of fair market value which will 
not be less than the approved appraised value. The appraisal procedures 
are covered in Subpart B. Normally, one appraisal per tract (ownership) 
will be obtained; however, in unusual cases such as those which involve 
novel, unique or controversial appraisal concepts, there is no objection 
to obtaining more than one appraisal covering the same tract if 
considered advisable by the Division or District Engineer. When fee 
tracts are acquired by eminent domain procedures, where the value of the 
property is between $50,000 and $100,000, only one appraisal need be 
provided to the Department of Justice so long as it is a contract 
appraisal; two appraisals will be provided for values exceeding 
$100,000. Easement tracts acquired by eminent domain procedures, in 
excess of $50,000, will require two appraisals. At least one of the two 
appraisals must be made by a contract appraiser. Generally, in these 
cases, the second appraisal is procured only after negotiations indicate 
that agreement on price cannot be reached and that acquisition by 
condemnation will be required. The second appraisal will be procured in 
order that the Corps can take advantage of any negotiating flexibility 
that the second appraisal may afford in order to preclude court action. 
It is also necessary that the appraisals be relatively current in point 
of time (not to exceed six months) since dependent upon the real estate 
activity and degree of stability of the local economy, significant 
changes may take place in relatively short periods of time.
    (e) Environmental Considerations. Paragraph D3, Attachment 1 to 
Enclosure 1, DOD Directive 6050.1, dated March 19, 1974, subject: 
``Environmental Considerations in DOD Actions,'' requires close 
environmental scrutiny of real estate acquisitions, disposals and 
outgrants to determine if said actions constitute a ``Major Action 
Significantly Affecting the Quality of the Human Environment 
(MASAQHE).'' If the action is determined to be a MASAQHE, then an 
environmental impact statement is required. Paragraph D3 is quoted here 
for ready reference:

    D. Certain types of actions require close environmental scrutiny 
because of the possibility that they may either affect the quality of 
the environment or create environmental controversy. It may be desirable 
in such cases to have a complete presentation of the environmental 
aspects of the proposed action available for any interested party. For 
these reasons, consideration shall be given to documenting the 
environmental effect of the following types of actions in writing: (The 
written environmental assessment need not be elaborate for actions in 
which it is readily determinable that the impact would not be 
significant; however, negative declarations must be supported by written 
environmental assessments which generally meet the EIS format 
requirements.)

                                * * * * *

    3. Real estate acquisition, disposal and outgrants.

                                * * * * *



Sec. 644.83  Negotiations.

    (a) Acquisition Objectives. The objective of a land acquisition 
program is to acquire land at a price that will afford each landowner 
his constitutional guarantee of ``just compensation'' as that term has 
been defined by Federal judicial decisions. The Government must never 
pay less than just compensation unless a gift is intended. In eminent 
domain proceedings, the just compensation due a landowner is determined 
judicially by court award or by settlement prior to trial; in a purchase 
case, it is determined by negotiations leading to a satisfactory price 
and agreement with the landowner. While it is recognized that an 
appraisal is only an informed opinion and does not establish or 
determine just compensation, it is also recognized that, in negotiating 
for the purchase of land, an appraisal is the best and sometimes the

[[Page 172]]

only reliable opinion of the market value of the land which is supported 
by a thorough, acceptable analysis of market conditions at the time of 
purchase. Therefore, in the negotiation for the purchase of land, an 
approved current appraisal shall establish the minimum price to be paid 
for the land being acquired by the Corps of Engineers. Negotiations or 
offers below this price are prohibited except where the property is 
being acquired on a competitive basis and condemnation is not 
authorized.
    (b) Negotiating Objectives. In all cases, it is important that the 
negotiator receives adequate guidelines and explicit instructions. 
Promptly, after the amount of the estimated just compensation is 
established, the negotiator shall make an initial offer in the full 
amount of the fair market value, shall advise the landowner that the 
land was appraised for such amount, and shall furnish the landowner a 
written statement of, and summary of the basis for, said amount. A 
concentrated effort will be made to acquire the land for that amount. 
This written statement will be in the form of a letter which may be 
delivered personally or by first class mail. Such summary will include, 
as a minimum, the following items:
    (1) Definition of the term ``fair market value.''
    (2) An accurate legal description and location identification of the 
real property and the interest(s) therein to be acquired (legal 
description and estate may be attached).
    (3) The amount of the offer and a statement that such amount:
    (i) Is the amount believed by the agency to be just compensation for 
the property;
    (ii) Is not less than the approved appraisal of the fair market 
value of the property;
    (iii) Disregards any increase or decrease in the fair market value 
caused by the project for which the property is to be acquired, or by 
the likelihood that the property would be acquired for such project, 
other than that due to physical deterioration within the reasonable 
control of the owner;
    (iv) Does not reflect any consideration of or allowance for any 
relocation assistance and payments which the owner is entitled to 
receive.
    (4) An inventory identifying the buildings, structures, fixtures, 
and other improvements, including appurtenant removable building 
equipment, which are considered to be part of the real property for 
which the offer of just compensation is made. The inventory shall 
include a statement of the utility and condition of said buildings, 
structures, fixtures, and other improvements.
    (5) A description of the appraisal technique used, i.e., market 
approach, income approach, or cost approach, in sufficient detail to 
explain clearly to the landowner the process by which his property was 
valued. Thus, as an illustration, where the market approach was used, 
the explanation should include the number of comparable sales used, 
their general location and type, the factors considered in adjusting 
sales of subject property, and any other information which would help 
the landowner understand what was done to value his property. A 
statement that comparable sales of similar properties were examined 
without more explanation is not sufficient. Similar information should 
be given when any other appraisal technique is used. Unusual cases will 
require a more detailed explanation.
    (6) An identification of land classification categories (do not show 
acreage breakdown).
    (7) If only a portion of a property is to be acquired, an 
apportionment of the total estimated just compansation for the partial 
acquisition between:
    (i) The amount representing the just compensation for the real 
property to be acquired;
    (ii) The amount, if any, representing severance damages to the 
remainder, together with a brief narrative description of the cause 
thereof; and
    (iii) In the event ``off-setting benefits'' are involved, these must 
be shown, along with a narrative explanation and the landowner shall be 
given a ``person-to-person'' explanation by the negotiator.
    (8) If the property contain a dwelling, the value of said dwelling 
and homesite shall be set forth separately, with the statement that this 
figure will be used in calculating housing relocation benefits under 
title II of Pub. L. 91-646.

[[Page 173]]

    (9) If any building, structure, fixture, or other improvement, 
comprising part of the real property, has been identified as being owned 
by a tenant who has the right or obligation to remove it at the 
expiration of his term, the amount of the value of such building, 
structure, fixture, or other improvement, being the greater of:
    (i) The amount which the tenant's improvement contributes to the 
fair market value of the real property to be acquired; or
    (ii) The fair market value of the tenant's improvement for removal 
from the real property. The basis of such amount shall be included.
    (c) Appraisal reports or the appraiser's analysis (complete 
breakdown of principal value elements) will not be revealed by the 
negotiator unless specifically authorized. Cases involving property for 
which the highest and best use cannot be definitely established, and to 
which the exceptions mentioned in paragraph (a) of this section do not 
apply, will be reported to HQDA (DAEN-REA) WASH DC 20314 for specific 
instructions. If the land is being donated, initial offers are not 
necessary, and the appraisal will be significant in negotiations only 
when considering the conditions under which the donation is made as, for 
example, an agreed valuation for tax purposes. Negotiations will be 
based on current market values, which normally means that last offers 
will be based on appraisals not over six months old. Exceptions will be 
required in instances of rapid escalation of values when the appraisal 
is quickly outdated or in instances of a relatively static market or 
other condition resulting in a minimal change in property values. In 
such cases an explanation will be necessary.
    (d) Exceptions--(1) Corps Employees. If an employee of the Corps of 
Engineers has a direct interest in a tract of land being acquired by the 
Corps for public use, the tract will be acquired by condemnation. In 
cases of this nature, appraisal reports should be prepared, reviewed and 
forwarded together with a declaration of taking, with the condemnation 
assembly. The negotiator's report, of course, will not be included. The 
Department of Justice will be requested to handle all further matters 
pertaining to settlement or trial of the case. The Department of Justice 
has agreed to accept full responsibility for negotiations and approval 
of settlements or awards in such cases, without contacting any Corps 
personnel other than the owner of the interests being acquired.
    (2) Members of Congress. Since, under 18 U.S.C. 431 and 432, members 
of Congress who hold interests in land that is required for project 
purposes cannot contract for sale of such interests to the Government, 
these interests will also be acquired by condemnation. Negotiations for 
acquisition by purchase or for settlement without trial cannot be 
conducted by officers or agents of the United States. The determination 
of just compensation must be made by judicial proceedings. Appraisal 
reports and the condemnation assembly should be prepared and forwarded 
as set forth in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (e) Negotiating Guidelines. (1) The negotiator should be thoroughly 
familiar with the Division and District negotiating guidelines and 
should study the background data of the project, consisting of the 
authorizing act, survey report, project document, design memoranda, 
etc.; the applicable appraisal reports; tract ownership data; 
preliminary title certificates; and other related material. He should be 
entirely familiar with the project and the owner's individual property 
before initiating negotiations.
    (2) The owner shall be provided with available brochures which 
explain the project and the Pub. L. 91-646 benefits, together with the 
written statement and summary required by Sec. 644.83(b). The 
negotiator should explain to the landowner the Government's requirement 
for the land, the amount of land required, the estate(s) to be acquired, 
the terms and conditions of the Government's contract form, and the fact 
that relocation assistance benefits may be available. He should furnish 
the landowner a copy of a map indicating the boundaries of that portion 
of his land to be acquired, where the entire ownership is not being 
acquired or where different estates are being acquired in the same 
ownership, specifying the estate in each area.

[[Page 174]]

    (3) Negotiations will be continued in an effort to obtain acceptance 
of the Government's offer or a reasonable counteroffer from the 
landowner, or until it is definitely determined that such a counteroffer 
will not be forthcoming. It is not intended that negotiations be 
continued until an unaccept able counteroffer is finally obtained. 
However, in an effort to obtain a reasonable counteroffer above the 
Government's estimate, the negotiator will, if necessary, take the 
initiative in suggesting a series of prices within a range which, in 
accord with the guidelines discussed in Sec. 644.84, has been 
predetermined to be reasonable.
    (4) The interest of both owners and tenants must be considered and 
protected. The tenant is a proper party to the transaction, and every 
effort must be made to obtain the consent of the landowner and tenant as 
to the price to be paid to the tenant for his leasehold interest. This 
can be accomplished by the tenant's execution of ENG Form 1564, Consent 
to Offer to Sell Real Property, which shall then accompany the owner's 
offer to sell. In cases where the tenant executes this form, payment for 
the tenant's interest can be made to him in the closing of the purchase 
transaction. This procedure will be followed whenever possible. An 
exception is permitted in those cases where the landowner and tenant 
prefer to handle the matter as a private transaction between themselves. 
In such cases, it should be determined that a satisfactory agreement has 
been made by the landowner and tenant. Consideration should be given to 
any interest which the tenant may have in growing crops. This procedure 
is also applicable to any third party having an interest in the 
property, except through severance of a subsurface estate.
    (5) Negotiations with landowners will be conducted in a fair and 
courteous manner. The negotiator must not, under any circumstances, 
resort to coercion or threats of condemnation.
    (6) The negotiator has no authority to obligate the Government in 
any manner beyond the contract form. He must refrain from oral promises 
or understandings and include all terms and conditions in the contract 
form.
    (7) Although appraisal reports cannot be made available for 
inspection by a landowner, the various elements of value considered by 
the appraisers may, and should, be discussed with the landowner to 
satisfy him that all elements of compensable values and damages have 
been considered in arriving at an overall value for the property being 
acquired. Care will be exercised during any discussion not to reveal 
specific amounts related to any elements considered in the appraisal, 
except the acquisition cost assigned to the dwelling for purpose of 
calculating replacement housing payment under section 203, Pub. L. 91-
646.
    (8) Any interest in a tract of land sought to be acquired, or any 
type of relationship with the owner, disqualifies the negotiator from 
participating in negotiations for the acquisition of that particular 
tract.
    (9) An appraiser is not, under any circumstances, permitted to 
negotiate for the acquisition of a tract of land for which he has 
prepared the appraisal or reviewed it as reviewing appraiser.
    (f) Discussions With Landowners. In order to avoid the creation of 
negotiating patterns, and keeping in mind that counteroffers must be 
justified as being just and reasonable, discussions with landowners 
should be conducted without disclosing the extent of the delegations and 
redelegations of authority to accept counteroffers. However, during 
negotiations on individual tracts, the landowners must be advised that, 
in the event of condemnation, the deposit will be in an amount no less 
than the approved appraised value, since the question of value cannot be 
resolved by negotiations. It must further be made clear that this advice 
is not in the nature of a threat, but is an explanation of the statement 
of policy directed by the Congress and the law. The negotiator will also 
inform each owner that offers and counteroffers made during negotiations 
are made without prejudice in the event of condemnation. The negotiator 
will make a notation on the Negotiator's Report to the effect that he 
has so informed the owner.
    (g) Obtaining the Written Counteroffer; Preparation of Negotiator's 
Report. If the negotiator considers that a

[[Page 175]]

counteroffer in excess of the approved appraised value is in the amount 
which should be considered for acceptance, the counteroffer will be 
reduced to writing on ENG Form 42, Offer to Sell Real Property, or on 
ENG Form 2970, Offer to Sell Easement, and be properly executed by the 
landowner. In such cases, a complete written record of negotiations with 
respect to each tract or ownership, as appropriate, will be maintained 
by means of ENG Form 3423, Negotiator's Report, Part I. This record will 
state the chronological history of negotiations, all elements considered 
in evaluating the landowner's final counteroffer, and the justification 
for such recommendation in accordance with Sec. 644.84. The 
justification will be fully recorded in ENG Form 3423A, Negotiator's 
Report, Part II, which is a separate page of this report, and which will 
be removed in the Office of the Chief of Engineers prior to submitting 
the counteroffer assembly to higher authority for approval. Final action 
on the counteroffer, either by the Secretary of the Army, the Chief of 
Engineers or under the delegated authority to Division and District 
Engineers, will be entered on this record as soon as that information is 
available.



Sec. 644.84  Counteroffers.

    (a) Consideration of Counteroffers. In negotiations with landowners, 
if agreement cannot be reached with a landowner as to the purchase price 
established by the appraisal, the lowest price demanded by the landowner 
may be considered by the Division and District Engineer, and the Chief 
of the Real Estate Division, on the basis of the following factors:
    (1) Variations in Appraisals. In the usual case, the Corps will have 
the opinion of only one appraiser with respect to the market value of 
the particular tract of land. It must be recognized that the opinion of 
a second equally competent appraiser might be higher or lower than that 
of the appraiser who appraised the property. Hence in considering 
counteroffers of landowners, Division and District Engineers should keep 
in mind that two equally competent appraisals may reflect reasonably 
divergent opinions of value as to the same property. Instances requiring 
two appraisals are covered in Sec. 644.82(d).
    (2) Built-in Costs, Prior Counteroffers, Settlements and Liability 
Risks of Proceeding to Trial. It is recognized that there are certain 
Government administrative costs and liability risks involved when 
property is condemned by the United States and the land value is 
judicially determined. These items are definite in character but the 
attendant costs will vary. ``Built-in'' costs of proceeding to trial 
include, but are not limited to, the following items: Salaries of all 
Government personnel participating in trial preparation, pre-trial 
hearings, and the actual trial; cost of an additional appraisal(s); 
witness fees of contract appraisers employed by the Corps of Engineers 
or the Department of Justice; travel costs of all Government personnel 
and consultants participating in trial preparation, pre-trial hearings, 
and the actual trial; and cost of preparing trial documents and 
exhibits. Consideration should also be given to prior counteroffers 
which have been accepted and settlements approved prior to trial. 
``Liability risks'' of proceeding to trial are the amount of the 
anticipated award over and above the appraised value, taking into 
consideration probable testimony on behalf of the Government and the 
landowners, as well as the history of condemnation awards in the Federal 
court jurisdiction in which the lands are located, and the amount of 
interest on a deficiency judgment which would result from the 
anticipated award. Serious consideration of the above factors may 
justify a recommendation for authority to accept a counteroffer which 
otherwise would appear to liberal.
    (3) Non-Compensable Elements of Value. Elements of value based on 
consequential damages or speculative values, as defined by the Federal 
courts, may not be recognized in considering a landowner's counteroffer. 
However, even though a landowner's counteroffer might include non-
compensable items of value, favorable consideration of the counteroffer 
may be given if it can be justified on the basis of variances in 
appraisals, built-in costs, and liability risks of proceeding to trial.
    (4) Value of Reserved Items. The salvage value of improvements and 
the

[[Page 176]]

value of crops and/or timber reserved by the landowners, as provided in 
Sec. 644.86 (g), (h), and (i), will not be included in the amount of 
the counteroffer in determining the excess of counteroffers over 
appraised values when applying the dollar and percentage limitations in 
the delegations of authority to Division and District Engineers for 
acceptance of counteroffers. The determination of the excess will be 
made on the basis of the appraised value of the interests being acquired 
(including the value of the reserved items) compared to the cash payment 
which will be made to the landowner if the Government accepts his 
counteroffer. However, this method of analyzing the counteroffer is 
intended for use only in determining the limitations of authority. The 
overall transaction must be in the interest of the United States and not 
afford an unwarranted windfall to the vendor.
    (b) Application and Limits of Delegated Authority. The negotiating 
procedures outlined herein will apply to all acquisitions by the Corps 
of Engineers for the Army (military and civil), Air Force, Department of 
Energy (DOE), National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), and 
other Federal agencies which utilize the services of the Corps for 
acquisition of real estate. Delegations of authority to Division and 
District Engineers and to the Chiefs of their Real Estate Divisions to 
accept offers in excess of the appriased valuation have been made. 
Offers which do not exceed the approved appraised value may be accepted 
by authorized Division and District personnel regardless of the amount. 
Other offers will be handled as outlined in the paragraphs which follow.
    (c) Exercise of Delegated Authority. The approval of a counteroffer 
over the appraised value, but within the authority redelegated to 
Divisions and Districts, will be evidenced by the Division Engineer, the 
District Engineer, the Chief of the Real Estate Division, or the 
incumbent of the position to which redelegations have been made, in one 
of the following manners:
    (1) Manually accepting, on behalf of the United States, the offer to 
sell, as provided in Sec. 644.87; or
    (2) Manually executing a dated notation of approval of the purchase 
price, to be placed in the tract file, preferably on the original of the 
Negotiator's Report (Sec. 644.83(g)).
    (d) Submission of Counteroffers to the Chief of Engineers. 
Recommendations for the grant of authority to accept counteroffers which 
are considered reasonable, but which cannot be accepted by the Division 
Engineer, the District Engineer, or the Chief of the Real Estate 
Division, within the limitations of delegated authority, will be 
submitted to HQDA (DAEN-REA) WASH DC 20314 for consideration. 
Negotiator's Reports, prepared in accordance with Sec. 644.83(g) will 
accompany this submission; the contents thereof need not be repeated in 
the transmittal letter or in forwarding indorsements. The assembly will 
consist of the forwarding correspondence and the Negotiator's Report, 
with any additional material needed to support the recommendation of the 
Division and District Engineer. An analysis should be made of this offer 
as compared with other counteroffers accepted for the project, as well 
as with results in condemnation cases settled before trial. Signed 
offers will not be forwarded unless they contain deviations requiring 
approval by the Chief of Engineers. Appraisal reports are helpful and 
may be necessary reference for proper consideration of the 
recommendation. In the event the appraisal report was approved by HQDA 
(DAEN-REA), the forwarding letter should refer to the approval 
correspondence and data. It will not be necessary to enclose copies of 
the appraisal report. Where only a portion of an ownership is required, 
information should be furnished in the Negotiator's Report or in the 
transmittal correspondence (1) as to whether or not the remainder 
portion is considered to be an uneconomic remnant and (2) if so, as to 
whether or not an offer was made to acquire the entire property. 
Further, a statement is required as to whether or not it is considered 
that the acquisition will have any adverse effect on the acquisition of 
the remaining land required for the project.

[[Page 177]]



Sec. 644.85  General negotiation procedures.

    (a) Provisions of Military Construction Appropriation Act. (1) 
Section 108 of the Military Construction Appropriation (MCA) Act of 1978 
(Pub. L. 95-101) provides that no part of the funds provided in the Act 
shall be used for purchase of land or easements in excess of the value 
as determined by the Corps of Engineers, except:
    (i) Where there is a determination of value by a Federal Court; or
    (ii) Purchases negotiated by the Attorney General or his designee; 
or
    (iii) Where the estimated value is less than $25,000; or
    (iv) As otherwise determined by the Secretary of Defense to be in 
the public interest.
    (2) The above wording, except for paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this 
section, constitutes a limitation on accepting or submitting a 
recommendation for approval of a counteroffer in excess of the appraised 
value. Paragraph (a)(1)(iv) brings military acquisition within the 
general acquisition policy required under Pub. L. 91-646. Future MCA 
Acts should be carefully examined to determine if any limitations on 
acquisition have been restored.
    (b) Local Cooperation Projects. The participation of a non-Federal 
agency in a federally-assisted project will be in accord with section 
221 of Pub. L. 91-611 and subpart J (to be published). Acquisition of 
real property by a non-Federal agency will be in accord with sections 
210 and 305 of Pub. L. 91-646 and this chapter.
    (c) Negotiations on the Basis of Ownership; ``Package-Deal'' 
Negotiations. (1) Normally, negotiations for all interests in all tracts 
which are being acquired from one parent ownership will be negotiated at 
one time. These tracts will usually consist of all those to which the 
same basic tract number has been assigned. Exceptions may be made only 
where negotiations for some of the tracts in a series must be 
accomplished to obtain possession, or for other critical reasons. 
Piecemeal acquisition must be avoided if at all possible.
    (2) When more than one tract is operated by the owner as a unit, 
negotiations should take place on the two or more tracts or groups of 
tracts, whether or not they bear the same basic tract number.
    (3) In cases where an owner insists on a ``package-deal'' 
negotiation on all tracts in the same ownership, or having at least one 
common owner, the negotiations will be considered as one transaction.
    (4) Tracts which are in the same ownership, but which are not 
operated as a unit, should, unless the owner desires otherwise, be 
negotiated separately, on the basis of the separate appraisals which 
would be prepared in this type of case.
    (5) Under paragraphs (c)(1), (2), and (3) of this section, the 
limitations of authority to accept counteroffers will be applied to the 
entire transaction.
    (d) Acquisition by Condemnation if Negotiations Fail. As soon as it 
is determined that a satisfactory agreement cannot be reached after full 
consideration of all reasonable counteroffers received, action will be 
promptly taken to acquire the property by condemnation proceedings, 
including the filing of a declaration of taking, in order to make funds 
available to the landowner and to maintain the project acquisition 
schedule. The landowner should be advised in writing, sufficiently in 
advance of the submission of the condemnation assembly to the Chief of 
Engineers, that condemnation proceedings will be recommended and the 
reason therefor. Condemnation assemblies will include copies of the 
Negotiator's Reports or other written records of negotiations. The 
estimated compensation to be deposited in the registry of the Federal 
District Court with the filing of a declaration of taking will be in the 
amount of the approved appraisal.



Sec. 644.86  Exceptions and reservations.

    (a) General. Prior to the enactment of Pub. L. 91-646, the Corps 
encompassed a very generous policy of priority leasing with respect to 
former owners and tenants, in order to ease the burden of people who had 
to relocate because of the Corps' projects. Recognizing the inadequacies 
of the well-intentioned attempts by acquiring agencies to make whole the 
former landowner or tenant, the Congress enacted Pub. L. 91-646 which 
was approved on January 2, 1971.

[[Page 178]]

It would appear that the Congress intended that such law provide for the 
fair and equitable treatment of persons who are displaced, without 
having to rely on interim measures, such as priority leasing, to ease 
the inevitable relocation. In House Report 91-1656, the Committee on 
Public Works of the House of Representatives noted the likelihood that 
adequate housing may not be available readily and indicated this as its 
reason for including the provision in the law that satisfactory 
replacement housing must be available before displacement. In view of 
this, it is incumbent on the District Engineer to be opportune in 
seeking out replacement housing and to be judicious in the early 
relocation of owners and tenants before market changes eliminate any 
available supply of replacement homes. It is also essential that the 
District Engineer be diligent in providing the required relocation 
assistance advisory services and benefits authorized by the law.
    (b) Possession by Government. It will be the objective of the 
District Engineer to have the premises vacated and to cause unneeded 
improvements to be removed at the earliest practicable date and conform 
to the Congressional intention expressed above. In addition to the 
above, reasons for this objective are:
    (1) To provide for the expeditious payment of benefits to former 
owners and tenants;
    (2) To complete administration of the actual relocation of owners 
and tenants in a timely manner;
    (3) To avoid maintenance and security problems with respect to 
acquired improvements;
    (4) To prevent vandalism, trespassing and poaching with respect to 
acquired improvements;
    (5) To avoid any implication that former owners or tenants may be 
permitted to remain indefinitely on the federally acquired property;
    (6) To cause land to be leased on the basis of the most practicable 
size and configuration rather than on the basis of the size of the units 
acquired;
    (7) To permit the general public to bid for the lease of federally 
owned land rather than restricting the privilege of leasing to the 
former owner or tenant; and
    (8) To avoid a backlog of incomplete actions when construction or 
flooding is imminent or the land is otherwise required.
    (c) Possession Reserved to Former Owners and Tenants. It is 
considered that the policy of granting priority leases to former owners 
and tenants has been overridden by the enactment of Pub. L. 91-646. 
Accordingly, this policy is being phased out, and where applicable, the 
acquisition agreement will set forth the dates agreed upon for the 
vacation of the premises by the owner and tenant without commitments, 
express or implied, as to the leasing of the premises after such dates. 
Procedure for providing for vendor's continued possession after the 
Government's acquisition is covered in paragraph (l) of this section.
    (d) Outstanding Rights. (1) When the United States is acquiring 
title subject to outstanding rights, the offer will differentiate 
between:
    (i) Property which the vendor is excepting or rights which he is 
reserving and which are created for the first time; and
    (ii) Rights which third parties have acquired in the past, generally 
referred to as outstanding rights in third parties.
    (2) Exceptions or reservations of rights which the vendor may 
retain, without interfering with the construction or operation of the 
project, will be set forth in the offer and deed by a clause following 
the description, beginning with the words: ``Excepting * * *'' or 
``Reserving * * *.'' Any other outstanding rights, subject to which the 
United States is acquiring title, held by third parties will be set 
forth in the offer and deed by a clause, following the description, 
beginning with words, ``Said premises are conveyed subject to * * *.'' 
Negotiations with the surface owner will include the owner's interest in 
the subsurface, unless acquisition of a lesser interest has been 
authorized by directive or specific approvals. These negotiations will 
not include interest severed and outstanding in third parties by 
purchase or lease, unless the surface owner agrees to remove the 
outstanding interest or

[[Page 179]]

agrees to obtain a subordination from the holder of the outstanding 
interest if that is consistent with the acquisition plan. If 
negotiations with the surface owner are successful, an Offer to Sell 
will be obtained, reciting the outstanding interest in the ``Subject 
to'' paragraph of the form, unless the surface owner has agreed to 
remove the outstanding interest (or obtain a subordination, if 
appropriate), in which case the Offer to Sell must recite specifically 
that the surface owner is assuming this obligation. In order to carry 
out the requirements of this paragraph, the title evidence must be 
examined prior to negotiations or, in any event, prior to acceptance of 
the Offer to Sell.
    (e) Right to Repurchase Prohibited. In no case will an offer be 
obtained in which the vendor reserves the right to repurchase the 
property. Such a reservation would be contrary to the Federal Property 
and Administrative Services Act of June 30, 1949, 63 Stat. 377, 40 
U.S.C. 471, et seq.
    (f) General Reservation Guidelines. (1) Reservations of the right to 
remove crops, timber, buildings, and improvements during a specified 
period will not be permitted without express approval of the Division or 
District Engineer on civil works proj ects, the Army or Air Force using 
service on military projects, or the Federal agency, if other than the 
Army or Air Force, for which the land is being acquired.
    (2) At the time of the approval of the acquisition by the Chief of 
Engineers, a determination will generally have been made as to whether 
subsurface rights and/or water rights will be acquired or left 
outstanding. Acquisition will be on the basis of such determination and 
as outlined below. Lands will be acquired subject to minerals, oil and 
gas rights or other similar interests severed and outstanding in third 
parties by purchase or lease and as approved by the Chief of Engineers.
    (3) Where it is not possible to acquire or subordinate an 
outstanding interest by negotiation and the interest will not interfere 
with the operation of the project, consideration may be given to 
obtaining a waiver from the Office of the Chief of Engineers on the 
basis of taking a calculated risk rather than resorting to condemnation 
(paragraph (k) of this section). Waivers will be considered on a tract-
by-tract basis or on a project segment basis. Since such waivers involve 
several elements of the Office of the Chief of Engineers (Civil Works or 
Military Construction as well as Real Estate), the basis for the 
calculated risk must be fully explained.
    (4) Concurrently with the negotiations to acquire from the surface 
owner, negotiations should be opened with the owner of the subsurface 
rights or other interests severed and outstanding in third parties by 
purchase or lease and required for the project, unless these interests 
are held in ``block ownership.'' Block ownership exists where a person, 
corporation, or other entity owns subsurface or other interests in 
connection with more than one surface tract and in sufficient amount for 
the entire interest holding to have added value, for operational or 
other reasons, because it is in a block ownership. In other words, block 
ownership exists when the acquisition of a part of the block would 
require the assessment of severance damage, even if the value of the 
interest or the amount of the severance damage would be in a nominal 
amount. On this basis, subsurface or other interests need not be 
contiguous to constitute a block ownership. Block ownership interests 
will not be acquired (or subordinated) piecemeal.
    (5) Acquisition of the required interests, including subordination, 
held in block ownership should be started as soon as the extent of an 
operational unit is determined. As stated in paragraph (f)(4) of this 
section, all interests in a tract of land should be acquired at one time 
or as close in time as possible. Dual acquisitions of entire areas, one 
for surface rights and then for subsurface interests, should be avoided 
and acquisition of separate interests should be scheduled to coincide.
    (g) Reservation of Buildings and Improvements. The reservation by 
vendors of the right to remove buildings and improvements will be 
permitted under the following conditions:
    (1) Where the Division or District Engineer, in civil works 
projects, the using service in Army and Air Force projects, or the 
Federal agency, if

[[Page 180]]

other than the Army or Air Force, for which the land is being acquired, 
has determined that they will not be needed for the purpose of the 
project;
    (2) The consideration to the Government for the reservation will be 
an amount negotiated at not less than the appraised salvage value of the 
building and improvements which are reserved, and such amount will be 
deducted from the negotiated price at the time of negotiation prior to 
execution of the offer;
    (3) Where a reservation is permitted, the following clause will be 
inserted in the offer, following the description of the land:

    Excepting and reserving to the Vendor the right to remove (enter 
description of buildings) on or before ------ 19 --, which the Vendor 
agrees not to relocate on other land to be acquired for the project; 
provided, however, that, in the event that the said buildings and 
improvements are not completely removed on or before said date, the 
right of removal shall terminate automatically, and the United States 
shall have a good and indefeasible title to said buildings and 
improvements which remain without notice to the Vendor; and provided 
further that, in the event said buildings and improvements are relocated 
on other land to be acquired for the project, the United States shall 
have good and indefeasible title to said buildings and improvements 
without notice or further compensation to the Vendor.


The date on which the buildings or improvements must be removed must be 
fixed so that there is no interference with contruction or carrying out 
the mission of the project. The date for the removal should allow a 
reasonable time for removal of the improvements, usually not more than 
90 days, except that for valid reasons the Division or District Engineer 
may grant an extension of time for removal. The right to remove such 
buildings cannot be prolonged indefinitely and certainly such right 
cannot survive the limited right of possession reserved to former owners 
and tenants as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (h) Reservation of Growing Crops. (1) The reservation by the owners 
of the right to harvest and remove growing crops should be encouraged in 
order to conserve land acquisition funds and to avoid the costs incident 
to disposal of crops by the Government, whenever there is a probability 
that possession of the land will not be required prior to the harvest 
season.
    (2) Where a reservation is permitted, the following clause will be 
inserted in the offer, following the description of the land:

    Reserving to the vendor the right to harvest all of the growing 
crops located on the above described land on or before ------ 19--. In 
the event the crops are not harvested on or before said date, the right 
of removal shall terminate automatically, and the United States shall 
have a good and indefeasible title to said crops, without notice to the 
vendor.


The date on which the crops must be removed must be fixed so that there 
is no interference with construction or carrying out the mission of the 
project.
    (3) The consideration to the Government for the reservation will be 
an amount not less than the appraised value of the crops as of the date 
of surrender of possession as disclosed by an approved appraisal report, 
and such amount will be deducted from the purchase price at the time of 
preparation and execution of the offer.
    (4) Where a tenant has an interest in growing crops, the value of 
his interest must be fixed by use of ENG Form 1564, Consent to Offer to 
Sell Real Property, which provides that the value of the tenant's 
interest, as agreed upon by the landowner and tenant, will be paid from 
the purchase price for the land. The use of this form not only protects 
the tenant but, in addition, provides a simple method for extinguishing 
rights which the United States is legally bound to recognize. Where a 
tenant wishes to reserve the right to remove crops, it must be done in 
the name of the landowner, and in like manner. To accomplish the 
foregoing, any other form is satisfactory, in lieu of ENG Form 1564, as 
long as closing requirements are satisfied.
    (i) Reservation of Timber. (1) The reservation of the right to 
remove timber by vendors will be permitted only with the express 
approval of the Division or District Engineer, with the concurrence of 
the using service in cases other than civil works projects of the Corps 
of Engineers.

[[Page 181]]

    (2) Reservation of the right to remove timber will be handled in 
substantially the same manner as that described for the reservation of 
buildings and improvements. If owned by a third party, ENG Form 1564 
will be used in the same manner as for crops unless the timber interests 
are held in block ownerships. The consideration to the Government for 
the reservation will be an amount not less than the appraised value of 
the timber, giving full weight to any unusual difficulty in harvesting 
and transporting which are caused by the size, shape and location of the 
stand reserved, time limitations for removal, clearing requirements over 
the above those normally involved in prudent harvesting, and similar 
factors. If necessary, the stand reserved will be re-appraised on this 
basis. An amount not less than this appraised value will be deducted 
from the purchase price at the time of preparation and execution of the 
offer.
    (3) Where a reservation is permitted, the following clause will be 
inserted in the offer following the description of the land:

    Reserving to the vendor the right to cut and remove on or before --
---- 19 --, all trees in excess of ------ inches in diameter at breast 
height (DBH) located on the above-described land. In the event the 
timber is not removed on or before said date, the right of removal shall 
terminate automatically, and the United States shall have a good and 
indefeasible title to said timber, without notice to the vendor.

    (j) Coal, Oil, Gas or Other Minerals. Acquisition of land or 
interests therein for project purposes will usually include the 
subsurface as well as the surface, except in areas where minerals have 
more than a nominal value. When the mineral, oil and gas rights have an 
identifiable value or are the subject of separate estates in the land, 
such mineral, oil and gas rights will not be acquired except where the 
development thereof would interfere with project purposes, but mineral 
rights not acquired will be subordinated to the Government's right to 
regulate their development in a manner that will not interfere with the 
pri mary purposes of the project, including public access, and not be 
inimicable to the environment. This is covered in more detail in subpart 
A. It is essential, however, in many acquisitions that the subsurface 
rights be acquired. In others, where these rights need not be 
extinguished, provision must be made in the offer the deed to 
subordinate such rights to project requirements, by excluding the owners 
of such rights from the area, or limiting exercise of such rights so 
that they will not interfere with the primary purposes of the project, 
including public access. The following guidelines are applicable in 
these cases:
    (1) Where it has been determined that subsurface rights in the 
vendor, or outstanding in third parties, must be acquired, extinguished 
or subordinated, such arrangements will be made in the course of 
obtaining an offer for the surface or subsurface interests. Where the 
negotiations for acquisition, extinguishment or subordination of 
subsurface rights will be delayed, and it is considered advisable to 
proceed with surface acquisition to keep pace with project requirements, 
appropriate recommendations and justification will be submitted to HQDA 
(DAEN-REA) WASH DC 20314 for approval.
    (2) If the owners of the surface and subsurface rights are 
agreeable, the separate interests can be acquired in a single 
transaction by use of ENG Form 1564, Consent to Offer to Sell Real 
Property. This method is the most desirable one, and, if used, the 
purchase price in the offer will cover both the surface and subsurface 
interests and the offer will not be taken ``subject to'' the subsurface 
rights.
    (3) Subordination of the subsurface interest based upon the value of 
the minerals in place and which will allow continued production by the 
mineral owner or lessee must be pursuant to such terms as will safeguard 
the Government's interest and preclude a windfall to the mineral owner 
or lessee. Value of the minerals in place will not exceed the 
recoverable portion of said minerals using agreed upon production 
methods. See Subpart A for detailed treatment in the section pertaining 
primarily to Real Estate Design Memoranda.
    (4) When the third-party owner of subsurface rights refuses to enter 
into an agreement as contemplated in paragraph (j)(2) of this section, 
the title to

[[Page 182]]

the surface estate may be acquired separately, and the subsurface rights 
outstanding in third parties acquired as a separate transaction. The 
offer for the acquisition of the surface estate will provide for the 
conveyance of all interests of the surface owner in and to the 
subsurface estate, as well as all surface rights, and provide for taking 
``subject to'' the subsurface rights outstanding in third parties. In 
such cases, the negotiations described in Sec. 644.83 will be conducted 
on the basis of the approved appraisal, less the appraised value of the 
outstanding subsurface rights.
    (5) Where it has been determined that the subsurface rights and 
interests therein need not be acquired, but the owners of such rights 
must be excluded from the area, and the owner of the surface is the 
owner of the subsurface estate, the offer will contain a clause 
providing that he relinquish, for the period that title to the tract is 
vested in the Government, all rights to enter upon the lands covered by 
the offer or that he will limit entry and exploration in a named manner 
so as not to interfere with the operation of the project. If third 
parties own subsurface rights or interests, a similar waiver of the 
exercise of such rights must be procured from all third parties having 
any interest in the subsurface estate, whether as lessees or assignees. 
The waiver by third parties must be obtained at the time the offer is 
procured for the surface estate, unless these subsurface interests are 
held in block ownership.
    (k) Title Exceptions--Administrative Waivers. (1) A distinction 
should be made between those title defects, objections, liens or 
encumbrances which, if not eliminated, might possibly defeat or 
adversely affect the Government's title, and those interests in the 
property owned by parties other than the grantor. All encumbrances, 
defects, and outstanding interests which cannot be waived under 
paragraphs (k) (2), (3), and (4) of this section must be eliminated or a 
waiver of the defect secured from the Attorney General.
    (2) Title may be taken subject to an outstanding third party 
interest which has been administratively waived. Requests for 
administrative waivers shall be submitted to HQDA (DAEN-REA) WASH DC 
20314 for consideration, together with recommendations from Division and 
District Engineers. The recommendation for waiver should be coordinated 
with the using agency, if other than Department of the Army land 
(military or civil works), and should be accompanied by a certificate 
signed by the Chief, Real Estate Division or the Chief Appraiser, 
certifying that the outstanding interest has no contributory value to 
the estate being acquired and will not interfere with the purpose for 
which the property is being acquired.
    (3) It has previously been administratively determined that all 
lands for Department of the Army (military or civil works) or Air Force 
projects may be acquired ``subject to existing easements for public 
roads, public highways, public utilities, railroads and pipelines,'' and 
``to the reservations, exceptions and any other outstanding rights 
contained in or referred to in patents issued by the United States,'' 
and also ``to water rights, claims or title to water, if any, or other 
similar title exceptions.'' A decision as to whether any of these 
exceptions should be eliminated is the responsi bility of the Division 
or District Engineer, after coordination with the using service if other 
than the Department of the Army. If such interests are to be left 
outstanding, they should be included in the ``subject to'' clause of the 
Offer to Sell.
    (4) Offers to Sell may be accepted subject to subsurface mineral 
interests owned by third parties in accordance with Sec. 644.86(d). In 
such case, the ``subject to'' clause of the Offer to Sell should recite 
the specific interest which is being left outstanding. Where it is not 
possible to acquire or subordinate an outstanding subsurface interest by 
negotiations and the outstanding interest will not interfere with 
construction, operation or maintenance of the project, consideration may 
be given to obtaining a waiver from HQDA (DAEN-REA) WASH DC 20314 on the 
basis of taking a calculated risk rather than resorting to condemnation. 
Such waivers may be considered on a tract-by-tract, segment-by-segment, 
or project basis.

[[Page 183]]

Where a number of small mineral interests in a project are to be 
recommended for waiver, it is preferable that the recommendation be 
submitted on an entire project or group of segments at one time. Such a 
recommendation should specifically identify the subsurface mineral 
interests which are to be left outstanding, together with the estimated 
value of each interest, and should be accompanied by a map(s) on which 
the areas affected by the outstanding interests have been outlined. The 
basis for the calculated risk should be explained fully.
    (l) Possession Reserved to Vendor. (1) The objective in acquisition 
is to obtain possession for project purposes at the earliest practicable 
time. It is recognized, however, that there are occasions when 
possession by the Government may be delayed and provision must be made 
for continued possession by the former owner in order to meet the 
requirements of the Government's acquisition policy and to further 
soften the impact of the Government's acquisition. The retention of 
possession will enable the owner-occupant of farm land, or residential 
property, to receive his purchase money and remove improvements reserved 
by him, and permit occupants who may be former owners or tenants the 
privilege of harvesting growing crops and sufficient time to relocate to 
other locations. Accordingly, the Division or District Engineer may make 
provision for the former owner, occupant, and/or his tenant(s) to remain 
in possession of the land under the terms and conditions as follows:
    (i) If the tract is to be acquired by direct purchase, the provision 
for retention will be written into the offer (ENG Form 42, ENG Form 
2970, or ENG Form 1564) and will read substantially as follows:

    Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph ---- of this offer, 
(and/or consent to option) the occupant (vendor and/or his tenant) now 
in possession of the property, in consideration of the protection and 
maintenance of the land, buildings, and structures, and protection of 
the property against loss by fire, waste, or other causes, to which the 
occupant hereby agrees, reserves the right to occupy the property until 
----------. Such occupancy is subject to revocation by the (Division) 
(District) Engineer at any time by giving ---- days notice in writing to 
the occupant if possession of the property is required by the United 
States; and provided further that the vendor-occupant or his tenant will 
remove no improvements or timber unless otherwise provided herein.

    (ii) When the tract is to be acquired by condemnation, the 
circumstances of the right to remain in possession, which has been 
established as hereinafter set forth, will be fully described in the 
correspondence forwarding the condemnation assembly to HQDA (DAEN-REA-C) 
WASH DC 20314. The retention of possession without payment of rent is 
directed to the benefit of the occupant of the property with some 
property maintenance consideration to the Government. This procedure 
will not be used to permit non-occupant owners a means of retaining 
possession without payment of rent and at the same time collect cash 
rents or unreserved crop rents from tenants.
    (iii) When the land being acquired is utilized by the owner and/or 
tenant for agricultural or related purposes, a period of possession may 
be allowed, if consistent with project requirements, to permit the crop 
owner to harvest growing crops, and to avoid abrupt dislocations. The 
period of possession reserved in the offer, or for which request for the 
order of the court is deferred in declaration of taking cases, should 
generally be co-extensive with the crop season or the date that, by 
custom in the community, leases of such properties ordinarily expire: 
Provided, however, That such period does not exceed 12 months from the 
date title vests in the Government. Reservation of possession or delay 
in entry of order of possession that will interfere with the 
Government's requirements for use of the land will not be allowed.
    (iv) In the case of owner-occupied residential property other than 
farm residences, possession may be permitted for a sufficient time to 
allow orderly relocation, but no longer than 12 months after title vests 
in the Government.
    (v) In connection with the acquisition of commercial, industrial, 
tenant-occupied residential property other

[[Page 184]]

than residences occupied by farm tenants, and special use properties, 
ordinarily the procedures of reserving possession to the vendor by a 
clause in the offer, or deferring the right to possession under a 
declaration of taking proceeding, should not be utilized. In such cases, 
after title vests in the United States, the continued possession of the 
property by vendor or tenant should be formalized by an outlease from 
the Government. However, if in the opinion of the Division and District 
Engineer a reservation for possession in the offer or deferral of order 
of possession is desirable in certain instances from a public relations 
standpoint or for other compelling reasons, such cases will be forwarded 
to HQDA (DAEN-REA) WASH DC 20314 for consideration.
    (vi) The reservation of use and occupancy in the vendor and/or 
tenant under the terms of the offer or deferment of possession must be 
based on adequate consideration to the Government. It is anticipated, 
however, that items such as the vendor's maintenance of the land, 
buildings, and structures, his protection of the property against loss 
by fire, waste, or other causes, and the fact that his possession can be 
revoked within a short period of time, will, in most instances, offset 
any rental for the period of the reserved occupancy or deferred 
possession which might otherwise be due. However, if possession is 
reserved by the vendor in the acquisition of commercial, industrial, and 
special use properties, or other type of property having a potentially 
high income factor, the fair rental value for the period of reserved use 
or deferred possession must be deducted from the agreed purchase price.
    (vii) Special provisions for protection of the Government, such as 
those appearing in ENG Form 1366, Department of the Army Lease--River 
and Harbor or Flood Control Property, will be added to the reservation 
clause in the offer in cases where, in the opinion of the Division or 
District Engi neer, they are necessary or desirable. If the case is not 
to be closed by direct purchase, the letter to the vendor notifying him 
of the Goverment's intention to file a declaration of taking will set 
forth the fact that possession is to be deferred and for what period, 
and will contain a statement as to the Government's expectation that the 
vendor will properly maintain and protect the premises, and perform such 
other acts (or refrain from such acts) as deemed advisable by the 
Division or District Engineer. Both the letter of notice and the 
reservation clause in the offer will provide that the right to 
possession may be revoked on 30 days notice to the vendor.
    (2) It is recognized that farmers may experience difficulty in 
finding substitute farms needed for their livelihood within one year, 
and other owners and tenants may encounter difficulty in relocating 
within one year. Therefore, the District Engineer, as an exception to 
the procedure in paragraph (l)(1) of this section may lease properties 
to former owners or tenants at the fair market rental value for up to 
one additional year where the circumstances justify such action, and, in 
such event, the record will contain the reasons justifying the action. 
Any occupancy by the former owner or tenant beyond 12 months from the 
date the property was acquired by the Government will be covered by a 
lease and will provide payment of the fair market rental value of the 
property leased.
    (3) The District Engineer, through channels, may request the Chief 
of Engineers to grant exceptions to this policy where unusual 
circumstances warrant such consideration. In keeping with the intent of 
this action, it is hoped that such cases will be minimal in number.
    (4) The following will apply with respect to advance land 
acquisition proj ects. Former owners and tenants whose properties were 
acquired prior to August 1, 1972 will be allowed to remain on the 
property by lease on a year-to-year basis until the establishment of a 
land management use plan and thereafter, if the property is available 
for leasing, for a single five-year term. Former owners and tenants 
whose properties are acquired after August 1, 1972 will be allowed to 
remain on the property by lease on a year-to-year basis until 
construction commences: Provided, The property is available for leasing. 
After construction commences, if the property is not immediately 
required for project purposes, such former owners

[[Page 185]]

or tenants will be allowed to remain on the property by lease for an 
additional two years. Continued possession of properties acquired after 
the date construction commences will be governed by the procedure 
outlined in paragraph (l)(1) of this section.
    (m) Schools, Cemeteries, and Facilities of State and Local 
Governments. ER 1180-1-1, Section 73, provides for the discretionary 
relocation by the Chief of Engineers of schools and other local 
governmental facilities, and acquisition of the sites under section 111 
of Pub. L. 85-500. Section 73 will be followed in the acquisition and 
relocation of cemeteries. Where the school was formerly a part of an 
abutting tract, offers for the abutting tracts will contain a clause 
whereby the vendor or vendors agree to quitclaim all right, title, and 
interest whether vested or reversionary, in and to the school site in 
executing the deed to the United States.
    (n) Reservations Prior to Completion of Offer. Where immediate 
possession of areas is necessary and is obtained by right-of-entry or 
the filing of condemnation proceedings, owners often wish to move, 
taking with them buildings and improvements, or wish to harvest timber 
or crops, prior to any offer by the Government for the sale of their 
land. This action is authorized only under the following conditions:
    (1) Appraisals of all the land, buildings, improvements, timber, and 
crops of the particular tract are completed and approved.
    (2) A determination is made by the Division or District Engineer 
that the buildings, improvements, and timber will not be needed, and the 
harvesting of timber or crops will not interfere with construction or 
operation of the project.
    (3) ENG Form 1565, Agreement for Removal of Property, will be 
obtained from all persons having an interest in the property to be 
removed. This agreement will recite the amount which the owner is 
willing to have deducted from the value of the tract as a whole for the 
right of removal, which may not be less than the appraised salvage value 
of the buildings, improvements and timber, and the appraised value of 
the crops, as set out in paragraphs (g), (h), and (i) of this section.
    (4) ENG Form 1565 will be obtained and accepted by the Division or 
District Engineer, or the Chief of the Real Estate Division.
    (5) If an offer is obtained later, an appropriate reservation must 
be inserted in the Offer to Sell to reflect the prior agreement relative 
to reservations and removals of property and the agreed value of same.
    (6) If it is necessary later to file a declaration of taking on the 
particular tract, a copy of the agreement (ENG Form 1565) will be 
forwarded with the correspondence transmitting the declaration of taking 
assembly for use of the Department of Justice in the court action. The 
agreement by its own terms will serve as a stipulation as to the amount 
to be deducted from the ultimate award for the right of removing 
buildings, improvements, timber or crops.
    (o) Loss or Damages to Improvements, Timber, or Crops--(1) Insurance 
Protection Against Risks. The Government does not carry property 
insurance of any nature. Vendors, however, may be advised as to their 
liability for certain losses, and that insurance protection against such 
risks is optional. When buildings, improvements, timber, or crops on 
land being acquired by the United States are protected by insurance in 
effect when acquisition activities are initiated, the time and method of 
cancellation and negotiation for refund on premiums paid will be the 
responsibilities of the vendor. In order to avoid double payments to 
vendors, any amounts actually collected by vendors under the terms of 
the insurance policies for damage or loss occurring after acceptance of 
the offer by the Government will be deducted from the purchase price, 
regardless of when title is vested in the United States or the right to 
possession is exercised.
    (2) Fixing Liability--(i) Prior to Vesting Title in Government. 
Buildings, improvements, timber, or crops on land acquired by the United 
States by purchase or condemnation remain the property of the vendor 
until title has been vested in the United States by delivery of a deed 
of conveyance or filing of a declaration of taking, and loss or damage 
thereto caused by fire, acts of God, theft or vandalism, before such

[[Page 186]]

vesting of title, will be borne by the vendor, except as provided below.
    (ii) Possession by Government. When the right to possession has been 
exercised by the United States under an accepted Offer to Sell, 
condemnation proceeding, or possession has otherwise been surrendered to 
and accepted by the United States, losses arising from damage to 
buildings, improvements, timber, or crops by fire, acts of God, theft, 
or vandalism will be borne by the United States. If, however, prior to 
vesting of title, the right to possession has been exercised, or 
surrender has been made and accepted only to part of the property, and 
the vendor continues to use buildings and/or to cultivate or harvest 
crops or timber, such loss will be borne by the vendor as to buildings, 
timber or crops retained.
    (iii) Title in Government. After title has vested, losses to 
buildings, timber or crops not caused by the willful act or gross 
negligence of vendor will be borne by the United States; provided, 
however, that if the vendor continues in possession of buildings, timber 
or crops, after title has vested, and the deed, stipulation or order of 
court has reserved to the vendor the right to remove such buildings, 
timber or crops, loss or damage thereto, both before and after removal, 
caused by fire, act of God, theft, or vandalism will be borne by the 
vendor, only to the extent of the amount deducted from the purchase 
price, as provided in the deed, stipulation or order of court, for the 
right to remove.
    (p) Other Reservations. The following rights may be reserved to the 
owner wherever such reservation will be to the financial advantage of 
the Government and it has been determined by the Division or District 
Engineer that the reservation of the rights will not interfere with the 
operation of the project. These rights may be reserved in the Offer to 
Sell and in the condemnation estate but only whenever mutual agreement 
between the owner and the Government concerning all phases of the 
acquisition except just compensation has been reached, or by stipulation 
for settlement of condemnation cases, subject to approval of revestment, 
if any, by DAEN-REA.
    (1) Rights-of-Way for Stock to Water. Reservations of rights-of-way 
will be permitted for watering stock, in the case of bona fide livestock 
operations, such as dairymen and ranchers. Such rights-of-way will be 
limited to a reasonable width and will not be permitted in public access 
and use areas. The reservations will be so worded as not to require the 
owners to fence the rights-of-way, but to provide that if they elect to 
do so, they must provide gates at satisfactory intervals to permit 
crossing of the rights-of-way.
    (2) Rights-of-Way for Water Pipeline for Domestic Use. Reservations 
of rights-of-way for water pipelines for domestic use (household, stock 
watering, garden, farm yard, but excluding irrigation) may be permitted 
by providing for the reservation of a temporary or permanent easement.
    (3) Rights-of-Way for Water Pipline for Irrigation Use. (i) In areas 
where irrigation is commonly practiced, or is of paramount importance, 
owners of remainder or contiguous lands will be permitted to reserve a 
sufficient real estate interest to place water pipelines across 
Government-owned lands, in order to obtain financing for irrigation 
development and/or in order to be assured of being able to carry on 
irrigation operations. In ``water rights'' States (prior appropriation 
of water rights), the reservation of such interests will be permitted 
only to those owners who have established water rights from the State, 
or who may in the future obtain such rights. When irrigation is a 
project purpose, such reservation must be coordinated with the Bureau of 
Reclamation.
    (ii) Under these circumstances, a landowner may be permitted to 
reserve an easement and right-of-way for a water pipeline and pumping 
unit across the land he conveys, by appropriate provisions in the offer 
to sell and in the deed to the United States. In ``water rights'' 
States, this reservation will be ``for the exercise of established water 
rights, although no right to use water is created hereby.'' (This 
phraseology is to be incorporated in the reservation.) The reservation 
will also include any pertinent provisions considered essential by the 
Division or District Engineer, such as requirement to install

[[Page 187]]

the pipeline underground and at a specified depth.
    (iii) Reservations of this nature will also be permitted in those 
cases where acquisition is by condemnation. In these acquisitions, the 
reservation may be recited in the complaint and declaration of taking, 
whenever full agreement except as to just compensation has been reached, 
or it may permitted later by stipulation.
    (iv) When the project is located in an area in which the Bureau of 
Reclamation is developing, or planning to develop, irrigation districts 
or systems, prior coordination with the Bureau will provide that copies 
of all deeds and final condemnation judgments which recite reservations 
under this paragraph will be furnished to the local office of the 
Bureau. Thereafter, the Bureau of Reclamation will be responsible for 
supervising the exercise of the easements to insure compliance with 
Reclamation laws.
    (v) Plans to provide for irrigation will be fully covered in the 
Real Estate Design Memorandum.
    (4) Acquisitions in which these rights are to be reserved must, of 
course, be based on an appraisal of the fair market value of the estate 
to be acquired. Since the appraisal would probably be made originally on 
the basis that there would be no reservation, revision must be prepared 
whenever the reservation appears to be appropriate, to reflect the 
reduction in severance damages or other financial advantage accruing to 
the Government. Consideration of counteroffers which include proposals 
for these reservations by the landowner will be based on and compared 
with the appraised fair market value of the estate proposed to be 
acquired. Deposits with a declaration of taking will be based on the 
appraised fair market value of the estate to be acquired by the 
condemnation action.



Sec. 644.87  Preparation and execution of offers.

    (a) Fee Acquisition Offer Form. The use of the latest revision of 
ENG Form 42, Offer to Sell Real Property, is required in all authorized 
projects, except in those cases where agreements with the landowners can 
be fully reflected in an executed deed, and where the provisions of 
Sec. Sec. 644.81(c), 644.82(a), and 664.86 are not applicable or can be 
fully complied with without the use of an Offer to Sell. When an 
agreement as to terms has been reached with the owner, or a counteroffer 
has been received which will be considered for acceptance or submitted 
for consideration by higher authority, a draft of the offer will be 
prepared, with particular attention to the following instructions:
    (1) No changes or interlineations in the printed portions of the 
offer form will be permitted, unless authorized by the Chief of 
Engineers, except where the words ``general warranty deed'' are changed 
to another form of deed.
    (2) Insert legal land description of property to be acquired, or 
attach description by Exhibits to be identified on page 1.
    (3) The word ``none'' should be inserted in the blank spaces 
following the first and third lines, respectively, on page 2 of the 
offer form when title is being acquired free and clear of all rights 
outstanding in third parties and the vendor is not permitted to except 
or reserve any right or interest in the property to be conveyed to the 
Government.
    (4) Particular attention is directed to Sec. 644.86, regarding 
exceptions and reservations and outstanding rights in third parties. No 
exceptions or reservations of crops, timber, buildings and improvements, 
subsurface rights, or any other interest will be incorporated in any 
offer to sell unless the required approvals have first been obtained.
    (5) In any case where the offer form deviates from the standard 
approved forms or contains any conditions, exception, or reservation 
contrary to these instructions, the assembly will be forwarded to HQDA 
(DAEN-REA) WASH DC 20314 for consideration with the recommendations of 
the Division and District Engineer. This may be done at the same time a 
counteroffer is submitted to DAEN-REA in accordance with Sec. 
644.84(d).
    (6) The landowner's name will be set forth in the offer in the exact 
way in which it appears on record.
    (7) When it is necessary for a corporate agent, fiduciary, or any 
person other than an individual owner to execute the offer, satisfactory 
evidence of

[[Page 188]]

the authority to act for the owner must be attached to each of the 
copies of the Offer to Sell.
    (8) Where it is necessary to attach sheets to the offer in order to 
fully set forth the terms of reservations, exceptions, or outstanding 
rights in third parties, such additional sheets must be securely 
attached and initialed by all parties signing the Offer to Sell.
    (9) The name and address of the person or persons to whom notice of 
acceptance is to be sent must be accurately set forth. The address where 
the landowner can be reached after he vacates the property, if different 
from the address to which the notice is to be sent, should be obtained.
    (b) Submission, Acceptance, and Distribution of Offers to Sell. (1) 
For each purchase transaction, the original offer and four copies will 
be signed by the landowner and spouse, if any. A copy (5th) will be left 
with the landowner when the offer is obtained.
    (2) Division and District Engineers, the Chiefs of the Real Estate 
Divisions, and the incumbents of the position to which authority is 
delegated as provided in Sec. 644.84(d) are authorized to accept offers 
to sell for the acquisition of land or interests in land and easements, 
licenses, permits, or similar acquisition instruments: Provided, The 
price set forth in the instrument is within their authority to approve 
or has been approved in writing by higher authority. The Division or 
District Engineer may also delegate to Project Managers (including the 
heads of any field offices with responsibility for real estate 
acquisition) authority to execute real estate instruments by which land 
or interests in land are acquired by agreement with landowners, provided 
the consideration set forth in the instrument is within the approved 
appraised value or has been approved as provided in Sec. 644.84(c). 
Upon approval of the offer or other instrument requiring payment to the 
landowner, a determination that necessary funds are available, and 
acceptance of the instrument under the authority contained in this 
subparagraph, the instrument will be numbered in conformity with 
existing regulations and will immediately be distributed as follows:
    (i) Original offers to sell will be retained at the Division or 
District for site audit.
    (ii) Send signed copy to vendor as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of 
this section below.
    (iii) Attached conformed copy to title assembly.
    (iv) File signed copy with project records.
    (3) Upon acceptance of the Offer to Sell, the Division or District 
Engineer will notify the vendor by transmitting a signed copy of the 
contract (accepted offer) to vendor by ENG Form 53, Notice of Acceptance 
of Offer to Sell Real Property.
    (4) Upon acceptance of the Offer to Sell, the Division or District 
Engineer will notify the using service, in the case of military 
acquisition, that the Offer to Sell has been accepted and that the 
Government has ``the right of immediate occupancy and use of the land,'' 
subject to the terms of the accepted offer. The land should be clearly 
identified to the using service.
    (5) Instruments which do not provide for payments to landowners will 
be distributed in accordance with regulations governing such cases.
    (c) Easement Acquisition Offer Form. (1) The use of ENG Form 2970, 
Offer to Sell Easement, is required for the acquisition of all types of 
easement estates, such as flowage, spoil, drainage, road, railroad, 
utility, restrictive or safety (Army and Air Force), clearance (Air 
Force), and other required easement acquisitions, except in those cases 
where agreements with landowners can be fully reflected in an executed 
deed, and where the provisions of Sec. Sec. 644.84(b) and 644.86(d) are 
not applicable or can be fully complied with without the use of an Offer 
to Sell. Pages 1 and 2 of ENG Form 2970, containing the terms and 
conditions of the acquisition, are standard and need no modification. 
The tract of land in which the particular easement will be acquired will 
be described in Exhibit ``A,'' and the easement estate will be set forth 
in Exhibit ``B'' to ENG Form 2970. Division Engineers are authorized to 
approve deviations in ENG Form 2970 in all cases where the easement does 
not cost more than $500: Provided, That any deviation from the estates 
listed in

[[Page 189]]

Figure 5-6 of ER 405-1-12, must have the prior approval of DAEN-REA. 
When easements are being acquired from a vendor from whom fee is also 
being acquired, ENG Forms 42 and 2970 may be combined into one 
instrument in order to complete the entire acquisition as one 
transaction.
    (2) In the acquisition of easements for rights-of-way for access 
roads, utility lines, etc., which cross or encroach upon rights-of-way 
or property of railroad companies, public utility companies, cities, 
counties and States, ENG Form 893, License for Installations Upon Right-
of-Way, may be accepted, at the discretion of the Division or District 
Engineer, provided it is determined that such companies, municipalities, 
counties, or States are not vested with authority to convey a perpetual 
easement and the granting of a license under the conditions recited in 
ENG Form 893 will protect the interests of the United States and grant 
sufficient use of the right-of-way or land for project purposes. 
Normally a license of this nature should be obtained for a nominal 
consideration. Occasionally it will be necessary to provide for the 
payment of a small fee to cover the licensor's engineering and 
administrative expenses. In such cases, the consideration for the 
granting of a license will not exceed $100. In cases where the licensor 
demands a consideration equal to the appraised value of the right to be 
acquired, consideration will be given to the acquisition of a perpetual 
easement by condemnation, if the licensor is not vested with authority 
to grant such an easement.
    (3) The description of the tract over which an easement is being 
acquired should be prefaced by terminology similar to that of ENG Form 
42 which makes the tract inclusive of the abutting owner's interest in 
contiguous roads and other easements, if any.
    (4) Offer assemblies will be prepared, accepted, and distributed in 
the same manner as provided for fee acquisition, except that ENG Form 
3422, Notice of Acceptance of Offer to Sell Easement, will be used.
    (d) Payment. After acceptance and distribution of the offer assembly 
and the acquisition is ready for closing, payment will be made.
    (e) Cancellation of Contracts. If, for any reason, it is necessary 
to cancel a contract for acceptance by the Government of the Offer to 
Sell, the cancellation will be effected by using ENG Form 1572, 
Agreement for Mutual Cancellation of Contract. Upon execution of this 
agreement by the landowner and the Division or District Engineer, or the 
Chief of the Real Estate Division, distribution of the original and 
copies of the agreement will be the same as for the accepted Offer to 
Sell.
    (f) Transfer of Tracts from Purchase to Condemnation. If, at any 
time in the course of acquisition by purchase, it becomes apparent that 
acquisition by purchase will involve substantial delay or cannot be 
accomplished, action will be taken to acquire the land by condemnation.
    (g) Acquisition of Land by Donation. (1) In cases where the 
acquisition of real property has been authorized and approved by 
donation, ENG Form 42, Offer to Sell Real Property, or ENG Form 2970, 
Offer to Sell Easement, will be entered into setting forth the terms and 
conditions of the donation and conveyance to the United States.
    (2) The offer, when approved and accepted, will be distributed in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (3) Title clearance and closing of donation cases are processed in 
the same manner as any other fee or easement acquisition.
    (h) Vacation of Property by Landowners and Tenants--(1) Notice to 
Landowners. From the inception of the project, landowners and tenants 
will be instructed to notify the Division or District Engineer or Real 
Estate Project Manager, in writing, as soon as they vacate their 
property; to turn in their keys whenever possible in order that the 
buildings may be kept under lock; and to keep the Division or District 
Engineer or Real Estate Proj ect Office advised of any changes in 
address in order to expedite title clearance, payment, closing action, 
and the distribution of funds in condemnation proceedings. Landowners 
and tenants will be informed that, in order to protect their interests, 
they should not move from their property and that the

[[Page 190]]

Government will not require them to surrender possession until:
    (i) They have received notice of acceptance of an offer granting the 
Government the right of immediate possession; or
    (ii) They have been served notice of the filing of a condemnation 
proceeding by which the Government has obtained the right of possession.
    (2) Complete Appraisals Prior to Vacation. Where an offer is 
accepted or a declaration of taking is filed, the individual tracts will 
have been surveyed and appraised. In condemnation proceedings for 
possession, there may be cases in which individual tract surveys and 
appraisals will not have been completed at the time the condemnation 
proceeding is filed. In such cases, landowners and tenants will not be 
required to surrender possession, and buildings and improvements will 
not be removed or destroyed in the conduct of construction work, until 
individual appraisals have been completed and photographs have been 
procured.
    (3) Inspection of Property. (i) As soon as a landowner or tenant 
gives notification that he is vacating his property, or as soon as this 
information is obtained from any other source, the District Engineer 
will immediately have a member of his staff make a personal inspection 
of the property and execute ENG Form 1567, Report on Vacation of 
Property. The inspection will be made with a view of determining whether 
all buildings, improvements, and crops on the land to be acquired, as 
listed in the appraisal report, are still on the land and in 
substantially the same condition as they were on the date of the 
appraisal.
    (ii) Where buildings, improvements, and crops have been removed 
under a reservation in the offer, an appropriate entry will be made in 
paragraph (3) of ENG Form 1567.
    (iii) Where buildings, improvements, and crops have been removed or 
destroyed in the conduct of construction work on the project, an 
appropriate entry will be made in paragraph (3) of ENG Form 1567.
    (iv) It will be determined whether or not the land is wholly 
unoccupied and vacant and whether there is evidence of present use 
thereof for farming and other operations.
    (v) The original report will be retained in the real estate project 
files. The second copy will be held for the use of the closing attorneys 
on purchase cases, or for the use of the local representative of the 
Department of Justice in condemnation cases.
    (i) Public Relations. One of the most difficult problems encountered 
in the real estate activities of the Department of the Army, 
particularly from a public relations standpoint, is that of the sudden 
dislocation of families, tenants as well as owners, and the relocation 
of these families. Special attention, therefore, will be given to their 
problems.
    (j) Payment of Relocation Assistance and Acquisition. Public Law 91-
646 provides for reimbursement of certain expenses incurred by owners 
and tenants who are displaced as the result of Federal and federally-
assisted programs. Payment of relocation assistance benefits and certain 
costs incurred by the vendor in transfer of title to the Government and 
certain litigation expenses incurred by the owner is provided for under 
that Act.



Sec. 644.88  Other acquisition.

    (a) Acquisition From Other Federal Departments and Agencies--(1) 
Transfers. Transfers will be obtained from other Government agencies 
after issuance of real estate directives. Muniments of title will be 
obtained from the transferring agency, if possible, and be forwarded to 
HQDA (DAEN-REP) WASH DC 20314, with the original transfer letter or 
document. Title 10 U.S.C. 2571 authorizes transfer of real property 
within the Department of Defense (10 U.S.C. 2662).
    (2) Permits. Upon receipt of a proper request from an authorized 
command, service or agency, Division or District Engineers and the 
Chiefs of the Real Estate Divisions are authorized to obtain, accept, 
and renew permits from other Government departments or agencies for the 
temporary (five years) use of land (except public domain for Air Force) 
and buildings. The use of over 500 acres of public domain land

[[Page 191]]

must have prior approval by the Assistant Secretary of Defense (MRA&L) 
pursuant to Department of Defense Directive 4165.12.
    (b) Withdrawal of Public Domain Lands and Right-of-Entry Permits for 
Temporary Use. (1) Withdrawal of public domain lands will be necessary 
if a site is selected for construction and/or there is a continuing 
military use. Except in time of war, withdrawals in excess of 5,000 
acres for military use must be by authority of an Act of Congress (Pub. 
L. 85-337, 43 U.S.C. 156).
    (2) Requests for withdrawal of public domain land will be made to 
the appropriate State or Regional Supervisor of the Bureau of Land 
Management (BLM), Department of the Interior, by the Division or 
District Engineer, pursuant to 43 CFR part 295, as soon as a real estate 
directive is issued.
    (i) If use the of land is needed promptly to meet a construction 
deadline or for other use, the request for withdrawal will contain this 
information, and the BLM supervisor will be requested to expedite 
submission of his report to BLM in Washington, and to publish the 
proposed withdrawal in the Federal Register as soon as possible.
    (ii) A copy of the request will be forwarded to HQDA (DAEN-REA) WASH 
DC 20314 (with a copy to HQ, USAF (PRER), WASH DC 20330, on Air Force 
projects), with request for assistance in obtaining issuance of the 
Public Land Order in time to meet construction or military use deadline.
    (3) Pursuant to authority of 43 U.S.C. 416, requests for withdrawal 
of public domain lands may also be made to the appropriate State or 
Regional BLM Supervisor by the Division or District Engineer for the 
reservation of those public domain lands which will eventually be 
required for authorized Civil Works projects, in order to proceed with 
planning phase work and to prevent adverse private entry thereon. Such 
action will permit administrative jurisdiction to remain with the 
present Government agency for continued utilization not in conflict with 
the eventual purpose of the project. A copy of the request will be 
furnished to DAEN-REA.
    (4) If a withdrawal is requested, the BLM supervisor cannot grant a 
permit to use the area; however, permits can be obtained for survey and 
exploration purposes, since these do not involve construction or 
military use of the land.
    (5) Necessary rights-of-way will be obtained under the authority of 
section 507, Pub. L. 94-579, approved October 21, 1976.
    (c) Acquisition of Outstanding Rights on Public Domain--(1) 
Acquisition of Possessory Rights to Mining Claims. (i) Upon issuance of 
a real estate directive to extinguish outstanding mining interests in 
the public domain, and notification that the Bureau of Reclamation (BLM) 
has withdrawn the public domain from appropriation under the public land 
laws and the public mining and leasing laws, the Division or District 
Engineer will, if necessary to obtain possession for construction or 
other project purposes, recommend to the Chief of Engineers the filing 
of a complaint in an eminent domain proceeding, based on a perimeter 
description of the project, and the obtaining of an order of immediate 
possession. Thereafter, the Division or District Engineer will promptly 
determine the possessory mining claims within the area withdrawn, and he 
is authorized to acquire such claims for either a nominal sum or an 
amount not to exceed the combined estimated costs of obtaining a 
detailed appraisal report and having the validity of the claim 
investigated by the BLM. This authority is limited to $1,000 per claim.
    (ii) If an offer to settle is made on the basis provided in 
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, and is not satisfactory to the 
possessory mineral owner, the Division or District Engineer will request 
the BLM to investigate the validity of the claim. In such case, under 
Comptroller General Decision B-143921, the District Engineer is 
authorized to make an agreement with the BLM for reimbursement of the 
following:
    (A) Examination of the claim itself and assembling of the evidence 
to support the claim of invalidity.
    (B) The presentation of the evidence, the cross-examination of 
witnesses for the mining claimant and other related expenses (subpart 
A).
    (iii) The Corps of Engineers is not authorized to reimburse the BLM 
for

[[Page 192]]

hearing of the evidence and the rendering of the decision as to the 
validity of the mining claim.
    (iv) If determined to be valid, claims will be appraised and an 
offer will be made to the owner at the approved appraised value. BLM is 
authorized to determine value of the claims and the Division or District 
Engineer may wish to arrange with BLM to perform this service on a 
reimbursable basis. In the event the offer based on the approved 
appraisal is not acceptable to the owner, and a reasonable settlement 
cannot be effected by negotiation, the Division or District Engineer 
will forward a report to HQDA (DAEN-REA) WASH DC 20314 with 
recommendation as to whether the claim should be acquired by declaration 
of taking or be left outstanding. Those cases in which occupants were 
dispossessed under the order of immediate possession, referred to in 
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, will be given priority attention in 
all phases of the procedure set out herein, including preparation and 
submission of declaration of taking assemblies in appropriate instances.
    (2) Acquisition of Grazing Rights. (i) Grazing rights in the public 
domain are granted pursuant to the provisions of a series of 
Congressional acts commonly referred to as the Taylor Grazing Act, 43 
U.S.C. 315 et seq. Section 315q of this Act provides as follows:

    Whenever use for war or national defense purposes of the public 
domain or other property owned by or under the control of the United 
States prevents its use for grazing, persons holding grazing permits or 
licenses and persons whose grazing permits or licenses have been or will 
be cancelled because of such use shall be paid out of the funds 
appropriated or allocated for such project such amounts as the head of 
the department or agency so using the lands shall determine to be fair 
and reasonable for the losses suffered by such persons as a result of 
the use of such lands for war or national defense purposes. Such 
payments shall be deemed payment in full for such losses. Nothing 
contained in this section shall be construed to create any liability not 
now existing against the United States.


It is emphasized that payments under this section are administrative; 
further that this section applies only to military projects.
    (ii) Upon issuance of a real estate directive to acquire or 
terminate grazing rights in the public domain or other property owned or 
controlled by the United States and notification that the Government 
department controlling such lands has granted a right-of-entry or 
transferred the lands to the Departments of Army or Air Force, the 
Division or District Engineer will initiate action to acquire or 
terminate such grazing rights as authorized by the real estate 
directive.
    (iii) Appraisals will be prepared in accordance with subpart B and 
the guidelines set forth in Comptroller General Decision No. B-132774, 
dated October 9, 1957.
    (iv) Discussions with landowners concerning acquisition of a ranch 
unit will be conducted in accordance with the procedures for fee 
acquisition.
    (v) Offers will be prepared, accepted, and distributed as provided 
in Sec. 644.87.
    (vi) Title procurement and title clearance relating to the 
acquisition of title to any fee lands within the ranch unit will be the 
same as in any other fee acquisition. In preparing title evidence 
covering leasehold interests, a search of the records will be made by 
the Division or District Engineer Office and ENG Form 909, Attorney's 
Preliminary Certificate of Title, will be prepared. In connection with 
the search of the records, it should be noted that Federal grazing 
privileges may be pledged or encumbered with mortgages.
    (d) Acquisitions Under Provisions of Relocation Contracts. (1) When 
land or interests therein, including subordination of minerals, required 
for project purposes are acquired under the provisions of relocation 
agreements negotiated in accord with Section 73, ER 1180-1-1, it will be 
necessary to procure title evidence covering such land and interests. If 
the value of interests so acquired is not otherwise determinable for 
compliance with Sec. 664.84, said value will be determined by the 
Division or District Engineer by means of a memorandum appraisal to be 
retained in the tract file. While this type of acquisition does not 
involve the closing procedure set forth in Sec. 644.70, so much of the 
title assembly described as is applicable, plus an executed or certified 
true copy of the relocation contract, will be

[[Page 193]]

used in the examination and approval of the title. The disposition of 
final title assemblies will be governed by Sec. 644.71.
    (2) The procedures described in Sec. Sec. 644.81 through 644.88 do 
not apply to the extinguishment of outstanding rights, including 
subordination of easements and similar interests, under the provisions 
of relocation contracts, as differentiated from the acquisition of land 
or easements, or the subordination of oil, gas, and other mineral 
rights, to be utilized for project purposes.
    (e) Acquisition By Exchange--(1) Military. The authority to acquire 
land by exchange for military projects is provided in 10 U.S.C. 2672, 
and in the Military Construction Authorization Act passed each year. As 
an example sections 601 and 702, Pub. L. 95-82, August 1, 1977, the 
Military Construction Authorization Act, 1978, provides in part, that 
``the authority to acquire real estate or land includes authority to 
make surveys and to acquire land, and interests in land (including 
temporary use), by gift, purchase, exchange of Government-owned land, or 
otherwise.'' Title 10 U.S.C. 2662a-4 provides that a transfer of real 
property owned by the United States to another Federal agency or another 
military department or to a state must be reported to the Committees on 
Armed Services if the estimated value of the property is more than 
$50,000. A prerequisite to any acquisition by exchange is authority for 
the acquisition.
    (2) Civil Works. The authority to exchange land or other Government 
property for private lands or property in execution of an authorized 
river and harbor or flood control work or improvement is found in 33 
U.S.C. 558b and 558b-1.
    (3) Coordination with the Office of Managment and Budget (OMB). OMB 
requests that each proposal to use Government-owned property in a land 
acquisition exchange be cleared with the appropriate Associate Director 
of OMB. Disposal actions where exchange through the authority of the 
General Services Administration or specific legislation is envisioned 
will be cleared with OMB prior to filing a disposal report pursuant to 
10 U.S.C. 2662. A draft letter to the Associate Director, Office of 
Management and Budget will be submitted to HQDA (DAEN-REA) WASH DC 20314 
stating the requirement for the new acquisition, the description of the 
property to be excessed, its estimated fair market value, and a 
justification for the exchange of that property as constituting its 
highest and best use. OMB clearance will be required before disposal 
reports outlining exchange proposals are filed with the Congress.

              Involuntary Acquisition by the United States



Sec. 644.101  General.

    This Section describes procedures of the Corps of Engineers relating 
to the involuntary acquisition of land and interests in land on the 
basis of a physical appropriation or use by the United States. It is 
applicable to all Division and District Engineers having real estate 
responsibilities.



Sec. 644.102  Examples of involuntary acquisitions.

    While the Secretary of the Army and Secretary of the Air Force have 
no authority to acquire interests in real property except under express 
authorization and appropriation made by Congress, the Government may, 
nevertheless, in the performance of an authorized act involuntarily 
acquire an interest in real property, for which the owner is entitled to 
just compensation. Whenever a plaintiff successfully prosecutes 
litigation which establishes that an interest in real property has been 
taken, the interest so taken should be confirmed in the form of a grant, 
wherever possible. The instrument should be recorded in the public land 
records and permanently retained in the real estate files, as evidence 
of the interest taken and as a protection against possible future claims 
of purchasers for value without notice. No employee or representative of 
the Corps of Engineers shall intentionally make it necessary for an 
owner to institute legal proceedings to prove the fact of the taking of 
his property, as prescribed by Pub. L. 91-646. Examples of involuntary 
acquisition are:

[[Page 194]]

    (a) Damage to real property caused by flooding, saturation, seepage, 
erosion, or other causes arising out of the construction, operation, or 
maintenance of an authorized project.
    (b) Damage as a result of overflights of aircraft.
    (c) Other instances where Government actions result in a restriction 
of the use of property.



Sec. 644.103  Litigation Reports.

    In those cases where a landowner files suit alleging that the 
Government took his property or an interest therein, a litigation report 
should be furnished in accordance with ER 1180-1-1. Litigation reports 
will be submitted in quadruplicate in cases involving military 
installations, and in triplicate in cases involving civil works. 
District and Division Engineers will furnish an additional copy direct 
to the local United States Attorney in actions in a United States 
District Court. In addition to the information required by ER 1180-1-1, 
there will be furnished preliminary certificates of title to properties 
subject to the taking, covering a period of search of at least 25 years 
prior to initiation of the action, and indicating the date of 
acquisition of the plaintiff's interest. Certificates may be procured 
commercially, or may be prepared by a staff attorney.
    (a) Avigation Easements. Reports on actions alleging the taking of 
an avigation easement should include the following information together 
with supporting exhibits:
    (1) Permanency of the installation and its designated use;
    (2) Dates of commencement of use of the runway involved and of each 
extension thereof;
    (3) Date of commencement of take-offs and landings by regularly 
assigned aircraft of the type (identify) causing the taking;
    (4) Frequency and actual height of flight of the particular aircraft 
over some portion of plaintiff's property;
    (5) Any applicable zoning regulations affecting use of the property;
    (6) A drawing at an approximate scale of 1 to 400[foot] 
showing the location and length of the present runway, its original 
length, and each extension, and also showing the location of plaintiff's 
property with relation to the approach-departure zone of the runway and 
the longitudinal distance in feet, measured along the extended center 
line from the end of the runway and the lateral distance measured 
perpendicular to the extended center line, of the plaintiff's property 
and of any dwellings thereon.
    (7) A vertical projection of the drawing at an approximate scale 
1 to 100[foot] showing the approach-departure clearance 
surface at the specified slope ratio and the mean sea level heights of 
the end of the runway and of the plaintiff's property and any dwellings 
thereon; and
    (8) Name of the person qualified to testify concerning preparation 
of the drawing.
    (b) Clearance Easements. Litigation reports on actions alleging the 
taking of a clearance easement will contain the following:
    (1) Details of any prior acquisition of clearance easements over the 
same property;
    (2) Statement as to any outstanding clearance easement directives, 
including criteria for approach and transition zones, status of 
negotiations, and copies of appraisal reports;
    (3) Statement that all acquisition of clearance easements has been 
stopped, unless their prompt acquisition is necessary to provide for 
current flight operation; and
    (4) Recommendation that there be included in the estate, in the 
event of settlement, provisions for the clearance of existing 
obstructions and prohibition against future obstructions, provided that 
circumstances will permit a delay in the acquistion of a clearance 
easement until completion of the litigation.
    (c) Appraisal Reports. Appraisal reports will be submitted to HQDA 
(DAEN-REE) WASH DC 20314 after the Department of Justice has determined 
the date (or dates) of taking. These reports will reflect the ``before'' 
and ``after'' values of the property, based on the assumption that the 
United States acquired an easement on that date (or dates).

[[Page 195]]



Sec. 644.104  Procurement of deed and title assembly.

    In any case in which the Court determines that the United States has 
taken an interest in real property, the Department of Justice will 
attempt to have included in the findings and in the judgment a precise 
description of the interests taken. An attempt will also be made to 
provide in the judgment that payment by the United States will not be 
required until the plaintiff has delivered a deed or other acceptable 
conveyance of the interest taken.
    (a) Preparation of Instrument. Upon receipt from the Department of 
Justice of information as to the nature of the settlement which has been 
reached, a deed will be prepared, drafted in accordance with Sec. 
644.70, covering the estate provided in the judgment.
    (b) Execution and Recording of Deed. The Division or District 
Engineer will obtain proper execution of the deed, record the same, 
procure a final certificate of title of a commercial title company or a 
staff attorney, and obtain a final title opinion pursuant to the 
provisions of the Delegation to the Department of the Army for the 
Approval of the Title to Lands Being Acquired for Federal Public 
Purposes, dated December 4, 1970, and issued by the Assistant Attorney 
General, Land and Natural Resources Division, Department of Justice. The 
title assembly and final title opinion should be forwarded to HQDA 
(DAEN-REA-P) WASH DC 20314, with information copy of transmittal letter 
to Division Engineer.
    (c) Notification to the Department of Justice. If the recorded deed 
and the final certificate of title are not readily available, the 
Division or District Engineer will notify the Land and Natural Resources 
Division of the Department of Justice by letter, with a copy to the 
appropriate United States Attorney, that the deed has been properly 
executed and delivered by the plaintiff and has been entered for record 
in order that settlement will not be delayed.
    (d) Disposition of Final Title Assembly, Mapping, and Audit. When a 
final title opinion has been obtained, the Division or District Engineer 
will assign a tract number to the areas in which the interest has been 
acquired, will add the tract to the project map, and will transmit the 
final title opinion and related papers to HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) WASH DC 
20314. The tract will be included in the audit of the installation to 
which it pertains. Audits will be revised for this purpose, if 
necessary. The amount of the judgment received by the plaintiff will be 
shown in the audit assembly, with a proper notation that it represents 
the amount of the judgment entered in the litigation, which will be 
identified in the audit by its civil number, and by designation of the 
Court in which it was rendered. A copy or abstract of the judgment will 
be inserted in the District Office audit assembly, identified as 
follows:

    Directive by judicial decree for the acquisition of Tract No.; being 
an easement (or other interest), containing ---- acres.

    (e) Action in Lieu of Confirmatory Deed. Where a confirmatory deed 
cannot be obtained, the Division or District Engineer will obtain from 
the Clerk of the Court a copy of the final judgment (or an appropriately 
excerpted copy of the final judgment), acknowledged or properly 
certified to permit recordation in the local land records. The Division 
or District Engineer will record same and later transmit the appropriate 
title assembly to HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) WASH DC 20314. If the final judgment 
does not contain language which clearly vests title in the United States 
of the interest in land for which compensation was paid, request should 
be made of the United States Attorney to move the Court to amend the 
judgment to show that such title has vested.

                 Acquisition by Condemnation Proceedings

    Source: Sections 644.111 through 644.121 appear at 44 FR 8184, Feb. 
8, 1979, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 644.111  General.

    Sections 644.111 through 644.121 describe the procedures of the 
Corps of Engineers relating to the acquisition of real estate and 
interests therein by condemnation proceedings. It is applicable to the 
Office of the Chief of Engineers (OCE) and to all Division and

[[Page 196]]

District Engineers having real estate responsibilities.



Sec. 644.112  Applicable statutes in condemnation proceedings.

    A complaint in condemnation, and any declaration of taking filed in 
conjunction therewith, will contain a citation of the congressional 
authorization and appropriation acts for the particular project, and any 
other applicable acts of Congress. Existing acts of Congress authorizing 
the acquisition of land and interests therein are outlined in AR 405-10 
and subpart A. Acts of Congress applicable, generally, to condemnation 
proceedings are outlined below.
    (a) Military projects. (1) Act of Congress approved August 1, 1888 
(25 Stat. 357, 40 U.S.C. 257) authorizes the head of any Government 
department or agency to acquire real estate, otherwise authorized for 
acquisition, by condemnation proceedings.
    (2) Section 2663 of title 10, United States Code, authorizes the 
Secretary of a military department to acquire by condemnation any 
interest in land, including temporary use of the site, construction, or 
operation of fortifications, coast defenses, or military training camps.
    (3) Section 9773 of title 10, United States Code, authorizes the 
Secretary of the Air Force to acquire by condemnation additional 
permanent air bases and depots, enlarge existing air bases and depots, 
bombing and machine gun ranges, and areas for the training of tactical 
units.
    (4) Section 2233 of title 10, United States Code, authorizes the 
Secretary of Defense (with authority to delegate) to acquire by 
purchase, lease, or transfer, facilities necessary for the Reserve 
Components. The authority to acquire by purchase has been held to 
include the authority to condemn. Therefore, this section authorizes 
condemnation for both Army and Air Force Reserve Training Sites.
    (b) Civil works projects--(1) Rivers and harbors. (i) Act of 
Congress approved April 24, 1888 (25 Stat. 94, 33 U.S.C. 591) authorizes 
the Secretary of the Army to cause proceedings to be instituted for the 
acquisition by condemnation of any land, right of way, or material 
needed to maintain, operate, or prosecute works for the im provement of 
rivers and harbors for which provision has been made by law.
    (ii) Section 5 of the Act of Congress approved July 18, 1918 (40 
Stat. 911, 33 U.S.C. 594) provides that possession of lands being 
acquired by condemnation proceedings for river and harbor works may be 
taken, provided adequate provision shall have been made for payment of 
just compensation.
    (2) Flood control. (i) Act of Congress approved March 1, 1917 (39 
Stat. 950, 33 U.S.C. 701) makes the provisions of the Act of Congress 
approved April 24, 1888 (paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section) applicable 
to flood control works.
    (ii) Section 6 of the Act of Congress approved August 18, 1941 (55 
Stat. 650, 33 U.S.C. 701c-2) makes the provisions of section 5 of the 
Act of Congress approved July 18, 1918 (paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this 
section) applicable to flood control works.
    (3) Local cooperation. Acts of Congress approved June 29, 1906 (34 
Stat. 632, 33 U.S.C. 592) and August 8, 1917 (40 Stat. 267, 33 U.S.C. 
593) provide that the Secretary of the Army may institute condemnation 
proceedings for the acquisition of land or easement therein for river 
and harbor works which local interests undertake to furnish free of cost 
to the United States. The provisions of these Acts were made applicable 
to flood control works by the Acts of Congress approved March 1, 1917, 
and August 18, 1941 (paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section).
    (c) Other pertinent statutes. (1) Act of Congress approved July 18, 
1918 (40 Stat. 911, 33 U.S.C. 594) provides that the United States shall 
have the right to take immediate possession of land to the extent of the 
interest condemned. The exercise of this right is subject, however, to 
the policy considerations set forth in the Act of Congress appoved 
January 2, 1971, Pub. L. 91-646 (84 Stat. 1894).
    (2) Act of Congress approved February 26, 1931 (46 Stat. 1421, 40 
U.S.C. 258a) makes provision for the filing of a declaration of taking 
in conjunction with condemnation proceedings and provides that title to 
the land or interests in land included in the declaration of taking 
vests in the United States

[[Page 197]]

upon filing with the court and deposit of the estimated compensation in 
the registry of the court.
    (3) Title III of the Act of Congress approved January 2, 1971 (Pub. 
L. 91-646, 84 Stat. 1894) contains policies and guidelines for 
acquisition of land.



Sec. 644.113  Filing of complaint without declaration of taking.

    (a) Only in exceptional cases will the Chief of Engineers give 
favorable consideration to the filing of a complaint in condemnation, 
and the request for an order of possession, without the concurrent 
filing of a declaration of taking and deposit of estimated compensation 
in the registry of the court. Examples of situations in which complaints 
may be used are as follows:
    (1) Immediate possession is required for some essential military 
need and time does not permit preparation of an appraisal, title work, 
or negotiations.
    (2) Condemnation proceedings are necessary in connection with a 
cemetery, in order to secure court approval of the relocation and 
reinterment plan in accordance with the procedure outlined in ER 1180-1-
1.
    (3) Where right of entry for survey and exploration, appraisal 
purposes, or other similar need is required, and there is no material 
interference with the owner's possession. However, where there is 
material interference with the owner's possession, or it is considered 
there will be significant damage to the land, a deposit of estimated 
compensation may be necessary.
    (b) Approval required. Prior to submission of a complaint assembly, 
except in cemetery cases, all pertinent facts justifying the need for 
such action will be submitted to the Division Engineer for approval. If 
the proposed action is approved, the Division or District Engineer will 
inform all affected landowners and tenants of the action being taken, 
the necessity therefor, and the subsequent procedure to be followed by 
the Government in conducting negotiations to acquire the land after the 
filing of the complaint.
    (c) Complaint assembly. The following assembly will be submitted to 
HQDA (DAEN-REA-C) WASH DC 20314 where only a complaint is to be filed:
    (1) Five copies of individual tract descriptions identified as 
Exhibit ``A''. (Reproduced copies will be accepted if clear and 
legible.)
    (2) Five copies of segment or project maps, showing each tract or 
area to be acquired shaded or outlined in red and identified as Exhibit 
``B''.
    (3) Five copies of a list of the names and addresses of the persons 
purporting to own the tracts or having an interest therein, identified 
as Exhibit ``C''.
    (4) Five copies of the exact estate or interest to be acquired, 
identified as Exhibit ``D''.
    (5) In Air Force projects and acquisitions for other agencies, one 
additional copy of each exhibit will be required.
    (6) In Air Force project acquisitions, the additional information 
set out in Sec. 644.114(f) will be submitted, in duplicate.
    (7) In those jurisdictions that adopt the alternate form declaration 
of taking, complaint assemblies should be similiar to the schedules 
submitted for the declaration of taking assembly.
    (d) Letter of transmittal. Where a complaint assembly is submitted, 
the letter of transmittal should include the following information:
    (1) A statement indicating the date of approval of the Real Estate 
Design Memorandum in civil works projects or the date of the Real Estate 
Directive for other projects, and whether the land included in the 
complaint assembly is within the approved project boundary line, 
together with the citations of the authorization and appropriation acts 
which cover the acquisition.
    (2) The approved appraised valuation and date of appraisal of the 
interest to be acquired or, if appraisals have not been prepared, the 
estimated value with a statement indicating the basis of the estimate.
    (3) Information as to whether the land included in the complaint 
assembly is vacant or occupied, together with the date any occupants 
will be required to vacate the premises.
    (4) If possession is required, an explanation of the need therefor 
and the reasons why the normal land acquisition schedule was not met.
    (5) Results of contacts with the landowners and tenants and their 
views

[[Page 198]]

with respect to the filing of condemnation proceedings.
    (6) A statement as to the plan and schedule to acquire such land 
after filing of the complaint in order to make funds available to the 
landowners and tenants.
    (7) In assemblies concerning land for other than civil works 
projects, a statement indicating whether all of the land authorized in 
the Real Estate Directive is included in the assembly. Any variance 
between the area or estate authorized in the directive and those in the 
assembly should be fully explained.
    (8) In military assemblies, a statement of expected local resistance 
to the proposed acquisition and efforts made to adjust military 
requirements to the local situation.
    (9) Whether there have been any Congressional inquiries regarding 
the acquisition.
    (e) Action after filing complaint. After filing of a complaint 
proceeding, action to acquire the land involved, either by direct 
purchase or by the filing of a declaration of taking, will be completed 
as soon as possible.
    (1) Where a satisfactory Offer to Sell is obtained and accepted, the 
transaction will proceed through the stages of title clearance, payment 
and closing. Upon final approval of title, the Division or District 
Engineer will recommend to the Chief of Engineers that the Department of 
Justice be requested to dismiss the tract from the proceeding.
    (2) Where a satisfactory lease of the premises included in a 
leasehold condemnation proceeding is obtained and accepted, the Division 
or District Engineer will recommend to the Chief of Engineers that the 
Department of Justice be requested to dismiss the tract from the 
proceeding.
    (3) The recommendation of the Division or District Engineer for 
dismissal of a tract from condemnation will include the following 
information:
    (i) Name of project.
    (ii) Caption of the complaint and civil action number assigned 
thereto.
    (iii) The date the final title approval was rendered; on lease 
cases, the date the lease was accepted.
    (iv) A statement as to whether the particular deed or lease includes 
the same land described in the complaint under the same tract number.
    (v) A statement as to whether the particular deed or lease includes 
all outstanding interests involved in the complaint insofar as the 
specific parcel of land is concerned. If all outstanding interests are 
not covered by the deed or lease instrument, a statement of the proposed 
method of acquiring those interests which remain outstanding, either by 
filing a declaration of taking or by direct purchase, or a 
recommendation that they be left outstanding permanently.



Sec. 644.114  Acquisition by declaration of taking.

    If it has been determined that acquisition of a tract cannot be 
accomplished by purchase due to failure to reach an agreement with the 
owners as to value, inability to contact the owners, title defects, or 
for other reasons, acquisition will be completed by the filing of a 
declaration of taking in a condemnation proceeding and the concurrent 
deposit of the estimated compensation in the registry of the court. The 
requirements for a declaration of taking are set forth in 40 U.S.C. 
258a.
    (a) Declaration of taking assembly. The assembly to be submitted by 
the Division or District Engineer to the Chief of Engineers, with a 
recommendation for the filing of a declaration of taking, will contain 
the following:
    (1) Seven copies of the declaration of taking. (Reproduced copies 
will be accepted if clear and legible). The copy to be executed and 
filed in court must be free of errors and erasures.
    (2) Seven copies of tract descriptions and names and addresses of 
purported owners, identified as Schedule ``A'' to the declaration of 
taking.
    (3) Seven copies of a segment or project map, showing the individual 
tracts outlined in red, or shaded in such a way as to identify them, 
constituting Schedule ``B'' to the declaration of taking.
    (4) In acquisitions for Air Force and other agencies, one additional 
copy of each of the above is required.
    (5) As to tracts which are appraised at $50,000 or more, it is 
necessary to

[[Page 199]]

have a least two appraisals for each such tract in condemnation. One 
copy of each appraisal will be forwarded with the assembly for those 
tracts valued less than $100,000, and two copies where the value is 
$100,000 or more. Also, a copy of the appraisal should be forwarded when 
there is a counteroffer of $50,000 or more, no matter what the appraisal 
is. In all cases where two appraisals are necessary, at least one will 
be by a contract appraiser approved in advance by the United States 
Attorney in whose jurisdiction the case will be filed.
    (6) Appraisals must be on a current basis so that at the time of 
submission of the assembly, the review certificates should indicate that 
the review has been made within thirty days prior to submission of the 
assembly.
    (7) Guides in preparing declarations of taking for acquisitions for 
the Departments of the Army (Military and Civil) and Air Force are 
contained in Figure 5-5 in ER 405-1-12.
    (8) Each case where there is an accepted Offer to Sell on which we 
will ask the Department of Justice to obtain judgment should be 
submitted as a separate Declaration of Taking.
    (b) Negotiator's report. Each declaration of taking assembly should 
be accompanied by a separate Negotiator's Report, ENG Form 3423 (Parts I 
and II), in duplicate, for each tract of land included in the assembly. 
The Negotiator's Report should be current, i.e., it should indicate a 
contact with the landowner, or his representative, at a time reasonably 
close to the date of submittal of the assembly, and should reflect that 
actual, practical and realistic negotiations were conducted in 
accordance with the procedure set forth in Sec. 644.83. The 
Negotiator's Report should be complete, but should be concise and not 
made unduly lengthy by extraneous material. It should contain so much of 
the following information as may be pertinent:
    (1) A brief physical description of the property, including its 
present use and highest and best use claimed by both the Government and 
the landowner.
    (2) Number of discussions and date and place of each discussion, and 
a statement that the landowner was furnished a summary of the basis for 
the Government's valuation prior to negotiations.
    (3) Statement of each offer made by the negotiator, any counteroffer 
received from the landowner, and any figures suggested by the negotiator 
in an effort to obtain a reasonable counteroffer above the Government's 
estimate of value.
    (4) Where the discussions reveal that further negotiations would not 
be productive, a statement that the real estate representative explained 
that it was necessary that the interests be obtained through 
condemnation, not in the sense of a threat, but as an effort on behalf 
of the Government to secure an impartial determination by the court of 
the differences of opinion as to value, and in order to make funds 
available to the landowner.
    (5) If the owner cannot be contacted for the purpose of conducting 
negotiations, a full explanation of the circumstances and the efforts 
made to contact the owner should be set forth in the Negotiator's 
Report.
    (6) A statement that any remaining property of the owner enjoys 
access and is an economic unit, or if it is an uneconomic remainder, 
that the Government has offered to acquire the remainder.
    (7) Where there is an Offer to Sell, the Negotiator's Report should 
include a statement that no separate representations were made in order 
to obtain the offer, if this was the case. If any such representations 
were made, they should be fully explained. The report should also 
include the negotiator's telephone number.
    (c) Letter of transmittal. The letter of transmittal to be submitted 
with a declaration of taking assembly will contain the following:
    (1) The date of the real estate directive or the date of approval of 
the real estate design memorandum which includes the land to be 
condemned, a statement that the land is within the approved project 
boundary line, and the date of approval of the boundary line.
    (2) A statement concerning the avail ability of funds.
    (3) A list of the dates of the appraisals of the tracts in the 
assembly and the dates of the last review thereof. If

[[Page 200]]

more than one approved appraisal exists for any tract, the deposit will 
be in the amount of the highest approved appraisal. If the value of 
growing crops has been included in the appraisal, a statement concerning 
same is required in the transmittal letter pursuant to paragraph (h)(3) 
of this section.
    (4) A statement that all owners of land included in the assembly, 
whose addresses are known, have been notified in writing that 
condemnation will be recommended and the reason therefor. The 
information furnished to the owners should include the name and address 
of the United States Attorney who will advise and assist them in 
applying for withdrawal of the funds deposited in the registry of the 
court. The notice to the owners should also state the date on which 
possession of their property will be required.
    (5) A statement concerning the date when possession of each tract 
included in the assembly should be obtained. This should include 
information as to when the 90-day notice was given, as required by 
section 301(5) of Pub. L. 91-646 (84 Stat. 1894), or if not required, an 
explanation as to why not.
    (6) In assemblies involving other than civil works projects, a 
statement as to whether or not all of the land authorized in the real 
estate directive is included in the proposed declaration of taking. Any 
variance that may exist between the acreage in the directive and the 
acreage in the declaration of taking should be fully explained.
    (7) For military projects, a statement of the expected local 
resistance to the proposed acquisition by condemnation, and the efforts 
which have been made to adjust requirements to the local situation.
    (8) For those assemblies involving the first case in a particular 
project, information as to:
    (i) When the initial land acquisition for the project took place.
    (ii) The total acreage for the project and the estimate of the cost 
thereof; if available, two copies of the project brochure furnished to 
landowners should be forwarded.
    (iii) Whether or not an environmental impact statement has been 
filed, and, if not, when it is expected to be filed.
    (9) Two copies of each accepted Offer to Sell covering any of the 
tracts included in the declaration of taking will be submitted with the 
assembly.
    (10) A statement as to whether there have been any Congressional 
inquiries regarding the acquisition.
    (d) Title defects. If a tract is recommended for condemnation due to 
title defects, three copies of the title opinion will be submitted with 
the assembly.
    (e) Deposit of funds. Two copies of the declaration of taking, as 
finally approved and signed, will be transmitted by the Chief of 
Engineers to the Division and District Engineer. Procurement and 
delivery of a check to the United States Attorney for deposit in the 
registry of the court will be authorized, subject to the availability of 
funds.
    (f) Additional information to accompany Air Force acquisitions. Each 
condemnation assembly (complaint or declaration of taking) covering the 
acquisition of land for an Air Force project will include the following 
information and material, in duplicate:
    (1) A map showing the base boundaries, outlining in red all land 
included in the applicable real estate directive, and showing the land 
included in the condemnation assembly hachured in red. In the case of an 
off-base facility, the map will show the nearest boundary of the main 
base with relation to the off-base facility, outlining in red all land 
in the appplicable real estate directive, with the land covered by the 
condemnation assembly hachured in red.
    (2) On the same map or a larger scale map, the following information 
on each tract in the applicable real estate directive:
    (i) Tract number.
    (ii) Acreage.
    (iii) Ownership.
    (iv) Contours.
    (v) Existing improvements.
    (vi) Proposed construction, including utilities, drainage ditches, 
and other supporting facilities.
    (3) Summary of status of acquisition of all land included in the 
applicable real estate directive. ENG Form 3905-R

[[Page 201]]

will be used for this purpose. All discrepancies in figures for acreages 
and costs should be fully explained.
    (4) If any of the land included in the applicable real estate 
directive is held under voluntary lease or leasehold condemnation, 
report for each such tract the annual rental, the period of time the 
leasehold interest has been held, and whether it is a voluntary lease or 
a condemnation leasehold. If the land is not under lease, this fact 
should be reported.
    (5) If the United States has previously acquired an easement 
interest (clearance easement, safety area easement, etc.) in any of the 
land included in the condemnation assembly, identify the real estate 
directive which authorized the previous acquisition by number, date, 
interest acquired, acres, cost and method of acquisition (including 
lease number, tract number, caption with civil action number as 
applicable). A negative report is required.
    (6) If severance damage is involved in any of the land included in 
the condemnation assembly, include a detailed statement of the facts and 
justification for the severance allowed, unless the severance damage has 
been adequately explained in a Real Estate Planning Report or a Real 
Estate Requirements Estimate, in which case such Report or Estimate 
should be identified for reference.
    (7) A copy of the appraisal report on which the deposit in a 
declaration of taking is based, irrespective of value.
    (g) Interests included in declaration of taking. (1) The estate 
recommended for use in a declaration of taking should conform to the 
estate approved by the Chief of Engineers in Civil Works projects and to 
the applicable directive in military and other agency projects. Any 
deviation should be fully explained and justified in the transmittal 
letter. Examples of estates which have been approved for use in 
declarations of taking are contained in Figure 5-6 in ER 405-1-12. A 
condemnation proceeding is an in rem action. The definition of 
``property'' and what constitutes property is generally determined by 
reference to State law. Therefore, full consideration should be given to 
the applicable State law in connection with requests for deviations from 
the standard approved estates.
    (2) Normally, under the ``unit'' rule a condemnation proceeding 
should include all interests in a given tract authorized for acquisition 
even though an Offer to Sell may have been obtained and accepted from 
the surface owner with an outstanding interest in the subsurface estate 
recited in the ``Subject to'' paragraph. In such a case, if it is 
necessary to condemn due to title difficulties or failure of the owner 
to carry out the terms of the Offer to Sell, the deposit will be 
increased by the appraised value of the outstanding subsurface interest. 
The only exception to including subsurface interests outstanding in 
third parties is in the case of block ownership of subsurface interests; 
i.e., where a person, corporation, or other entity owns subsurface 
interests under more than one surface tract and in sufficient amount for 
the entire interest holding to have added value, for operational or 
other reasons, because it is in a block ownership. In other words, block 
ownership exists when the acquisition of a part of the block would 
require the assessment of severance damage, even if the value of the 
interest or the amount of the severance damage would be in a nominal 
amount. On this basis, subsurface interests need not be contiguous to 
constitute a block ownership.
    (3) If future negotiations to acquire or subordinate the subsurface 
interests left outstanding under paragraph (g)(2) of this section (or 
any non-block subsurface interests ``excepted'' from direct purchase 
cases) are unsuccessful, and the outstanding interest cannot be waived 
under the provisions of Sec. 644.86, then acquisition or subordination 
of the outstanding interest should be accomplished by condemnation 
proceedings. In so doing, block ownerships should be condemned as a unit 
rather than on a piecemeal basis. Full information should be submitted 
with such assemblies as to the method of acquisition of each surface 
ownership affected by the subsurface acquisition.
    (h) Payment for crops. At the time the declaration of taking 
assembly is prepared, it will be necessary that a determination be made 
as to whether the value of growing crops should be added

[[Page 202]]

to the value of the land improvements in determining the amount to be 
deposited as estimated compensation. The determination will be made as 
follows:
    (1) If the crops have been harvested, or it is known or highly 
probable that the crops will be harvested by the landowner or tenant, no 
deposit will be made for the crops.
    (2) The approved appraised value of crops will be included in the 
amounts to be deposited in all other cases.
    (3) The letter forwarding the declaration of taking to the Chief of 
Engineers will state whether the value of growing crops has been 
included in the amount recommended for deposit, and will set forth a 
statement of the facts upon which the action is based.
    (i) Filing and possession. Upon the filing of a complaint, 
accompanied by a declaration of taking, the court has the power to fix 
the time within which and the terms upon which the parties in possession 
shall be required to surrender possession to the United States (40 
U.S.C. 258a). Requests for orders of possession should be made only 
after all requirements of Pub. L. 91-646 (84 Stat. 1894) regarding 
possession have been satisfied.
    (1) The Division or District Engineer will ascertain from the United 
States Attorney the date on which the condemnation proceeding with 
declaration of taking is filed and the date on which possession is 
available. The using service of the Army and Air Force or the local 
representative of other agencies will be informed of the date on which 
possession of the land is available.
    (2) The above information, together with the civil number assigned 
to the case, and a copy of the complaint and order of possession will be 
furnished to HQDA (DAEN-REA-C) WASH DC 20314 within six weeks after the 
date the case was forwarded by the Chief of Engineers to the Department 
of Justice. If this cannot be accomplished, an explanation will be 
furnished by such date.
    (3) Where an Order of Possession is obtained but the landowner 
refuses to comply, it may be necessary to obtain a Writ of Assistance 
from the court. Prior to requesting the United States Attorney to obtain 
such a Writ, all pertinent facts should be reported to DAEN-REA-C.
    (4) The United States Attorney should be requested to have judgment 
entered in accordance with the terms of any accepted Offers to Sell 
immediately after the filing of the case, since delay in taking such 
action works to the disadvantage of the Government. Any difficulty in 
securing prompt action by the United States Attorney in this matter 
should be reported to DAEN- REA-C.
    (j) Amendments. (1) If at any time it becomes necessary to amend a 
complaint or declaration of taking previously filed, an amendment 
assembly will be submitted to DAEN-REA-C together with a full statement 
of the facts requiring the amendment. The letter of transmittal should 
certify that the tracts affected by the amendment have not been 
adjudicated.
    (2) No amendment should be submitted which will result in a 
revestment of an interest in property, unless a stipulation for 
revestment has been obtained from the former owner in accordance with 
Sec. 644.115.
    (3) If, after the filing of a declaration of taking, a substantially 
higher appraisal is approved for any reason, and a settlement does not 
appear imminent, an amendment will be submitted promptly to increase the 
amount of the deposit.
    (k) Alternate form declaration of taking. An alternate form of 
Declaration of Taking has been approved by the Judicial Conference on an 
optional basis, and must be used where the local District Court 
requires. Under this form a Declaration of Taking may have up to 15 
ownerships, but each ownership will be set up separately so that it may 
be included in a separate civil action. In other words, there may be up 
to 15 separate civil actions which are keyed in to one Declaration of 
Taking. An example of this type of Declaration is included in Figure 5-5 
in ER 405-1-12. In this form, Schedule ``A'' will include the authority 
and public uses. Schedule ``B'' will include the description, the 
estimated compensation, and the estate to be acquired. Schedule ``C'' 
will be the plan showing the land to be acquired. It will be noted that 
there will be a separate Schedule ``A'', ``B'', and

[[Page 203]]

``C'' for each ownership. The schedules may include more than one tract 
where the ownership is unified and is an economic unit. All of the civil 
actions will be keyed in to the Declaration of Taking by a Master File 
number. The Master File number must be used on all correspondence 
pertaining to tracts in this type of an assembly.



Sec. 644.115  Revestment of title by stipulation.

    When fee title or an interest in property has been acquired by the 
United States by declaration of taking in a condemnation proceeding and 
it is determined to be in the best interest of the Government to wholly 
or partially exclude said property or interests therein, or to acquire a 
lesser estate, such exclusion or diminution in the estate can be 
accomplished by stipulation with the former owner under the provisions 
of the Act of Congress approved October 21, 1942 (40 U.S.C. 258f).
    (a) Required approval. All stipulations involving a revestment of 
title must be forwarded to DAEN-REA-C for approval with a full statement 
of the facts, related data and recommendations. Approval of the 
revestment action must be obtained from the appropriate using agency. 
Such stipulations will not be filed in the condemnation proceedings by 
the United States Attorney until the specific approval of the Chief of 
Engineers is obtained and the matter coordinated by the Chief of 
Engineers with the Department of Justice. It should be stressed in 
negotiations that final approval of the stipulation is under the 
judrisdiction of the Attorney General, based on the recommendation of 
the Chief of Engineers.
    (b) Reduction of price. A stipulation for revestment should provide 
for a deduction from the agreed price or from the ultimate award of an 
amount equal to the difference between the value of the property 
originally taken and the value of said property after the proposed 
exclusion of a part thereof or acquisition of a lesser interest therein, 
i.e., the stipulation should be an over-all settlement of the case 
whenever possible. If it is impossible to reach an amicable agreement 
for complete settlement for the Government's acquisition of the tract, 
an agreement as to the area and estate, leaving final determination as 
to compensation with the court, may be submitted with facts showing that 
the proposed action is in the best interest of the Government. The 
stipulation should also include a release concerning any benefits under 
section 304, Pub. L. 91-646 (84 Stat. 1894), because of the revestment, 
particularly when no agreement is reached concerning compensation.
    (c) Required information. A sample stipulation for revestment is 
contained in Figure 5-8 in ER 405-1-12 which may be adapted to fit the 
particular project and tract involved. In this connection, the following 
requirements should be observed:
    (1) The stipulation will not provide for any change in the amount of 
the deposit unless the stipulation provides for an overall settlement of 
the case or the entire tract is to be excluded from the acquisition.
    (2) The areas in which the Government has acquired an interest and 
those in which an interest will be retained after the revestment will be 
fully described.
    (3) The estates to be retained by the Government after the 
revestment will be accurately described; where the owner reserves 
mineral or other interests or use, appropriate restriction of 
exploration and subordination to the paramount right of the Government 
to use the property for the required purpose will be included.
    (4) The stipulation should include, as part of the consideration:
    (i) Consent by the former owner to the Government's acquisition of 
the revised area and the estates therein in the event the stipulation is 
approved.
    (ii) Withdrawal of any answer contesting the Government's right to 
acquire the property and any interrogatories theretofore filed.
    (iii) A waiver of any and all claims by the former owner, his heirs 
and assigns, against the United States, the State, County and political 
subdivisions thereof for loss of access to the land (where applicable).
    (5) The stipulation will include, as an exhibit, maps delineating 
the fee area in red, the easement area in blue, and the area to be 
revested in yellow.

[[Page 204]]

    (6) The letter of transmittal in connection with any revestment in 
Civil Works projects should include information as to whether the area 
in which title is to be revested has a potential for recreational use 
without regard to the currently established public access areas.
    (d) Application. The foregoing procedure applies only to instances 
where a declaration of taking has been filed. Where only a complaint has 
been filed, the necessary revisions may be made by securing a 
satisfactory Offer to Sell and deeds to the United States, or by 
amending the complaint and filing a declaration of taking containing the 
revised descriptions or estates.



Sec. 644.116  Distribution, reservations, and title evidence.

    Distribution of the estimated compensation deposited in the registry 
of the court is the responsibility of the United States District Court. 
However, the Division or District Engineer will assist the United States 
Attorney in arranging for the distribution of funds deposited with a 
declaration of taking in order that landowners may receive either 
partial or total payment as soon as possible.
    (a) Distribution. Partial or total distribution may be made upon a 
showing to the court that the claimant is the proper person to receive 
the money on deposit (40 U.S.C. 258a). An examination of the title 
evidence by the United States Attorney, together with a physical 
inspection of the premises, is usually sufficient to enable the United 
States Attorney to ascertain the proper claimants so that he may consent 
to the entry of an order of distribution. Distribution may be made 
without prejudice to the owner's right to contest for a higher award 
than the sum deposited by the United States.
    (b) Inspection and title evidence. As soon as a condemnation 
proceeding is filed, a physical inspection of the premises will be made 
and the United States Attorney will be furnished the following:
    (1) ENG Form 798, Certificate of Inspection and Possession, or such 
other similar form as may be requested.
    (2) ENG Form 1567, Report on Vacation of Property.
    (3) Title evidence and all available curative material covering the 
tracts of land included in the declaration of taking.
    (4) Copies of all offers to Sell, leases, relocation agreements, 
etc., which are pertinent to the case and would be useful in making 
distribution.
    (c) Reservations. If the landowners are to be permitted to remove 
crops, timber, buildings or other improvements from land acquired in the 
declaration of taking (by approval of the Division or District 
Engineer), a stipulation for reservation of these items may be obtained 
at this time. The stipulation should be in a form acceptable to the 
United States Attorney, should specify the date on or before which the 
reserved items are to be removed, and should provide that if the 
reserved items are not removed on or before said date, the right of 
removal shall terminate automatically and the United States shall have a 
good and indefeasible title to these items without further notice. The 
consideration to the Government for the reservation will be in an amount 
not less than the appraised value of the crops, or not less than the 
appraised salvage value of the timber, buildings or other improvements 
which are reserved, and the stipulation should provide that such amount 
shall be deducted from the amount of the final award.
    (d) Continuation of title evidence. A continuation of the existing 
title evidence will be obtained to include a search of the records to a 
date subsequent to the date of filing of the Notice of Lis Pendens, the 
Judgment on Declaration of Taking, or the filing of the complaint in 
those states where such filing constitutes notice. The additional title 
evidence will be furnished to the United States Attorney as soon as 
possible after filing of the case.



Sec. 644.117  Procedure prior to trial.

    (a) General. After filing of condemnation proceedings, the Division 
or District Engineer will maintain close liaison with the United States 
Attorneys and will render all possible assistance to the United States 
Attorneys in negotiating settlements, preparing cases for trial, and in 
conducting such trials. When the Division or District Engineer

[[Page 205]]

is informed that a case has been set for trial involving an unusual or 
novel issue of fact or law, or where the Government testimony will be 
$100,000 or more, he will promptly furnish this information to DAEN-REA-
C. In addition, the Division or District Engineer should:
    (1) In coordination with the United States Attorney, conduct 
discussions for settlement with landowners and other interested parties 
defendant. When a satisfactory agreement has been reached, an executed 
stipulation in a form satisfactory to the United States Attorney will be 
obtained. A suggested form of stipulation as to just compensation is 
contained in Figure 5-8 in ER 405-1-12. In this connection, the closest 
cooperation and collaboration must exist between representatives of the 
Department of the Army and the Department of Justice; no settlement 
negotiations should be conducted by Corps personnel without the 
knowledge and consent of the United States Attorney. If the property 
owner is unwilling to execute a stipulation until assured that the 
amount of the settlement will be accepted by the Government, formal 
execution of the stipulation may, in such instances, be delayed. 
However, the offer will be processed in accordance with the applicable 
provisions of paragraph (b) of this section.
    (2) Furnish maps, photographs and other necessary exhibits for 
trial.
    (3) Assist in preparing expert witnesses for trial.
    (4) Take necessary action to assure the presence of witnesses at the 
trial. District personnel who qualify as expert witnesses will be made 
available.
    (5) Be represented at the trial by an attorney thoroughly familiar 
with Federal court procedures, condemnation law, and the details of the 
project affected by the condemnation proceedings.
    (b) Stipulated settlements. (1) Where the amount of the stipulation 
obtained in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section does not 
exceed the high, approved appraisal prepared by an appraiser employed 
by, or under contract with, the Corps of Engineers, and the proposed 
settlement will completely dispose of the issue of compensation for all 
interests acquired in the tract in the proceeding, approval of the 
settlement will be recommended by the Division or District Engineer or 
the Chief of the Real Estate Division directly to the United States 
Attorney. The Division or District Engineer will inform DAEN-REA-C of 
the action taken, either by sending a copy of the letter addressed to 
the United States Attorney of by separate correspondence.
    (2) Where the total settlement for all interests acquired in a given 
tract does not exceed $40,000 and the proposed settlement will 
completely dispose of the issue of compensation for all interests 
acquired in the tract in the proceeding, Division and District Engineers 
and the Chiefs of the Real Estate Divisions are also authorized to 
recommend approval of settlements directly to the United States 
Attorney. In leasehold condemnation cases the monetary limitation 
includes the full lease term and not merely the per annum rental. DAEN-
REA-C will be informed of the action taken in the same manner as in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section. Even though the total settlement for 
all interests acquired in a given tract does not exceed $40,000, the 
proposed settlement will be submitted to DAEN-REA-C for consideration in 
the following instances:
    (i) If the United States Attorney and the Division or District 
Engineer cannot agree as to whether a particular settlement should be 
consummated.
    (ii) If the stipulation involves a novel issue of law or question of 
policy which would adversely affect the disposition of other tracts in a 
project.
    (iii) If revestment of any land or interests therein or change in 
estate is involved.
    (3) All proposed settlements not covered by paragraphs (b) (1) and 
(2) of this section will be forwarded to DAEN-REA-C, together with 
specific recommendations of the Division and District Engineers and a 
full statement of the facts. Three copies of the signed stipulation will 
be forwarded to DAEN-REA-C with the report in those situations where the 
stipulation contains any unusual conditions or terms. The report should 
contain the following:
    (i) The amount of the deposit and the amount of the proposed 
settlement.

[[Page 206]]

    (ii) The amounts and dates of all Government appraisals. Where the 
Department of Justice appraisal is substantially above or below the 
Corps of Engineers' appraisals, the Division and District reviewing 
appraisers should carefully examine the appraisals and ascertain whether 
the facts in the case and the appraisal techniques have been 
consistently applied, and should prepare a comparative analysis.
    (iii) The appraisal valuations by the property owners, their 
appraisers, or other witnesses who may testify for the owners, if such 
can be ascertained.
    (iv) A statement of the recommendation of the United States Attorney 
as to the proposed settlement.
    (v) Such other matters as should be considered by the Chief of 
Engineers in determining whether the proposed settlement is 
satisfactory; e.g., any pattern of awards which has been established as 
the result of other trials concerning land at the same project, or in 
the same Federal judicial district, disposition of any accepted Offer to 
Sell, any unusual legal or factual issues involved, any unusual factors 
which would increase the hazard of proceeding to trial, or the 
anticipated effect of the settlement on remaining acquisition in the 
project.
    (vi) Whether or not funds are available to satisfy any deficiency.
    (vii) The report should contain the required information in 
tabulated form. For each item the statement should be short and concise; 
lengthy reports are not required.
    (4) A copy of the report and recommendation sent to the Chief of 
Engineers will be immediately transmitted to the United States Attorney. 
If the settlement is satisfactory, the Chief of Engineers will forward a 
letter of approval to the Department of Justice, recommending that the 
stipulation be approved, filed and judgment entered thereon. A copy of 
the letter of approval will be sent to the Division or District 
Engineer. Receipt of such copy is authority to satisfy the judgment when 
entered, provided funds are available.
    (5) If a stipulation is obtained by a United States Attorney in 
excess of their authority, they will forward the proposed settlement to 
the Department of Justice. Simultaneously, in accordance with procedures 
agreed upon by the Chief of Engineers and the Department of Justice, the 
United States Attorney will transmit copies of the transmittal letter 
and of the proposed stipulation to the Division or District. The 
Division or District Engineer will immediately forward the letter 
outlined in paragraph (b)(3) of this section to the Chief of Engineers.
    (6) All settlements negotiated for interests acquired in 
condemnation proceedings will be inclusive of interest and will include 
all claims of any nature arising as a result of the taking of the estate 
recited in the complaint or declaration of taking, with the exception of 
benefits to which the landowner may be entitled under Pub. L. 91-646 (84 
Stat. 1894). In lease-hold condemnation cases, all proposed settlements 
should include not only an agreement as to compensation for the period 
of the leasehold but also an agreement as to any and all claims arising 
from restoration of the premises, if known (Sec. 644.121(b)).
    (7) Where surface and subsurface interests are acquired in a single 
condemnation proceeding, it is desirable to settle by stipulation, or to 
go to trial, on the ``unit'' basis. Many United States Attorneys insists 
on this course of action. However, Division or District Engineer should 
cooperate with United States Attorneys who wish to negotiate for 
stipulated settlements which may not include all of the interests 
acquired in a given proceeding as to a specific tract or tracts, 
provided appraisal reports have been prepared in such a manner as to 
make the appraised value of the several interests ascertainable.
    (8) If an offer of settlement is not intended to include the full 
interest which was condemned in a particular tract, the letter 
transmitting the settlement offer will specifically identify the 
interests included in the settlement, the interests which remain 
unsettled, and the amount of estimated compensation remaining on deposit 
for the unsettled interests. The amounts remaining on deposit for the 
unsettled interests should be the appraised valuation of such interests.

[[Page 207]]

    (9) Landowners will be advised during negotiations for settlement 
that offers to settle are not binding on the United States until 
accepted by a duly authorized representative of the Department of 
Justice.
    (10) In cases where tracts which are covered by accepted Offers to 
Sell are acquired by declaration of taking because of title defects or 
the failure of the landowner to carry out the terms of the Offer to 
Sell, the United States Attorney will be informed by letter and 
furnished copies of the Offer to Sell. The consideration contained in 
the Offer to Sell is considered binding upon the landowner despite the 
fact that condemnation is used to acquire title to the land. No 
settlement will be approved by the Division or District Engineer in an 
amount exceeding the amount contained in the Offer to Sell unless the 
Offer has been set aside by court order. Reports submitted in accordance 
with paragraph (b)(3) of this section will contain a statement as to the 
status of any Offer to Sell which may have been accepted.
    (c) Appraisal Review. Land and Natural Resources Division Directive 
No. 11-68, dated 22 November 1968, provides that where two or more 
appraisals for a particular property have a valuation spread in excess 
of 10 percent of the high appraisal figure, the United States Attorney 
should submit such appraisals to the local representative of the Corps 
for approval. Every effort should be taken to see that this policy is 
followed so that the Corps has full knowledge of the appraisal reports 
on which settlement negotiations or trial preparation is based. In those 
instances where the United States Attorney and the Division or District 
Engineer cannot agree as to whether an appraisal or appraiser should be 
used at trial or in connection with settlement negotiations, copies of 
all appraisals, together with the analysis of the reviewing appraiser, 
should be submitted to HQDA (DAEN-REE) WASH DC 20314 for further 
consideration and possible discussion with the Department of Justice.



Sec. 644.118  Awards.

    (a) Approval by Division or District. Division or District Engineers 
and the Chiefs of the Real Estate Divisions have been authorized to 
approve court awards (including jury or commission awards) where such 
awards do not exceed the highest testimony presented at the trial by a 
qualified appraiser employed by the Government. In such cases, the 
United States Attorney will be notified that the award is approved and 
the Chief of Engineers will be notified of such action.
    (b) Approval by Chief of Engineers. (1) If the award is in excess of 
the highest testimony presented at the trial by a qualified appraiser 
employed by the Government, or involves a matter of a doubtful or 
controversial nature, a report concerning the trial will be forwarded by 
the Division or District Engineer to DAEN-REA-C. The report should 
contain, but not be limited to, the following information:
    (i) The amount of the verdict or award.
    (ii) The appraisal valuations given in testimony by all witnesses, 
including any pertinent comments on the effectiveness of the witnesses, 
as appropriate.
    (iii) A statement of the recommendations of the United States 
Attorney as to the acceptance of the verdict or award, if available 
without causing a delay in submittal of the report.
    (iv) Where the trial concerned less than all interests acquired in a 
given tract, the report should state the precise interests adjudicated 
at the trial, the other interests which remain unadjudicated, the 
proposed disposition of the unadjudicated interests and the amount of 
the deposit allocated to the unadjudicated interests.
    (v) Whether or not funds are available to satisfy any deficiency 
plus interest.
    (2) Long narrative reports of the events at the trial or hearing are 
not necessary except in unusual cases. A brief, but complete, statement 
of the pertinent facts will be adequate in most cases. A form for use in 
connection with submission of trial reports is included in Figure 5-9 in 
ER 405-1-12; however, it is not intended that this form constitute the 
entire report. Where the case was tried by a Commission, copies of the 
Commissioners' Report will be submitted with each copy of the trial 
report. Close liaison must

[[Page 208]]

be maintained with the United States Attorney's Office in order that 
these reports will be received promptly after they are filed in the 
case.
    (3) The report outlined above should be accompanied by the 
recommendation of the Division or District Engineer as to what action 
should be taken with respect to the Commissioner's Report, court award 
or jury verdict. This recommendation should include a discussion of any 
matters which should be considered by the Chief of Engineers in 
determining whether the award is satisfactory, e.g., the history of past 
awards at this project or in the same judicial district, the basis used 
by the commission in arriving at its determination of value, whether 
enhancement from the project or a second taking was an issue, the 
disposition of any accepted Offer to Sell on any tract involved in the 
trial, etc. (The basis of findings of value to be included in the report 
of a commission appointed under Rule 71A(h) was considered by the 
Supreme Court in United States v. Merz, 376 U.S. 192). Where the 
recommendation is to reject the award, specific reasons with supporting 
legal analysis should be given. The fact, standing alone, that an award 
is considered excessive is not sufficient reason upon which to base an 
appeal.
    (4) The report and recommendation should be received by the Chief of 
Engineers within five working days after the Commissioners' Report has 
been filed or the trial concluded. In order to accomplish reporting 
within the prescribed time limits, District Engineers will forward 
reports and recommendations direct to DAEN-REA-C, with a copy to the 
appropriate Division Engineer. The Division Engineer will submit 
comments and recommendations to DAEN-REA-C within three working days 
after receipt of the copy of the District Engineer's report. The 
District must insure that our right to object is extended if the 
situation warrants.
    (c) Payment of awards and settlements. (1) If an award or stipulated 
settlement requires the deposit of a deficiency, judgment will be 
entered by the court and thereafter transmitted to the Division or 
District Engineer by the Department of Justice for procurement of a 
check for deposit in the registry of the court in satisfaction of the 
final judgment.
    (2) The copy of the letter from the Chief of Engineers to the 
Department of Justice recommending approval of an award or settlement, 
if required under Sec. Sec. 644.117(b)(3) and 644.118(b), will 
constitute authority for payment of the deficiency, provided funds are 
available. If approval is not recommended by the Chief of Engineers to 
the Department of Justice and the judgment is submitted to the Division 
or District Engineer for payment, it should be forwarded to DAEN-REA-C 
without action. Upon receipt of a judgment where payment is authorized 
and funds are available, the Division or District Engineer will 
immediately procure and deliver the check to the United States Attorney 
and inform DAEN-REA-C of the action taken.



Sec. 644.119  Procedure after final judgment.

    Generally, it is not necessary to obtain a final certificate of 
title or title insurance policy in condemnation cases where the 
intermediate or continuation certificate of title is continued to a date 
subsequent to the date of filing of the Notice of Lis Pendens, and the 
liability of the title company is not limited to an amount less than 50 
percent of the total consideration paid for the land by the United 
States.
    (a) Final title opinion. After entry of final judgment, the title 
assembly will be examined and a final title opinion issued. The title 
opinion and related papers on Army and Air Force projects will be 
forwarded to HQDA (DAEN-REP) WASH DC 20314 for permanent filing.
    (b) Report required to close case. When all interests in a 
proceeding have been disposed of by final judgment, the Division or 
District Engineer will so advise the Chief of Engineers in order that 
the case may be closed. This report should not be made until the time 
for appeal has expired or any pending appeals have been resolved. The 
report should include a copy of the final judgment or other order of the 
court disposing of the case, and a statement that all monies deposited 
in the registry of the court have been disbursed.

[[Page 209]]



Sec. 644.120  Condemnation for local cooperation projects.

    Under the provisions of the River and Harbor Acts approved June 29, 
1906 (33 U.S.C. 592) and August 8, 1917 (33 U.S.C. 593), and the Flood 
Control Acts approved March 1, 1917 (39 Stat. 950) and August 18, 1941 
(33 U.S.C. 701c-2), respectively, the Secretary of the Army may cause 
proceedings to be instituted in the name of the United States for 
acquisition by condemnation of lands, easements or rights-of-way which 
local interests undertake to furnish free of cost to the United States. 
Requests for the institution of proceedings in the name of the United 
States will be addressed by the local parties to the Secretary of the 
Army and submitted to the Division or District Engineer. No land will be 
acquired on behalf of local interests by the filing of condemnation 
proceedings until local interests have furnished the Division or 
District Engineer with satisfactory assurances in accordance with the 
authorization act, and sufficient funds have been deposited with the 
Division or District Engineer to pay the expenses of the proceedings and 
any awards that may be made in the proceedings.
    (a) General. The Corps of Engineers will institute condemnation 
proceedings on behalf of a local interest only when the local interest:
    (1) Lacks authority to acquire the necessary real estate interests 
by eminent domain; or
    (2) Cannot obtain possession by local eminent domain proceedings in 
time to meet the construction schedule; or
    (3) Unusual circumstances exist so that acquisition by local 
inerests would not be in the best interest of the United States.
    (b) Information to accompany assembly. Upon request of the local 
interests that the real estate interest be acquired by condemnation 
proceeding in the name of the United States, the Division or District 
Engineer will transmit to HQDA (DAEN-REA-C) WASH DC 20314 an appropriate 
condemnation assembly, prepared in accordance with Sec. 644.114, with 
recommendations and the following information:
    (1) Citation of authorizing act.
    (2) Whether valid assurances have been accepted, giving date of 
acceptance.
    (3) That the estate or estates to be acquired conform to the 
requirements set forth in subpart J (to be published).
    (4) Appraisal values of the interest proposed for acquisition.
    (5) That sufficient funds to cover court awards and expenses of the 
proceedings have been deposited by local interests with the Division or 
District Engineer.
    (6) Efforts made by local interests to acquire the real estate 
interests and reasons for requesting the United States to file 
condemnation proceedings.



Sec. 644.121  Leasehold condemnation requirements.

    (a) Requirements for extension. The interest acquired in land by a 
leasehold condemnation proceeding terminates after a one-year term, 
unless notice to extend the term is filed in the appropriate United 
States District Court. In all leasehold cases, the Division or District 
Engineer will ascertain from the using service whether the premises 
included in such condemnation proceedings will be required for an 
additional term. This should be done sufficiently in advance of the end 
of the term to allow adequate time for the action necessary to extend 
the term. These instructions apply to civil works projects as well as 
military proj ects.
    (1) The Department of the Air Force will ascertain and advise the 
Chief of Engineers concerning the future requirements for the land in 
Air Force leasehold cases. Where the Department of the Air Force has a 
continuing requirement for land included in condemnation leasehold cases 
which are not extendible, the appropriate Division and District 
Engineers will be informed at the earliest practicable date.
    (2) Extension of the term in a leasehold condemnation case must be 
accomplished through the Department of Justice which, upon request of 
the Chief of Engineers, will issue instructions to its field 
representatives to prepare a notice of election to extend the term and 
file it in the appropriate United States District Court. The Chief

[[Page 210]]

of Engineers should be advised of requirements of using services for 
extension of leasehold condemnation cases five months prior to the time 
that filing notice of extension with the court is due. The majority of 
pending leasehold condemnation cases require that notice to extend the 
term be filed with the court 30 days prior to the end of the term, 
although a few cases require the notice of extension to be filed at 
least 60 days prior to the end of the term. Negative reports are 
required.
    (3) Since the General Services Administration is the disposal agency 
for excess and surplus airport property, all condemnation leaseholds 
forming an integral part of an airport should be extended and kept in 
force with the concurrence of the Department of the Air Force unless and 
until contrary instructions are received from the General Services 
Administration. In the event a bombing range or other installation in 
which leasehold interests have been acquired by condemnation is excess 
or surplus, but will not be decontaminated or dedudded prior to the end 
of the term, the leasehold condemnation proceeding will be extended 
beyond that date. In reporting leasehold condemnation cases to be 
extended within the categories mentioned in this paragraph, full 
information as to the necessity for extensions in each case should be 
furnished DAEN-REA-C.
    (4) Specific authorization for deposit of funds in condemnation 
leasehold cases will be issued to Division and District Engineers by the 
Chief of Engineers.
    (b) Termination of leasehold condemnation proceedings. If the need 
for all or part of the land included in a leasehold condemnation 
proceeding should terminate prior to the expiration of the term 
condemned, in the case of fixed term estates, or prior to the expiration 
of the right to renew by filing notice of extension, the Division or 
District Engineer, upon notification by the using service that the land 
is no longer needed, shall advise DAEN-REA-C accordingly. Prompt action 
will be taken by the Division or District Engineer to comply with the 
applicable requirements of subpart I (to be published) relative to 
screening real property excess to one component of the Department of 
Defense with all other components and Federal agencies outside of the 
Department of Defense. Where restoration is involved, a report will be 
furnished DAEN-REA-C setting forth the status thereof.
    (c) Report to close leasehold condemnation cases. When the term 
condemned has expired or all interests have been terminated and all 
interests have been disposed of by final judgment, the Division or 
District Engineer will so advise DAEN-REA-C in order that the case may 
be closed. Report in accordance with Sec. 644.119(b) shall be furnished 
and shall also include a statement that the issue of restoration has 
been settled.

                         Acquisition by Leasing

    Source: Sections 644.131 through 644.142 appear at 44 FR 31116, May 
30, 1979, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 644.131  General.

    Sections 644.131 through 644.142 outline the procedures of the Corps 
of Engineers for the leasing of real estate and interests therein for 
military and civil works purposes. They are applicable to all division 
and District Engineers having real estate responsibilities. To the 
extent practicable, these procedures will be followed by overseas 
commanders, in conjuction with the provisions of AR 405-10, Chapter 3. 
In general, these procedures also apply to the leasing of land and 
improvements for other Government agencies which authorize the Corps to 
acquire leasehold interests.



Sec. 644.132  Authority.

    (a) Authority to lease real property interests for the Department of 
the Army in the United States, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the 
Virgin Islands is derived from annual appropriation acts.
    (b) Title 10 U.S.C. 2675 authorizes the acquisition by lease, in any 
foreign country, of structures and real property relating thereto that 
are needed for military purposes. Leases under section 2675 may not be 
for a period of more than five years, except that a lease under this 
section for military

[[Page 211]]

family housing facilities and real property relating thereto may be for 
a period of more than five years but may not be for a period of more 
than ten years.



Sec. 644.133  Responsibilities.

    (a) The Corps is responsible for acquiring space in buildings, or 
land, or both land and buildings, under its own authority or through the 
General Services Administration (GSA) in designated urban centers, for 
the Departments of the Army and Air Force; Department of the Navy, 
including the Marine Corps, for recruiting and main stations; Department 
of Energy and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, excluding space in GSA 
urban centers; National Aeronautics and Space Administration, as 
requested; and other agencies, such as the Department of Defense, upon 
request. In carrying out these responsibilities, Division and District 
Engineers will:
    (1) Furnish staff supervision to using services on all leasing 
matters, as well as technical assistance and guidance.
    (2) Develop plans and studies, usually in the form of Lease Planning 
Reports, for commanders of using services when appropriate.
    (3) Make recommendations to the using services and/or the Chief of 
Engineers on important lease and lease planning matters.
    (4) Report controversial or unusual leasing matters to HQDA (DAEN-
REA-L) WASH DC 20314 by the submission of a summary of the facts, copies 
or proposed lease documents, and other data, together with 
recommendations thereon.
    (b) In accordance with Reoganization Plan No. 18 of 1950 (40 U.S.C. 
304c) and under the provisions of the Federal Property and 
Administrative Services Act of 1949 (40 U.S.C. 471), the Public 
Buildings Service of GSA assumed all functions with respect to the 
acquisition by lease of general-purpose space; the assignment and 
reassignment of such leased space and of Government-owned space; and the 
operation, maintenance, and custody thereof in selected urban centers. 
The Administrator, GSA, is authorized to assign and reassign office 
space in the United States upon his determination that such assignments 
or reassignments are advantageous to the Government in terms of economy, 
efficiency, or national security after consulting with the heads of the 
executive agencies concerned.
    (c) Reorganization Plan No. 18 also provided that the Administrator 
may delegate any function transferred to him to the head of any agency 
of the executive branch of the Government.
    (d) Reorganization Plan No. 18 did not transfer to the Administrator 
any function with respect to:
    (1) Buildings or space in buildings located on a military 
installation, or similar facility of the Department of Defense unless a 
permit for its use shall have been issued by the Secretary of Defense, 
or his duly authorized representative; or
    (2) Space in Government-owned or leased buildings utilized for 
special purposes and not generally suitable for use by other agencies.



Sec. 644.134  Definitions.

    (a) General-purpose space is space in buildings, including land 
incidental thereto, suitable for the general use of Government agencies, 
including but not limited to office space, general storage space, inside 
parking space, and warehouse space.
    (b) Special-purpose space is space in buildings, including land 
incidental thereto, wholly or predominantly utilized for the special 
purposes of an agency, and not generally suitable for general-purpose 
use, including but not limited to hospitals, housing, and laboratories.
    (c) Initial alterations are any improvements, additions, repairs or 
structural changes which are necessary to adapt leased premises or 
facilities to needs of the using service and which are approved prior to 
occupancy.
    (d) Subsequent alterations or upgrades are any improvements, 
additions, repairs or structural changes which are found to be necessary 
to further adapt leased property to the needs of the using service after 
occupancy.
    (e) Temporary improvements are those which can be removed without 
damage either to the property installed or the leased property, and to 
which the Government retains title.

[[Page 212]]



Sec. 644.135  Lease authorization and approvals.

    (a) Title 10 Reports. Under the provisions of 10 U.S.C. 2662, a 
lease proposal or renewal with an estimated annual rental in excess of 
$50,000 (gross rent as recited in the lease or for each project covered 
by one or more leases) must be reported to the Armed Services Committees 
of Congress. The General Services Administration (GSA) charges a 
Standard Level User Charge (SLUC) for furnishing space. For title 10 
reporting purposes, where GSA leases space at Corps request, the SLUC 
figure, if greater than the gross contract rental figure, shall control. 
For all leases which require title 10 clearance, the Division/District 
Engineers will prepare and submit an Acquisition Report to HODA (DAEN-
REA-L), WASH DC 20314 in the format shown in Figure 5-10 in ER 405-1-12. 
The report will support an action to obtain approvals from the Assistant 
Secretary of the Army (Installations, Logistics and Financial 
Management) and the Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense (Installations 
and Housing) for the proposed lease prior to its submission to the 
Committees, and will serve as a basis for a hearing before the Real 
Estate Subcommittee of the House Armed Services Committee. Draft 
acquisition report pursuant to title 10 for a lease renewal should be 
submitted at least 12 months in advance of the termination date of the 
lease. An explanation for any delay in forwarding the draft acquisition 
report is required in the transmittal letter if lease terminates prior 
to one year. Supporting data for this report will include the following:
    (1) The geographical area in which the availability of Government-
owned space was surveyed, together with reasons for limiting the area. 
The mission is to be set forth in detail, along with the reason(s) why 
space in this particular geographical area is essential to the 
performance of the mission.
    (2) Current and required space (including parking) for each using 
service. For GSA leases the square feet should be the same as reported 
on the SLUC. Corrected square feet may be reported if a letter of 
concurrence from the appropriate GSA Region is provided.
    (3) Statement covering all Government-owned buildings and facilities 
under the control of the military departments in that area, together 
with the reasons why each was rejected. Even though no space is 
available, a list of the installations in the area will be furnished.
    (4) Statement from (GSA) indicating that no space is available to 
that agency and other Federal agencies in the area or, in the 
alternative, a list of space that is available, together with reasons 
why the space is not acceptable to the using service.
    (5) Identification of the headquarters and personnel making the 
determination that any available Government-owned space is not suitable.
    (6) Original request, signed by the responsible head of the using 
agency that action be taken to obtain required clearances under 10 
U.S.C. 2662. The using service shall advise whether or not a long-range 
use is contemplated.
    (7) A statement of the current and anticipated contract rentals and 
current and anticipated SLUC for GSA leases. The SLUC should be as 
reported by GSA, unless an explanation is provided.
    (b) The Economy Act. Section 322 of the Act of Congress approved 30 
June 1932, as amended (40 U.S.C. 278a) provides that no appropriation 
shall be obligated or expended for the rent of any building or part of a 
building to be occupied for Government purposes at a rental in excess of 
the per annum rate of 15 percent of the fair market value of the rented 
premises at date of the lease under which the premises are to be 
occupied by the Government, nor for alterations, improvements, and/or 
repairs of the rented premises in excess of 25 percent of the amount of 
the rent for the first year of the rental term, or for the entire rental 
if the full term is less than one year. The provisions of section 322, 
as applicable to rentals, shall apply only where the rental to be paid 
shall exceed $2,000 per annum.
    (c) Exception to Economy Act. The Act of Congress approved 28 April 
1942 (40 U.S.C. 278b) provides that 40 U.S.C. 278a shall not apply 
during war or a national emergency declared by Congress or by the 
President to such leases or renewals of existing leases of privately-

[[Page 213]]

owned or publicly-owned property as are certified by the Secretary of 
the Army or the Secretary of the Navy or by such person or persons as he 
may designate, as covering premises for military or civilian purposes 
necessary for the prosecution of the war or vital in the national 
emergency. The provisions of the National Emergencies Act, Pub. L. 94-
412 (90 Stat. 1255), 14 September 1976, shall not apply to the powers 
and authorities conferred by 40 U.S.C. 278b and actions taken 
thereunder.
    (d) Federal Property and Administrative Services Act. The 
Administrator, GSA is authorized by 40 U.S.C. 490a(8) to alter and 
improve rented premises without regard to the 25 percent limitation of 
40 U.S.C. 278a upon a determination by the Administrator that the 
alterations and improvements are advantageous to the Government in terms 
of economy, efficiency, or national security, and that the total cost of 
the proposed work to the Government for the expected life of the lease 
shall be less than the cost of alternative space which needs no such 
improvements.
    (e) Certificates of Necessity. Department of the Army requests for 
Certificates of Necessity pursuant to 40 U.S.C. 278b will be forwarded 
to the Assistant Secretary of the Army through DAEN-REA-L. In any case 
requiring the issuance of a Certificate of Necessity, the amount 
requested will be sufficient to provide for all improvements which can 
be foreseen and that will be required during the term of the lease. 
Should unforeseen, essential requirements arise at a later date, an 
additional Certificate of Necessity to cover such work will be 
necessary. It is required that the using service furnish Division or 
District Engineers with a request for a Certificate of Necessity, 
explaining the circumstances, followed by a statement that the continued 
use of the leased premises, or the work to be performed, as the case may 
be, is vital in the national emergency. All requests by Division and 
District Engineers will include a completed ENG Form 869-R, 15 percent 
Valuation Certificate.
    (f) Approval--Chief of Engineers. (1) The Chief of Engineers is 
authorized to approve leases where proposed temporary construction to be 
placed on land by the Government has an estimated cost equal to or in 
excess of the current market value of the property, or where the 
estimated rentals to be paid in the future, plus the cost of 
restoration, would exceed 50 percent of the current market value of the 
property.
    (2) Leases, renewals, or lease extensions, which are controversial, 
unusual, or inconsistent with existing policies, require the approval of 
the Chief of Engineers.
    (3) Any lease involving clearances by higher authority will be 
submitted to HQDA (DAEN-REA-L) WASH DC 20314.
    (4) Leases, renewals, or lease extensions of industrial properties, 
other than for bakeries, laundries, and drycleaning facilities, are to 
be submitted to DEAN-REA-L for prior approval.
    (5) Division and District Engineers, and Chiefs of the Real Estate 
Divisions, are authorized to perform emergency maintenance and repairs 
to leased premises not in excess of $500 where lessors refuse to 
perform, or under such circumstances that the lessor cannot perform. 
Where the cost exceeds $500, approval by DAEN-REA-L is required. The 
Comptroller General has ruled that where the lessor is obligated to 
perform maintenance and repairs under the terms of the lease and after 
demand of and refusal by the lessor, the Government makes such repairs 
in order to utilize the property to the fullest extent, the cost should 
be withheld from rental payments under the lease as soon as possible 
after work is completed (15 Comp. Gen. 1064). However, no rental 
payments will be withheld and no repairs made after demand and a refusal 
by the lessor, without prior approval of DAEN-REA-L.
    (g) Division and District Engineer Authorization. (1) Division 
Engineers and their Chiefs of the Real Estate Division have been 
delegated, without authority to redelegate, leasing authority to approve 
leases where the annual rent, excluding services and utilities, unless 
said services and utilities are included in the recited rental 
consideration, is in excess of $25,000, but not in excess of $50,000. 
The $50,000 limitation will be

[[Page 214]]

strictly observed because of the reporting requirements under the 
provisions of 10 U.S.C. 2662.
    (2) District Engineers and their Chiefs of the Real Estate Divisions 
are authorized to approve leases wherein the rental excluding utilities 
and services, unless included in the recited rental consideration, does 
not exceed $25,000 per annum.
    (3) Except for space in the National Capital Region, Division and 
District Engineers are authorized to process all requests for the 
assignment of space in Government-owned buildings or leased space in the 
GSA urban centers to the regional GSA office having jurisdiction.



Sec. 644.136  Leasing guidelines.

    Division and District Engineers, and the Chiefs of the Real Estate 
Divisions, are authorized to execute leases, or renewals of leases, 
negotiated in accordance with the procedures expressed herein, upon 
receipt of a proper request from an authorized command, service, or 
agency, subject to any required approvals or clearances. When there is 
no Real Estate Division, as such, but the Division or District Engineer 
has responsibility for leasing activities, he may delegate this 
authority to the officer or civilian in charge or real estate 
activities.
    (a) Leasing Requests. Requests for space or land will be received by 
the Chief of Engineers, or the appropriate Division or District 
Engineer. Requests will include the data outlined in AR 405-10 (para 2-
2c). Division and District Engineers will coordinate space or land 
requirements with appropriate commanders to assure responsive lease 
processing. If required, a Lease Planning Report, or narrative report 
covering essential information, will be furnished the using service for 
review and recommendations. Funding requirements, usually in the form of 
fund citations, will have been met by the using service prior to lease 
execution. If approvals by higher authority are required, the Division 
or District Engineer will initiate appropriate action to obtain the 
necessary clearances.
    (1) Army Commands. Upon receipt of a request from an Army Command, 
negotiations for obtaining acceptable leases will be carried to 
completion in accordance with present procedures for military leases.
    (2) Air Force. Upon receipt of a lease request approved by 
Headquarters, U.S. Air Force, or an Air Force major command, the 
appropriate Division or District Engineer will negotiate and lease the 
required property. The provisions of AFR 87-1 prescribe the Department 
of the Air Force policies and procedures that are to be followed.
    (3) National Guard. All requests for the leasing of facilities for 
National Guard purposes will emanate from the Chief, National Guard 
Bureau. Army National Guard leasing requirements will be transmitted 
through DAEN-REZ-R to DAEN-REA-L. Air National Guard requirements will 
be transmitted to DAEN-REA-L through Headquarters, U.S. Air Force.
    (i) Upon receipt of authority from the Chief of Engineers, 
negotiations will be conducted for obtaining an acceptable lease, in 
accordance with the approved lease request. The appropriate United 
States Property and Fiscal Officer generally makes separate service 
contracts for utilities, except sewage disposal, and services, and is 
responsible for the maintenance of all buildings used exclusively by the 
Air National Guard. Representatives of the Corps of Engineers do not 
participate in obtaining contracts for utilities and services. In cases 
where such a contract is impracticable, the lease may include any and 
all utilities and services as part of the rental consideration, with the 
cost of the various services and utilities to be itemized. The ``use 
clause'' in the lease will provide for occupancy of the premises for 
``Government purposes''. The wording, ``For use by the Air National 
Guard and/or United States Air Force, and, in time of war or national 
emergency, by other units of the Armed Forces of the United States or 
for any other use by the Federal Goverment,'' will be acceptable if it 
is not possible to insert the for ``Government purposes'' provision.
    (ii) Leases made by representatives of a State with private parties 
for use of premises by the National Guard of the State involved, under 
which State funds are used for rental payments, are

[[Page 215]]

not the responsibility of the Division or District Engineer.
    (4) Department of Energy/Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Space is 
acquired by these agencies direct from GSA in the designated urban 
centers pursuant to Reorganization Plan No. 18. In instances where 
general purpose space is not obtained through GSA and instances 
involving the leasing of special-purpose space, managers of field 
offices of subject agencies are authorized to initiate requests to 
Division or District Engineers for the leasing of properties where the 
net per annum rental does not exceed $50,000. Leasing of properties 
where the net rental per annum exceeds $50,000 requires the prior 
approval of the appropriate agency head, i.e., the Secretary of Energy, 
the Chairman of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, or their designees.
    (5) Metropolitan Washington, DC. All requests for leased space in 
the National Capital Region will be processed in accordance with DOD 
Instruction 5305.5.
    (b) Requirements Survey. The availability, use, and adaptability of 
property owned by the Government, whether under control of the GSA or 
other agencies, shall be thoroughly explored before additional space is 
leased, or existing leases are renewed, or construction commenced. 
Particular attention is to be given to the availability of space, or 
land, at military reservations, camps, posts, or stations.
    (1) A statement covering the non-availability of Government-owned 
space, or if such is available and not suitable, reasons why it is not 
suitable, for occupancy by the requesting using service, should be made 
for each lease executed by the Corps of Engineers, excluding family 
housing leases.
    (2) Suitable privately-owned space shall be acquired only when 
satisfactory Government-owned space is not available. Rental charges 
will be consistent with prevailing rates in the community for comparable 
facilities.
    (3) The quality of office space for Government occupancy shall be 
appropriate for the efficient and economical performance of required 
operations, affording employees safe, healthful and convenient 
facilities.
    (4) Full consideration shall be given to the efficient performance 
of the mission and programs of the using service.
    (c) Government-Owned and General Services Administration Furnished 
Space. If Government-owned space is available, the Division or District 
Engineer will inform the using agency, and details of occupancy will be 
developed. If it is necessary for GSA to lease space, the Division or 
District Engineer will make a careful review to determine if there are 
any statutory or regulatory limitations involved. If so, appropriate 
action will be taken to satisfy the limitations. During the processing 
of all GSA space assignments and leases, the Division or District 
Engineer is the only official contact representative with GSA. This 
procedure is to be emphasized at all time with the using service.
    (1) The Division of District Engineer will submit a Standard Form 
81, Request for Space, to the appropriate GSA Regional Office for space 
assignment in urban centers under the jurisdiction of GSA. The 
requirement to this form applies to lease renewals or lease supplements, 
and for space assignments in Federal office buildings. Excluded from 
this procedure is a proposed space assignment in the National Capitol 
Region.
    (2) Except for the acquisition of general-purpose space of 2,500 
square feet or less, outside the designated urban centers, and special-
purpose space of 2,500 square feet or less, irrespective of the 
location, the need for any type of building space will be made kown to 
the appropriate GSA Regional Office by filing Standard Form 81, Request 
for Space.
    (3) The designated urban centers are listed in Figure 5-11 in ER 
405-1-12.
    (d) Advertising. As a general rule, procurement of space will be by 
formal advertising. However, in leasing certain types of premises where 
only one location will serve the Government's purpose, such as municipal 
airports, recruiting stations, and similar facilities, negotiations 
without advertising are permissible. In instances where building space 
is needed and the requirement cannot be met through the use of existing 
buildings, there must be

[[Page 216]]

advertising to solicit bids for the furnishing of the space. In every 
instance, it is essential that efforts be made to seek competition. For 
each lease, a statement will be prepared concerning competition in the 
solicitation for space or land and Standard Form 1036, Statement and 
Certificate of Award, will be used. Where specific space or land is 
needed, and competition is therefore not involved, the facts and 
circumstances will be fully explained and such explanation will be made 
a part of the lease file for future reference.
    (e) Appraisals. Appraisals are required as a basis for making rental 
determinations in all leases except those for a nominal consideration. 
At the discretion of the Division and District Engineers, and the Chiefs 
of the Real Estate Divisions, formal or detailed appraisals can be 
dispensed with for leases wherein the annual rent does not exceed 
$5,000. Where the rental of a building or part of a building, or family 
housing unit, exceeds $3,600 per annum, excluding services and 
utilities, it may be necessary to estimate the fee value of the property 
contemplated for leasing to determine whether or not the rental rate is 
in excess of 15 percent of the fee value of the property. For family 
housing leases, the opinion of fee value will be in short summary form 
and will be supported by general evidence of comparable values of the 
unit to be leased. If the proposed annual rental, excluding services and 
utilities, of a family housing unit exceeds 15 percent of the estimated 
fee value, the unit will not be leased.
    (f) Determination of Valid Interest. Persons executing leases for 
and on behalf of the United States of America will satisfy themselves, 
before executing leases, that the prospective lessors have an interest 
in the real estate which will assure the validity of the lease. Where 
leased lands are used as a site for contruction, the land records of the 
county will be examined by a staff attorney familiar with land title 
records, who will execute a certificate that he has examined the said 
records and that title is vested in the lessor, subject to the 
infirmities, liens and encumbrances noted in the certificate. In lieu of 
such examination, a certificate from the Register of Deeds, County 
Recorder or other qualified officer is acceptable. If considered 
advisable in unusual cases, title evidence may be obtained from 
commercial sources.
    (g) Outstanding Rights and Damages. (1) Where the land is subject to 
outstanding oil, gas, mineral, or similar interests, the Division or 
District Engineer will determine, from the appropriate command, in 
advance of the consummation of the lease, whether the continued exercise 
of the mineral or outstanding rights will interfere with the 
contemplated use of the premises.
    (2) Where buildings, structures, or growing crops are located on 
land to be leased, a determination will be made by the Division or 
District Engineer, in coordination with the appropriate command, as to 
whether they will interfere with the use of the premises.
    (3) Where the lessor will not be permitted to harvest crops or 
remove improvements and timber which will be destroyed by the 
Government, the appraised value thereof will be determined, and such 
amount will be included in the rental for the initial term of the lease, 
together with an express provision relieving the Government of 
restoration.
    (4) Leases of land for bombing, artillery, rifle ranges, and other 
extraordinary usage will specify that the leased premises are to be used 
for such purpose, and an effort will be made to include in the lease a 
provision waiving restoration and claims for damages, particularly where 
the premises are wastelands or unproductive.
    (5) Where the lessor will not consent to a waiver of restoration, 
the estimated value of such damage, if it can be determined in advance, 
will be included in the rental for the initial term of the lease, and 
the lease will contain an express provision relieving the Government 
from responsibility for restoration.
    (6) If restoration is not waived, and the damages cannot be 
determined in advance, a provision may be included in the lease to the 
effect that the rental payments do not include compensation for damages 
arising from the use of the premises for the purpose leased and that, 
upon termination of the

[[Page 217]]

lease, the damages, mutually determined, will be paid by supplemental 
agreement to the lease. In event the amount of the loss or damage cannot 
be mutually determined, the lessor may file a claim for the alleged loss 
or damage in accordance with subpart H.
    (h) Services and Utilities. Services, such as janitorial, heat, air 
conditioning, light and water, should be included in leases for building 
space wherever possible. Whether services are paid for as part of the 
rent or by a service contract, the time period for furnishing heat, air 
conditioning and light, i.e., usual business hours, 24-hour basis, 
Saturdays and Sundays, should be clearly stated.
    (i) Other Contracts. The negotiation and execution of contracts not 
involving an interest in real estate are the responsibility of the 
services concerned.
    (j) Condition Surveys. (1) Whenever possession of any premises is 
acquired by lease or other agreement, or by condemnation for a term of 
years, the Division or District Engineer will cause a survey and 
inspection of the condition of the real and personal property to be made 
as of the time the Government takes possession.
    (2) The survey and inspection required above will be made jointly 
with the lessor or his duly authorized representative. The report will 
be signed by both parties.
    (3) The initial survey report must be made with great care since it 
is the basis for future restoration claims by a lessor. The use of 
photographs is encouraged. Full explanatory data covering condition of 
the premises will be added to the report if, in the opinion of the 
Chief, Real Estate Division, a useful purpose will be served thereby. 
The survey report of real property, and the inventory and condition 
report of personal property, will be made with care, as the condition 
reflected as of the date of initial occupancy will be compared with the 
condition shown by the terminal reports made upon vacation of premises.
    (4) A survey is not required of unimproved land where an appraisal 
has been made and the condition of the land is set forth by the 
appraiser and made a part of the record.
    (5) A survey will be made wherever property of another Federal 
agency is used, with the exception of post offices and Federal 
buildings. In the event privately-owned buildings, crops, or other 
property, are on the Federal property, a report will be made outlining 
the terms and conditions under which they were placed thereon, and the 
value thereof will be appraised as of the date of possession.
    (6) Normally, ENG Forms 3143 and 3143A, Joint Survey and Inspection 
of Condition of Government Leased Property, are adequate for the joint 
survey and inspection. In certain cases, narrative reports may, at the 
discretion of the Division or District Engineer, be considered 
preferable; however, local forms will not be developed for this purpose.
    (k) Possession. Possession of real property will not be taken until 
required approvals and clearances are obtained and a lease is executed. 
When requested by an appropriate command, rights-of-entry for 
exploration and survey, or construction, will be obtained in accordance 
with instructions in Sec. Sec. 644.155 through 644.157.
    (l) Condemnation of Leaseholds. Where the required leasehold 
interest cannot be acquired by a negotiated lease, the recommendation of 
the Division or District Engineer for the institution of condemnation 
proceedings will be submitted to HQDA (DAEN-REA-C) WASH DC 20314, in 
accordance with Sec. 644.121, setting forth the negotiations that have 
been conducted with the property owner(s) and all other factors 
supporting the recommendation.
    (m) Decease of Lessor. (1) Any claim on account of death of a lessor 
(except uncurrent depository check claims) may be settled without 
submission to the Chief of Engineers where no doubt exists as to the 
amount and validity of the claim or as to whom payment may be made under 
the laws of the domicile of the decedent.
    (2) Any claim for rent or services due a deceased lessor which is 
considered doubtful will be forwarded to HQDA (DAEN-REM) WASH DC 20314 
in accordance with subpart H.

[[Page 218]]

    (n) Recording Leases. If the property is located in a State 
requiring the recording of leases, all statutory requirements will be 
met. Leases, and supplemental agreements prior to termination, involving 
property upon which substantial Government improvements are to be 
constructed, will be recorded in all cases.
    (o) Change in Ownership. (1) When the title to premises leased to 
the Government is transferred, the contracting officer shall satisfy 
himself that the new owner has a valid interest in the premises covered 
by the lease, and thereafter enter into a supplemental agreement between 
the old and new owners and the Government, for distribution in the same 
manner as the original lease.
    (2) Upon being notified or otherwise determining that a foreclosure 
proceeding has been filed against the leased premises, or that the 
enforcement of a deed of trust or mortgage is imminent, the Division or 
District Engineer will take such action as is appropriate under State 
laws for protection of the United States. This would consist of filing 
by the United States Attorney with the court, or with the trustee, 
receiver, or commissioner, as the case might be under local law, of a 
notice of the Government's lease on the property, with request that the 
foreclosure proceedings be made subject thereto. If the proceeding is 
made subject to the lease, an abstract of such proceeding will be made, 
certified by a staff attorney, and distributed in the same manner as the 
original lease. If considered advisable, a supplemental agreement to the 
old lease will be made with the new owner; or a superseding lease may be 
executed and distributed. If the proceeding results in vesting title in 
a new owner, free and clear of the Government's lease, attempt will be 
made to negotiate a new lease; if this fails, condemnation action will 
be taken sufficiently early to protect the interests of the United 
States. Negotiation and condemnation in this latter type of situation 
must be based on a current appraisal.
    (p) Supplemental Agreements. Modification of existing leases will be 
in the form of supplemental agreements and will be prepared, executed, 
and distributed in the manner prescribed for the original lease. Where a 
supplemental agreement provides for an increase in space at an increased 
rental, the supplemental agreement should contain appropriate recitals 
of this fact, and provide that the Government, thereafter, may, upon 30 
days notice, partially reduce, or discontinue, the use of the space 
covered by either the supplemental agreement, the basic lease, or both. 
Supplemental agreements enlarging or reducing space will show the total 
area and rental comprising the basic lease and preceding supplemental 
agreements.
    (q) Annual Review of Leases. Annual review of leasing requirements 
and space assignments from GSA are to be initiated by the Division or 
District Engineer not later than one year before the end of the lease 
term for each lease.
    (1) Special attention will be given by Division and District 
Engineers to leases which expire by their own terms and continued 
occupancy is required at annual rentals of $50,000 or more. These leases 
require approval by the Department of Defense and reporting to the Armed 
Services Committees of the Congress by the Chief of Engineers. An 
Acquisition Report together with full justification, as set forth in 
Sec. 644.135(a), in support of each lease (or project covered by more 
than one lease) must be furnished. For leases in which it is not clear 
whether Title 10 reporting is required, DAEN-REA-L will be informed of 
the facts for decision. Attention will be given also to existing leases 
having annual rentals between $30,000 and $50,000. It is probable that 
current appraisals will indicate annual rental rates in excess of 
$50,000 and, therefore, require a title 10 report.
    (2) If the using command anticipates that there will be further need 
for the leased property, and the total estimated rentals to be paid by 
the Government, excluding utilities and services, for the additional 
period, plus the cost of restoration, will exceed, 50 percent of the 
estimated current market value of the property, DAEN-REA-L will be 
informed of all details in order that the review required by paragraph 
1-8, AR 405-10, may be made. Only estimated future rent payment is to be

[[Page 219]]

considered and not the rental paid in the past for the property. In 
applying this formula, if the period of future use cannot be ascertained 
but it is likely that a property will be used for a long period of time, 
use a period of five years for calculations.
    (r) Lease Renewals and Extensions. (1) Lease entered into under 
authority of the annual appropriation acts may include a provision for 
automatic renewal after expiration of the initial term subject to the 
availability of appropriated funds. However, if the property is still 
needed after lease expiration, a new lease is required and the old lease 
will not be extended by supplemental agreement for the new term. Where 
the lease requires notice in writing to be given to the lessor to 
exercise the option of renewal, notice will be served by the use of ENG 
Form 221, Notice of Renewal of Contract or Lease, in accordance with the 
terms of the lease. The notice, properly addressed, will be sent by 
certified mail, with return receipt requested. Adequate time, in 
addition to the number of days specified in the lease, will be allowed 
for delivery to, and receipt by, the lessor. The Division or District 
Engineer will maintain adequate records to assure prompt service of 
notice to avoid the lapse of leases.
    (2) No lease will be renewed or kept in existence unless it has been 
administratively determined, through advertising or otherwise, that 
other suitable property at a lower rental is not obtainable. At all 
times, and in particular during the lease renewal review period, the 
Division or District Engineer will take cognizance of the availability 
of property in the area of the using service that is Government-owned, 
or property under GSA control.
    (s) Payment of Rents. (1) One of the most important factors 
involving good relationships between the Government and the lessor is 
the prompt payment of the rent. Under existing regulations, the rent is 
paid by the using commands. The Division or District Engineer makes 
rental payments for leases when the Corps is the using service and for 
recruiting facilities, since the Chief of Engineers is the Department of 
Defense Executive Agent for recruiting facilities acquisition. It is 
therefore appropriate for the Division or District Engineer to inquire 
periodically of the using commands whether delays in processing payments 
are encountered. If payments are not being made within seven working 
days after payment is due, appropriate action will be taken to correct 
the delay; if no action is taken after a reasonable time allowed for 
correction of procedures, DAEN-REA-L will be informed fully of the facts 
and an investigation will be conducted.
    (2) Prior to payment, the Division or District Engineer, or his 
designee, will certify for submission to the Disbursing Officer that the 
leased property was occupied or available for use. The following 
certification, contained on Standard Form 1166, Voucher and Schedule for 
Payments, is used:

    I hereby certify that the leases identified hereon were in effect 
for the month (or other period) indicated, and that the space was 
occupied, or available for use, by the Department of the Army.



Sec. 644.137  Maneuver agreements.

    Joint training exercises or maneuvers are conducted by elements of 
the Department of Defense. Land use requirements vary with the exercise 
objectives and the force elements which participate. The Corps 
participates in the planning and acquires rights to use land and other 
facilities for Department of the Army exercises. The current Memorandum 
of Understanding by Department of the Army, United States Readiness 
Command (USCINCRED), and United States Army Forces, Readiness Command 
(USCINCARRED) on acquisition of maneuver rights for United States 
Readiness Command (USREDCOM) Joint Training exercises is included as 
Figure 5-13 in ER 405-1-12. This Memorandum covers timing of requests 
for preliminary surveys, real estate studies, funding and acquisition of 
maneuver rights. The Corps also responds to requests from other 
Department of Defense commands for maneuver rights, and the same 
procedure is envisioned although no Memoranda of Understanding have been 
entered into. Upon receipt of a request for real estate services, an 
estimate of the funds required

[[Page 220]]

for the report should be forwarded to the using command.
    (a) Procedures. The appropriate Division or District Engineer will 
be responsible for negotiating maneuver agreements and short-term leases 
and, after the maneuver is completed, will be responsible for 
negotiating restoration settlements and/or releases, as appropriate. 
Real estate acquisition will be in the form of agreements with 
landowners, granting the right to conduct maneuvers at a given time, or 
periodically. Short-term leases for exclusive use may also be acquired 
for special areas (such as headquarters areas, radio relay sites, base 
camp sites, field hospital sites and supply dumps), and buildings needed 
for warehouses, ordnance shops and similar purposes directly related to 
the maneuver. Permits will be obtained to cover the use of lands under 
the jurisdiction of another Government department or agency.
    (b) Claims and Restoration. Notwithstanding the assignment of 
restoration responsibility, understanding may be reached with the 
maneuver director at field level whereby the command will assume 
responsibility for settlement of real estate damages using claim funds. 
However, in instances where the damage exceeds the monetary claims 
jurisdiction of the Army Commander pursuant to AR 27-20 and is 
cognizable as a contractual obligation under the maneuver permit, 
settlement will be accomplished by the Division or District Engineer 
either by supplement to the permit or by processing a claim under AR 
405-15 (see Sec. 552.16 of this chapter) since the Division or District 
Engineer can usually accomplish settlements more quickly for claims in 
excess of that amount. Therefore, it should be suggested to the maneuver 
director that all claims, cognizable as a contractual obligation, in 
excess of his monetary claims jurisdiction be handled by the Division or 
District Engineer. Funds appropriated for field exercises and maneuvers 
are allotted to Army Commanders and include administrative costs. The 
reporting requirements included in Figure 5-13 in ER 405-1-12 will be 
established by the Chief of Engineers upon receipt of a specific request 
from the using command to acquire maneuver rights.



Sec. 644.138  Family housing leasing program.

    Section 515 of Pub. L. 84-161 (69 Stat. 324), as amended by Pub. L. 
95-82, approved 1 Aug 1977, authorizes the expenditure of an average of 
$280 per month for each military department for housing facilities in 
the United States (other than Alaska and Hawaii) and in the Commonwealth 
of Puerto Rico, and an average of $350 per month for each military 
department for housing facilities in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam. In both 
cases the maximum rental rate per unit per month including utilities, 
operations and maintenance is $450. These rental figures are subject to 
change each year in the annual Military Construction Authorization Acts. 
Updated rental figures should be obtained from the current MCA Act. The 
Department of Defense allocates to each department of the military the 
number of units it can acquire pursuant to the authorization, and each 
year Division and District Engineers are informed of the unit 
allocations by the Chief of Engineers.
    (a) Leasing Requests. The Departments of the Army and Air Force 
direct their requests for the leasing of family housing units to the 
Division or District Engineer. Each military element involved has the 
responsibility of maintaining the national rental average. Each command 
prescribes the procedures to be followed in acquiring family housing 
units. Such procedures which include size of accommodations and maximum 
rental rate will be followed by the Division or District Engineer.
    (b) Use of Available Housing. Priority shall be given to the leasing 
of adequate Federal Housing Administration (FHA) and Veterans 
Administration (VA) held units to the extent that such units may be 
available at locations which are granted lease allocations. FHA Form 
2372A, as modified, will be used in leasing FHA housing for use as 
public quarters by military personnel. A similar form, modified as 
needed, will be used for VA held housing units.
    (c) Nondiscrimination Provision. All leases for family housing units 
which

[[Page 221]]

are executed on behalf of the United States shall contain the following 
nondiscrimination clause:

    It is understood and agreed that the Government will assign the 
demised premises to military personnel in accordance with Executive 
Order 11063, dated 20 November 1962, which provides that housing and 
related facilities shall be available without discrimination among 
tenants because of race, color, creed, sex or national origin.

    (d) Pest Control. In agreement with the lessor, whenever possible, 
the lessor will affirmatively assume responsibility for pest control in 
family housing units. The following clause will be included in family 
housing leases:

    It is understood and agreed that the lessor will be responsible to 
provide pest control measures and pesticides, which conform to local 
health department regulations, to keep the premises free from pests and 
in a tenantable condition.


It is intended that the occupant will maintain the leased premises in a 
clean and sanitary condition in conformance with normal standards of 
good housekeeping, and that the lessor will furnish leased housing in 
pest-free condition and maintain the premises free of pest infestation.
    (e) Leasing Actions. (1) Division and District Engineers will 
proceed with acquiring the family housing units within the framework of 
the leasing requests. Care is to be taken to assure that there are no 
violations of the Economy Act, i.e., the net rental will not exceed 15 
percent of the estimated fee value of the space or building contemplated 
for leasing.
    (2) At the discretion of the Division or District Engineer and the 
Chief of the Real Estate Division, Standard Form 2B may be used for 
family housing leases, regardless of the rental rate.
    (3) Emergency repairs may be accomplished in accordance with Sec. 
644.135(f)(5).
    (f) Supplemental Payments. All leases for family housing units which 
are executed on behalf of the United States shall contain the following 
clause prohibiting supplemental payments: ``The Lessor hereby agrees 
that the rental consideration specified herein is the only consideration 
to be received for the demised premises and includes payment for all 
utilities, maintenance and services specified herein. No other 
remuneration will be paid by the Government's occupant, members of his 
family, or any other person on their behalf.''



Sec. 644.139  Leases for civil works purposes.

    Division and District Engineers and the Chiefs of the Real Estate 
Division are authorized to execute leases, and renewals of leases, for 
river and harbor or flood control purposes, subject to necessary 
approvals and clearances. The provisions of 10 U.S.C. 2662, which 
require reporting of certain leases proposals to the Armed Services 
Committees of the Congress, do not apply to leases for civil works.
    (a) Approvals Required. The following lease actions for civil works 
projects will be referred to DAEN-REA-L for consideration:
    (1) Where the annual rental is in excess of $50,000.
    (2) Where the leasing involved is for space for both military and 
civil functions, and the rental for the portion used for military 
purposes is in excess of $50,000. The report required is covered in 
Sec. 644.135(a).
    (b) Records. The originals of leases for civil works purposes, 
together with supporting data, will be retained at the Division or 
District Engineer offices for site audit in accordance with Section 
7530, ``General Accounting Office Policy and Procedures Manual for 
Guidance of Federal Agencies.''



Sec. 644.140  Physical protection.

    It is essential that the Division or District Engineer make 
provision for the physical protection for all facilities under Corps 
control. Coordination with state, county, and city law enforcement 
officials as well as the U.S. Attorney's Office is required. These 
officials should be alerted at the first indication of possible 
disturbances. The U.S. Attorney's Office should be provided with an up-
to-date list of the locations of such facilities.
    (a) Self-Protection Plan. Space or property controlled by GSA is the 
responsibility of GSA for physical protection. In accordance with 41 CFR 
101-20.504, a Facility Self-Protection Plan is to be established by 
agencies in

[[Page 222]]

GSA-controlled space. This requirement should be coordinated with 
appropriate GSA Regional personnel. A similar plan should be made 
operational, where feasible, in other space over which the Corps has 
responsibility.
    (b) Funding. Space under GSA control may require protection and the 
GSA Regional Offices may not have funds. In these situations, the facts 
will be made known to DAEN-REA-L, accompanied by a request for funds. 
Likewise, for Corps leases, funds for physical protection shall be 
requested from DAEN-REP if they are not already available to the 
Division or District Engineer.



Sec. 644.141  Alterations and construction on leased real property.

    (a) General. Division and District Engineers will be available to 
the military elements for consultation and review of requirements 
involving construction on leased land or in leased space. Detailed 
instructions are furnished in DOD Directives 4165.12, 4165.16, 4165.20, 
4270.24, 5160.58, 7040.2; DOD Instruction 5305.5; Army Regulations 140-
485, 405-10, 415-25, 415-35, 420-10. Section 644.135(b) covers the 
requirements of the Economy Act which are applicable to alterations and 
construction on leased real property. The work to be performed must be 
essential. Guidelines are furnished as follows:
    (1) The proposed alterations and improvements must be advantageous 
to the Government in terms of economy, efficiency, and, where 
applicable, to national security.
    (2) For office space, the cost should be less than the cost of other 
space that is available and which does not require alterations or 
improvements to any appreciable extent.
    (3) Due regard is to be given to the convenience of the public that 
is served and the maintenance and improvement of safe and healthful 
working conditions of employees.
    (4) Where the proposed temporary construction at a leased facility 
has an estimated cost equal to or in excess of the current market value 
of the property, the facts will be reported promptly to DAEN-REA-L.
    (b) Initial and Subsequent Alterations. (1) Initial alterations to 
facilities leased by the Corps are the responsibility of the appropriate 
Division or District Engineer.
    (2) Effort will be made to include all required alterations in the 
rental package with the lessor performing all of the work. Careful 
attention will be given to possible violations of the Economy Act. 
Payment for initial alterations may be in a lump sum or by the month 
with the rent, provided the provisions of the Economy Act are complied 
with and the alterations costs are stated separately in the file or in 
the voucher.
    (3) Alterations or improvements of any nature in GSA furnished space 
are the responsibility of GSA. Under certain circumstances, GSA may 
require a Certificate of Necessity in order to perform the required 
construction.
    (4) Although alterations and improvements subsequent to occupancy 
are not the responsibility of the Corps, the Division or District 
Engineer should always review subsequent alteration projects to 
determine whether or not the limitations of the Economy Act are 
applicable. See AR 415-34, AR 415-35, and AR 420-10 for procedures and 
instructions.
    (c) Army National Guard. No initial alterations regardless of cost 
will be made to properties leased for the Army National Guard without 
prior approval of the Chief, National Guard Bureau. (Funds will be made 
available by the National Guard Bureau.)
    (d) Air Force. All alterations to premises leased for the Department 
of the Air Force, including Air Force Reserve and Air National Guard 
Units, are the responsibility of that Department including the issuance 
of any Certificate of Necessity for Department of Air Force elements. 
The only exception is the leasing and modification of leased premises 
for recruiting facilities.
    (e) Recruiting Facilities. The Chief of Engineers, as the Department 
of Defense Executive Agent for recruiting facilities, is responsible for 
initial alterations for all recruiting facilities located on military 
reservations or leased by the Corps. This responsibility includes 
recruiting offices and recruiting main stations and detachments,

[[Page 223]]

whether single-service or collocated. However, as to recruiting 
facilities acquired by GSA, all alterations are the responsibility of 
GSA and processing is accomplished through the Division or District 
Engineer.
    (f) Permanent Construction Requirements. If permanent construction 
is to be placed on land, the Government must have fee title or acquire 
title to the land or a permanent easement must be secured, with the 
following exceptions:
    (1) Real property, including land or buildings, which the Government 
currently holds the right to reuse by exercise of the National Security 
Clause.
    (2) Real property, including land or buildings, which the Government 
holds the right to reuse by exercise of a National Emergency Use 
Provision.

Since such rights apply only during the period or periods of national 
emergency and are extinguished by the termination thereof, every effort 
will be made to negotiate a lease covering such property under terms 
that would provide the Government the right of continuous possession for 
a minimum of 25 years.
    (3) Real property required for installation of utility lines and 
necessary appurtenances thereto, provided a long-term easement or lease 
can be secured at a consideration of $1.00 per term or per annum.
    (4) Real property required for air bases, provided such property can 
be acquired by lease containing provisions for:
    (i) Right of continuous use by the Government under firm term or 
right of renewal for a minimum of 50 years.
    (ii) A rental consideration of $1.00 per term or per annum.
    (iii) Reserving to the Government, title to all improvements to be 
placed on the land and the right to dispose of such improvements by sale 
or abandonment.
    (iv) Waiver by the lessor of any and all claims for restoration of 
the leased premises.
    (v) Use of the property for ``Government purposes'' rather than for 
a specific military purpose.
    (5) Property required for facilities for the Reserve Components of 
the Armed Forces, provided such property can be acquired by lease 
containing provisions detailed in paragraph (f)(4) of this section. 
Whenever possible, the insertion in a lease of a provision restricting 
the use of land to a specific purpose will be avoided; use a term such 
as ``Government purposes''.
    (6) Property required for air defense sites, provided such property 
can be acquired by lease containing provisions in paragraphs (f)(4)(ii), 
(iii), and (iv) of this section and the right of continuous use by the 
Government under a firm term or right of renewal for as long as required 
for defense purposes.
    (7) Assistant Secretary of Defense (MRA&L) approval is required when 
leases for air bases, Reserve Components facilities, or air defense 
sites can be obtained containing some but not all of the above listed 
provisions. Such approval is also required for leases for all other 
types of installations upon which permanent construction is to be placed 
by the Government when leases can be obtained containing similar 
provisions. In all cases, it must be in the best interest of the 
Government to acquire a lesser interest than fee title.
    (8) Construction projects estimated to cost less than $25,000 will 
not be considered a permanent construction for purposes of the above 
policy.
    (g) GSA Reimbursement. Reimbursement to GSA for Standard Level User 
Charges (SLUC) and other costs incident to leasing will be in accordance 
with the applicable provisions of the Federal Property Management 
Regulation.
    (h) Nominal Rent Leases. (1) Where premises are occupied by the 
Government at a nominal rent or rent-free basis, any alterations, 
improvements, and repairs necessary for occupancy may be considered as a 
cost of occupancy, i.e., in lieu of rent, for each year of the rental 
term. However, the total cost of such alterations, improvements, and 
repairs, plus the nominal rental, during any year of the rental term may 
not exceed 15 percent of the fair market value at the date of the lease, 
unless the total cost plus nominal rental does not exceed $2,000 per 
annum.
    (2) When rental plus amounts to be spent by the Government for 
alterations, improvements, and repairs total more than $2,000 and more 
than 15

[[Page 224]]

percent of the fair market value of the premises at the date of the 
lease, a Certificate of Necessity is required.
    (3) A Certificate of Necessity is not required for the cost of 
installing equipment, apparatus, appliances, machinery, fixtures, 
movable partitions, etc., which are not intended to become an integral 
part of the building and which may be removed without injuring or 
defacing the item or the building. Such property is considered to be the 
property of the Government. The lease or a supplement thereto should 
provide for the installation and removal of such equipment, etc.
    (4) Under the limitations in 40 U.S.C. 278a, not more than 25 
percent of the net rental for the original lease period, if less than 
one year, may be expended before a lease is actually renewed. If the 
whole period, including renewals, is less than a year, not more than 25 
percent of the rent for such whole period may be expended for 
alterations, repairs, and improvements (20 Comp. Gen. 30; 29 Comp. Gen. 
299). Where a lease, entered into by the Government for an original term 
of less than a year, is renewed for the following fiscal year, the net 
rental for the first year of the rental term, as distinguished from the 
original term, is for consideration in the computation of the amount 
that may be paid under the 25 percent limitation, after the lease is 
actually renewed.
    (i) Items Not Within the Purview of the Economy Act. (1) The 
limitations in 40 U.S.C. 278a are not applicable to leases of unimproved 
land (38 Comp. Gen. 143).
    (2) Where fixtures, alterations, and improvements are of such 
characters to be of a temporary nature, and are not permanently attached 
to the realty so as to prevent removal thereof without destroying their 
usefulness or damaging them or the realty, they do not constitute 
alterations or improvements of the leased premises within the meaning of 
40 U.S.C. 278a and therefore do not fall within the 25 percent 
limitation of that Act. Title to such temporary fixtures, alterations, 
and improvements remains in the Government (18 Comp. Gen. 144; 20 Comp. 
Gen. 105).
    (3) Upon termination of leases, restoration of leased premises to 
the original condition is not considered an alteration within the 
purview of 40 U.S.C. 278a.
    (4) When the Government is required by the terms of the lease to 
maintain the leased premises, such maintenance, together with the cost 
of such improvements and alterations as may be made by the Government, 
may not exceed the 25 percent restriction of the Act.
    (5) Leaseholds acquired through condemnation proceedings are 
excluded from the purview of the Act of 30 June 1932, as amended (40 
U.S.C. 278a).
    (j) Architectural Barriers Act. The Architectural Barriers Act of 
1968 (Pub. L. 90-480), 82 Stat. 718, 142 U.S.C. 4151, et seq., as 
amended, requires that when Federal funding is used in the design, 
construction, or alteration of certain buildings or facilities, the 
buildings or facilities must be designed, constructed or altered to 
insure that physically handicapped persons will have ready access to, 
and use of, such buildings. In the Corps' leasing program, when Federal 
funds are used to make improvements to leased premises, it is necessary 
that the plans and specifications for the construction or alteration 
work be approved in accordance with guidelines published by the American 
National Standards Institute (ANSI), as implemented by DOD Construction 
Criteria Manual 4270.1-M, Section 5-1.6.



Sec. 644.142  Lease forms and instructions.

    ENG Form 856 will be used for Corps of Engineers leases in the 
United States and possessions, and overseas, for the leasing of 
unimproved land. ENG Form 527 is recommended for leases of improved 
property in overseas areas. Standard Forms 2, 2A, or 2B (short form) 
will be used for all Corps of Engineers leases of improved property in 
the United States and possessions. Standard Form 2B is limited to 
rentals not exceeding $3,600 per annum. The General Provisions are on 
the reverse side of the short form lease.
    (a) Mandatory Clauses. The following clauses must be included in all 
Corps of Engineers leases:
    (1) Officials Not to Benefit clause (para 15 of ENG Form 527) is 
required by 18 U.S.C. 431.
    (2) Gratuities clause (para 16a of ENG Form 527) is required by 5 
U.S.C. 174d.

[[Page 225]]

    (3) Covenant against Contingent Fees (para 14, ENG Form 527) is 
required by 10 U.S.C. 2306(b).
    (4) An Examination of Records clause (para 17, ENG Form 527) is 
required by 10 U.S.C. 2313(b). Exceptions to the use of this clause in 
10 U.S.C. 2313(c) are permitted when the contractor is a foreign 
Government or agency thereof, or when the laws of the country involved 
preclude it. Also, if the Head of the Agency determines, with the 
concurrence of the Comptroller General, that the use of the clause would 
not be in the public interest, it may be omitted in leases covering land 
in foreign countries.
    (5) The Nondiscrimination clause (Executive Order 11063, dated 20 
November 1962) is required in all leases in the United States. It is 
desirable, but is not considered mandatory in overseas leases.
    (b) Hold Harmless Clauses. ``Hold harmless'' clause will not 
normally be added to the lease forms. Where lessors insist upon such a 
clause, however, the following is suggested for use: ``The Lessors 
(licensors) shall not be responsible or liable for injuries to persons 
or damage to property when such injuries or damage are caused by or 
result from the Government's use of the premises under the terms of this 
agreement and are not due to the negligence of the Lessors.''
    (c) Escalator Clauses. In those cases where a lessor expresses an 
unwillingness to enter into a lease, extending for a number of years, 
with a rental consideration that includes a fixed amount for utilities, 
the following clause may be inserted in the standard lease:

    After the first term of the lease, the Lessor or the Government may, 
by giving notice at lease 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the 
lease, request an adjustment in rental payments based on an increase or 
decrease in the cost of utilities. The request must be supported with 
full justification to include documentary evidence of actual utility 
costs incurred by the Lessor which are in excess of the amounts 
estimated at the beginning of the lease term. The requested adjustment 
in rent will be subject to negotiation, and if granted, will be provided 
by a Supplemental Agreement to this lease.

                     Acquisition of Rights-of-Entry

    Source: Sections 644.155 through 644.157 appear at 44 FR 31125, May 
30, 1979, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 644.155  General.

    Sections 644.155 through 644.157 describe the procedures of the 
Corps of Engineers relative to obtaining rights-of-entry on lands for 
both military and civil works projects and in the Corps' acquisition 
programs for other Federal Government agencies. These procedures are 
applicable to all Division and district Engineers having real estate 
responsibilities.



Sec. 644.156  Definition.

    A right-of-entry is a bare authority to do a specified act or series 
of acts upon non-Government-owned property or non-Government-controlled 
property without acquiring any estate or interest therein. The principal 
effect of a right-of-entry is to authorize an act which, in the absence 
of the right-of-entry, would constitute a trespass. The written 
instrument furnishes evidence of the permission granted to the 
government and the obligations, responsibilities, and liabilities 
assumed by the Government. It does not authorize any uses of the 
property by the Government other than those specified in the instrument.



Sec. 644.157  Procedures.

    (a) ENG Form 1258, Right-of-Entry for Survey and Exploration, will 
be used to obtain authority from the owner of lands to be used for the 
purpose of making surveys, test borings, and other exploratory work as 
may be necessary to complete the particular investigation.
    (b) ENG Form 2803, Right-of-Entry for Construction, will be used to 
obtain authority from the owner of lands to be used for construction 
purposes when all of the following conditions apply:
    (1) A Real Estate Directive has been issued on an Army (military) or 
Air Force project, or the Chief of Engineers has approved acquisition in 
connection with a civil works project or for another Government agency.
    (2) The construction schedule does not allow sufficient time to 
secure the

[[Page 226]]

right of possession by normal acquisition procedures.
    (c) Upon execution of an ENG Form 2803, a copy thereof shall be 
forwarded to HQDA (DAEN-REA-L) WASH DC 20314 on Army Military and Air 
Force acquisitions, and in all other cases to HQDA (DAEN-REA-P) WASH DC 
20314, together with a proposed schedule of final acquisition of the 
necessary interests in real estate. If final acquisition is not 
contemplated within six months from the date of the right-of-entry, an 
explanation should also be furnished as to the reason for the delay.
    (d) Division and District Engineers may modify ENG Forms 1258 and 
2803, where necessary, to meet requirements of landowners, provided such 
modifications do not increase the scope of the liability or 
responsibility of the Government over that contained in the standard 
forms.
    (e) It is necessary to recognize not only the effects of entry upon 
a particular parcel of land, but also the effects of the passage of any 
vehicle (land, air, or water) on the area traversed. All possibilities 
of disturbing effects on the countryside shall be considered and routes 
selected to eliminate or minimize such disturbances.
    (f) Any cash settlements in lieu of restoration for damages, 
incurred under ENG Forms 1258 and 2803, will be consummated by 
supplemental agreement in accordance with subpart I.

    Procurement of Options Prior to Real Estate Directives (Military)

    Source: Sections 644.165 through 644.168 appear at 44 FR 31125, May 
30, 1979, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 644.165  Purpose and scope.

    Sections 644.165 through 644.168 describe the procedures relating to 
the procurement of options to purchase real estate interests for Army or 
Air Force military requirements prior to the issuance of a real estate 
directive. These procedures are applicable to all Division and District 
Engineers having military real estate responsibility.



Sec. 644.166  Authority and applicability.

    (a) Authority. Subsections (a) and (b) of section 2677 of title 10, 
United States Code, as amended by section 707 of the Act of Congress 
approved October 27, 1971 (85 Stat. 412), provide that:
    (1) The Secretary of a military department may acquire an option on 
a parcel of real property before or after its acquisition is authorized 
by law, if he considers it suitable and likely to be needed for a 
military project of his department.
    (2) As consideration for an option so acquired, the Secretary may 
pay from funds available to his department for real property activities, 
an amount that is not more than five percent of the appraised fair 
market value of the property.
    (3) For each six-month period ending on June 30 or December 31, 
during which he acquires options under paragraph (a) of this section, 
the Secretary of each military department shall report those options to 
the Committees on Armed Services of the Senate and House of 
Representatives.
    (b) Applicability. (1) Where land is needed for proposed 
construction and the siting of said construction is firm.
    (2) When there is a definite indication of material enhancement in 
value due to change, or proposed change, in use by the land owner, price 
increase due to publicity given to contemplated Government acquisition, 
or abnormal increases in market value.
    (3) Where there is a definite possibility of private construction 
which would constitute obstructions in existing or proposed glide angle 
planes and transitional planes at air bases.



Sec. 644.167  Implementation.

    When a District or Division Engineer determines that any of the 
conditions described in Sec. 644.166(b) exist in connection with any 
proposed land acquisition project for military purposes not yet 
authorized by law, or if authorized, not yet covered by a real estate 
directive, he will initiate the following actions:
    (a) Planning Report. A planning report will be developed and 
submitted in accordance with Subpart A. The report will include the 
purpose for which the property is ``likely to be needed''; the estimated 
probable increase in value, if

[[Page 227]]

applicable; and the justification for negotiating for options under the 
authority cited in Sec. 644.166. The report will identify any real 
estate planning reports previously prepared which included the land in 
question. Any future planning reports relating to the same land will 
contain appropriate references to this report.
    (b) Property Identification. Upon receipt of authority to acquire 
options and determination that funds are available, the District or 
Division Engineer will obtain and verify ownership data. If it is deemed 
necessary, title evidence may be obtained in accordance with Sec. Sec. 
644.61 through 644.72.
    (c) Appraisal. Detailed tract appraisals will be prepared in 
accordance with subpart B.
    (d) Procurement of Options. (1) Negotiations for the option will be 
in accordance with procedures outlined in Sec. Sec. 644.83 through 
644.85, except that ENG Form 2926, Option to Purchase Real Property, 
will be used. An attempt should be made to include a provision in the 
option giving the Government the right to acquire all or part of the 
land covered by the option where the land held in a single ownership can 
be separated into definable parcels and the possibility exists that, as 
planning is developed, the entire tract will not be required.
    (2) The following instructions for the use of ENG Form 2926 will be 
followed:
    (i) Insert amount to be paid for the option privilege. This amount 
cannot exceed five percent of the appraised value.
    (ii) If the land has been separated into definable parcels in 
accordance with paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the option should 
describe each parcel and provide for a separate purchase price inclusive 
of any severance damage, as well as an agreed purchase price for the 
entire tract. The amount to be paid for the option privilege will be 
apportioned among the separate parcels.
    (iii) The expiration date of the option on unauthorized projects 
should be far enough in advance to permit the insertion of a land 
acquisition line item in the next available budget; enactment of 
legislation; apportionment of funds by the Office of Management and 
Budget; clearance within the Department of Defense; clearance with the 
Committees on Armed Services of the Senate and House of Representatives, 
if required; issuance of a real estate directive; and allotment of 
funds.
    (iv) Since options obtained under this section will normally be 
recorded, ENG Form 2926 will be acknowledged in the form used in the 
jurisdiction in which the real property is located.
    (e) Report. When all options within the approval area have been 
acquired, and prior to their being exercised by the Government, a report 
will be made to HQDA (DAEN-REA-L) WASH DC 20314 including, but not 
limited to, the following items:
    (1) Project identification.
    (2) Directive authorizing acquisition of options.
    (3) Number of tracts optioned.
    (4) Expiration date of options.
    (5) Total acreage optioned.
    (6) Total amount to be paid if options are excercised.
    (7) Total amount paid for option privilege.
    (8) One copy of each option.
    (9) One copy of each appraisal.



Sec. 644.168  Exercise of options.

    Upon issuance of a real estate directive for acquisition of the 
optioned real property, the District or Division Engineer will exercise 
the option and proceed with the acquisition in accordance with the 
procedures outlined in Sec. Sec. 644.61 through 644.88.



                 Subpart D_Relocation Assistance Program



Sec. 644.175  Cross Reference.

    See part 641 of this chapter for the regulations on the relocation 
assistance program.

[44 FR 3212, Jan. 15, 1979. Redesignated at 44 FR 35219, June 19, 1979]

Subpart E [Reserved]



                           Subpart F_Disposal

    Source: 45 FR 71266, Oct. 27, 1980, unless otherwise noted.

[[Page 228]]



Sec. 644.311  General.

    Subpart F sets forth general authority, responsibilities, 
procedures, methods, and guidance for the performance of real property 
disposal functions.



Sec. 644.312  Applicability.

    Subpart F is applicable to Division and District Engineers having 
real estate responsibilities.



Sec. 644.313  Authority.

    The major portion of real property disposal actions performed by the 
Corps of Engineers is predicated on authority derived from the Federal 
Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended (40 U.S.C. 
471, et seq.), hereinafter referred to as the Federal Property Act, and 
the rules, regulations and delegations of authority issued by the 
General Services Administration (GSA) thereunder. Other authorities 
relating to the disposal of military real property are found in AR 405-
90. The Army and Air Force Basic Real Estate Agreements covering 
disposal of Air Force real estate are found in AR 405-5 and AFR 87-15.



Sec. 644.314  Rules and regulations of the General Services Administration 
(GSA).

    Under the rules, regulations and delegations of authority issued by 
GSA under the Federal Property Act, the military departments are 
authorized to dispose of the following:
    (a) Real property under its control (except land withdrawn or 
reserved from the public domain), together with the improvements thereon 
and related personal property, which has a value of less than $1,000.
    (b) Leases, permits, licenses, easements, or similar interests, 
including Government-owned improvements on the premises, unless it is 
determined that the interest should be included with the disposal of 
other property being reported to GSA for disposal.
    (c) Fixtures, structures, and improvements of any kind to be 
disposed of without the underlying land.
    (d) Standing timber and embedded gravel, sand, and stone to be 
disposed of without the underlying land.



Sec. 644.315  Disposal priorities.

    Consistent with the best interest of the United States and with 
applicable laws and regulations, the following priorities should be 
followed in disposing of real property no longer needed by the 
Departments of the Army and Air Force:
    (a) Transfer to other Department of Defense agencies and the U.S. 
Coast Guard.
    (b) Transfer to other Federal agencies.
    (c) Conveyance to eligible non-Federal agencies.
    (d) Sale to the public.



Sec. 644.316  Environmental considerations.

    The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended, 
(42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) directs that a five point Environmental Impact 
Statement (EIS) be prepared, circulated among interested Federal, State 
and local agencies, and filed with the Environmental Protection Agency 
(EPA) before a major Federal action is taken which affects the quality 
of the human environment. This may include some disposals. No major 
disposal action will be undertaken where the Corps of Engineers is the 
disposal agency, or is acting for the disposal agency, until the 
required EIS has be submitted to the EPA unless a ``Finding of No 
Significant Impact'' (FONSI) has been prepared for the action, or if the 
action is classified as a ``categorically excluded'' item because it has 
no significant effect on the environment. The Environmental Assessment 
is subject to review and approval in accordance with instructions found 
in AR 200-1 and AR 200-2 (to be printed) for military real property 
disposal, and the forthcoming Engineer Regulation for civil works real 
property disposal. Where property is reported to GSA for disposal, GSA 
is responsible for compliance with NEPA.



Sec. 644.317  Preserving historic landmarks and properties.

    Purposes of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as 
amended, (16 U.S.C. 470) and Executive Order 11593, Protection and 
Enhancement of the Cultural Environment (13 May 1971) will be set forth 
in subpart H (to be

[[Page 229]]

published) and the authorities there cited also apply to the disposal of 
real property. Specific policy guidance in connection with disposals 
having historic significance is published in AR 200-1 and AR 405-90 for 
military real properties and in ER 1105-2-460 for civil works real 
properties.
    (a) The Criteria of Adverse Effect on eligible properties may occur 
under conditions which include but are not limited to:
    (1) Destruction or alteration of all or part of a property.
    (2) Isolation from or alteration of the property's surrounding 
environment.
    (3) Transfer or sale of a property without adequate conditions or 
restrictions regarding preservation, maintenance, or use.
    (b) It is normally intended that the agency responsibilities under 
Section 106 of the National Historical Preservation Act of 1966 and 
Executive Order 11593 run concurrently with the NEPA review process. 
However, obligations pursuant thereto are independent from NEPA 
requirements and must be complied with even when an environmental impact 
statement is not required.



Sec. 644.318  Compliance with State Coastal Zone Management Programs.

    Subpart H will outline the provisions of the Coastal Zone Management 
Act of 1972, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1451 et seq.). These provisions also 
apply to the disposal of land or water resources when the action is 
subject to the Federal consistency requirements of the Act and when the 
disposal is consistent with an approved state management program.



Sec. 644.319  Protection of wetlands.

    The requirements of Executive Order 11990, Protection of Wetlands, 
42 FR 26961, (24 May 1977) are applicable to the disposal of Federal 
lands and facilities, and the policy and procedures implementing the 
Order will be set forth in subpart H (to be published).



Sec. 644.320  Floodplain management.

    The requirements of Executive Order 11988, Floodplain Management, 42 
FR 26951, (24 May 1977) and its implementation will be outlined in 
subpart H (to be published). In accordance with ER 1165-2-26, paragraph 
13, when civil works property in floodplains is proposed for disposal to 
non-Federal public or private parties, the Corps of Engineers shall 
reference in the conveyance those uses that are restricted under 
Federal, State and local floodplain regulations and attach other 
restrictions to uses of the property as may be deemed appropriate.



Sec. 644.321  Nondiscrimination covenant.

    As required by Section 101-47.307-2 of the Federal Property 
Management Regulations (FPMR), substantially the following covenant will 
be included in all deeds or other disposal instruments to public bodies 
when the sale is negotiated under section 101-47.304.9(4) of the FPMR:

    The grantee convenants for itself, its heirs, successors, and 
assigns and every successor in interest to the property hereby conveyed, 
or any part thereof, that said grantee and such heirs, successors, and 
assigns shall not discriminate upon the basis of race, color, religion, 
age, sex, handicap, or national origin in the use, occupancy, sale, or 
lease of the property, or in their employment practices conducted 
thereon. The convenant shall not apply, however, to the lease or rental 
of a room or rooms within a family dwelling unit; nor shall it apply 
with respect to religion to premises used primarily for religious 
purposes. The United States of America shall be deemed a beneficiary of 
this convenant without regard to whether it remains the owner of any 
land or interest therein in the locality of the property hereby conveyed 
and shall have the sole right to enforce this covenant in any court of 
competent jurisdiction.



Sec. 644.322  Disposition of proceeds from disposal.

    (a) Land and Water Conservation Fund. Except as provided in 
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section and unless otherwise obligated by 
existing or future acts of Congress, all proceeds received from any 
civil works project disposal of surplus real property or related 
personal property under the Federal Property Act, shall be covered into 
the land and water conservation fund in the Treasury of the United 
States (16 U.S.C. 460L-5(a), FPMR Section 101-47.307-6). This includes 
the net proceeds from the sale of timber and structures.
    (b) Department of Defense Family Housing Management Account. Section 
501(b) of Pub. L. 87-554, as amended, 42

[[Page 230]]

U.S.C. 1594a-1, provides that the proceeds from the disposal of family 
housing of the Department of Defense, including related land and 
improvements, shall be transferred to Family Housing Management Account, 
Defense. This does not include civil works housing, or houses on land 
acquired for military purposes unless the housing was specifically 
acquired to house military personnel. This means that excess military 
family housing and related land and improvements should be reported to 
GSA on Standard Form 118 separate and apart from Reports of Excess for 
other portions of an excess installation. Particular care should be 
taken to ensure that the following statement be included in each such 
report of excess to GSA:

    Net proceeds from the sale of family housing, including related land 
and improvements, shall be remitted to the Department of Defense for 
deposit to Family Housing Management Account, Defense (97 X 0700).

    (c) Proceeds from Sale or Transfer of Property Acquired. Under 
section 5 of the Act of 13 June 1902, as amended (33 U.S.C. 558), the 
proceeds from a sale or transfer of buildings or other improvements on 
river and harbor improvement projects may be credited to the 
appropriation for the work for which the property was acquired. 
Buildings or other improvements, including timber, which are on 
nonexcess land come within the purview of this law. Where both land and 
buildings or other improvements are excess, proceeds from the sale of 
land and buildings, or either one, will be deposited in the land and 
water conservation fund as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.



Sec. 644.323  Neutral language.

    Wherever the words ``man'', ``men'', or their related pronouns 
appear in this subpart, either as words or as parts of words (other than 
when referring to a specific individual), they have been used for 
literary purposes and are meant to include both female and male sexes.



Sec. Sec. 644.324-644.325  [Reserved]

          Procedure for Placing Real Property in Excess Status



Sec. 644.326  Army military real property.

    Military real property, including industrial real property, under 
the control of the Department of the Army will be placed in excess 
status as outlined in AR 405-90.



Sec. 644.327  Air Force military real property.

    Military real property under the control of the Department of the 
Air Force will be placed in excess status as outlined in AFR 87-4.



Sec. 644.328  Army military leased property.

    (a) Department of the Army command installations or parts thereof 
held by lease, permit, or other similar right of occupancy, excess to 
the needs of the using service will be reported direct to the Division 
of District Engineer for disposition wherever essential continuing 
operations of the installation will not be adversely affected, and the 
annual rental does not exceed $50,000.
    (b) Division Engineers are authorized to make the finding that 
leased real estate of the Corps of Engineers, where essential continuing 
operations of the installation are not adversely affected, and the 
annual rental does not exceed $100,000, is excess and to take necessary 
action to cancel or otherwise dispose of leases.
    (c) Any leased command real estate not coming within the category 
outlined in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section will not be 
considered by the Division Engineer as excess until notice is received 
from the Chief of Engineers (COE) that the property has been placed in 
excess status in accordance with AR 405-90.



Sec. 644.329  Army civil works real property.

    (a) Fee-Owned Land and Easements. (1) Action by Division/District 
Engineer (DE). When the DE is of the opinion that real property acquired 
in fee or easement for a civil works proj ect is no longer required for 
such purpose, he

[[Page 231]]

will submit a report and recommendation to HQDA (DAEN-REM) WASH DC 
20314, accompanied by:
    (i) A brief description of the character or nature of the land with 
an appropriately marked map showing the approximate acreage 
consideration to be excess. Detailed perimeter descriptions need not be 
procured or furnished with the report and recommendation for excessing.
    (ii) Description of buildings and improvements.
    (iii) Information as to circumstances that might hinder or prevent 
disposition, e.g. remoteness of location, unfavorable topography, and 
lack of legal access.
    (iv) Information as to when and how the property was acquired.
    (v) Information as to the estate which the Government has in the 
land, reservations and exceptions in and to the Government's title, and 
outstanding interests granted by the Government or reserved or excepted 
in the acquisition of the land, will be stated with particularity. The 
map or plat will delineate any grant, exception or reservation, such as 
telephone, telegraph, electric transmission, oil, gas, and water lines.
    (vi) Purchase price of lands (estimate if only a portion of original 
tract), buildings and improvements acquired with the lands, and the cost 
of buildings and improvements, if any, constructed by the United States.
    (2) Action by the Office of the Chief of Engineers. When the value 
of an easement interest reported pursuant to (a)(1) of this section does 
not exceed $1,500, OCE will make the final determination of excess and 
authorize action accordingly. In the case of fee-owned land regardless 
of value, or easement interests having a value in excess of $1,500, when 
OCE finds that no requirement for the property exists, a recommendation 
will be made to the Secretary of the Army that authority be granted for 
disposal of the property.
    (b) Leaseholds. When the DE is of the opinion that real property 
acquired by lease for a civil works proj ect is no longer required for 
such purpose, and after screening the property for other Federal 
requirements in accordance with Sec. Sec. 644.333 through 644.339, he 
will take necessary action to terminate the lease in accordance with the 
procedure outlined in Sec. Sec. 644.444 through 644.471.



Sec. Sec. 644.330-644.332  [Reserved]

          Screening, Reassignment and Transfer of Real Property



Sec. 644.333  Screening for defense needs.

    Real property which becomes excess to the needs of any element of 
the Army or Air Force will be screened against requirements of other 
Department of Defense (DOD) agencies and the U.S. Coast Guard in order 
to promote and obtain the most efficient and complete utilization of 
real property before disposing of it.
    (a) Procedure for Screening Army Military Property. Screening for 
defense requirements with respect to base closures publicly announced by 
the Secretary of Defense or Secretary of the Army which result in 
excessing of real property will not be accomplished unless directed by 
HQDA (DAEN-ZCI) Washington DC 20314. Instructions to screen will be 
included in the disposal directive transmitted to the DE when such 
action is desired. In the absence of such instructions, it is presumed 
that DOD has negatively evaluated all possible requirements of DOD 
agencies before making the public announcement.
    (1) Fee-owned Land. Screening is required in all other cases unless 
specifically directed otherwise. Property will be screened 
simultaneously against other Army requirements, and for Navy, Air Force, 
Coast Guard, and Defense agency requirements. The property should also 
be screened against known Department of the Army Civil Works 
requirements.
    (i) The DE will dispatch a screening message promptly upon receipt 
of an excess directive or recommendation pursuant to AR 405-90. The 
sample screening message in ER 405-1-12 at Figure 11-1, or a letter 
similar in form and content will be used without substantial deviation.
    (ii) All action addressees and parties listed for information on 
Figure 11-1 in ER 405-1-12 will be included, except that Air Force real 
property in Hawaii will be screened with the Commander-in-Chief, Pacific 
Air Forces, in lieu of HQ, USAF. The appropriate major

[[Page 232]]

Army command, when not the using command, will be listed as an action 
addressee.
    (iii) In no case will screening be deferred unless authorized by 
DAEN-REM. At the expiration of the screening period (normally 30 days) a 
report of results will be forwarded and subsequent action initiated as 
provided in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (iv) For certain cases, most frequently in connection with base 
realignments or Executive Order 11954 surveys, accelerated screening 
procedures are set out in AR 405-90.
    (2) Capehart and Wherry Housing Projects. Due to the complicated 
financial arrangements under which such projects are constructed and 
operated, the disposal thereof, whether separately or as a part of a 
larger installation, requires careful study. In order to assure maximum 
time in which to discover and evaluate problems arising in each of such 
cases, the DE will notify HQDA (DAEN-REM) Washington DC 20314, by 
teletype, immediately upon receipt of information of an installation 
commander's recommendation of excess involving Capehart and acquired 
Wherry housing projects. Included with this notice will be advice on the 
source of utilities and any problems of which the DE may be aware.
    (b) Leaseholds, Buildings and Improvements. Leaseholds, buildings, 
and other improvements will not be screened formally within the 
Department of the Army (DA). When such property is made available or 
disposal under AR 405-90 and Sec. Sec. 644.326 through 644.329, it will 
be screened by the responsible DE with the Air Force, Coast Guard, and 
Navy and against known Army military and civil works requirements within 
the Division. Screening with the Air Force of leaseholds having an 
annual rental in excess of $50,000 will be addressed to HQ, USAF. Other 
Air Force screening under this subparagraph will be with local Air Force 
installations. Screening with the Navy will be addressed to the 
appropriate naval district. Screening with the Coast Guard and Defense 
agencies will be with the local representatives of those agencies. 
Property under the jurisdiction of GSA which has been assigned to the DA 
or Department of the Air Force (DAF) for use is not subject to this 
screening procedure, but the DE will determine whether such property 
would serve any current unfulfilled real property acquisition directives 
pending in his office.
    (1) Family Housing Leases. Family housing leases under authority of 
Section 515, Pub. L. 84-161, 69 Stat. 352, as amended and extended, will 
be terminated promptly upon determination that the property is excess to 
the needs of the using command, without screening for other 
requirements.
    (2) Limit Screening. Screening which would serve no useful purpose 
is to be avoided. Screening of buildings and improvements on sites 
needed for approved construction should be limited as construction 
schedules require. The DE will take timely action to minimize additional 
cost and rental payments due to screening and may, at his discretion, 
limit screening of leaseholds and improvements to be removed from the 
site to informal notices to appropriate local Defense agencies. The DEs 
are authorized to waive screening of nonassignable or short term 
interests in real property when such screening would serve no useful 
purpose.
    (3) Notice of Restoration Requirements. All screening notices of 
leaseholds and improvements available for off-site removal will indicate 
that transferees will be required to perform necessary site restoration 
as a prerequisite to obtaining transfer and will reflect the extent of 
restoration required.
    (c) Procedure for Screening Civil Works Property. Buildings and 
improvements, leaseholds, and fee-owned land that have been determined 
excess to civil works requirements in accordance with this part will be 
screened with the appropriate major Army and local service commanders, 
and with the Navy, Air Force, Coast Guard, and Defense agencies. (GSA 
property assigned to the Army for use is not subject to formal screening 
hereunder but will be screened against known acquisition directives or 
requirements in the DE office.) Except to the extent that DEs determine 
they are inappropriate, screening procedures for civil works property 
will be the same as for Army military property.

[[Page 233]]

    (d) Screening of Air Force Property. HQ, USAF and the major Air 
Force commands screen Air Force real property before authorizing 
disposal action by the Corps of Engineers in accordance with AFR 87-4. 
DEs will act on requests for disposal action on buildings and 
improvements and leased property received directly from major Air Force 
commands which conform with AFR 87-4. Disposal directives on fee-owned 
land and easements will be issued by HQ, USAF and referred through DAEN-
REM.
    (e) Report on Screening and Related Actions. Immediately following 
the screening of fee-owned land, the DE will forward to DAEN-REM a 
report of the results of the screening (with comments and 
recommendations where a further Army or other Defense requirement is 
indicated). This report will serve as one of the basis of a 
determination whether the property is excess to the rquirements of the 
DOD. Upon dispatch of the screening report, the DE will proceed with 
further action pursuant to Sec. Sec. 644.340 through 644.347 and 
Sec. Sec. 644.385 through 644.389. No report on screening of civil 
works property is required unless there is a request for transfer or 
reassignment of the property screened.
    (f) Property with an Estimated Value of $50,000 or Less. If the 
property has an estimated value of $50,000 or less, the determination 
that the property is excess to Army requirements will be made by the 
Department of the Army without referral to DOD, and the Chief of 
Engineers will direct the DE accordingly. Upon receipt of this disposal 
directive, prompt action will be taken to report the property to GSA or 
take other disposal action as appropriate.
    (g) Estimated Value in Excess of $50,000. If military property has 
an estimated value in excess of $50,000, it must be reported to the 
Armed Services Committees of Congress pursuant to title 10, United 
States Code, section 2662. The final Army determination of excess and 
recommendations to the Assistant Secretary of Defense (MRA&L) to approve 
the proposed disposal report to the Armed Services Committees by the 
Chief of Engineers, utilizing Real Estate Disposal Report, ENG Form 
2187R, are combined in a single action. The Chief of Engineers will 
advise of DOD approval of the proposed disposal when made. Upon receipt 
of this information responsible Division and District Engineers will 
furnish GSA a preliminary report of excess. The preliminary report of 
excess will be finalized, upon receipt of instructions from the Chief of 
Engineers. This procedure is also applicable to Air Force disposals. If 
the preliminary report of excess is sufficiently complete and accurate, 
it may be finalized by letter or simple statement on Standard Form 118, 
Report of Excess Real Property.
    (h) Date of Excess for Reporting Purposes. From the above, it will 
be noted that where property has an estimated value in excess of 
$100,000, the determination that the property is excess to the 
requirements of the Department of the Army is, in effect, made 
concurrently with the determination that the property is excess to the 
requirements of the DOD, or is approved for transfer to another military 
department. For all practical purposes, these determinations are best 
evidenced by the Assistant Secretary of Defense's approval of the 
proposed disposal. The date of approval may be used as the date the 
property was determined excess to Army requirements for reporting 
purposes.



Sec. 644.334  Reassignment and transfer procedures.

    Reassignment refers to the changing of the administrative or command 
jurisdiction of real property from one command to another within the 
same military department. Reassignments may be accomplished by the 
Secretary or the staff without prior approval of the DOD or the Armed 
Services Committees of the Congress. Transfer refers to changing the 
jurisdiction for using and administering real property from one military 
department to another.
    (a) Reassignment Procedures--Army--(1) Military. Reassignments of 
military real property are accomplished pursuant to a directive from 
DAEN-REM. These are not real estate disposal actions.
    (2) Civil Works. Reassignments from civil works to military 
jurisdiction,

[[Page 234]]

and vice versa, are accomplished pursuant to directive or approval of 
the Secretary of the Army based on the recommendations of the Chief of 
Engineers.
    (3) Information Required. Information to support recommendation for 
reassignments of military or civil real property to another using 
service of the Army, or to change the military or civil accountability 
within the Corps, will be furnished by the DE to DAEN-REM as follows:
    (i) Reference to excess directive, if any.
    (ii) Description and map of lands.
    (iii) Date, manner, and cost of acquisition of land and 
improvements.
    (iv) Reference to any encumbrances which might affect the 
reassignment and use.
    (v) Proposed effective date of reassignment.
    (vi) Proposed new use.
    (b) Reassignment of Air Force Property. The Air Force Staff 
reassigns real property within the Department of the Air Force.
    (c) Transfer of Military Property. Procedure for transfer among 
military departments is substantially the same as for transfer to other 
Federal agencies, and is set forth in Sec. Sec. 644.400 through 644.443 
and Sec. Sec. 644.472 through 644.500.



Sec. 644.335  Screening of excess DOD property for nondefense Federal 
agency needs.

    (a) Screening by GSA. (1) GSA will screen all excess real property 
reported to it for disposal, to determine whether the property is 
surplus to all Federal agencies.
    (2) GSA will screen certain classes of excess real property which 
must be reported to it for screening, even though the Department of the 
Army will act as the disposal agency (Sec. Sec. 644.348 through 
644.367).
    (3) Under the FPMR, Federal agencies are allowed 30 days to advise 
whether there is a tentative or firm requirement and another 30 days to 
determine and advise whether the tentative requirement is firm. Where 
there is a firm requirement, agencies are allowed an additional 60 days 
to prepare and submit a formal request for transfer pursuant to FPMR 
Section 101-47.203-7. The DE should obtain from GSA information on the 
status of screening if advice is not furnished promptly after expiration 
of the screening period.
    (b) Screening by Corps of Engineers. Properties which are not 
reported to GSA for disposal or screening will be screened by the DE 
with nondefense Federal agencies at the same time they are screened with 
Defense agencies. Screening of such properties will be limited to 
agencies that maintain local offices and may be done on an informal 
basis. The DE may waive screening of nonassignable and short term 
interests in real property when they determine such screening will serve 
no useful purpose. When screening discloses no requirement, the property 
will be determined surplus and disposed of.



Sec. 644.336  Notices to Departments of Interior (DI); Health and Human 
Resources (HHR); Education; and Housing and Urban Development (HUD).

    Simultaneously with screening under Sec. 644.335 notices of 
availability will be given to DI of land suitable for public park and 
recreation or an historical monument site; to HHR and/or Department of 
Education property suitable for educational purposes or to protect the 
public health, and to HUD of property for housing and related facilities 
(Section 101-47.203.5 FPMR). Where such notice is given, these 
departments will be notified promptly, if screening discloses another 
Federal requirement for the property. They will also be notified if 
there is no other Federal requirement and the property is determined 
surplus.



Sec. Sec. 644.337-644.339  [Reserved]

                 Clearances--Army Military Real Property



Sec. 644.340  Reports to the Armed Services committees.

    (a) Sections 644.340 through 644.347 describe the responsibilities 
of the Chief of Engineers in, and prescribes procedures for, clearing 
proposals for certain leasing and for disposals of Army real property 
with the Department of Defense and the Armed Services Committees of the 
Senate and

[[Page 235]]

House of Representatives. (The Air Force obtains its own clearance.) It 
is applicable to Division and District Engineers having military real 
estate responsibility. Clearance is not required for civil works 
properties.
    (b) Title 10 U.S.C. 2662 as amended by Pub. L. 96-418, dated 10 Oct. 
1980, provides, in part that:

    (a) The Secretary of a military department, or his designee, may not 
enter into any of the following listed transactions by or for the use of 
that department until after the expiration of 30 days from the date upon 
which a report of the facts concerning the proposed transaction is 
submitted to the Committees on Armed Services of the Senate and of the 
House of Representatives:

                                * * * * *

    (3) A lease or license of real property owned by the United States, 
if the estimated annual fair market rental value of the property is more 
than $100,000.
    (4) A transfer of real property owned by the United States to 
another Federal agency or another military department or to a State, if 
the estimated value is more than $100,000.
    (5) A report of excess real property owned by the United States to a 
disposal agency, if the estimated value is more than $100,000.
    (6) Any termination of modification by either the grantor or grantee 
of an existing license or permit of real property owned by the United 
States to a military department, under which substantial investments 
have been or are proposed to be made in connection with the property by 
the military department.

                                * * * * *

    (c) This section applies only to real property in the United States, 
Puerto Rico, Guam, the American Virgin Islands, American Samoa, and the 
Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands. It does not apply to real 
property for river and harbor projects or flood control projects, or to 
leases of Government-owned real property for agricultural or grazing 
purposes or to any real property acquisition specifically authorized in 
a Military Construction Authorization Act.
    (d) A statement in an instrument of conveyance, including a lease, 
that the requirements of this section have been met, or that the 
conveyance is not subject to this section, is conclusive.

    (c) While not specifically required by 10 U.S.C. 2662, DOD has 
directed that all proposed relinquishments of public domain land will be 
reported to the Armed Services Committees where (1) the area exceeds 500 
acres or (2) the estimated fair market value of the property exceeds 
$100,000.



Sec. 644.341  Clearance with the Armed Services committees.

    (a) Prior to a final report of excess, or transfer to another 
Federal agency or a State, of any Government-owned military real 
property with an estimated value, including the value of existing 
improvements, in excess of $100,000, the proposed disposal must be 
reported to the Committees. Also, proposals to outlease military real 
property for other than agricultural or grazing purposes must be 
reported if the estimated annual rental consideration is more than 
$100,000. A formal appraisal for estimating value need not be made. 
Reports to the Committees pertaining to Army military real property are 
made by the Chief of Engineers, and copies of reports are furnished the 
two senators of the State, and the congressman of the district where the 
property is located. Reports pertaining to Air Force property are made 
by that department. DEs, upon request, will assist Air Force commands in 
assembling the required data.
    (b) For Army property, data will be furnished in the format shown in 
Figure 11-2 (ENG Form 2187-R, Real Estate Disposal Report) in ER 405-1-
12, and three copies forwarded to HQDA (DAEN-REM) WASH DC 20314. The 
information should be submitted within three weeks after dispatch of the 
screening message, or within three weeks after receipt of the disposal 
directive when screening is not required.
    (c) Clearance for transfer to another military department is 
obtained by the acquiring department. However, HQDA (DAEN-REZ-L) obtains 
clearance for transfer of Army property to a nondefense Federal agency 
where authorized by law.



Sec. 644.342  Prior approval of Department of Defense.

    (a) DOD Instruction 4165.12 requires advance approval by the 
Assistant Secretary of Defense (MRA&L) of disposal actions requiring 
congressional committee clearance. DOD approval is also required for 
withdrawal from excess of

[[Page 236]]

real estate, or an interest in real estate, which has an estimated fair 
market value in excess of $100,000.
    (b) The data submitted pursuant to Sec. 644.341 will be used to 
obtain DOD approval of projects to be submitted to the Armed Services 
Committees. Appropriate information will be furnished to obtain required 
DOD approval of withdrawals from excess.



Sec. 644.343  Additional data for clearance with the committees.

    To support Army witnesses appearing before the Armed Services 
Committees, and to satisfy other information requirements, include the 
following data when forwarding the ENG Form 2187-R:
    (a) Four copies of a site plan of the installation, clearly 
depicting the property involved, and four copies of a real estate map, 
color coded with legend, showing the area and acreage to be excessed.
    (1) Segment-size maps and plans should be of excellent quality, 
current, show accurate acreages, and current name of installation. They 
must be clearly visible at a distance of 30 feet or more.
    (2) Basic color codes for maps are:

Red--Excess Area(s)
Green--Retained Area
Yellow--Previously Excessed Area(s)
Black or Dark Blue--Installation Boundary, heavy definition
Other Colors--for other purposes

    (b) Copy of last utilization inspection report, plus information as 
to when and how the excess property was last used by the Army.
    (c) Basis for disposal: Base closure announcement; E. O. Survey; 
Command Report of Excess; Report of Availability; etc.
    (d) A list of and general terms of any outgrants in effect on the 
excess area.
    (e) Whether continuing military activities are housed on the 
property proposed for disposal; arrangements which have been made to 
provide space for these activities; estimated cost of leasing or 
converting space for that purpose, and any other costs of closing or 
severing the installation and relocating the activities.
    (f) Whether civilian employees will lose their employment, number of 
employees involved, and to what extent they can be employed elsewhere.
    (g) Details of significant history of acquisition, development, and 
disposal, if not included in ENG Form 2187-R. Include official name of 
installation and former designations.
    (h) Description of any related or off-post family housing, giving 
number of units, type (MCA-Capehart, etc.) acreage of site, land and 
construction costs, and distance from installations served.
    (i) Probable impact on local economy, if any.
    (j) Estimate of any annual savings in operating and maintenance 
costs.
    (k) Statement as to exchange potential of excess area.
    (l) Estimate of value, including any restrictions or limitations on 
prospective use of the land by subsequent users.
    (m) Character and use of area in vicinity of excess area.
    (n) Care and custody costs for excess area.
    (o) Staff/MACOM coordination.
    (p) Environmental Assessment.
    (q) Any other pertinent information, e.g., any adverse factors 
severance or undesirable impact on utility systems, and local interest 
in acquiring the property.
    (r) Congressional district in which the property is located.



Sec. 644.344  Coordination with GSA.

    At the time of formal submission of the Disposal Report to the Armed 
Services Committees, DAEN-REM will furnish copies to the DEs and to the 
central and regional offices of GSA as advance information to permit 
preliminary disposal planning.



Sec. Sec. 644.345-644.347  [Reserved]

Reports of Excess Real Property and Related Personal Property to General 
                      Services Administration (GSA)



Sec. 644.348  Delegation of authority to division and district engineers.

    Much of the authority and responsibility of the COE as real estate 
agent for the Departments of the Army and

[[Page 237]]

Air Force to report excess real and related personal property to GSA in 
accordance with the provisions of the Federal Property Act, and the 
Federal Property Management Regulations (FPMR), subpart 101-47.3, has 
been delegated to Division and District Engineers having responsibility 
for real estate operations. Final reports will be made only after the 
property has been determined excess to the needs of the Department of 
Defense, in accordance with Sec. Sec. 644.333 through 644.339, and has 
been cleared with congressional committees, if required, in accordance 
with Sec. Sec. 644.340 through 644.347.



Sec. 644.349  Excess property reported for disposal.

    The following types of excess real property must be reported to GSA 
for disposal, utilizing Standard Form 118 (SF 118), Report of Excess 
Real Property, as set forth in Sec. 644.355:
    (a) Fee-owned. All fee-owned property, with improvements and related 
personal property, which has, in the opinion of the DE, an estimated 
fair market value of $1,000 or more, together with such incidental, 
related, or appurtenant lesser interests, with or without Government-
owned improvements and related personal property, held under lease, 
permit, license, easement, or similar instrument, useful in connection 
therewith, except property which is subject to:
    (1) A lease containing an option to purchase;
    (2) A lease containing a right of first refusal to purchase or to 
lease for an additional period;
    (3) A right in the Government's grantor to the reversion of title; 
or
    (4) A right reserved by the Government's grantor to repurchase the 
property.
    (b) Public Domain. All withdrawn or reserved public domain lands, 
together with the improvements thereon which, in the opinion of the DE, 
have an estimated fair market value of $1,000 or more, and for which 
notification, pursuant to 43 CFR 2374.1, has been received from the 
Bureau of Land Management (BLM) that the property, in effect, has been 
determined excess within the meaning of the Federal Property Act (see 
Sec. Sec. 644.376 through 644.384 for procedures for disposal of public 
domain land). Minerals in the lands will be specifically excluded from 
the report of excess unless BLM advises otherwise. The Report of Excess, 
SF 118, will include as a part of the report on the Government's legal 
title, a true copy of the notice by BLM to report the property excess, 
and information of record in BLM on claims, if any, by other agencies, 
and any claims or encumbrances under the public land laws.



Sec. 644.350  Excess property reported for screening.

    The types of property described in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of 
this section must be reported to GSA for screening purposes 
notwithstanding the fact that the military departments have been 
delegated authority to dispose of such property. SF 118 will be utilized 
for reporting these types of property without attaching the usual 
Schedules A, B, and C and supporting documents. A notice should be 
included on the face sheet that ``This report is made for screening 
purposes only. Disposal will be accomplished by the Corps of 
Engineers.'' Distribution of copies of such reports within the 
departments is not required.
    (a) Land held under lease, permit, license, easement, or similar 
instrument, other than listed in Sec. 644.351.
    (b) Improvements located on nonexcess Government-owned lands 
(including improvements on land held under permit from another 
Government agency; see Sec. Sec. 644.376 through 644.384, for 
preliminary procedure in these cases), which improvements, with related 
personal property, in the opinion of the responsible DE, have an 
estimated net salvage value of $1,000 or more.
    (c) Improvements located on excess land held under lease or other 
temporary right of occupancy (even though a report of excess is not 
required for the leasehold itself or other right of occupancy interest 
under the criteria set forth in Sec. 644.351) when, in the opinion of 
the DE, the improvements have a net salvage or market value of $1,000 or 
more, and it is proposed to dispose of such improvements by sale for 
removal

[[Page 238]]

from site. The report of excess will contain an estimate of the cost of 
restoration necessary under the lease that a prospective transferee 
agency will be required to assume.
    (d) Fee-owned property which, with improvements and related personal 
property, in the opinion of the responsible Division or District 
engineer, have a fair market value of $1,000 or more, and is not 
reported to the General Services Administration for disposal as a result 
of the exception contained in Sec. 644.349(a) (because of outstanding 
options to purchase, etc., or because of rights retained by the 
Government grantor).



Sec. 644.351  Excess property exempted from reporting.

    No reports to GSA are required for the following types of excess 
property:
    (a) Fee-owned land, including withdrawn or reserved public domain 
land which BLM made available for disposal under Federal Property Act, 
together with the Government-owned improvements and related personal 
property, having an estimated fair market value of less than $1,000 in 
the opinion of the responsible DE;
    (b) Excess non-Government-owned property held under lease, license, 
easement, or similar instrument, when Government-owned improvements with 
related personal property have a net salvage value of less than $1,000 
or are to be transferred to the owner of the land in restoration 
settlement, and;
    (1) The lease or similar instrument is subject to termination by the 
grantor of the premises within nine months; or
    (2) The remaining term of the lease or similar instrument, including 
renewal rights, will provide for less than nine months of use and 
occupancy; or
    (3) A provision of the lease or similar instrument would preclude 
transfer to another Federal agency or disposal to a third party; or
    (4) The lease or similar instrument provides for use and occupany of 
space for office, storage, and related facilities, which does not exceed 
a total of 2,500 square feet; or
    (5) Where additional rental would be incurred.
    (c) Excess Government-owned improvements on nonexcess land, which 
improvements, in the opinion of the responsible DE, have a net salvage 
value of less that $1,000.
    (d) Leased space assigned by GSA, and land and improvements owned by 
and permitted from other Government agencies.
    (e) Excess timber, sand, gravel and stone-quarried products, and 
growing crops on nonexcess land regardless of value.
    (f) Excess withdrawn or reserved public domain lands, regardless of 
value, which are offered to and accepted by the Department of the 
Interior for return to the public domain pursuant to Sec. Sec. 644.376 
through 644.384.
    (g) Prefabricated movable structures, such as Butler-type storage 
warehouses and quonset huts, and housetrailers (with or without 
undercarriages), which are located on nonexcess land for off-site use. 
These types of structures shall be reported as personal property in 
accordance with FPMR, part 101-43, Utilization of Personal Property. 
However, when such structures are located on leased or permitted land 
subjecting the Department to any restoration obligations, the property 
will be treated as real property for the purpose of satisfying such 
obligations to the maximum extent feasible.



Sec. 644.352  Evaluation and reporting of flood hazards.

    Pursuant to Executive Order 11296, 10 August 1966, the DE having 
civil works responsibility for the area where property proposed for 
disposal is located will evaluate the property (civil or military) for 
the presence of flood hazards. If such hazards are found, a report will 
be forwarded to HQDA (DAEN-REM) recommending appropriate restrictions 
with respect to future uses of the property, or that the property be 
withheld from disposal. If decision is made to proceed with disposal, 
detailed information regarding the flood hazard will be reported to GSA 
on SF 118 as required by FPMR, 101-47.202-2, with the appropriate 
restrictions with respect to use of the property by a purchaser and his 
successors. (See ER 1105-2-40 for information on the Flood Plain 
Management Services Program.)

[[Page 239]]



Sec. 644.353  Determination of values for reporting.

    Where more than one parcel or item of excess property is involved at 
the same project or installation, the total value of all such parcels or 
items will be included in determining whether the property has an 
estimated value of $1,000 or more for the purpose of making reports of 
excess. Estimates of value should be made by qualified real estate 
employees, but not necessarily by a professional appraiser.



Sec. 644.354  Conditional reports of excess.

    As an exception to its general policy, GSA has agreed with the 
Department of Defense to accept reports of excess on some facilities 
with instructions on their disposal, specifically:
    (a) Defense Industrial Reserve (DIR). The Defense Industrial Reserve 
Act 50 U.S.C. 451 et seq., authorizes the Secretary of Defense to 
determine which excess industrial properties should become a part of DIR 
and to formulate a national security clause or recapture provisions to 
preserve the production capacity of the plants for use in the event of a 
national emergency. Excess DIR plants are reported to GSA for disposal 
subject to the national security clause or the recapture provisions. 
(See FPMR Subsection 101-47.306-2 for procedures where GSA is unable to 
dispose of the property because of the restrictions imposed by the 
national security clause or recapture provisions.)
    (b) Reserving Property for Civil Defense Purposes. GSA has agreed to 
accept reports of excess of missile sites and other facilities having 
similar protective features, with restrictions on their disposal. DEs 
will be notified when DOD advises that a specified local government unit 
is interested in acquiring such property. Reports of excess will specify 
the local government unit interested. Disposal of the property will be 
limited to conveyance to the local government unit, with conditions 
restricting its use to civil defense purposes for a period of 20 years, 
with reverter to the United States for breach of condition. In 
appropriate cases, GSA will enter into a temporary lease arrangement if 
necessary to afford a local government unit an opportunity to obtain the 
necessary funds for purchase. This procedure is limited to cases where 
DOD has determined and advised there is a civil defense need. Disposal 
action will not be delayed pending receipt of such advise.



Sec. 644.355  Preparation and submission of reports of excess.

    (a) Preparation--(1) General. Reports of excess will be prepared on 
SF 118, with schedules, in accordance with the instructions contained in 
FPMR section 101-47.4902, and Sec. 644.349 herein. However, since the 
type of information called for a Block 9 of standard form (SF) 118 and 
Columns f, g, h, and i of schedule A is not generally applicable to 
camps, airfields, etc., such information will be furnished only when it 
is available and can be furnished without additional cost. Reports of 
excess will include all related or appurtenant easements, licenses, and 
related personal property. Decontamination data will be included as 
prescribed in Sec. Sec. 644.516 through 644.539. Information on flood 
hazard will be included as required by Sec. 644.352.
    (2) GSA Regulations. Pursuant to GSA regulations, all final reports 
of excess will be made only after the property has been determined 
excess to the needs of the Department of Defense and will bear the 
statement: ``This property has been screened against the known defense 
needs of the Department of Defense.'' Report of excess will indicate 
that the provisions of title 10, United States Code, section 2662, 
requiring reports to the Armed Services Committees of Congress, have 
been met, or that the report of excess is not subject to this section.
    (3) Reports of Excess--Air Force Property. The Air Force will 
prepare SF 118, with Schedules A and C, and transmit them to the DE for 
completion and execution. Land descriptions, title reports, and other 
data required by the FPMR will be the responsibility of the DE.
    (4) Reports of Excess--Army Property. DEs will prepare the SF 118 
and the schedules for excess Army property.
    (b) Submission. Reports of excess will be transmitted directly by 
the DE to the appropriate regional office of GSA. Each DE making such 
reports of excess will assign a number in Block 1 of SF 118, beginning 
with No. 1 for the first

[[Page 240]]

report and continuing in numerical sequence for succeeding reports made 
during the calendar year. The number will be preceded by the symbol of 
the DE making the report and the calendar year e.g., SWF-79-6, for the 
sixth report submitted by Fort Worth District of Southwestern Division 
for calendar year 1979.



Sec. 644.356  Report on Government title.

    In all cases where Government-owned land is reported, there shall be 
attached to and made a part of SF 118 (original and copies thereof), a 
report prepared by a qualified employee of the holding agency on the 
Government's title to the property, based upon his review of the records 
of the agency. The report shall recite:
    (a) The description of the property.
    (b) The date title vested in the United States.
    (c) All exceptions, reservations, conditions and restrictions 
relating to the title acquired.
    (d) Detailed information concerning any action, thing or 
circumstance that occurred from the date of the acquisition of the 
property by the United States to the date of the report which in any way 
affected, or may have affected, the right, title, and interest of the 
United States in and to the real property (together with copies of such 
legal comments or opinions as may be contained in the file concerning 
the manner in which and the extent to which such right, title or 
interest may have been affected). In the absence of any such action, 
thing or circumstance, a statement to that effect shall be made a part 
of the report.
    (e) The status of legislative civil and criminal jurisdiction over 
the land peculiar to the property by reason of it being Government-owned 
land. If the United States does not hold such legislative jurisdiction, 
the report on government title should so state.
    (f) All exceptions, reservations, conditions and restrictions 
imposed by higher authority on the property at time of disposal. No 
additions or substantive changes to these will be made without prior 
approval from HQDA (DAEN-REM), WASH, DC 20314.
    (g) If the property, or any portion of it, has been listed in the 
National Register of Historic Places, or has been nominated for listing 
or nomination, this should be included in the SF 118. Specific fixtures 
and related personal property having possible historic or artistic value 
should also be included. (See Sec. 644.317 for information on historic 
preservation.)



Sec. 644.357  Outgrant instruments, appraisals and muniments of title.

    There shall be transmitted with the SF 118 copies of outgrants 
involving the property reported, all conveyances, encumbrances and other 
instruments affecting the use and operation of the property, including 
deeds, mortgages, and agreements covering and licenses to use any 
patents, processes, techniques, or inventions. Where there is more than 
one like instrument as, for example, agricultural leases, it may be 
preferable to list them, locate them on the land use map, and furnish a 
sample copy. FPMR contemplates that muniments of title will be 
transmitted with the report of excess. The title report (Sec. 644.356 
of this part) will state that HQDA (DAEN-REP) WASH DC 20314 is the 
custodian of title papers and has been requested by the DE to transmit 
applicable title papers direct to the GSA Regional Office. Accordingly, 
as soon as practicable after receipt of an information copy of the 
declaration of excess by the using service, and a disposal directive, 
the DE will assign a disposal report number and advise DAEN-REP to 
transmit the pertinent title papers directly to the appropriate GSA 
Regional Office, citing the disposal report number as a reference. 
Simultaneous action by DAEN-REP and the DE to assemble necessary 
reporting data is important to avoid delay of acceptance by GSA of the 
Report of Excess. If experience should demonstrate that such 
simultaneous preparation and transmittal of data is not practical in 
saving time and effort, the DE will arrange in advance for transmittal 
of the necessary title data from DAEN-REP for incorporation in the 
Report of Excess before transmittal by the DE to the GSA Regional 
Office.

[[Page 241]]



Sec. 644.358  Deposit of proceeds from disposal of family housing in 
the family housing management account.

    (a) Title 42 U.S.C. 1594a-1(b) provides that the proceeds from the 
disposition of Department of Defense Housing, including related land and 
improvements, shall be transferred to the DOD Family Housing Management 
Account for the purpose of debt service. Arrangements have been made 
between DOD and GSA to implement this law and apply it to excess MCA 
housing as well as to housing encumbered by mortgage debts such as 
Capehart and Wherry Housing projects. (See Sec. 644.322(b).)
    (b) The agreement with GSA calls for separate identification and 
description in the Report of Excess (SF 118) of those improvements which 
are considered family housing within the purview of the law and a 
request in the report that proceeds from disposal be transferred to the 
DOD Family Housing Management Account. (The actual transfer of funds 
will be accomplished at Washington level.)
    (c) Where the Report of Excess includes both housing and property 
not related to housing, separate schedules (SF 118 a and b) will be 
prepared to cover the housing involved, including related land and other 
improvements. The housing schedules should be annotated and arranged 
categorically to show:
    (1) Number of structures by type of authorization, i.e., Wherry Act, 
Capehart Act, Military Construction Authorization Act, Lanham Act, etc.
    (2) The number of family units.
    (3) Those improvements and collateral facilities which are 
considered ``related'' to the housing.
    (4) Where reasonably apparent, a description of the acreage or 
boundaries of the family housing areas as distinguished from other 
excess lands.
    (5) A statement as follows: ``Net proceeds from the sale of this 
family housing, including related lands and improvements, shall be 
remitted to DOD for deposit to Family Housing Management Account, 
Defense 97X0700.''



Sec. 644.359  Supplemental information.

    The DE will cooperate to the greatest extent practicable in 
furnishing further information and assistance requested by GSA Regional 
Offices. However, requests for engineering surveys should be carefully 
monitored in the interest of economy. When such requests appear 
excessive or other requests for services appear to require unnecessary 
expenditures, DAEN-REM will be fully informed, with recommendations, in 
order that the matter may be resolved through appropriate coordination 
with the GSA central office.



Sec. 644.360  Reports submitted for screening.

    Excess leaseholds and buildings and improvements to be disposed of 
separately from the land which, pursuant to Sec. 644.350, must be 
reported to GSA for screening purposes only, will be reported 
immediately when the property is determined to be excess to the 
particular military department having jurisdiction. The report will 
contain the statement: ``This property is reported for screening with 
civilian agencies by GSA prior to its disposal by the Corps of 
Engineers. The property is being screened within DOD and when the 
screening has been completed, appropriate certification will be 
submitted to GSA.'' Screening against defense requirements, pursuant to 
Sec. Sec. 644.333 through 644.339, will then be completed and GSA 
notified of the result. If such screening results in the development of 
a requirement by one of the other military services, the Report of 
Excess will be withdrawn and the transfer of the property to the 
requesting military service effected. This specialized procedure for 
this type of property is adopted to allow screening for defense 
requirements by the Corps of Engineers to be accomplished simultaneously 
with the screening of civilian agencies by GSA. Where circumstances 
require that this type of property be screened within a limited period 
of time, the period should be specified and an explanation set forth on 
the face of the Report of Excess, as, for example: ``Buildings are in 
the way of planned new construction and must be removed or demolished 
not later than (date). Accordingly, advice must be received on or before 
(date) as to whether a requirement exists for the property, or whether 
it is

[[Page 242]]

to be transferred or assigned to another Federal agency for removal 
within the time specified.'' If such advice is not received by the time 
specified, the property should be disposed of without further delay and 
GSA notified of the action.



Sec. 644.361  Distribution of report of excess.

    Copies of the final Report of Excess (SF 118) will be distributed 
simultaneously as follows:
    (a) Complete copies to: (1) Regional Office, GSA--original and four 
copies.
    (2) District Engineer--one copy.
    (b) Division Engineer--one copy of the cover sheet (SF 118), and 
transmittal letter.
    (c) A complete copy, except Schedule C (SF 118c), to HQDA (DAEN-REP) 
WASH DC 20314 and one copy of the cover sheet to HQDA (DAEN-REM) WASH DC 
20314.
    (d) Where family housing is involved, one copy of the cover sheet 
and the pertinent schedules A and B to the Deputy Assistant Secretary of 
Defense (Installations and Housing), Washington, DC 20301.



Sec. 644.362  Notice of receipt.

    GSA should promptly notify the holding agency of the date of 
acceptance of each Report of Excess (SF 118). The date GSA will assume 
the expense of cost and custody as provided in Sec. Sec. 644.368 
through 644.375, will be figured from this date.



Sec. 644.363  Withdrawals or corrections of reports of excess.

    (a) Subject to the approval of GSA, and to such conditions as GSA 
considers appropriate, Reports of Excess may be withdrawn or corrected 
at any time prior to disposition of the property, by filing a corrected 
SF 118 with the regional office of GSA. Corrections and withdrawals will 
bear the same number as the report of excess to which they pertain, but 
will bear a letter suffix beginning with ``A'' for the first correction 
or withdrawal and continuing in alphabetical sequence for succeeding 
corrections or withdrawals. ``Correction'' will be conspicuously stamped 
on the face of the SF 118 for both withdrawals and corrections. 
Distribution of requests for withdrawal or correction will be the same 
as that made of the Report of Excess to which the withdrawal or 
correction pertains.
    (b) Property which is reported to GSA for disposal will not be 
withdrawn without the prior approval of HQDA (DAEN-REM) WASH DC 20314, 
nor will return of the SF 118 be accepted without the approval of DAEN-
REM. (See Sec. Sec. 644.340 through 644.347, concerning prior approval 
of DOD for withdrawals from excess of real property having an estimated 
fair market value in excess of $50,000.)



Sec. 644.364  Supply of forms.

    Standard forms 118, 118a, 118b, and 118c, are not available in 
normal Army Adjutant General supply channels. The forms should be 
procured from GSA.



Sec. Sec. 644.365-644.367  [Reserved]

             Care and Custody of Excess and Surplus Property



Sec. 644.368  Procedures and responsibilities for care, custody, 
accountability, and maintenance.

    (a) Department of the Army Military Property. Care, custody, 
accountability, and maintenance of excess Army military real property 
will be as prescribed in AR 405-90.
    (b) Department of the Army Civil Works Property. DEs will retain 
custody and accountability of all excess civil works real property under 
their jurisdiction until final disposition is effected.
    (c) Department of the Air Force Property. Pursuant to AFR 87-4, the 
Department of the Air Force is responsible for care and custody of 
excess Air Force real property. However, upon request by the Air Force 
DEs may assume custody if no costs are involved, or where cost is 
involved if funds therefor are furnished upon request by the DE.
    (d) Department of Energy (DOE), National Aeronautics and Space 
Administration (NASA), and Other Federal Agencies. Where the Corps of 
Engineers is acting as real estate agent for other Federal agencies, 
DEs, at the request of the agency, may assume care and custody of excess 
real property on a reimbursable basis.

[[Page 243]]



Sec. 644.369  Guidelines for protection and maintenance of excess and 
surplus real property.

    Detailed guidelines are provided in FPMR Subsection 101-47.4913.
    (a) Calculated Risk. These guidelines, which are binding on holding 
agencies, embody the principle of calculated risk. In applying this 
principle, the anticipated losses and deteriorations, including 
pilferage and vandalism, in terms of realizable values are expected to 
be less than expenditures to minimize the risks. Normally, where 
property is of little value, only periodic surveillance is necessary and 
care and custody forces will not be maintained. However, where property, 
regardless of realizable value, is potentially an attractive nuisance to 
children and curiosity seekers, or is inherently dangerous, the public 
should be protected by guards stationed on the property or by other 
satisfactory means. Every effort should be made to minimize the cost of 
care, protection and maintenance consistent with these principles.
    (b) Improvements or Alterations. FPMR Subsection 101-47.401-5, 
provides that improvements and alterations to excess and surplus real 
property may be considered, with the prior approval of GSA, where 
disposal cannot be made. However, it is not considered likely that a 
situation will arise in the Corps' disposal operations where such 
improvements or alterations can be justified. Repairs necessary for 
protection and maintenance of marketable property will not be undertaken 
except to prevent serious loss to the Government. Excess equipment or 
facilities should not be updated or improved. At predisposal 
conferences, or earlier where practicable, the DE, in coordination with 
GSA representatives, will furnish specific guidance to the using command 
as to the minimum acceptable GSA requirement for care and custody. The 
requirement for minimum maintenance does not extend to historic places. 
Historic places in excess or suplus status will be maintained in 
accordance with the letter and spirit of approved Department of the Army 
criteria for protection, preservation and maintenance of historic 
places.



Sec. 644.370  Transfer of custody to General Services Administration (GSA).

    (a) Custody of an excess installation reported to the GSA for 
disposal will continue to be held until GSA transfers to its purchaser 
or other designee. All expenses pertaining to care, custody and 
maintenance will be borne by the holding department or agency, except 
that such expense for property reported to GSA for disposal and not 
disposed of within 12 months from the date the formal report of excess 
was received by GSA, shall be assumed by GSA as of the first day of the 
succeeding quarter of the fiscal year. GSA will give notice of the 
receipt of the report of excess and will, within 15 days, furnish advice 
on the acceptability of the report. (See FPMR as amended, Subsection 
101-47.202-10.) Any request made to the disposal agency to defer 
disposal action, or failure to submit an acceptable report, will extend 
the obligation of the department with respect to expenses for care and 
custody caused by such deferment. In the event the department is not 
relieved of custody within the period for which it is obligated to stand 
the expense thereof, the retention of care and custody thereafter will 
be reimbursed by the disposal agency. Because of the magnitude of 
custodial expense for larger installations and the longer periods of 
time often consumed in effecting their disposal, it is imperative that 
reports of excess be made as promptly as possible in order that the 12-
month period may commence and terminate as soon as possible and the 
department's expense minimized.
    (b) The DE will maintain close liaison with GSA with a view to 
obtaining prompt transfer of custody and accountability from the 
department to that agency, and will coordinate transfers between the 
using service and GSA. However, DEs will not take over custody of an 
installation or coordinate the transfer of custody until a statement of 
clearance or a statement that such clearance is not necessary because of 
the use of the installation has been furnished. Under GSA procedures, 
the department generally retains the responsibility for care, custody, 
and accountability of its excess facilities until final disposition is 
made by GSA. Until that time, the property

[[Page 244]]

is to be carried on the real property inventory of the department.



Sec. 644.371  Contracting for care and custody.

    Care and custody of excess and surplus installations should be 
performed by contract whenever it is legally possible and more 
economical to do so. Due to the temporary nature of such services and 
the extreme variations in kind and fluctuations in quality of such 
services required from time to time, contracting for custodial service 
will often prove to be more economical and efficient. In contracting for 
such services which include watchman, patrol and protective services, 
attention is invited to the prohibition against hiring detective 
agencies pursuant to the following Act of Congress: ``* * * An 
individual employed by the Pinkerton Detective Agency, or similar 
organization, may not be employed by the Government of the United States 
or the Government of the District of Columbia.'' (5 U.S.C. 3108). This 
has been construed to apply to employees of organizations which provide 
services of a detective agency, but not to organizations which are 
organizations to render watchman, patrol or protective services and do 
not include detective services as one of their functions (26 Comp. Gen. 
303). Custodial and protective services referred to herein are the type 
ordinarily procured by contract by GSA and other Government agencies 
charged with the responsibility for care and handling of excess and 
surplus real property pending its disposal in accordance with the FPMR.



Sec. 644.372  Care and custody through interim use.

    (a) General. Upon receipt of initial information that real property 
is excess, the DE should promptly initiate planning for interim 
productive use. Interim use should be planned to save care and custody 
expense but must not interfere with, delay, or retard transfer of the 
property to another Federal agency or its disposal otherwise. Any permit 
or lease must have the prior approval of GSA, and shall be for a period 
not exceeding one year and shall be revocable on 30 days' notice (FPMR 
Sections 101-47.203-9 and 101-47.312).
    (b) Permits to other Federal Agencies. Interested Federal agencies 
will be afforded a priority in the interim use of excess and surplus 
real property. The permit will require the Federal agency to perform 
care and custody and perform routine maintenance. 41 CFR 101-47.203-8, 
provides for temporary assignment, conditional transfers, and rental or 
user charges for use of excess property by Federal agencies.
    (c) Leases for Non-Federal Use. Leases of excess and surplus 
property are made under authority of the Federal Property and 
Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended and AR 405-80. Such 
leases are subject to the Economy Act (40 U.S.C. 303b), and must be for 
a money consideration only. The lessee can and should, however, be made 
responsible for ordinary maintenance and restoration as required by 
standard Corps of Engineers lease forms. Where a portion of an excess or 
surplus installation is leased, it may be advantageous to enter into an 
agreement with the lessee for care and custody of the remainder. The 
agreement cannot provide for a reduction of rental for the portion 
leased. The Economy Act may not apply in some cases where industrial 
plants are determined excess subject to the National Security Clause or 
similar recapture conditions. Such cases should be coordinated with 
DAEN-REM on an individual basis.



Sec. Sec. 644.373-644.375  [Reserved]

 Return of Public Domain Lands and Lands Obtained on a Temporary Basis 
                       From Another Federal Agency



Sec. 644.376  Procedure for disposal of public domain land.

    (a) Lands withdrawn or reserved from the public domain, together 
with Government-owned improvements, which have been determined to be 
excess to the department, after screening with other DOD agencies and 
the U.S. Coast Guard in accordance with Sec. Sec. 644.333 through 
644.339, will be processed for disposal in accordance with 43 CFR 2370-
2374 and Sec. 644.381 of this part. The DE will file a Notice of 
Intention to Relinquish as provided by 43 CFR 2372.1. The notice will be 
filed in the

[[Page 245]]

Bureau of Land Management (BLM) Land Office having jurisdiction.

Excess buildings and improvements on the property should be left in 
place and no disposal action taken thereon pending further instructions 
from BLM, unless it is determined that they should be abandoned in 
accordance with the procedures set forth in Sec. Sec. 644.472 through 
644.500. A copy of the Notice of Intention to Relinquish submitted to 
the appropriate BLM Land Office will be transmitted to HQDA (DAEN-REM) 
Washington, DC 20314 and to the appropriate GSA regional office.
    (b) If any restoration, or other work, is proposed to be performed 
on the land, the matter will be forwarded to DAEN-REM for prior 
approval. Where the DE recommends disposition of the land by GSA as 
excess property rather than return to the public domain, no restoration 
of the property will be proposed (see 43 CFR 2372.1). Generally, lands 
which are unimproved, or contain only minor improvements, will be 
recommended for return to the public domain. Exception to this procedure 
should be made where development surrounding, or in the vicinity of the 
land, has changed its character, although the land itself has not been 
improved. Another exception would be the situation described in Sec. 
644.350(d). Generally lands which are extensively improved will be 
recommended to BLM for disposal as excess property.
    (c) If the authorized officer of BLM determines, pursuant to 43 CFR 
2372.3, that the conditions prescribed by that regulation have been met 
and that the land is suitable for return to the public domain, he will 
notify the DE, as the representative of the holding agency, that the 
Department of the Interior accepts accountability and responsibility for 
the property. A copy of this notification will be furnished to HQDA 
(DAEN-REP) Washington, DC 20314.
    (d) If the authorized officer of BLM determines, pursuant to 43 CFR 
2374.1, that the land is not suitable for return to the public domain 
because it is substantially changed in character, and GSA concurs in 
this determination, he will notify the DE to report the land and 
improvements, with or without minerals, to GSA as excess property. Upon 
receipt of this notice, the DE will advise DAEN-REP and report the 
property to GSA on SF 118, Report of Excess Real Property, including the 
information on claims and encumbrances furnished by BLM under 43 CFR 
2374.1 (c). The holding agency has the same responsibility for care, 
custody, and accountability of excess public domain as for other 
property reported to GSA for disposal.



Sec. 644.377  Formal revocation of public land withdrawals and 
reservations.

    When the authorized officer of BLM determines that the land is 
suitable for return to the public domain, the BLM Land Office will 
transmit to the DE a draft of public land order (PLO) designed to 
formally revoke the order or reservation which withdrew or reserved the 
land. The DE will review the draft PLO for accuracy and return it 
unsigned. The draft PLO will be transmitted through BLM channels to 
DAEN-REM for signature of the Secretary of the Army or Air Force and 
return to the Washington office of BLM.



Sec. 644.378  Cancellation of permits.

    (a) Land obtained by permit, or some other form of instrument, from 
another Federal agency on a temporary basis which has not been 
substantially improved while being utilized by the Department, when 
determined to be excess in accordance with the procedure set forth in 
Sec. Sec. 644.326 through 644.332, will be returned to the Federal 
agency from which it was obtained.
    (b) When it is determined by the DE that land obtained by permit, or 
other form of instrument, from another Federal agency on a temporary 
basis has been substantially improved while being utilized by the 
Department, the DE will request DAEN-REM to determine whether the land 
is excess, or is expected to become excess, to the requirements of the 
agency from which it was obtained.
    (1) If the agency from which the land was obtained advises that the 
land is excess, or is expected to become excess, to its requirements, 
the improvements will be reported to GSA on SF 118 in accordance with 
the procedure described in Sec. Sec. 644.348 through 644.347, with a 
statement that the agency from

[[Page 246]]

which the land was obtained has advised that the land is excess, or is 
expected to become excess to its requirements, and that the agency will 
be or has been requested to reassume administrative control over the 
land. Coincident with the report of excess, action will be initiated to 
return the land to the agency from which it was obtained.
    (2) If the agency from which the land was obtained advises that the 
land is not excess, and is not expected to become excess to its 
requirements, improvements constructed thereon while the property was 
being utilized by the Department will be disposed of in accordance with 
the provisions of Sec. 644.381. Where the improvements are substantial, 
and cannot be utilized effectively by the agency from which the land was 
obtained, and it appears that the best interests of the Government may 
not be served by disposal of the improvements for removal from the site, 
a report, with recommendations, should be forwarded to DAEN-REM for a 
determination whether the permit and improvements should be reported to 
GSA for disposal, or whether other action would be appropriate.
    (c) The Chief of Engineers, or his duly authorized representatives, 
will execute and deliver necessary papers effecting the relinquishment 
of permits and the transfer of real property to other Federal agencies 
when the installations to which such real property or permits pertain 
have been determined to be excess. However, where permits were obtained 
at local level, DEs will effect relinquishment in the same manner. 
Unless otherwise instructed, no action will be taken by the DE to 
restore or return the lands pertaining to an industrial installation to 
the agency which granted the permit. DEs will, however, submit the 
report required in Sec. 644.379.
    (d) Where an installation embraces lands acquired in fee by a 
military department and lands acquired for temporary use from other 
departments or agencies, and if return of the latter type of lands to 
the department or agency which granted the permit would destroy the 
integrity of the installation or affect its ultimate disposal as a unit, 
a report will be made to DAEN-REM with recommendations that they will 
provide disposition instructions.



Sec. 644.379  Procedure for cancellation of permits.

    (a) When permitted land is excess and the permit is to be executed, 
the DE will submit the following information with his recommendations to 
DAEN-REM:
    (1) Description and location of the property;
    (2) Date use was acquired;
    (3) Department or agency from which acquired;
    (4) Manner of acquisition; that is, by permit or other means, with 
copy of document;
    (5) ENG Form 1440-R, Cost of Restoration (Engineer Estimate and 
Appraisal), which includes a statement of cost and value of improvements 
or structures placed on the lands by the department;
    (6) Statement of restoration work performed by the department if 
any;
    (7) Statement of local representative of owning agency as to whether 
restoration will be required, or, where restoration work has been 
performed, whether such restoration is satisfactory; and
    (8) Statement that no clearance of explosives or other harmful 
elements is necessary because of the manner in which the land was used, 
or, if otherwise, statement of clearance action taken or necessary.
    (b) Upon receipt of the foregoing information, the Chief of 
Engineers will effect relinquishment of the land by letter. Where the DE 
has authority to relinquish the land as outlined in Sec. 644.378(c), he 
will effect relinquishment by letter addressed to the permittor, with a 
copy to DAEN-REM.



Sec. 644.380  Restoration of lands made available by other Government 
agencies.

    (a) Requirement. Where the Department retransfers real property, the 
use of which has been obtained from other Federal agencies (including 
withdrawals from the public domain recommended for return to the public 
domain) by means of use permits, public land orders, or other methods, 
the

[[Page 247]]

property should be restored to a condition as good as that which existed 
at the time the department took possession, damages by the elements or 
by circumstances over which the Department has no control excepted, 
unless the agency from which the property was obtained expressly waives 
restoration. Restoration of public domain land will not be initiated 
until the determination is made that the land is suitable for return to 
the public domain. Public domain land that is to be reported excess to 
GSA will not be restored. The procedure enunciated in Sec. Sec. 644.516 
through 644.539 relative to neutralization of unexploded bombs or 
artillery projectiles located on leased premises applies with equal 
force to Government-owned lands returned to other Federal agencies and 
to public domain land that is to be reported as excess for disposal by 
GSA.
    (b) Authority. The report of the Senate Appropriations Committee on 
the DOD Appropriation Bill, 1966 (Senate Report 625, 89th Congress, 
dated 18 August 1965), contained the following language:

    Such funds as may be required may be used to restore lands under 
jurisdiction of other Government agencies, damaged while being used for 
military training purposes under agreement with such agencies.


The Comptroller General considers the foregoing to be a clear expression 
of Congressional intent, and that authority exists for the Department of 
the Army to restore (or make payment in lieu thereof) lands of other 
Federal agencies which have been damaged by the Army while being used 
under agreement.
    (c) Determination of Restoration Costs. ENG Form 1440-R, Cost of 
Restoration, appropriately modified, will be used for the preparation of 
an estimate of cost of restoration, or salvage or market value, for the 
purpose of determining the cost of restoration.
    (d) Payments for, or in Lieu of Restoration--(1) Work Performed by 
the Department of the Army. If the work is performed by the Department, 
payment will be made from funds available to the office performing the 
work.
    (2) Work Performed by Controlling Agency. If the work has been 
performed by the agency having administrative control over the property, 
pursuant to agreement with the Department, reimbursement to that agency 
may be made by properly supported SF 1080, Voucher for Transfer Between 
Appropriations and/or Funds, from funds available to the DE.
    (3) Payment in Lieu of Restoration. If the work has not been 
performed by either agency and a payment is desired in lieu of 
restoration, the payment is, in effect, an advance of funds. As such, 
the advance of funds will be accomplished in OCE, based on submission by 
the controlling agency of SF 1080 properly supported.



Sec. 644.381  Disposal of buildings and other improvements.

    Where improvements have a net salvage value and are not to be 
reported to GSA for disposal with the land, the permitting agency, or 
Department of the Interior in the case of public domain land, will be 
required to reimburse the Army for their net salvage value, or the 
buildings or improvements will be disposed of in accordance with 
Sec. Sec. 644.472 through 644.500.



Sec. Sec. 644.382-644.384  [Reserved]

                           Predisposal Action



Sec. 644.385  Record of excess classification.

    The DE will establish a record on ENG Form 836A, Real Property 
Disposal Report, of the excess classification of each Army property and 
each Air Force property for which a preliminary or final real estate 
directive has been issued.



Sec. 644.386  Utilization for other needs.

    The DE will determine the feasibility of utilizing each installation 
classified as excess to fulfill current directives for acquisition of 
real estate or known or foreseen potential needs of the Army or Air 
Force, which may have been generated since the screening process. If 
redistribution for this purpose is deemed advantageous, recommendations 
will be submitted to HQDA (DAEN-REM) WASH DC 20314 on the proposed 
action, indicating when excess status was determined and by which 
element of the Departments of the Army or Air Force.

[[Page 248]]



Sec. 644.387  Suspension of acquisition action on installations proposed 
for disposal.

    When a fee-owned installation is recommended for excess by the 
installation commander, or a preliminary or final real estate disposal 
directive is issued by the Air Force, any pending acquisition in 
connection with the installation will be suspended, unless the directive 
provides otherwise. A recommended plan for curtailment of uncompleted 
acquisition will be submitted to HQDA (DAEN-REA-L) WASH DC 20314. The 
plan will include the following information: Identification by tract 
numbers, names of owners, and area of each tract for which an option has 
been accepted or a declaration of taking filed, but as to which it is 
considered practicable and economical to obtain cancellation of the 
option or a stipulation for dismissal of the condemnation proceeding and 
revestment of title. Specific information as to the extent and nature of 
demolition of improvements, new construction, or other damages or 
changes made by the Government to the premises, and the probable cost of 
restoration in case of such cancellation or stipulation, will be 
included. Pertinent public relations aspects should also be covered. 
Generally, tracts on which a declaration of taking has been filed will 
not be returned to the owners by stipulation for amendment or dismissal 
of the condemnation proceedings. Exceptions to this may be recommended 
when shown to be in the best of interest of the United States.



Sec. 644.388  Army military--screening, clearance, preliminary report 
of excess, except where an E.O. 11954 survey has been made.

    Upon receipt of a copy of the installation commander's 
recommendation of excess, the DE will take the following actions:
    (a) Immediately notify DAEN-REM by teletype, furnishing a brief 
statement of the real estate included in the recommendation.
    (b) Promptly screen the property against Army and other defense 
requirements if required by and in accordance with Sec. Sec. 644.333 
through 644.339, and advise DAEN-REM of the results.
    (c) As soon as the screening message is dispatched under Sec. 
644.388(b), or immediately upon receipt of a disposal directive from 
DAEN-REM when screening is not required by Sec. Sec. 644.333 through 
644.339, DEs will prepare and forward:
    (1) SF 118, Report of Excess Real Property and other documentation 
required in reporting the excess property to GSA.
    (2) ENG Form 2187-R, Disposal Report, for clearance with DOD and the 
Armed Services Committees (ASC) of Congress where required in accordance 
with Sec. Sec. 644.340 through 644.347. This should be forwarded to 
DAEN-REZ-L within three weeks of dispatch of the screening message, or 
receipt of the disposal directive. This schedule will allow the Chief of 
Engineers to process the disposal assembly through the DA and DOD 
secretariats and to obtain necessary clearances from the ASC. DAEN-REM 
will furnish the DE copies of the DOD approval and the report to the 
ASC. This office will also furnish copies of the ASC report to the 
Washington and regional offices of GSA, to permit screening with other 
Government agencies.
    (d) DOD approval of the disposal (property having estimated value in 
excess of $100,000) signifies the property is excess to Defense 
requirements. Upon receipt of this approval, the DE will forward a 
preliminary Report of Excess to GSA by transmitting necessary copies of 
the completed SF 118, with attachments, carefully identified as 
preliminary. Where screening is negative for property having an 
estimated value of $100,000 or less, the property is considered excess 
to Defense requirements and a final report of excess should be forwarded 
promptly to GSA.



Sec. 644.389  Army military--modified predisposal procedures where 
E.O. 11954 surveys have been made.

    (a) DEs will be advised of military installations to be surveyed 
under E.O. 11954 by a DOD or GSA survey team.
    (b) If property is to be declared excess as a result of a decision 
by the Department of the Army, appropriate commanders and DEs will be 
advised. The major commander will be requested to submit a Report of 
Excess pursuant to AR 405-90 to HQDA (DAEN-

[[Page 249]]

REM) Washington, DC 20314 within 15 days. DEs will be furnished a copy 
of the report.
    (c) Upon receipt of advice that property will be excessed, the DE, 
in coordination with the installation commander concerned, will commence 
preparation of ENG Form 2187-R, if required, for submission to DAEN-REZ-
L.
    (d) When the Report of Excess is approved, DAEN-REM will advise the 
DE and will request that screening be initiated. The approved report 
will be prompty referred through channels to the DE for further 
appropriate action.
    (e) The ENG Form 2187-R will be forwarded to DAEN-REM not later than 
15 days after receipt of the approved Report of Excess.
    (f) As soon as the areas to be excessed are clearly defined, action 
will be initiated to assemble all necessary data so that the final SF 
118 may be submitted to GSA within 30 days after necessary Congressional 
clearance is obtained under 10 U.S.C. 2662.
    (g) When the estimated value of the property does not exceed 
$100,000 and preparation of an ENG Form 2187-R is not required, the DE, 
upon being notified of the approval of the Report of Excess, will notify 
DAEN-REM of the date the SF 118 will be submitted to GSA.



Sec. 644.390  Executive Order 11954 surveys of civil works properties.

    Procedures to be followed by DEs when civil works properties are 
surveyed by GSA under E.O. 11954 are contained in chapter 8 of ER 405-1-
12.



Sec. 644.391  Predisposal conference.

    (a) Where a substantial Army installation, or portion thereof, is 
involved, the DE will convene a predisposal conference with 
representatives of the using command, GSA, and other interested parties. 
Where an Air Force installation is involved, the Major Air Command will 
take the initiative in convening the conference. In any cases involving 
flying facilities, Federal Aviation Administration representatives will 
be invited. The agenda of the predisposal conference should provide for:
    (1) Determinations on maintenance guidelines based on probable 
future uses of the property with emphasis on agreements concerning 
responsibility for assumption of care and custody, in accordance with AR 
405-90, AFR 87-4, and Sec. Sec. 644.368 through 644.375.
    (2) Review of the SF 118 to assure its acceptability to GSA.
    (3) Review with GSA, when appropriate, of the advisability of 
transferring custody and maintenance responsibilities to GSA at an early 
date.
    (4) Planning for and, to the extent possible, making definite 
determinations on interim utilization pending disposal by GSA.
    (b) It is of utmost importance that excess installations be put to 
productive use as military operations are phased out. This will do much 
to lessen the impact of the installation's closing on the economy of the 
local community. For this purpose, installations, in many cases, will be 
reported to GSA prior to phase out of military operations. In these 
cases, the DE has responsibility to insure, to the extent practicable, 
that other productive use is phased in as military operations are phased 
out. This can be accomplished only by careful planning and continuous 
coordination by the DE with using command and GSA. The using command 
will plan and execute the military phase out. However, the DE will 
assure that the Report of Excess to GSA specifically identifies and 
excludes the real and personal property to be retained by the military 
department. This information is required by GSA for disposal purposes.
    (c) A report on the predisposal conference will be forwarded to 
DAEN-REM. Any difficulties indicated by GSA will be summarized in the 
report, along with any other problems encountered or foreseen.
    (d) When requested, and on an individual project basis, the DE will 
prepare a real estate disposal study concerning the transfer of custody 
and maintenance responsibilities to GSA prior to final disposal. This 
study will be developed in conjunction with appropriate using command 
and GSA representatives. Its purpose will be to determine whether the 
transfer of the excess property to GSA would be more

[[Page 250]]

economical and in the best interest of the Government. Important 
benefits to DOD agencies would be reduction in expenditures and 
personnel of the military departments for such functions. Copies of the 
study will be furnished the using command concerned for timely review 
and recommendations.



Sec. 644.392  Air Force--preliminary report of excess.

    The DAF will issue a preliminary real estate disposal directive when 
a disposal project is forwarded to the Assistant Secretary of Defense 
(Manpower, Reserve Affairs and Logistics) for clearance. (Air Force 
screens its own properties for other defense requirements and clears the 
disposal with DOD and the Armed Services Committees of the Congress.) 
When the preliminary real estate disposal directive is received, the DE, 
unless directed otherwise, will proceed to perform all necessary actions 
in coordination with the installation commander concerned, for 
submission of a preliminary Report of Excess to GSA.



Sec. 644.393  Final report of excess to GSA.

    Where a preliminary Report of Excess is made to GSA, the DE will 
promptly finalize the report upon receipt to the final Air Force 
disposal directive. In all cases where a disposal is reported to the 
Armed Services Committee, the DE will furnish HQDA (DAEN-REM) advice 
when the final report is made to GSA. Where the report is finalized by 
statement confirming a preliminary report as final, copies of the 
preliminary report and confirming statement should be distributed in 
accordance with Sec. Sec. 644.348 through 644.367. Distribution of 
preliminary Reports of Excess, except to GSA, will not be made in other 
cases.



Sec. 644.394  Protection of disposal information.

    To prevent premature disclosure to the public, information on and 
plans for disposal of all or a portion of an installation should be 
protected (AR 340-16), until such time as the property is determined 
excess to Army or Air Force requirements. (The Air Force preliminary 
real estate disposal directive is not issued until a determination has 
been made that the property is excess to Air Force requirements.) After 
determinations of excess are made, it is desirable that information on 
the availability of the property for disposal be widely disseminated. 
``FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY'' marking on plans and correspondence pertaining 
to the excess action may be cancelled by any recipient or holder. Where 
the classification ``CONFIDENTIAL'' or higher has been used, documents 
must be declassified in accordance with AR 380-5.



Sec. 644.395  Coordination on disposal problems.

    If any major change or problem requires a significant revision in 
the time schedule for disposal, prompt action will be taken to advise 
offices concerned. HQDA (DAEN-REM) should be promptly informed of any 
problem adversely affecting a specific disposal project or the overall 
program for disposal or property.



Sec. 644.396  Assignment of personnel to administer.

    To extent appropriate according to the circumstances and nature of 
the property, the DE will assign a responsible representative to each 
installation, or group of installations, to act under his staff 
supervision in performance of the following functions:
    (a) Monitoring and expediting the actions described in Sec. Sec. 
644.385 through 644.399 and maintaining close liaison with GSA on 
disposal problems and actions.
    (b) Monitoring and expediting performance of such demolition, 
dismantling or other construction work as may be authorized.
    (c) Administration, operation and maintenance of the excess 
installation until final disposal, making every effort by consolidation 
of activities and otherwise to reduce the costs consistent with economic 
management of the facilities.
    (d) Coordination of ultimate transfer of assumed custodial 
responsibility to other agencies or persons as directed.

[[Page 251]]



Sec. Sec. 644.397-644.399  [Reserved]

       Disposal of Fee-Owned Real Property and Easement Interests



Sec. 644.400  Authorities--general.

    (a) Statutory Authorities. Power to dispose of real estate belonging 
to the United States is vested in Congress (paragraph 2, Section 3, 
Article IV, Constitution of the United States), and no real estate of 
the Department will be sold or otherwise disposed of without authority 
of Congress. By the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 
1949 (Federal Property Act), (Pub. L. 152, 81st Congress; 63 Stat. 377) 
as amended, (40 U.S.C. 471 et seq.), Congress provided authority for 
utilization of excess property and the disposal of surplus Federal 
property, and established the General Services Administration (GSA) to 
administer the provisions of that Act. All excess and surplus Federal 
real estate and real property components will be disposed of under 
authority of the Federal Property Act, as amended, unless other 
statutory authority for such disposal is specifically withheld under the 
provisions of the Act or enacted subsequent thereto. In connection with 
disposals made under statutory authority other than the Federal Property 
Act, attention should be given to the purposes of the legislation and 
insofar as practicable, disposal of property should be in accordance 
with the provisions of the Act and the regulations issued thereunder, in 
order that the greatest overall efficiency and economy be effected.
    (b) Rules and Regulations--(1) Issued by the GSA. Rules and 
regulations issued by the GSA to effectuate its authority in respect to 
disposal of real estate and real property components are contained in 
FPMR, Section 101-47, as amended, including disposition of timber, 
embedded sand, gravel and stone, buildings and other structures, and 
leaseholds and other rights to use or occupy real estate. The DE will be 
governed by these rules and regulations. GSA also issues, from time to 
time, special delegations of authority to the Department of Defense with 
power of redelegation.
    (2) Issued by the Departments. Policies and procedures of the 
departments with respect to the control, management, maintenance, and 
disposition of real estate and real property components located within 
the continental United States and its territories and possessions, 
placed in excess status or to be placed in excess status are contained 
in AR 405-90, AFR 87-4, and AR 405-5/AFR 87-15, except Army civil works 
property which is governed by ER 405-1-12.
    (c) Authorities Delegated to the Department of Defense. Under the 
publications and special delegations issued by GSA, the Department of 
Defense has been designated disposal agency categories enumerated in 
Sec. 644.314.
    (d) Authorities Delegated to the Army and Air Force. Department of 
Defense Directive 4165.6, among other things, redelegates to the 
Secretaries of the Army, Navy and Air Force, and to such in